UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10‑Q

 

QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF

THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended September 30, 2013

 

Commission file number 001-2979

 

WELLS FARGO & COMPANY

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

                                                  Delaware                                                                                    No. 41-0449260

                                       (State of incorporation)                                                        (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

 

420 Montgomery Street, San Francisco, California 94163

(Address of principal executive offices)  (Zip Code)

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:  1-866-249-3302 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

 

Yes þ             No ¨ 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).

 

Yes þ             No ¨ 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non‑accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

        Large accelerated filer         þ                                                                                         Accelerated filer  ¨ 

        Non‑accelerated filer           ¨  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)             Smaller reporting company  ¨ 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

 

Yes ¨             No þ 

 

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.

 

                                                                                                                                                         Shares Outstanding

                                                                                                                                                          October 31, 2013

Common stock, $1-2/3 par value                                                                                        5,267,598,642              

 

 

 


 

 

 

FORM 10-Q

CROSS-REFERENCE INDEX

  

  

  

  

  

PART I

Financial Information

  

Item 1.

Financial Statements

Page

  

Consolidated Statement of Income....................................................................................................................................................  

65

  

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.................................................................................................................................  

66

  

Consolidated Balance Sheet............................................................................................................................................................  

67

  

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity.......................................................................................................................................  

68

  

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows...............................................................................................................................................  

70

  

Notes to Financial Statements

  

  

1

-

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.....................................................................................................................................  

71

  

2

-

Business Combinations.............................................................................................................................................................  

73

  

3

-

Federal Funds Sold, Securities Purchased under Resale Agreements and Other

  

  

  

  

Short-Term Investments............................................................................................................................................................  

73

  

4

-

Securities Available for Sale........................................................................................................................................................  

74

  

5

-

Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses..........................................................................................................................................  

81

  

6

-

Other Assets.........................................................................................................................................................................  

99

  

7

-

Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities....................................................................................................................................  

100

  

8

-

Mortgage Banking Activities.......................................................................................................................................................  

109

  

9

-

Intangible Assets.....................................................................................................................................................................  

112

  

10

-

Guarantees, Pledged Assets and Collateral.......................................................................................................................................  

113

  

11

-

Legal Actions.........................................................................................................................................................................  

117

  

12

-

Derivatives............................................................................................................................................................................  

118

  

13

-

Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities..............................................................................................................................................  

126

  

14

-

Preferred Stock.......................................................................................................................................................................  

149

  

15

-

Employee Benefits..................................................................................................................................................................  

151

  

16

-

Earnings Per Common Share.......................................................................................................................................................  

152

  

17

-

Other Comprehensive Income.....................................................................................................................................................  

153

  

18

-

Operating Segments.................................................................................................................................................................  

155

  

19

-

Regulatory and Agency Capital Requirements..................................................................................................................................  

157

  

  

  

  

  

Item 2.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and

  

  

  

Results of Operations (Financial Review)

  

  

Summary Financial Data................................................................................................................................................................  

2

  

Overview..................................................................................................................................................................................  

3

  

Earnings Performance...................................................................................................................................................................  

5

  

Balance Sheet Analysis.................................................................................................................................................................  

13

  

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements......................................................................................................................................................  

17

  

Risk Management........................................................................................................................................................................  

18

  

Capital Management....................................................................................................................................................................  

55

  

Regulatory Reform......................................................................................................................................................................  

59

  

Critical Accounting Policies............................................................................................................................................................  

60

  

Current Accounting Developments...................................................................................................................................................  

61

  

Forward-Looking Statements..........................................................................................................................................................  

62

  

Risk Factors..............................................................................................................................................................................  

63

  

Glossary of Acronyms..................................................................................................................................................................  

158

  

  

  

  

  

Item 3.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk....................................................................................................................  

43

  

  

  

  

  

Item 4.

Controls and Procedures................................................................................................................................................................  

64

  

  

  

  

  

PART II

Other Information

  

Item 1.

Legal Proceedings........................................................................................................................................................................  

159

  

  

  

  

  

Item 1A.

Risk Factors..............................................................................................................................................................................  

159

  

  

  

  

  

Item 2.

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds......................................................................................................................  

159

  

  

  

  

  

Item 6.

Exhibits....................................................................................................................................................................................  

160

  

  

  

  

  

Signature........................................................................................................................................................................................  

160

  

  

  

  

  

Exhibit Index....................................................................................................................................................................................  

161

1

 


 

 

 

 

PART I - FINANCIAL INFORMATION

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

FINANCIAL REVIEW

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Summary Financial Data

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

% Change 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Quarter ended  

  

Sept. 30, 2013 from 

  

Nine months ended  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Sept. 30, 

  

June 30, 

  

Sept. 30, 

  

June 30, 

  

Sept. 30, 

  

Sept. 30, 

  

Sept. 30, 

  

($ in millions, except per share amounts)

  

 2013 

  

 2013 

  

 2012 

  

 2013 

  

 2012 

  

 2013 

  

 2012 

Change 

  

For the Period

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Wells Fargo net income

$

 5,578 

  

 5,519 

  

 4,937 

  

 1 

%

 13 

  

 16,268 

  

 13,807 

 18 

%

Wells Fargo net income

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

applicable to common stock

  

 5,317 

  

 5,272 

  

 4,717 

  

 1 

  

 13 

  

 15,520 

  

 13,142 

 18 

  

Diluted earnings per common share

  

 0.99 

  

 0.98 

  

 0.88 

  

 1 

  

 13 

  

 2.89 

  

 2.45 

 18 

  

Profitability ratios (annualized):

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Wells Fargo net income to

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

average assets (ROA)

  

 1.53 

 1.55 

  

 1.45 

  

 (1) 

  

 6 

  

 1.52 

  

 1.39 

 9 

  

  

Wells Fargo net income applicable

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

to common stock to average

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Wells Fargo common

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

stockholders' equity (ROE)

  

 14.07 

  

 14.02 

  

 13.38 

  

 - 

  

 5 

  

 13.92 

  

 12.81 

 9 

  

Efficiency ratio (1)

  

 59.1 

  

 57.3 

  

 57.1 

  

 3 

  

 4 

  

 58.2 

  

 58.5 

 (1) 

  

Total revenue

$

 20,478 

  

 21,378 

  

 21,213 

  

 (4) 

  

 (3) 

  

 63,115 

  

 64,138 

 (2) 

  

Pre-tax pre-provision profit (PTPP) (2)

  

 8,376 

  

 9,123 

  

 9,101 

  

 (8) 

  

 (8) 

  

 26,358 

  

 26,636 

 (1) 

  

Dividends declared per common share

  

 0.30 

  

 0.30 

  

 0.22 

  

 - 

  

 36 

  

 0.85 

  

 0.66 

 29 

  

Average common shares outstanding

  

 5,295.3 

  

 5,304.7 

  

 5,288.1 

  

 - 

  

 - 

  

 5,293.0 

  

 5,292.7 

 - 

  

Diluted average common shares outstanding

  

 5,381.7 

  

 5,384.6 

  

 5,355.6 

  

 - 

  

 - 

  

 5,374.7 

  

 5,355.7 

 - 

  

Average loans

$

 804,779 

  

 800,241 

  

 776,734 

  

 1 

  

 4 

  

 801,056 

  

 771,200 

 4 

  

Average assets

  

 1,449,610 

  

 1,429,005 

  

 1,354,340 

  

 1 

  

 7 

  

 1,427,812 

  

 1,326,384 

 8 

  

Average core deposits (3)

  

 940,279 

  

 936,090 

  

 895,374 

  

 - 

  

 5 

  

 934,131 

  

 882,224 

 6 

  

Average retail core deposits (4)

  

 670,335 

  

 666,043 

  

 630,053 

  

 1 

  

 6 

  

 666,393 

  

 623,671 

 7 

  

Net interest margin

  

 3.38 

 3.46 

  

 3.66 

  

 (2) 

  

 (8) 

  

 3.44 

  

 3.82 

 (10) 

  

At Period End

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Securities available for sale

$

 259,399 

  

 249,439 

  

 229,350 

  

 4 

  

 13 

  

 259,399 

  

 229,350 

 13 

  

Loans

  

 812,325 

  

 801,974 

  

 782,630 

  

 1 

  

 4 

  

 812,325 

  

 782,630 

 4 

  

Allowance for loan losses

  

 15,159 

  

 16,144 

  

 17,385 

  

 (6) 

  

 (13) 

  

 15,159 

  

 17,385 

 (13) 

  

Goodwill

  

 25,637 

  

 25,637 

  

 25,637 

  

 - 

  

 - 

  

 25,637 

  

 25,637 

 - 

  

Assets

  

 1,488,055 

  

 1,440,563 

  

 1,374,715 

  

 3 

  

 8 

  

 1,488,055 

  

 1,374,715 

 8 

  

Core deposits (3)

  

 947,805 

  

 941,158 

  

 901,075 

  

 1 

  

 5 

  

 947,805 

  

 901,075 

 5 

  

Wells Fargo stockholders' equity

  

 167,165 

  

 162,421 

  

 154,679 

  

 3 

  

 8 

  

 167,165 

  

 154,679 

 8 

  

Total equity

  

 168,813 

  

 163,777 

  

 156,059 

  

 3 

  

 8 

  

 168,813 

  

 156,059 

 8 

  

Tier 1 capital (5)

  

 137,468 

  

 132,969 

  

 122,741 

  

 3 

  

 12 

  

 137,468 

  

 122,741 

 12 

  

Total capital (5)

  

 171,329 

  

 164,998 

  

 154,888 

  

 4 

  

 11 

  

 171,329 

  

 154,888 

 11 

  

Capital ratios:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total equity to assets

  

 11.34 

 11.37 

  

 11.35 

  

 - 

  

 - 

  

 11.34 

  

 11.35 

 - 

  

  

Risk-based capital (5):

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Tier 1 capital

  

 12.11 

  

 12.12 

  

 11.50 

  

 - 

  

 5 

  

 12.11 

  

 11.50 

 5 

  

  

  

Total capital

  

 15.09 

  

 15.03 

  

 14.51 

  

 - 

  

 4 

  

 15.09 

  

 14.51 

 4 

  

  

Tier 1 leverage (5)

  

 9.76 

  

 9.63 

  

 9.40 

  

 1 

  

 4 

  

 9.76 

  

 9.40 

 4 

  

  

Tier 1 common equity (6)

  

 10.60 

  

 10.71 

  

 9.92 

  

 (1) 

  

 7 

  

 10.60 

  

 9.92 

 7 

  

Common shares outstanding

  

 5,273.7 

  

 5,302.2 

  

 5,289.6 

  

 (1) 

  

 - 

  

 5,273.7 

  

 5,289.6 

 - 

  

Book value per common share

$

 28.98 

  

 28.26 

  

 27.10 

  

 3 

  

 7 

  

 28.98 

  

 27.10 

 7 

  

Common stock price:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

High

  

  

 44.79 

  

 41.74 

  

 36.60 

  

 7 

  

 22 

  

 44.79 

  

 36.60 

 22 

  

  

Low

  

  

 40.79 

  

 36.19 

  

 32.62 

  

 13 

  

 25 

  

 34.43 

  

 27.94 

 23 

  

  

Period end

  

  

 41.32 

  

 41.27 

  

 34.53 

  

 - 

  

 20 

  

 41.32 

  

 34.53 

 20 

  

Team members (active, full-time equivalent)

  

 270,600 

  

 274,300 

  

 267,000 

  

 (1) 

  

 1 

  

 270,600 

  

 267,000 

 1 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)

The efficiency ratio is noninterest expense divided by total revenue (net interest income and noninterest income).

  

  

(2)

Pre-tax pre-provision profit (PTPP) is total revenue less noninterest expense. Management believes that PTPP is a useful financial measure because it enables investors and others to assess the Company's ability to generate capital to cover credit losses through a credit cycle.

  

(3)

Core deposits are noninterest-bearing deposits, interest-bearing checking, savings certificates, certain market rate and other savings, and certain foreign deposits (Eurodollar sweep balances).

  

(4)

Retail core deposits are total core deposits excluding Wholesale Banking core deposits and retail mortgage escrow deposits.

  

  

(5)

See Note 19 (Regulatory and Agency Capital Requirements) to Financial Statements in this Report for additional information.

  

  

(6)

See the “Capital Management” section in this Report for additional information.

  

  

2

 


 

 

This Quarterly Report, including the Financial Review and the Financial Statements and related Notes, contains forward-looking statements, which may include forecasts of our financial results and condition, expectations for our operations and business, and our assumptions for those forecasts and expectations. Do not unduly rely on forward-looking statements. Actual results may differ materially from our forward-looking statements due to several factors. Factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from our forward-looking statements are described in this Report, including in the “Forward-Looking Statements” section, and the “Risk Factors” and “Regulation and Supervision” sections of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 (2012 Form 10-K).

 

When we refer to “Wells Fargo,” “the Company,” “we,” “our” or “us” in this Report, we mean Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries (consolidated). When we refer to the “Parent,” we mean Wells Fargo & Company. When we refer to “legacy Wells Fargo,” we mean Wells Fargo excluding Wachovia Corporation (Wachovia). See the Glossary of Acronyms for terms used throughout this Report.

 

Financial Review

 

Overview

Wells Fargo & Company is a nationwide, diversified, community-based financial services company with $1.5 trillion in assets. Founded in 1852 and headquartered in San Francisco, we provide banking, insurance, investments, mortgage, and consumer and commercial finance through more than 9,000 stores, 12,000 ATMs and the Internet (wellsfargo.com), and we have offices in more than 35 countries to support our customers who conduct business in the global economy. With more than 270,000 active, full-time equivalent team members, we serve one in three households in the United States and rank No. 25 on Fortune’s  2013 rankings of America’s largest corporations. We ranked fourth in assets and first in the market value of our common stock among all U.S. banks at September 30, 2013.  

Our vision is to satisfy all our customers’ financial needs, help them succeed financially, be recognized as the premier financial services company in our markets and be one of America’s great companies. Our primary strategy to achieve this vision is to increase the number of our products our customers utilize and to offer them all of the financial products that fulfill their needs. Our cross-sell strategy, diversified business model and the breadth of our geographic reach facilitate growth in both strong and weak economic cycles, as we can grow by expanding the number of products our current customers have with us, gain new customers in our extended markets, and increase market share in many businesses.

 

Financial Performance

We continued to demonstrate the benefit of our diversified business model by generating record earnings in third quarter 2013 along with continued strength in return on assets (ROA), return on equity (ROE) and capital. Wells Fargo net income was $5.6 billion in third quarter 2013 with record diluted earnings per share of $0.99. Net income and diluted earnings per share (EPS) increased at double-digit rates (13%) compared with third quarter 2012. This was our 15th consecutive quarter of EPS growth and 10th consecutive quarter of record EPS. While the drivers of our earnings growth over this period have differed, reflecting the changing economic and interest rate environment, our focus on meeting our customers’ financial needs has remained the same. The economy continued its pace of moderate growth with gains in consumer spending, business investment and employment. While the recovery remains uneven, there were many positive signs including increased small business optimism and improvements in household net worth with household leverage lower than any time since 2002, which provides capacity for consumer spending and borrowing going forward. The housing market also continued to demonstrate strong momentum. While, as expected, higher interest rates reduced mortgage refinancing activity during the quarter, home price appreciation and affordability both remained strong. This improvement benefited our customers and contributed to our overall credit performance.

Our results this quarter reflected the dynamic environment we are in and the benefit of our diversity.  Compared with a year ago:  

·          our core loan portfolio grew by $44.2 billion, up 6%. This strong performance was broad based with growth in our commercial and consumer portfolios reflecting organic growth and the acquisition of two commercial real estate portfolios;

·          our credit performance was strong, as we continued to benefit from our conservative underwriting and improving economic conditions, especially in housing, with net charge-offs down to 48 basis points (annualized) and our total net charge-off dollars down 59%;

·          our deposit franchise continued to generate strong growth with average deposits up $79.1 billion while we reduced total deposit costs by 6 basis points to 12 basis points;

·          we deepened relationships across our Company, achieving record retail banking cross-sell of 6.15 products per household (August 2013); Wholesale Banking grew to 7.0 products (June 2013) and Wealth, Brokerage and Retirement cross-sell increased to 10.41 products (August 2013);

·          we had very strong returns as ROA increased by 8 basis points to 1.53% and ROE increased by 69 basis points to 14.07%; and

·          our capital levels continued to grow and our estimated Tier I common equity ratio under Basel III increased to 9.56%, surpassing our stated 9% target.

 

Our balance sheet continued to strengthen in third quarter 2013 with further core loan and deposit growth and an increase in our securities portfolio. Even during a period with tepid industry loan growth, we have been able to grow our loans on a year-over-year basis for nine consecutive quarters, and for the past six quarters year-over-year growth has been at least 3%, despite runoff from our non-strategic/liquidating portfolios. Our non-strategic/liquidating loan portfolios decreased $3.4 billion during the quarter and, excluding the planned runoff of these loans, our core loan portfolios increased $13.8 billion from the prior quarter. Total average loans were $804.8 billion, up $4.5 billion from the prior quarter. The asset-backed finance, corporate banking, equipment finance, government and institutional

3

 


 

    

banking, mortgage portfolios, personal credit management, retail brokerage, and retail sales finance portfolios all experienced year-over-year double-digit growth. Our federal funds sold, securities purchased under resale agreements and other short-term investments (collectively referred to as federal funds sold and other short-term investments elsewhere in this Report) increased by $33.4 billion during the quarter on continued strong deposit growth, and we grew our securities available for sale portfolio by $10.0 billion.  

While we believe our liquidity position was already strong, with heightened regulatory expectations, we have been adding to our position over the past few months. We issued long-term debt and term-deposits at very low rates and most of the proceeds went into cash and short term investments. Deposit growth remained strong with period-end deposits up $20.3 billion from second quarter 2013. Average deposits have grown while deposit costs have declined for 12 consecutive quarters. We grew our primary consumer checking customers by a net 3.9% from a year ago (August 2013 compared with August 2012), up from net growth of 3.5%  last quarter (May 2013 compared with May 2012). The growth in these relationship-based customers should benefit our future results as we remain focused on meeting more of our customers’ needs.

 

Credit Quality

Credit quality continued to improve in third quarter 2013, with solid performance in several of our commercial and consumer loan portfolios, reflecting our long-term risk focus and the benefit from the improving housing market. Net charge-offs of $975 million were 0.48% (annualized) of average loans, down 73 basis points from a year ago. Net losses in our commercial portfolio were only $19 million, or 2 basis points of average loans. Net consumer losses declined to 86 basis points from 201 basis points in third quarter 2012. We continued to have strong improvement in our commercial and residential real estate portfolios. Our commercial real estate portfolios were in a net recovery position for the third consecutive quarter and losses on our consumer real estate portfolios declined $1.2 billion from a year ago, down 70%. The consumer loss levels improved due to lower severity reflecting the positive momentum in the residential real estate market, with home values improving significantly in many markets, as well as lower default frequency.

Reflecting these improvements in our loan portfolios, our $75 million provision for credit losses this quarter was $1.5 billion less than a year ago. This provision reflected a release of $900 million from the allowance for credit losses (the amount by which net charge-offs exceeded the provision), compared with a release of $767 million a year ago, of which $567 million related to implementation of the OCC guidance issued in third quarter 2012. Given current favorable conditions, we continue to expect future allowance releases, absent a significant deterioration in the economy.

In addition to lower net charge-offs and provision expense, nonperforming assets (NPAs) also improved and were down $360 million from second quarter 2013. Nonaccrual loans declined $1.0 billion from the prior quarter, while foreclosed assets increased $662 million from the prior quarter driven by an increase in government-insured foreclosed assets.  The increase in government-insured foreclosed assets was primarily the result of changes to loan modification programs, which slowed foreclosures in prior quarters.

 

Capital

We continued to strengthen our capital levels in third quarter 2013 even as we returned more capital to our shareholders, increasing total equity to $168.8 billion at September 30, 2013, up $5.0 billion from the prior quarter. Our Tier 1 common equity ratio was 10.60% of risk-weighted assets (RWA) under Basel I. Our estimated Common Equity Tier 1 ratio under Basel III using the advanced approach method increased to 9.56% in the third quarter, exceeding our target of 9% for the first time, which includes a 100 basis point internal capital buffer. Growth in the Basel III ratio primarily resulted from our strong underlying earnings performance and a reduction in risk-weighted assets, which was due to our improved credit profile and model refinements for our commercial portfolios. We took a number of actions to reduce risk-weighted assets such as disposing of an asset that had a punitive risk weighting and obtaining more granular data related to the underlying investments of life insurance assets.

Our third quarter 2013 dividend was $0.30 per share, and we purchased 50.9 million shares in the quarter and executed a $400 million forward purchase contract that is expected to settle in fourth quarter 2013 for approximately 9.8 million shares.

Our other regulatory capital ratios under Basel I remained strong with a Tier 1 capital ratio of 12.11% and Tier 1 leverage ratio of 9.76% at September 30, 2013, compared with 12.12% and 9.63%, respectively, at June 30, 2013. In July 2013, U.S. banking regulatory agencies issued a supplementary leverage ratio proposal for Basel III. Based on our initial review, we believe our current leverage levels would meet the applicable proposed requirements at the holding company and each of its insured depository institution subsidiaries. See the “Capital Management” section in this Report for more information regarding our capital, including Tier 1 common equity.

 

 

4

 


 

      

Earnings Performance                                                                                                                                                

Wells Fargo net income for third quarter 2013 was $5.6 billion ($0.99 diluted earnings per common share) compared with $4.9 billion ($0.88 diluted earnings per common share) for third quarter 2012. Net income for the first nine months of 2013  was $16.3 billion  ($2.89 diluted earnings per common share) compared with $13.8 billion ($2.45 diluted earnings per common share) for the same period a year ago. Our 2013 third quarter and nine-month earnings were significantly affected by a reduced provision for credit losses, reflecting strong underlying credit performance.

Revenue, the sum of net interest income and noninterest income, was $20.5 billion in third quarter 2013 compared with $21.2 billion in third quarter 2012. For the first nine months of 2013, revenue was $63.1 billion, down from $64.1 billion a year ago. The decrease in revenue for third quarter 2013 from a year ago was due to a decrease in noninterest income, reflecting declines in mortgage banking. For the first nine months of 2013, the decrease in revenue from the same period a year ago was primarily due to a decrease in net interest income, resulting from continued repricing of the balance sheet in a low interest rate environment, as well as a decrease in noninterest income reflecting declines in mortgage banking. Noninterest income represented 48% of revenue for third quarter 2013 compared with 50% for third quarter 2012.

 

Net Interest Income

Net interest income is the interest earned on debt securities, loans (including yield-related loan fees) and other interest-earning assets minus the interest paid on deposits, short-term borrowings and long-term debt. The net interest margin is the average yield on earning assets minus the average interest rate paid for deposits and our other sources of funding. Net interest income and the net interest margin are presented on a taxable-equivalent basis in Table 1 to consistently reflect income from taxable and tax-exempt loans and securities based on a 35% federal statutory tax rate.

While the Company believes that it has the ability to increase net interest income over time, net interest income and the net interest margin in any one period can be significantly affected by a variety of factors including the mix and overall size of our earning asset portfolio and the cost of funding those assets. In addition, some sources of interest income, such as resolutions from purchased credit-impaired (PCI) loans, loan prepayment fees and collection of interest on nonaccrual loans, can vary from period to period.  

Net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis was $10.9 billion in third quarter 2013, up from $10.8 billion in third quarter 2012. Net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis was $32.6 billion for the first nine months of 2013, down from $33.1 billion in the same period a year ago. The net interest margin was 3.38% and 3.44% in the third quarter and first nine months of 2013, down from 3.66% and 3.82% for  the same periods a year ago. The decrease in net interest income in the first nine months of 2013 from the same period a year ago was largely driven by the impact of higher yielding loan and available-for-sale (AFS) securities runoff, partially offset by the benefits of AFS securities purchases and growth in core loans. In addition, reductions in deposit and long-term debt costs also helped offset lower income from earning assets. The decline in net interest margin in the third quarter and first nine months of 2013 compared with the same periods a year ago was primarily driven by higher funding balances, including growth in deposits and short and long-term debt, which caused federal funds sold and other short-term investments to increase. This growth in funding, including the growth in federal funds sold and other short-term investments, is dilutive to net interest margin, while essentially neutral to net interest income. In addition, net interest margin for the third quarter and first nine months of 2013 experienced pressure related to growth and repricing of the balance sheet. We expect continued pressure on our net interest margin as the balance sheet continues to reprice in the current low interest rate environment.

Average earning assets increased $111.6 billion in  the third quarter and $108.7 billion  in the first nine months of 2013 from a year ago, as average securities available for sale increased $33.6 billion and $21.9 billion for the same periods, respectively. Average federal funds sold and other short-term investments increased $64.3 billion in the third quarter and $64.9 billion in the first nine months of 2013 from a year ago. In addition, an increase in real estate 1-4 family first mortgage loans contributed to $28.0 billion and $29.9 billion higher average loans in the third quarter and first nine months of 2013, respectively, compared with a year ago.

Core deposits are an important low-cost source of funding and affect both net interest income and the net interest margin. Core deposits include noninterest-bearing deposits, interest-bearing checking, savings certificates, market rate and other savings, and certain foreign deposits (Eurodollar sweep balances). Average core deposits rose to $940.3 billion in third quarter 2013 ($934.1 billion in the first nine months of 2013) compared with $895.4 billion in third quarter 2012 ($882.2 billion in the first nine months of 2012) and funded 117% of average loans in third quarter 2013 (117% for the first nine months of 2013) compared with 115% a year ago (114% for the first nine months of 2012). Average core deposits decreased to 73% of average earning assets in the third quarter and 74% in the first nine months of 2013 compared with 76% for both the third quarter and first nine months of 2012. The cost of these deposits has continued to decline due to a sustained low interest rate environment and a shift in our deposit mix from higher cost certificates of deposit to lower yielding checking and savings products. About 95% of our average core deposits are in checking and savings deposits, one of the highest industry percentages.

5

 


 

      

 

Table 1:  Average Balances, Yields and Rates Paid (Taxable-Equivalent Basis) (1)(2)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Quarter ended September 30,

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 2013 

  

  

  

  

  

 2012 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest 

  

  

  

  

  

Interest 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Average

Yields/

  

  

income/ 

  

Average

Yields/

  

  

income/ 

(in millions)

  

balance

rates

  

  

expense 

  

balance

rates

  

  

expense 

Earning assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Federal funds sold, securities purchased under

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

resale agreements and other short-term investments

$

 155,888 

 0.31 

%

$

 121 

  

 91,561 

 0.44 

%

$

 101 

Trading assets

  

 44,809 

 3.02 

  

  

 339 

  

 39,441 

 3.08 

  

  

 304 

Securities available for sale (3): 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

  

 6,633 

 1.69 

  

  

 28 

  

 1,390 

 1.05 

  

  

 4 

  

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

  

 40,754 

 4.35 

  

  

 444 

  

 35,925 

 4.36 

  

  

 392 

  

Mortgage-backed securities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Federal agencies

  

 112,997 

 2.83 

  

  

 800 

  

 94,324 

 2.88 

  

  

 679 

  

  

Residential and commercial

  

 30,216 

 6.56 

  

  

 496 

  

 33,124 

 6.67 

  

  

 553 

  

  

  

Total mortgage-backed securities

  

 143,213 

 3.62 

  

  

 1,296 

  

 127,448 

 3.87 

  

  

 1,232 

  

Other debt and equity securities

  

 55,404 

 3.27 

  

  

 455 

  

 47,647 

 4.07 

  

  

 486 

  

  

  

  

Total securities available for sale

  

 246,004 

 3.61 

  

  

 2,223 

  

 212,410 

 3.98 

  

  

 2,114 

Mortgages held for sale (4)

  

 33,227 

 3.86 

  

  

 320 

  

 52,128 

 3.65 

  

  

 476 

Loans held for sale (4)

  

 197 

 7.25 

  

  

 3 

  

 932 

 7.38 

  

  

 17 

Loans:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial and industrial

  

 188,410 

 3.58 

  

  

 1,697 

  

 177,500 

 3.84 

  

  

 1,711 

  

  

Real estate mortgage

  

 104,637 

 4.12 

  

  

 1,086 

  

 105,148 

 4.05 

  

  

 1,070 

  

  

Real estate construction

  

 16,188 

 4.43 

  

  

 181 

  

 17,687 

 5.21 

  

  

 232 

  

  

Lease financing

  

 11,700 

 5.29 

  

  

 155 

  

 12,608 

 6.60 

  

  

 208 

  

  

Foreign

  

 44,843 

 2.09 

  

  

 236 

  

 39,663 

 2.46 

  

  

 245 

  

  

  

Total commercial

  

 365,778 

 3.64 

  

  

 3,355 

  

 352,606 

 3.91 

  

  

 3,466 

  

Consumer:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

  

 254,082 

 4.20 

  

  

 2,670 

  

 234,020 

 4.51 

  

  

 2,638 

  

  

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage

  

 68,785 

 4.30 

  

  

 743 

  

 79,718 

 4.26 

  

  

 854 

  

  

Credit card

  

 24,989 

 12.45 

  

  

 784 

  

 23,040 

 12.64 

  

  

 732 

  

  

Automobile

  

 49,134 

 6.85 

  

  

 848 

  

 45,658 

 7.44 

  

  

 854 

  

  

Other revolving credit and installment

  

 42,011 

 4.83 

  

  

 512 

  

 41,692 

 4.58 

  

  

 480 

  

  

  

Total consumer

  

 439,001 

 5.04 

  

  

 5,557 

  

 424,128 

 5.23 

  

  

 5,558 

  

  

  

  

Total loans (4)

  

 804,779 

 4.41 

  

  

 8,912 

  

 776,734 

 4.63 

  

  

 9,024 

Other

  

 4,279 

 5.62 

  

  

 61 

  

 4,386 

 4.62 

  

  

 50 

  

  

  

  

  

Total earning assets

$

 1,289,183 

 3.70 

%

$

 11,979 

  

 1,177,592 

 4.09 

%

$

 12,086 

Funding sources

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Deposits:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest-bearing checking

$

 34,499 

 0.06 

%

$

 5 

  

 28,815 

 0.06 

%

$

 4 

  

Market rate and other savings

  

 553,062 

 0.08 

  

  

 107 

  

 506,138 

 0.12 

  

  

 152 

  

Savings certificates

  

 47,339 

 1.08 

  

  

 129 

  

 58,206 

 1.29 

  

  

 188 

  

Other time deposits

  

 30,423 

 0.62 

  

  

 47 

  

 14,373 

 1.49 

  

  

 54 

  

Deposits in foreign offices

  

 81,087 

 0.15 

  

  

 30 

  

 71,791 

 0.16 

  

  

 30 

  

  

Total interest-bearing deposits

  

 746,410 

 0.17 

  

  

 318 

  

 679,323 

 0.25 

  

  

 428 

Short-term borrowings

  

 53,403 

 0.08 

  

  

 11 

  

 51,857 

 0.17 

  

  

 22 

Long-term debt

  

 133,397 

 1.86 

  

  

 621 

  

 127,486 

 2.37 

  

  

 756 

Other liabilities

  

 12,128 

 2.64 

  

  

 80 

  

 9,945 

 2.40 

  

  

 60 

  

  

Total interest-bearing liabilities

  

 945,338 

 0.43 

  

  

 1,030 

  

 868,611 

 0.58 

  

  

 1,266 

Portion of noninterest-bearing funding sources

  

 343,845 

 - 

  

  

 - 

  

 308,981 

 - 

  

  

 - 

  

  

  

  

  

Total funding sources

$

 1,289,183 

 0.32 

  

  

 1,030 

  

 1,177,592 

 0.43 

  

  

 1,266 

Net interest margin and net interest income on

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

a taxable-equivalent basis (5)

  

  

 3.38 

%

$

 10,949 

  

  

 3.66 

%

$

 10,820 

Noninterest-earning assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Cash and due from banks

$

 16,350 

  

  

  

  

  

 15,682 

  

  

  

  

Goodwill

  

 25,637 

  

  

  

  

  

 25,566 

  

  

  

  

Other

  

 118,440 

  

  

  

  

  

 135,500 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total noninterest-earning assets

$

 160,427 

  

  

  

  

  

 176,748 

  

  

  

  

Noninterest-bearing funding sources

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Deposits

$

 279,156 

  

  

  

  

  

 267,184 

  

  

  

  

Other liabilities

  

 59,969 

  

  

  

  

  

 66,116 

  

  

  

  

Total equity

  

 165,147 

  

  

  

  

  

 152,429 

  

  

  

  

Noninterest-bearing funding sources used to fund earning assets

  

 (343,845) 

  

  

  

  

  

 (308,981) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net noninterest-bearing funding sources

$

 160,427 

  

  

  

  

  

 176,748 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total assets

$

 1,449,610 

  

  

  

  

  

 1,354,340 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)  Our average prime rate was 3.25% for the quarters ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, and 3.25% for the first nine months of both 2013 and 2012. The average three-month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) was 0.26% and 0.43% for the quarters ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and 0.28% and 0.47%, respectively, for the first nine months of 2013 and 2012.

(2)  Yield/rates and amounts include the effects of hedge and risk management activities associated with the respective asset and liability categories.

(3)  Yields and rates are based on interest income/expense amounts for the period, annualized based on the accrual basis for the respective accounts. The average balance amounts represent amortized cost for the periods presented.

(4)  Nonaccrual loans and related income are included in their respective loan categories.

(5)  Includes taxable-equivalent adjustments of $202 million and $158 million for the quarters ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and $574 million and $504 million for the first nine months of 2013 and 2012, respectively, primarily related to tax-exempt income on certain loans and securities. The federal statutory tax rate utilized was 35% for the periods presented.

6

 


 

Earnings Performance  (continued) 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Nine months ended September 30,

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 2013 

  

  

  

  

  

 2012 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest 

  

  

  

  

  

Interest 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Average

Yields/

  

  

income/ 

  

Average

Yields/

  

  

income/ 

(in millions)

  

balance

rates

  

  

expense 

  

balance

rates

  

  

expense 

Earning assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Federal funds sold, securities purchased under

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

resale agreements and other short-term investments

$

 137,926 

 0.33 

%

$

 342 

  

 73,011 

 0.47 

%

$

 257 

Trading assets

  

 44,530 

 3.05 

  

  

 1,020 

  

 41,931 

 3.29 

  

  

 1,035 

Securities available for sale (3): 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

  

 6,797 

 1.66 

  

  

 85 

  

 3,041 

 1.12 

  

  

 25 

  

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

  

 39,213 

 4.38 

  

  

 1,288 

  

 34,366 

 4.42 

  

  

 1,139 

  

Mortgage-backed securities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Federal agencies

  

 103,522 

 2.79 

  

  

 2,164 

  

 93,555 

 3.24 

  

  

 2,277 

  

  

Residential and commercial

  

 31,217 

 6.51 

  

  

 1,524 

  

 33,839 

 6.82 

  

  

 1,731 

  

  

  

Total mortgage-backed securities

  

 134,739 

 3.65 

  

  

 3,688 

  

 127,394 

 4.19 

  

  

 4,008 

  

Other debt and equity securities

  

 54,893 

 3.56 

  

  

 1,463 

  

 48,983 

 4.09 

  

  

 1,501 

  

  

  

  

Total securities available for sale

  

 235,642 

 3.69 

  

  

 6,524 

  

 213,784 

 4.16 

  

  

 6,673 

Mortgages held for sale (4)

  

 39,950 

 3.57 

  

  

 1,069 

  

 49,531 

 3.80 

  

  

 1,412 

Loans held for sale (4)

  

 172 

 7.88 

  

  

 10 

  

 838 

 6.07 

  

  

 38 

Loans:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial and industrial

  

 186,366 

 3.67 

  

  

 5,113 

  

 172,039 

 4.07 

  

  

 5,245 

  

  

Real estate mortgage

  

 105,367 

 3.96 

  

  

 3,121 

  

 105,548 

 4.24 

  

  

 3,350 

  

  

Real estate construction

  

 16,401 

 4.76 

  

  

 584 

  

 18,118 

 4.98 

  

  

 676 

  

  

Lease financing

  

 12,151 

 6.26 

  

  

 571 

  

 12,875 

 7.47 

  

  

 721 

  

  

Foreign

  

 42,357 

 2.16 

  

  

 683 

  

 39,915 

 2.52 

  

  

 753 

  

  

  

Total commercial

  

 362,642 

 3.71 

  

  

 10,072 

  

 348,495 

 4.12 

  

  

 10,745 

  

Consumer:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

  

 252,904 

 4.24 

  

  

 8,044 

  

 231,256 

 4.60 

  

  

 7,984 

  

  

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage

  

 71,390 

 4.29 

  

  

 2,292 

  

 82,161 

 4.28 

  

  

 2,631 

  

  

Credit card

  

 24,373 

 12.54 

  

  

 2,285 

  

 22,414 

 12.75 

  

  

 2,140 

  

  

Automobile

  

 47,890 

 7.03 

  

  

 2,516 

  

 44,660 

 7.60 

  

  

 2,542 

  

  

Other revolving credit and installment

  

 41,857 

 4.76 

  

  

 1,489 

  

 42,214 

 4.55 

  

  

 1,438 

  

  

  

Total consumer

  

 438,414 

 5.06 

  

  

 16,626 

  

 422,705 

 5.28 

  

  

 16,735 

  

  

  

  

Total loans (4)

  

 801,056 

 4.45 

  

  

 26,698 

  

 771,200 

 4.76 

  

  

 27,480 

Other

  

 4,229 

 5.45 

  

  

 172 

  

 4,492 

 4.53 

  

  

 153 

  

  

  

  

  

Total earning assets

$

 1,263,505 

 3.79 

%

$

 35,835 

  

 1,154,787 

 4.28 

%

$

 37,048 

Funding sources

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Deposits:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest-bearing checking

$

 35,704 

 0.06 

%

$

 16 

  

 30,465 

 0.06 

%

$

 14 

  

Market rate and other savings

  

 544,208 

 0.08 

  

  

 341 

  

 500,850 

 0.12 

  

  

 457 

  

Savings certificates

  

 51,681 

 1.18 

  

  

 457 

  

 60,404 

 1.33 

  

  

 601 

  

Other time deposits

  

 24,177 

 0.81 

  

  

 146 

  

 13,280 

 1.74 

  

  

 173 

  

Deposits in foreign offices

  

 73,715 

 0.15 

  

  

 80 

  

 67,424 

 0.16 

  

  

 83 

  

  

Total interest-bearing deposits

  

 729,485 

 0.19 

  

  

 1,040 

  

 672,423 

 0.26 

  

  

 1,328 

Short-term borrowings

  

 55,535 

 0.13 

  

  

 55 

  

 50,650 

 0.17 

  

  

 65 

Long-term debt

  

 128,691 

 2.02 

  

  

 1,950 

  

 127,561 

 2.48 

  

  

 2,375 

Other liabilities

  

 12,352 

 2.37 

  

  

 220 

  

 10,052 

 2.50 

  

  

 189 

  

  

Total interest-bearing liabilities

  

 926,063 

 0.47 

  

  

 3,265 

  

 860,686 

 0.61 

  

  

 3,957 

Portion of noninterest-bearing funding sources

  

 337,442 

 - 

  

  

 - 

  

 294,101 

 - 

  

  

 - 

  

  

  

  

  

Total funding sources

$

 1,263,505 

 0.35 

  

  

 3,265 

  

 1,154,787 

 0.46 

  

  

 3,957 

Net interest margin and net interest income on

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

a taxable-equivalent basis (5)

  

  

 3.44 

%

$

 32,570 

  

  

 3.82 

%

$

 33,091 

Noninterest-earning assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Cash and due from banks

$

 16,364 

  

  

  

  

  

 16,283 

  

  

  

  

Goodwill

  

 25,637 

  

  

  

  

  

 25,343 

  

  

  

  

Other

  

 122,306 

  

  

  

  

  

 129,971 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total noninterest-earning assets

$

 164,307 

  

  

  

  

  

 171,597 

  

  

  

  

Noninterest-bearing funding sources

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Deposits

$

 277,820 

  

  

  

  

  

 256,120 

  

  

  

  

Other liabilities

  

 60,764 

  

  

  

  

  

 60,606 

  

  

  

  

Total equity

  

 163,165 

  

  

  

  

  

 148,972 

  

  

  

  

Noninterest-bearing funding sources used to fund earning assets

 (337,442) 

  

  

  

  

  

 (294,101) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net noninterest-bearing funding sources

$

 164,307 

  

  

  

  

  

 171,597 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total assets

$

 1,427,812 

  

  

  

  

  

 1,326,384 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

7

 


 

      

 

Noninterest Income

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Table 2:  Noninterest Income

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Nine months 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Quarter ended Sept. 30, 

  

  

ended Sept. 30, 

  

(in millions)

  

 2013 

 2012 

Change 

  

  

 2013 

 2012 

Change 

  

Service charges on deposit accounts

$

 1,278 

 1,210 

 6 

%

$

 3,740 

 3,433 

 9 

%

Trust and investment fees:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Brokerage advisory, commissions and other fees (1)

  

 2,068 

 1,887 

 10 

  

  

 6,245 

 5,562 

 12 

  

  

Trust and investment management (1)

  

 811 

 769 

 5 

  

  

 2,439 

 2,283 

 7 

  

  

Investment banking

  

 397 

 298 

 33 

  

  

 1,288 

 846 

 52 

  

  

  

Total trust and investment fees

  

 3,276 

 2,954 

 11 

  

  

 9,972 

 8,691 

 15 

  

Card fees

  

 813 

 744 

 9 

  

  

 2,364 

 2,102 

 12 

  

Other fees:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Charges and fees on loans

  

 390 

 426 

 (8) 

  

  

 1,161 

 1,298 

 (11) 

  

  

Merchant processing fees

  

 169 

 150 

 13 

  

  

 497 

 432 

 15 

  

  

Cash network fees

  

 129 

 120 

 8 

  

  

 371 

 358 

 4 

  

  

Commercial real estate brokerage commissions

  

 91 

 56 

 63 

  

  

 209 

 188 

 11 

  

  

Letters of credit fees

  

 100 

 114 

 (12) 

  

  

 311 

 334 

 (7) 

  

  

All other fees

  

 219 

 231 

 (5) 

  

  

 672 

 716 

 (6) 

  

  

  

Total other fees

  

 1,098 

 1,097 

 - 

  

  

 3,221 

 3,326 

 (3) 

  

Mortgage banking:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Servicing income, net

  

 504 

 197 

 156 

  

  

 1,211 

 1,128 

 7 

  

  

Net gains on mortgage loan origination/sales activities

  

 1,104 

 2,610 

 (58) 

  

  

 5,993 

 7,442 

 (19) 

  

  

  

Total mortgage banking

  

 1,608 

 2,807 

 (43) 

  

  

 7,204 

 8,570 

 (16) 

  

Insurance

  

 413 

 414 

 - 

  

  

 1,361 

 1,455 

 (6) 

  

Net gains from trading activities

  

 397 

 529 

 (25) 

  

  

 1,298 

 1,432 

 (9) 

  

Net gains (losses) on debt securities available for sale

 (6) 

 3 

NM 

  

  

 (15) 

 (65) 

 (77) 

  

Net gains from equity investments

  

 502 

 164 

 206 

  

  

 818 

 770 

 6 

  

Lease income

  

 160 

 218 

 (27) 

  

  

 515 

 397 

 30 

  

Life insurance investment income

  

 154 

 159 

 (3) 

  

  

 441 

 481 

 (8) 

  

All other

  

 37 

 252 

 (85) 

  

  

 199 

 959 

 (79) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

$

 9,730 

 10,551 

 (8) 

  

$

 31,118 

 31,551 

 (1) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

NM - Not meaningful

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)

Prior year periods have been revised to reflect all fund distribution fees as brokerage related income.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Noninterest income was $9.7 billion and $10.6 billion for third quarter 2013 and 2012, respectively, and $31.1 billion and $31.6 billion for the first nine months of 2013 and 2012, respectively. This income represented 48% and 49% of revenue for the third quarter and first nine months of 2013, respectively, compared with 50% and 49%, respectively, for the same periods a year ago. The  decrease  in noninterest income in the third quarter and first nine months of 2013 from the same periods a year ago reflected declines in our mortgage banking business, partially offset by growth in many of our other businesses, including retail deposits, merchant card processing, business lending, commercial banking, equipment finance, capital markets, asset-backed finance, commercial mortgage servicing, corporate trust, asset management, wealth management, brokerage, and retirement services. Excluding mortgage banking, noninterest income increased $378 million and $933 million in the third quarter and first nine months of 2013, respectively, from the same periods a year ago.

Our service charges on deposit accounts increased in third quarter 2013 by $68 million, or 6%,  from  third quarter 2012, and $307 million in the first nine months of 2013, or 9%, from the first nine months of 2012, due to primary consumer checking customer growth, product changes and continued customer adoption of overdraft services.

Brokerage advisory, commissions and other fees are received for providing services to full‑service and discount brokerage customers. Income from these brokerage-related activities include transactional commissions based on the number of transactions executed at the customer’s direction, and asset‑based fees, which are based on the market value of the customer’s assets. These fees increased to $2.1 billion  and $6.2 billion in  the third quarter and first nine months of 2013, respectively, from $1.9 billion and $5.6 billion for the same periods in 2012. The increase in brokerage income was predominantly due to higher asset-based fees as a result of higher market values and growth in assets under management. Brokerage client assets totaled $1.3 trillion at September 30, 2013, an 8% increase from $1.2 trillion at September 30, 2012.

We earn trust and investment management fees from managing and administering assets, including mutual funds, corporate trust, personal trust, employee benefit trust and agency assets. At September 30, 2013, these assets totaled $2.3 trillion, up 3% from $2.2 trillion at September 30, 2012, driven by higher market values. Trust and investment management fees are largely based on a tiered scale relative to the market value of the assets under management or administration. These fees increased to $811 million and $2.4 billion in the third quarter and first nine months of 2013, respectively, from $769 million and $2.3 billion for the same periods in 2012, primarily due to growth in assets under management reflecting higher market values.

8

 


 

Earnings Performance  (continued) 

We earn investment banking fees from underwriting debt and equity securities, arranging loan syndications, and performing other related advisory services. Investment banking fees increased to $397 million and $1.3 billion in the third quarter and first nine months of 2013, respectively, from $298 million and $846 million for the same periods a year ago, due primarily to increased loan syndication volume and equity originations.

Card fees were $813 million in third quarter 2013  compared with $744 million in third quarter 2012 and $2.4 billion and $2.1 billion for the first nine months of 2013 and 2012, respectively. Card fees increased primarily due to account growth and increased purchase activity.

Mortgage banking noninterest income, consisting of net servicing income and net gains on loan origination/sales activities, totaled $1.6 billion in third quarter 2013 compared with $2.8 billion in third quarter 2012 and totaled $7.2 billion for the first nine months of 2013 compared with $8.6 billion for the same period a year ago.  

Net mortgage loan servicing income includes amortization of commercial mortgage servicing rights (MSRs), changes in the fair value of residential MSRs during the period, as well as changes in the value of derivatives (economic hedges) used to hedge the residential MSRs. Net servicing income for third quarter 2013 included a $26 million net MSR valuation gain ($213 million decrease in the fair value of the MSRs offset by a $239 million hedge gain) and for third quarter 2012 included a $142 million net MSR valuation gain ($1.43 billion decrease in the fair value of MSRs offset by a $1.57 billion hedge gain). For the first nine months of 2013, net servicing income included a $223 million net MSR valuation gain ($2.42 billion increase in the fair value of the MSRs offset by a $2.19 billion hedge loss) and for the same period of 2012, included a $461 million net MSR valuation gain ($3.22 billion decrease in the fair value of MSRs offset by a $3.68 billion hedge gain). Our portfolio of loans serviced for others was $1.91 trillion at both September 30, 2013, and December 31, 2012. At September 30, 2013, the ratio of MSRs to related loans serviced for others was 0.82% compared with 0.67% at December 31, 2012. See the “Risk Management – Mortgage Banking Interest Rate and Market Risk” section of this Report for additional information regarding our MSRs risks and hedging approach.

Net gains on mortgage loan origination/sale activities were $1.1 billion and $6.0 billion in the third quarter and first nine months of 2013, respectively, down from $2.6 billion and $7.4 billion for the same periods a year ago. The year-over-year decreases for both periods were driven by lower margins and origination volumes. Mortgage loan originations were $80 billion for third quarter 2013, of which 59% were for home purchases compared with $139 billion and 38% for the same period a year ago. During the first nine months of 2013, we retained for investment $3.6 billion of real estate 1-4 family conforming first mortgage loans, forgoing approximately $120 million of revenue that could have been generated had the loans been originated for sale along with other agency conforming loan production. While retaining these mortgage loans on our balance sheet reduced mortgage revenue, we expect to generate greater spread income in future quarters from mortgage loans with higher yields than mortgage-backed securities we could have purchased in the market. While we do not currently plan to hold additional conforming mortgages on balance sheet, we have a large mortgage business and strong capital that provide us with the flexibility to make such choices in the future to benefit our long-term results. Mortgage applications were $87 billion and $373 billion in the third quarter and first nine months of 2013 compared with $188 billion and $584 billion for the same periods a year ago. The real estate 1-4 family first mortgage unclosed pipeline was $35 billion at September 30, 2013, and $97 billion at September 30, 2012. For additional information about our mortgage banking activities and results, see the “Risk Management – Mortgage Banking Interest Rate and Market Risk” section and Note 8 (Mortgage Banking Activities) and Note 13 (Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities) to Financial Statements in this Report.

Net gains on mortgage loan origination/sales activities include the cost of additions to the mortgage repurchase liability. Mortgage loans are repurchased from third parties based on standard representations and warranties, and early payment default clauses in mortgage sale contracts. Additions to the mortgage repurchase liability that were charged against net gains on mortgage loan origination/sales activities during third quarter 2013  totaled $28 million (compared with $462 million for third quarter 2012), none of which ($387 million for third quarter 2012) were for subsequent increases in estimated losses on prior period loan sales. Additions to the mortgage repurchase liability for the first nine months of 2013 and 2012 were $402 million and $1.6 billion, respectively, of which $275 million and $1.4 billion, respectively, were for subsequent increases in estimated losses on prior period loan sales. For additional information about mortgage loan repurchases, see the “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management – Liability for Mortgage Loan Repurchase Losses” section and Note 8 (Mortgage Banking Activities) to Financial Statements in this Report.

We engage in trading activities primarily to accommodate the investment activities of our customers, execute economic hedging to manage certain of our balance sheet risks and for a very limited amount of proprietary trading for our own account. Net gains from trading activities, which reflect unrealized changes in fair value of our trading positions and realized gains and losses, were $397 million and $1.3 billion in the third quarter and first nine months of 2013, respectively, down from $529 million and $1.4 billion for the same periods a year ago. The nine months year-over-year decrease was largely driven by lower results in economic hedging reflecting market conditions. Net gains from trading activities do not include interest and dividend income and expense on trading securities. Those amounts are reported within interest income from trading assets and other interest expense from trading liabilities. Proprietary trading generated $9 million of net gains in third quarter 2013 and $18 million of net gains in the first nine months of 2013 compared with $2 million and $16 million of net gains for the same periods, respectively, a year ago. Interest and fees related to proprietary trading are reported in their corresponding income statement line items. Proprietary trading activities are not significant to our client-focused business model. For additional information about proprietary and other trading, see the “Risk Management – Asset and Liability Management – Market Risk – Trading Activities” section in this Report.  

Net gains on debt and equity securities totaled $496 million for third quarter 2013 and $167 million for third quarter 2012 ($803 million and $705 million for the first nine months of 2013 and 2012, respectively), net of other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) write-downs of $60 million and $72 million for third quarter 2013 and 2012, respectively, and $249 million and $257 million for the first nine months of 2013 and 2012, respectively.

All other income includes ineffectiveness recognized on derivatives that qualify for hedge accounting, pre-tax losses on tax credits, foreign

9

 


 

      

currency adjustments, and income from investments accounted for under the equity accounting method, any of which can cause other income losses. Lower other income for the third quarter and first nine months of 2013 compared with the same periods a year ago, reflected interest rate-related valuation changes, net of related hedges on certain mortgage-related assets carried at fair value. The first nine months of 2013 also reflected ineffectiveness losses on derivatives that qualify for hedge accounting.

 

Noninterest Expense

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Table 3:  Noninterest Expense

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Nine months 

  

  

  

  

Quarter ended Sept. 30, 

  

  

ended Sept. 30, 

  

(in millions)

  

 2013 

 2012 

Change 

  

  

 2013 

 2012 

Change 

  

Salaries

 3,910 

 3,648 

 7 

 11,341 

 10,954 

 4 

Commission and incentive compensation

  

 2,401 

 2,368 

 1 

  

  

 7,604 

 7,139 

 7 

  

Employee benefits

  

 1,172 

 1,063 

 10 

  

  

 3,873 

 3,720 

 4 

  

Equipment

  

 471 

 510 

 (8) 

  

  

 1,417 

 1,526 

 (7) 

  

Net occupancy

  

 728 

 727 

 - 

  

  

 2,163 

 2,129 

 2 

  

Core deposit and other intangibles

  

 375 

 419 

 (11) 

  

  

 1,129 

 1,256 

 (10) 

  

FDIC and other deposit assessments

  

 214 

 359 

 (40) 

  

  

 765 

 1,049 

 (27) 

  

Outside professional services

  

 623 

 733 

 (15) 

  

  

 1,765 

 1,985 

 (11) 

  

Operating losses

  

 195 

 281 

 (31) 

  

  

 640 

 1,282 

 (50) 

  

Foreclosed assets

  

 161 

 247 

 (35) 

  

  

 502 

 840 

 (40) 

  

Contract services

  

 241 

 237 

 2 

  

  

 674 

 776 

 (13) 

  

Outside data processing

  

 251 

 234 

 7 

  

  

 719 

 683 

 5 

  

Travel and entertainment

  

 209 

 208 

 - 

  

  

 651 

 628 

 4 

  

Postage, stationery and supplies

  

 184 

 196 

 (6) 

  

  

 567 

 607 

 (7) 

  

Advertising and promotion

  

 157 

 170 

 (8) 

  

  

 445 

 436 

 2 

  

Telecommunications

  

 116 

 127 

 (9) 

  

  

 364 

 378 

 (4) 

  

Insurance

  

 98 

 51 

 92 

  

  

 378 

 391 

 (3) 

  

Operating leases

  

 56 

 27 

 107 

  

  

 153 

 82 

 87 

  

All other

  

 540 

 507 

 7 

  

  

 1,607 

 1,641 

 (2) 

  

  

Total

$

 12,102 

 12,112 

 - 

  

$

 36,757 

 37,502 

 (2) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Noninterest expense was $12.1 billion in third quarter 2013, largely unchanged from a year ago, as higher personnel expenses ($7.5 billion, up from $7.1 billion a year ago) were offset by lower FDIC and other deposit assessments ($214 million, down from $359 million a year ago), lower outside professional services ($623 million, down from $733 million a year ago), lower foreclosed assets expense ($161 million, down from $247 million a year ago), and lower operating losses ($195 million, down from $281 million a year ago). For the first nine months of 2013, noninterest expense was down $745 million, or 2%, from the same period a year ago predominantly due to lower operating losses ($640 million, down from $1.3 billion in the first nine months of 2012), lower FDIC and other deposit assessments ($765 million, down from $1.0 billion in the first nine months of 2012), lower foreclosed assets expense ($502 million, down from $840 million in the first nine months of 2012), the completion of Wachovia merger integration activities in the prior year ($218 million in first nine months of 2012), partially offset by higher personnel expenses ($22.8 billion, up from $21.8 billion in the first nine months of 2012).

Personnel expenses, which include salaries, commissions, incentive compensation and employee benefits, were up $404 million, or 6%, in third quarter 2013 compared with the same quarter last year, primarily due to annual salary increases and related salary taxes. With the decrease in mortgage originations during third quarter 2013, staffing reductions during the quarter resulted in mortgage-related severance expense. Included in personnel expense was a $109 million increase in employee benefits, a significant portion of which was driven by higher deferred compensation expense (offset in trading income). Personnel expenses were up $1.0 billion, or 5%, for the first nine months of 2013 compared with the same period in 2012, mostly due to higher revenue-based incentive compensation, and annual salary increases and related salary taxes.

The completion of Wachovia integration activities contributed to year over year reductions in noninterest expense for the first nine months of 2013, mainly in outside professional services, contract services, occupancy, and advertising and promotion.

Outside professional services was down 15% in third quarter 2013 and down 11% in the first nine months of 2013 compared with the same periods a year ago. Excluding integration-related reductions, substantially all of the decrease for both periods was due to lower costs associated with our mortgage servicing regulatory consent orders.

Foreclosed assets expense was down 35% in third quarter 2013 and down 40% in the first nine months of 2013 compared with the same periods in 2012, reflecting lower write-downs, higher gains on sale, and lower expenses associated with foreclosed properties, primarily driven by the real estate market improvement.   

Operating losses decreased 31% and 50% in the third quarter and first nine months of 2013, respectively, compared with the same periods a year ago. The decline in both periods was predominantly due to lower mortgage-related litigation charges.

The efficiency ratio was 59.1% in third quarter 2013, compared with 57.1% in the prior year. The Company expects to operate within its targeted efficiency ratio range of 55 to 59% in fourth quarter 2013.   

 

Income Tax Expense

10

 


 

Earnings Performance  (continued) 

Our effective tax rate was 31.9% and 33.4% for third quarter 2013 and 2012, respectively. Our effective tax rate was 32.7% in the first nine months of 2013, down from 34.2% in the first nine months of 2012. The lower tax rate in the first nine months of 2013 included a net reduction in the reserve for uncertain tax positions primarily due to settlements with authorities regarding certain cross border transactions, which occurred in third quarter 2013, and a tax benefit, recognized earlier in the year, from the realization for tax purposes of a previously written down investment.

 

Operating Segment Results

We are organized for management reporting purposes into three operating segments: Community Banking; Wholesale Banking; and Wealth, Brokerage and Retirement. These segments are defined by product type and customer segment and their results are based on our management accounting process, for which there is no comprehensive, authoritative financial accounting guidance equivalent to generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). Table 4 and the following discussion present our results by operating segment. For a more complete description of our operating segments, including additional financial information and the underlying management accounting process, see Note 18 (Operating Segments) to Financial Statements in this Report.

 

Table 4:  Operating Segment Results – Highlights

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Wealth, Brokerage 

  

  

  

Consolidated 

  

  

  

  

Community Banking 

  

Wholesale Banking 

  

and Retirement 

  

Other (1) 

  

Company 

(in billions)

  

 2013 

 2012 

  

 2013 

 2012 

  

 2013 

 2012 

  

 2013 

 2012 

  

 2013 

 2012 

Quarter ended Sept. 30,

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Revenue

 12.2 

 13.1 

  

 5.9 

 5.9 

  

 3.3 

 3.0 

  

 (0.9) 

 (0.8) 

  

 20.5 

 21.2 

Provision (reversal of provision)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

for credit losses

 0.2 

 1.6 

  

 (0.1) 

 (0.1) 

  

 - 

 - 

  

 - 

 0.1 

  

 0.1 

 1.6 

Noninterest expense

  

 7.1 

 7.4 

  

 3.1 

 2.9 

  

 2.6 

 2.5 

  

 (0.7) 

 (0.7) 

  

 12.1 

 12.1 

Net income

  

 3.3 

 2.7 

  

 2.0 

 2.0 

  

 0.5 

 0.3 

  

 (0.2) 

 (0.1) 

  

 5.6 

 4.9 

Average loans

  

 497.7 

 485.3 

  

 290.4 

 277.1 

  

 46.7 

 42.5 

  

 (30.0) 

 (28.2) 

  

 804.8 

 776.7 

Average core deposits

  

 618.2 

 594.5 

  

 235.3 

 225.4 

  

 150.6 

 136.7 

  

 (63.8) 

 (61.2) 

  

 940.3 

 895.4 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Nine months ended Sept. 30,

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Revenue

 38.1 

 39.6 

  

 18.1 

 18.1 

  

 9.8 

 9.1 

  

 (2.9) 

 (2.7) 

  

 63.1 

 64.1 

Provision (reversal of provision)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

for credit losses

 2.3 

 5.1 

  

 (0.3) 

 0.2 

  

 - 

 0.1 

  

 (0.1) 

 - 

  

 1.9 

 5.4 

Noninterest expense

  

 21.7 

 22.8 

  

 9.4 

 9.1 

  

 7.8 

 7.4 

  

 (2.1) 

 (1.8) 

  

 36.8 

 37.5 

Net income

  

 9.5 

 7.6 

  

 6.0 

 5.7 

  

 1.2 

 1.0 

  

 (0.4) 

 (0.5) 

  

 16.3 

 13.8 

Average loans

  

 498.3 

 485.1 

  

 287.3 

 272.0 

  

 45.3 

 42.5 

  

 (29.8) 

 (28.4) 

  

 801.1 

 771.2 

Average core deposits

 620.1 

 585.3 

  

 230.0 

 222.4 

  

 148.8 

 135.5 

  

 (64.8) 

 (61.0) 

  

 934.1 

 882.2 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)

Includes corporate items not specific to a business segment and the elimination of certain items that are included in more than one business segment, substantially all of which represents products and services for wealth management customers provided in Community Banking stores.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Community Banking offers a complete line of diversified financial products and services for consumers and small businesses. These products include investment, insurance and trust services in 39 states and D.C., and mortgage and home equity loans in all 50 states and D.C. through its Regional Banking and Wells Fargo Home Lending business units. Cross-sell of our products is an important part of our strategy to achieve our vision to satisfy all our customers’ financial needs. Our retail bank household cross-sell was 6.15 products per household in August 2013, up from 6.04 in August 2012. We believe there is more opportunity for cross-sell as we continue to earn more business from our customers. Our goal is eight products per household, which is approximately half of our estimate of potential demand for an average U.S. household. In August 2013, one of every four of our retail banking households had eight or more of our products.

Community Banking reported net income of $3.3 billion, up $601 million, or 22%, from third quarter 2012, and $9.5 billion for the first nine months of 2013, up $1.9 billion, or 25%, compared with the same period a year ago. Revenue of $12.2 billion decreased $866 million, or 7%, from third quarter 2012, and was $38.1 billion for the first nine months of 2013, a decrease of $1.5 billion, or 4%, compared with the same period last year. The decrease in revenue was due primarily to lower mortgage banking revenue and other noninterest income, partially offset by growth in deposit service charges, higher trust and investment fees, higher debit, credit, and merchant card volumes, and higher gains on equity investments. Average core deposits increased $24 billion, or 4%, from third quarter 2012 and $35 billion, or 6%, from the first nine months of 2012. The number of primary consumer checking customers grew 3.9% from third quarter 2012 (August 2013 compared with August 2012). Noninterest expense declined 5% from third quarter 2012 and for the first nine months of 2012, largely driven by the elimination of costs related to the OCC’s Independent Foreclosure Review programs, lower operating losses, and lower FDIC deposit insurance assessments. The provision for credit losses improved $1.4 billion from third quarter 2012, and $2.8 billion from the first nine months of 2012, as net-charge offs declined and portfolio credit performance improved, largely in the residential real estate portfolios.  

 

Wholesale Banking provides financial solutions to businesses across the United States and globally with annual sales generally in excess of $20 million. Products and business segments include Middle Market Commercial Banking, Government and Institutional Banking, Corporate Banking, Commercial Real Estate, Treasury Management, Wells Fargo Capital Finance, Insurance, International, Real Estate

11

 


 

      

Capital Markets, Commercial Mortgage Servicing, Corporate Trust, Equipment Finance, Wells Fargo Securities, Principal Investments, Asset Backed Finance, and Asset Management.

Wholesale Banking reported net income of $2.0 billion in third quarter 2013, down $20 million, or 1%, from third quarter 2012. In the first nine months of 2013, net income increased $280 million, or 5%, from a year ago, to $6.0 billion. Results for the first nine months of 2013 benefited from strong noninterest income growth and improvement in provision for loan losses. Revenue in third quarter 2013 decreased $78 million, or 1%, from third quarter 2012 as business growth and strong loan and deposit growth was more than offset by lower sales and trading, purchased credit impaired (PCI) resolution income and other income. Revenue in the first nine months of 2013 decreased $7 million from the first nine months of 2012 as strong noninterest income growth in capital markets and asset backed finance as well as strong loan and deposit growth was offset by lower PCI resolutions. Average loans of $290.4 billion in third quarter 2013 increased 5% from third quarter 2012 driven by growth in nearly all portfolios as well as U.S. and U.K. commercial real estate acquisitions. Growth areas included asset-backed finance, capital finance, commercial banking, commercial real estate, corporate banking, equipment finance and government and institutional banking. Average core deposits of $235.3 billion in third quarter 2013 increased 4% from third quarter 2012, reflecting continued customer liquidity. Noninterest expense in third quarter and for the first nine months of 2013 increased 6% and 3%, respectively, from the comparable periods last year, due to higher personnel expense related to growing the business and higher non-personnel expenses related to growth initiatives. The provision for credit losses improved $87 million from third quarter 2012 and $546 million from the first nine months of 2012 driven primarily by lower net charge-offs.

 

Wealth, Brokerage and Retirement provides a full range of financial advisory services to clients using a planning approach to meet each client's financial needs. Wealth Management provides affluent and high net worth clients with a complete range of wealth management solutions, including financial planning, private banking, credit, investment management and fiduciary services. Abbot Downing, a Wells Fargo business, provides comprehensive wealth management services to ultra high net worth  families and individuals as well as endowments and foundations. Brokerage serves customers' advisory, brokerage and other financial needs as part of one of the largest full-service brokerage firms in the United States. Retirement is a national leader in providing institutional retirement and trust services (including 401(k) and pension plan recordkeeping) for businesses, retail retirement solutions for individuals and reinsurance services for the life insurance industry.

Wealth, Brokerage and Retirement reported net income of $450 million in third quarter 2013, up 33% from third quarter 2012. Net income for the first nine months of 2013 was $1.2 billion, up 25% compared with the same period a year ago. Net income growth was driven by higher noninterest income and improved credit quality. Revenue in the quarter was up 9% from third quarter 2012 and up 8% for the first nine months of 2013 from the same period in 2012, predominantly due to growth in asset-based fees from improved market performance and growth in assets under management, as well as increased net interest income, partially offset by reduced securities gains in the brokerage business. Average core deposits in third quarter 2013 of $150.6 billion were up 10% from third quarter 2012. Average core deposits in the first nine months of 2013 increased 10% from the same period a year ago. Noninterest expense for the third quarter 2013 was up 7% from third quarter 2012 and up 6% from the first nine months of 2012, largely due to higher personnel expenses, primarily reflecting increased broker commissions. Total provision for credit losses improved $68 million and $115 million from the third quarter and first nine months of 2012, respectively, driven by lower net charge-offs and continued improvement in credit quality.

12

 


 

      

Balance Sheet Analysis                                                                                                                                              

At September 30, 2013, our assets totaled $1.5 trillion, up $65.1 billion from December 31, 2012. The predominant areas of asset growth were in federal funds sold and other short-term investments, which increased $44.7 billion, securities available for sale, which increased $24.2 billion, and loans, which increased $12.8 billion, partially  offset by a $21.8 billion decrease in mortgages held for sale. Deposit growth of $39.0 billion, total equity growth of $9.9 billion and an increase in long-term debt of $23.8 billion from December 31, 2012 were the predominant sources funding our asset growth for the first nine months of 2013. The deposit growth resulted in an increase in the proportion of interest-bearing deposits while equity growth benefited from $11.0 billion in earnings, net of dividends paid, as well as from the issuance of preferred stock.  The strength of our business model produced record earnings and continued internal capital generation as reflected in our capital ratios, all of which improved from December 31, 2012. Tier 1 capital as a percentage of total risk-weighted assets increased to 12.11%, total capital increased to 15.09%, Tier 1 leverage increased to 9.76%, and Tier 1 common equity increased to 10.60% at September 30, 2013, compared with 11.75%, 14.63%, 9.47%, and 10.12%, respectively, at December 31, 2012.

The following discussion provides additional information about the major components of our balance sheet. Information regarding our capital and changes in our asset mix is included in the “Earnings Performance – Net Interest Income” and “Capital Management” sections and Note 19 (Regulatory and Agency Capital Requirements) to Financial Statements in this Report.

 

 

Securities Available for Sale

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Table 5:  Securities Available for Sale – Summary

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

September 30, 2013 

  

December 31, 2012 

  

  

  

  

Net 

  

  

  

Net 

  

  

  

  

  

unrealized 

Fair 

  

  

unrealized 

Fair 

(in millions)

  

Cost 

gain 

value 

  

Cost 

gain 

value 

Debt securities

$

 251,493 

 4,326 

 255,819 

  

 220,946 

 11,468 

 232,414 

Marketable equity securities

  

 2,113 

 1,467 

 3,580 

  

 2,337 

 448 

 2,785 

  

Total securities available for sale

$

 253,606 

 5,793 

 259,399 

  

 223,283 

 11,916 

 235,199 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Table 5 presents a summary of our securities available-for-sale portfolio, which consists of both debt and marketable equity securities. Our available-for-sale portfolio increased $24.2 billion from December 31, 2012, primarily due to purchases of agency mortgage-backed securities. The total net unrealized gains on securities available for sale were $5.8 billion at September 30, 2013, down from net unrealized gains of $11.9 billion at December 31, 2012, due primarily to an increase in long-term interest rates.

The size and composition of the available-for-sale portfolio is largely dependent upon the Company’s liquidity and interest rate risk management objectives. Our business generates assets and liabilities, such as loans, deposits and long-term debt, which have different maturities, yields, re-pricing, prepayment characteristics and other provisions that expose us to interest rate and liquidity risk. The available-for-sale securities portfolio consists primarily of liquid, high quality federal agency mortgage-backed securities (MBS), privately issued residential and commercial MBS, securities issued by U.S. states and political subdivisions, corporate debt securities, and highly rated collateralized loan obligations. Due to its highly liquid nature, the available-for-sale portfolio can be used to meet funding needs that arise in the normal course of business or due to market stress. Changes in our interest rate risk profile may occur due to changes in overall economic or market conditions, which could influence loan origination demand, prepayment speeds, or deposit balances and mix. In response, the available-for-sale securities portfolio can be rebalanced to meet the Company’s interest rate risk management objectives. In addition to meeting liquidity and interest rate risk management objectives, the available-for-sale securities portfolio may provide yield enhancement over other short-term assets. See the “Risk Management Asset/Liability Management” section of this Report for more information on liquidity and interest rate risk.

We analyze securities for OTTI quarterly or more often if a potential loss-triggering event occurs. Of the $249 million in OTTI write-downs recognized in the first nine months of 2013, $128 million related to debt securities and $25 million related to marketable equity securities, which are each included in securities available for sale. Another $96 million in OTTI write-downs related to nonmarketable equity investments, which are included in other assets. For a discussion of our OTTI accounting policies and underlying considerations and analysis see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies – Investments) in our 2012 Form 10-K and Note 4 (Securities Available for Sale) to Financial Statements in this Report.

At September 30, 2013, debt securities available for sale included $42.3 billion of municipal bonds, of which 85% were rated “A-” or better based predominantly on external and, in some cases, internal ratings. Additionally, some of the securities in our total municipal bond portfolio are guaranteed against loss by bond insurers. These guaranteed bonds are predominantly investment grade and were generally underwritten in accordance with our own investment standards prior to the determination to purchase, without relying on the bond insurer’s guarantee in making the investment decision. Our municipal bond holdings are monitored as part of our ongoing impairment analysis of our securities available for sale.

The weighted-average expected maturity of debt securities available for sale was 6.8 years at September 30, 2013. Because 59% of this portfolio is MBS, the expected remaining maturity is shorter than the remaining contractual maturity because borrowers generally have the right to prepay obligations before the underlying mortgages mature. The estimated effects of a 200 basis point increase or decrease

13

 


 

      

in interest rates on the fair value and the expected remaining maturity of the MBS available for sale are shown in Table 6.

 

Table 6:  Mortgage-Backed Securities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Expected 

  

  

  

  

  

Net 

remaining 

  

  

  

  

Fair 

unrealized 

maturity 

(in billions)

  

value 

gain (loss) 

(in years) 

At September 30, 2013

  

  

  

  

  

Actual

$

 151.3 

 2.7 

 5.7 

  

Assuming a 200 basis point:

  

  

  

  

  

Increase in interest rates

  

 136.8 

 (11.8) 

 7.1 

  

Decrease in interest rates

  

 158.5 

 9.9 

 2.9 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

See Note 4 (Securities Available for Sale) to Financial Statements in this Report for securities available for sale by security type.

Loan Portfolio

Total loans were $812.3 billion at September 30, 2013, up $12.8 billion from December 31, 2012. Table 7 provides a summary of total outstanding loans by non-strategic / liquidating and core loan portfolios. The runoff in the non-strategic/liquidating portfolios was $10.4 billion, while loans in the core portfolio grew $23.2 billion from December 31, 2012. Our core loan growth in 2013 included:

·          a $11.7 billion increase in the commercial segment primarily from loan purchases, including $5.2 billion of commercial real estate portfolio acquisitions consisting of $4.0 billion U.K. commercial real estate loans classified within foreign loans and $1.2 billion within commercial real estate mortgage; and

·          a $11.5 billion increase in consumer loans primarily from growth of $18.8 billion in 1-4 family non-conforming first mortgages, as well as $3.6 billion of 1-4 family conforming first mortgages retained for investment, and $6.7 billion in auto loans, partially offset by runoff in the core consumer portfolio.

 

Additional information on the non-strategic and liquidating loan portfolios is included in Table 12 in the “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management” section of this Report.

 

Table 7:  Loan Portfolios

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

September 30, 2013 

  

December 31, 2012 

(in millions)

  

Core 

Liquidating  

Total 

  

Core 

Liquidating 

Total 

Commercial

$

 369,703 

 2,342 

 372,045 

  

 358,028 

 3,170 

 361,198 

Consumer

  

 358,484 

 81,796 

 440,280 

  

 346,984 

 91,392 

 438,376 

  

Total loans

 728,187 

 84,138 

 812,325 

  

 705,012 

 94,562 

 799,574 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

14

 


 

Balance Sheet Analysis (continued) 

A discussion of average loan balances and a comparative detail of average loan balances is included in Table 1 under “Earnings Performance – Net Interest Income” earlier in this Report. Additional information on total loans outstanding by portfolio segment and class of financing receivable is included in the “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management” section in this Report. Period-end balances and other loan related information are in Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report

Table 8 shows contractual loan maturities for loan categories normally not subject to regular periodic principal reduction and sensitivities of those loans to changes in interest rates.

 

Table 8:  Maturities for Selected Commercial Loan Categories

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

September 30, 2013 

  

December 31, 2012 

  

  

  

  

  

  

After 

  

  

  

  

After 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Within 

one year 

After 

  

  

Within 

one year 

After 

  

  

  

  

  

  

one 

through 

five 

  

  

one 

through 

five 

  

(in millions)

  

year 

five years 

years 

Total 

  

year 

five years 

years 

Total 

Selected loan maturities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial and industrial

$

 42,026 

  

 130,156 

 19,557 

 191,738 

  

 45,212 

 123,578 

 18,969 

 187,759 

  

Real estate mortgage

  

 19,491 

  

 58,091 

 27,958 

 105,540 

  

 22,328 

 56,085 

 27,927 

 106,340 

  

Real estate construction

  

 6,674 

  

 8,325 

 1,413 

 16,413 

  

 7,685 

 7,961 

 1,258 

 16,904 

  

Foreign

  

 31,886 

  

 12,457 

 2,323 

 46,666 

  

 27,219 

 7,460 

 3,092 

 37,771 

  

  

  

Total selected loans

$

 100,077 

  

 209,029 

 51,251 

 360,357 

  

 102,444 

 195,084 

 51,246 

 348,774 

Distribution of loans to

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

changes in interest rates:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loans at fixed

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

interest rates

$

 16,722 

  

 22,497 

 13,425 

 52,645 

  

 17,218 

 20,894 

 11,387 

 49,499 

  

  

Loans at floating/variable

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

interest rates

  

 83,355 

  

 186,531 

 37,826 

 307,712 

  

 85,226 

 174,190 

 39,859 

 299,275 

  

  

  

Total selected loans

$

 100,077 

  

 209,029 

 51,251 

 360,357 

  

 102,444 

 195,084 

 51,246 

 348,774 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

15

 


 

      

Deposits

Deposits totaled $1.0 trillion at September 30, 2013, and December 31, 2012. Table 9 provides additional information regarding deposits. Deposit growth of $39 billion from December 31, 2012 reflected continued customer liquidity and liquidity-related issuances of term deposits. Information regarding the impact of deposits on net interest income and a comparison of average deposit balances is provided in “Earnings Performance – Net Interest Income” and Table 1 earlier in this Report. Total core deposits were $947.8 billion at September 30, 2013, up $2.1 billion from $945.7 billion at December 31, 2012.

 

 

 

Table 9:  Deposits

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

% of  

  

  

  

  

% of  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Sept. 30, 

total 

  

  

  

Dec. 31, 

total 

  

($ in millions)

  

 2013 

deposits 

  

  

  

 2012 

deposits 

  

Change 

Noninterest-bearing

$

 279,910 

 27 

  

 288,207 

 29 

 (3) 

Interest-bearing checking

  

 34,064 

 3 

  

  

  

 35,275 

 4 

  

 (3) 

Market rate and other savings

  

 541,564 

 52 

  

  

  

 517,464 

 52 

  

 5 

Savings certificates

  

 44,861 

 4 

  

  

  

 55,966 

 6 

  

 (20) 

Foreign deposits (1)

  

 47,406 

 5 

  

  

  

 48,837 

 4 

  

 (3) 

  

Core deposits

  

 947,805 

 91 

  

  

  

 945,749 

 95 

  

 - 

Other time and savings deposits

  

 57,994 

 6 

  

  

  

 33,755 

 3 

  

 72 

Other foreign deposits

  

 36,072 

 3 

  

  

  

 23,331 

 2 

  

 55 

  

  

Total deposits

$

 1,041,871 

 100 

  

 1,002,835 

 100 

 4 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)

Reflects Eurodollar sweep balances included in core deposits.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

We use fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain financial instruments and to determine fair value disclosures. See our 2012 Form 10-K for a description of our critical accounting policy related to fair value of financial instruments and a discussion of our fair value measurement techniques.

Table 10 presents the summary of the fair value of financial instruments recorded at fair value on a recurring basis, and the amounts measured using significant Level 3 inputs (before derivative netting adjustments), which are significant assumptions not observable in the market. The fair value of the remaining assets and liabilities were measured using valuation methodologies involving market-based or market-derived information (collectively Level 1 and 2 measurements).

 

Table 10:  Fair Value Level 3 Summary

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

September 30, 2013 

  

December 31, 2012 

  

  

  

  

Total 

  

  

  

  

Total 

  

  

($ in billions)

balance 

Level 3 (1) 

  

balance 

Level 3 (1) 

Assets carried

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

at fair value

 367.5 

  

  

 43.6 

  

 358.7 

  

 51.9 

As a percentage

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

of total assets

 25 

  

 3 

  

 25 

  

 4 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Liabilities carried

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

at fair value

 23.6 

  

  

 2.8 

  

 22.4 

  

 3.1 

As a percentage of

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

total liabilities

 2 

  

  

 2 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

*

Less than 1%.

  

  

(1)

Before derivative netting adjustments.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

See Note 13 (Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities) to Financial Statements in this Report for additional information regarding our use of fair valuation of financial instruments, our related measurement techniques and the impact to our financial statements.

 

Equity

Total equity was $168.8 billion at September 30, 2013 compared with $158.9 billion at December 31, 2012. The increase was predominantly driven by a $10.9 billion increase in retained earnings from earnings net of dividends paid, partially offset by a $3.4 billion decline in cumulative other comprehensive income (OCI). The decline in OCI was due to $6.1 billion ($3.7 billion after tax) reduction in net unrealized gains on our securities available for sale portfolio resulting from an increase in long-term interest rates. This decline was partially offset by our recognition  of pension settlement losses that resulted in re-measurement of our Cash Balance Plan liability, which increased cumulative other comprehensive income by $1.2 billion ($726 million after tax). See Note 15 (Employee Benefits) to Financial Statements in this Report for additional information.

16

 


 

      

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements                                                                                                                              

In the ordinary course of business, we engage in financial transactions that are not recorded in the balance sheet, or may be recorded in the balance sheet in amounts that are different from the full contract or notional amount of the transaction. Our off-balance sheet arrangements include commitments to lend, transactions with unconsolidated entities, guarantees, derivatives, and other commitments. These transactions are designed to (1) meet the financial needs of customers, (2) manage our credit, market or liquidity risks, and/or (3) diversify our funding sources.

 

Commitments to Lend

We enter into commitments to lend funds to customers, which are usually at a stated interest rate, if funded, and for specific purposes and time periods. When we make commitments, we are exposed to credit risk. However, the maximum credit risk for these commitments will generally be lower than the contractual amount because a significant portion of these commitments are not expected to be fully utilized or will expire without being used by the customer. For more information on lending commitments, see Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report.

 

Transactions with Unconsolidated Entities

We routinely enter into various types of on- and off-balance sheet transactions with special purpose entities (SPEs), which are corporations, trusts or partnerships that are established for a limited purpose. Generally, SPEs are formed in connection with securitization transactions. For more information on securitizations, including sales proceeds and cash flows from securitizations, see Note 7 (Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities) to Financial Statements in this Report.

 

Guarantees and Certain Contingent Arrangements

Guarantees are contracts that contingently require us to make payments to a guaranteed party based on an event or a change in an underlying asset, liability, rate or index. Guarantees are generally in the form of standby letters of credit, securities lending and other indemnifications, liquidity agreements, written put options, recourse obligations, residual value guarantees and contingent consideration.

For more information on guarantees and certain contingent arrangements, see Note 10 (Guarantees, Pledged Assets and Collateral) to Financial Statements in this Report.

 


Derivatives

We primarily use derivatives to manage exposure to market risk, including interest rate risk, credit risk and foreign currency risk, and to assist customers with their risk management objectives. Derivative transactions can be measured in terms of the notional amount, which is generally not exchanged but is used only as the basis on which interest and other payments are determined. The notional amount is not recorded on the balance sheet and is not, when viewed in isolation, a meaningful measure of the risk profile of the instruments.

For more information on derivatives, see Note 12 (Derivatives) to Financial Statements in this Report.

 

Other Commitments

We also have other off-balance sheet transactions, including obligations to make rental payments under noncancelable operating leases and commitments to purchase certain debt securities available for sale and private equity investments. Our operating lease obligations are discussed in Note 7 (Premises, Equipment, Lease Commitments and Other Assets) to Financial Statements in our 2012 Form 10-K. For more information on commitments to purchase debt securities available for sale, see the “Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements” section in our 2012 Form 10-K. Commitments to purchase private equity investments are further described in Note 13 (Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities) to Financial Statements in this Report. 

17

 


 

   

Risk Management                                                                                                                                                    

As a financial institution we must manage and control a variety of business risks that can significantly affect our financial performance. Among the key risks that we must manage are operational risks, credit risks, asset/liability interest rate and market risks. For more information about how we managed these risks, see the “Risk Management” section in our 2012 Form 10-K. The discussion that follows provides an update regarding these risks.

 

Operational Risk Management

Effective management of operational risks, which include risks relating to management information systems, security systems, and information security, is also an important focus for financial institutions such as Wells Fargo. Wells Fargo and reportedly other financial institutions continue to be the target of various evolving and adaptive denial-of-service or other cyber attacks as part of what appears to be a coordinated effort to disrupt the operations of financial institutions and potentially test their cybersecurity capabilities. Wells Fargo has not experienced any material losses relating to these or other cyber attacks. Cybersecurity and the continued development and enhancement of our controls, processes and systems to protect our networks, computers, software, and data from attack, damage or unauthorized access remain a priority for Wells Fargo. See the “Risk Factors” section in our 2012 Form 10-K for additional information regarding the risks associated with a failure or breach of our operational or security systems or infrastructure, including as a result of cyber attacks.

 

Credit Risk Management

Loans represent the largest component of assets on our balance sheet and their related credit risk is a significant risk we manage. We define credit risk as the risk of loss associated with a borrower or counterparty default (failure to meet obligations in accordance with agreed upon terms). Table 11 presents our total loans outstanding by portfolio segment and class of financing receivable.

 

Table 11:  Total Loans Outstanding by Portfolio Segment and Class of Financing Receivable

 
 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Sept. 30,

  

Dec. 31,

 

(in millions)

  

 2013 

  

 2012 

 

Commercial:

  

  

  

  

 

  

Commercial and industrial

$

 191,738 

  

 187,759 

 

  

Real estate mortgage

  

 105,540 

  

 106,340 

 

  

Real estate construction

  

 16,413 

  

 16,904 

 

  

Lease financing

  

 11,688 

  

 12,424 

 

  

Foreign (1)

  

 46,666 

  

 37,771 

 

  

  

Total commercial

  

 372,045 

  

 361,198 

 

Consumer:

  

  

  

  

 

  

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

  

 254,924 

  

 249,900 

 

  

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage

 67,675 

  

 75,465 

 

  

Credit card

  

 25,448 

  

 24,640 

 

  

Automobile

  

 49,693 

  

 45,998 

 

  

Other revolving credit and installment

  

 42,540 

  

 42,373 

 

  

  

Total consumer

  

 440,280 

  

 438,376 

 

  

  

  

Total loans

$

 812,325 

  

 799,574 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

(1)   

Substantially all of our foreign loan portfolio is commercial loans. Loans are classified as foreign if the borrower’s primary address is outside of the United States.

 

  

  

 

Credit Quality Overview  Credit quality continued to improve during the third quarter of 2013 due in part to improving economic conditions as well as our proactive credit risk management activities. The improvement occurred for both commercial and consumer portfolios as evidenced by their credit metrics:

·       Nonperforming loans decreased to $3.9 billion and $13.0 billion in our commercial and consumer portfolios, respectively, at September 30, 2013, from $5.8 billion and $14.7 billion at December 31, 2012. These loans represented 2.08% of total loans at September 30, 2013 compared with 2.56% at December 31, 2012. 

·       Third quarter 2013 net charge-offs as a percentage of average total loans improved to 0.48% compared with 1.21% a year ago and were 0.02% and 0.86% in our commercial and consumer portfolios, respectively, compared with 0.24% and 2.01% for third quarter 2012.

·       Loans that are not government insured/guaranteed and 90 days or more past due and still accruing decreased to $167 million and $883 million in our commercial and consumer portfolios, respectively, at September 30, 2013, from $303 million and $1.1 billion at December 31, 2012.

 

In addition to credit metric improvements we saw improvement in various economic indicators such as home prices that influenced our evaluation of the allowance and provision for credit losses. Accordingly:

·       Our provision for credit losses decreased to $75 million in third quarter 2013 from $1.6 billion in third quarter 2012.

·       The allowance for credit losses decreased to $15.6 billion at September 30, 2013 from $17.5 billion at December 31, 2012.

 

Additional information on our loan portfolios and our credit quality trends follows.

18

 


 

Risk Management – Credit Risk  Management (continued) 

 

Non-Strategic and Liquidating Loan Portfolios  We continually evaluate and modify our credit policies to address appropriate levels of risk. We may designate certain portfolios and loan products as non-strategic or liquidating after we cease their continued origination and actively work to limit losses and reduce our exposures.

Table 12 identifies our non-strategic and liquidating loan portfolios. They consist primarily of the Pick-a-Pay mortgage portfolio and PCI loans acquired from Wachovia, certain portfolios from legacy Wells Fargo Home Equity and Wells Fargo Financial, and our education finance government guaranteed loan portfolio. The total balance of our non-strategic and liquidating loan portfolios has decreased 56% since the merger with Wachovia at December 31, 2008, and decreased 11% from the end of 2012.

The home equity portfolio of loans generated through third party channels is designated as liquidating. Additional information regarding this portfolio, as well as the liquidating PCI and Pick-a-Pay loan portfolios, is provided in the discussion of loan portfolios that follows.

 

Table 12:  Non-Strategic and Liquidating Loan Portfolios

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Outstanding balance 

  

  

  

  

  

Sept. 30, 

  

December 31, 

(in millions)

  

 2013 

  

 2012 

 2008 

Commercial:

  

  

  

  

  

  

Legacy Wachovia commercial and industrial, CRE and foreign PCI loans (1)

$

 2,342 

  

 3,170 

 18,704 

  

  

Total commercial

  

 2,342 

  

 3,170 

 18,704 

Consumer:

  

  

  

  

  

  

Pick-a-Pay mortgage (1)

  

 52,805 

  

 58,274 

 95,315 

  

Liquidating home equity

  

 3,911 

  

 4,647 

 10,309 

  

Legacy Wells Fargo Financial indirect auto

  

 299 

  

 830 

 18,221 

  

Legacy Wells Fargo Financial debt consolidation

  

 13,281 

  

 14,519 

 25,299 

  

Education Finance - government guaranteed

  

 11,094 

  

 12,465 

 20,465 

  

Legacy Wachovia other PCI loans (1)

  

 406 

  

 657 

 2,478 

  

  

Total consumer

  

 81,796 

  

 91,392 

 172,087 

  

  

  

Total non-strategic and liquidating loan portfolios

 84,138 

  

 94,562 

 190,791 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)

Net of purchase accounting adjustments related to PCI loans.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

PURCHASED CREDIT-IMPAIRED (PCI) Loans  Loans acquired with evidence of credit deterioration since their origination and where it is probable that we will not collect all contractually required principal and interest payments are PCI loans. Substantially all of our PCI loans were acquired in the Wachovia acquisition on December 31, 2008. PCI loans are recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition, and the historical allowance for credit losses related to these loans is not carried over. The carrying value of PCI loans totaled  $27.8 billion at September 30, 2013, down from $31.0 billion and $58.8 billion at December 31, 2012 and 2008, respectively. Such loans are considered to be accruing due to the existence of the accretable yield and not based on consideration given to contractual interest payments. For additional information on PCI loans, see the “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management – Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans” section in our 2012 Form 10-K and Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report.

 

 


During the first nine months of 2013, we recognized as income $67 million released from the nonaccretable difference related to commercial PCI loans due to payoffs and other resolutions. We also transferred $916 million from the nonaccretable difference to the accretable yield for PCI loans with improving credit-related cash flows and absorbed $720 million of losses in the nonaccretable difference from loan resolutions and write-downs. Our cash flows expected to be collected have been favorably affected by lower than expected defaults and losses as a result of observed economic strengthening, particularly in housing prices, and by our loan modification efforts. See the “Real Estate 1-4 Family First and Junior Lien Mortgage Loans” section in this Report for additional information. Table 13 provides an analysis of changes in the nonaccretable difference.

19

 


 

      

 

Table 13:  Changes in Nonaccretable Difference for PCI Loans

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Other 

  

(in millions)

Commercial 

Pick-a-Pay 

consumer 

Total 

Balance, December 31, 2008

 10,410 

 26,485 

 4,069 

 40,964 

Addition of nonaccretable difference due to acquisitions

  

 195 

 - 

 - 

 195 

Release of nonaccretable difference due to:

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loans resolved by settlement with borrower (1)

  

 (1,426) 

 - 

 - 

 (1,426) 

  

Loans resolved by sales to third parties (2)

  

 (303) 

 - 

 (85) 

 (388) 

  

Reclassification to accretable yield for loans with improving credit-related cash flows (3)

  

 (1,531) 

 (3,031) 

 (792) 

 (5,354) 

Use of nonaccretable difference due to:

  

  

  

  

  

  

Losses from loan resolutions and write-downs (4)

  

 (6,923) 

 (17,222) 

 (2,882) 

 (27,027) 

Balance, December 31, 2012

  

 422 

 6,232 

 310 

 6,964 

Addition of nonaccretable difference due to acquisitions

  

 7 

 - 

 - 

 7 

Release of nonaccretable difference due to:

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loans resolved by settlement with borrower (1)

  

 (62) 

 - 

 - 

 (62) 

  

Loans resolved by sales to third parties (2)

  

 (5) 

 - 

 - 

 (5) 

  

Reclassification to accretable yield for loans with improving credit-related cash flows (3)

  

 (50) 

 (866) 

 - 

 (916) 

Use of nonaccretable difference due to:

  

  

  

  

  

  

Losses from loan resolutions and write-downs (4)

  

 (12) 

 (641) 

 (67) 

 (720) 

Balance, September 30, 2013

$

 300 

 4,725 

 243 

 5,268 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Balance, June 30, 2013

$

 311 

 4,880 

 250 

 5,441 

Addition of nonaccretable difference due to acquisitions

  

 7 

 - 

 - 

 7 

Release of nonaccretable difference due to:

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loans resolved by settlement with borrower (1)

  

 (15) 

 - 

 - 

 (15) 

  

Loans resolved by sales to third parties (2)

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

  

Reclassification to accretable yield for loans with improving credit-related cash flows (3)

  

 (9) 

 - 

 - 

 (9) 

Use of nonaccretable difference due to:

  

  

  

  

  

  

Losses from loan resolutions and write-downs (4)

  

 6 

 (155) 

 (7) 

 (156) 

Balance, September 30, 2013

$

 300 

 4,725 

 243 

 5,268 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)

Release of the nonaccretable difference for settlement with borrower, on individually accounted PCI loans, increases interest income in the period of settlement. Pick-a-Pay and Other consumer PCI loans do not reflect nonaccretable difference releases for settlements with borrowers due to pool accounting for those loans, which assumes that the amount received approximates the pool performance expectations.

(2)

Release of the nonaccretable difference as a result of sales to third parties increases noninterest income in the period of the sale.

(3)

Reclassification of nonaccretable difference to accretable yield for loans with increased cash flow estimates will result in increased interest income as a prospective yield adjustment over the remaining life of the loan or pool of loans.

(4)

Write-downs to net realizable value of PCI loans are absorbed by the nonaccretable difference when severe delinquency (normally 180 days) or other indications of severe borrower financial stress exist that indicate there will be a loss of contractually due amounts upon final resolution of the loan. Also includes foreign exchange adjustments related to underlying principal for which the nonaccretable difference was established.

  

  

Since December 31, 2008, we have released $8.1 billion in nonaccretable difference, including $6.3 billion transferred from the nonaccretable difference to the accretable yield and $1.8 billion released to income through loan resolutions. Also, we have provided $1.7 billion for losses on certain PCI loans or pools of PCI loans that have had credit-related decreases to cash flows expected to be collected. The net result is a $6.4 billion reduction from December 31, 2008, through September 30, 2013, in our initial projected losses of $41.0 billion on all PCI loans.


At September 30, 2013, the allowance for credit losses on certain PCI loans was $22 million. The allowance is to absorb credit-related decreases in cash flows expected to be collected and primarily relates to individual PCI commercial loans. Table 14 analyzes the actual and projected loss results on PCI loans since acquisition through September 30, 2013

For additional information on PCI loans, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies – Loans) in our 2012 Form 10-K and Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report

20

 


 

Risk Management – Credit Risk  Management (continued) 

 

Table 14:  Actual and Projected Loss Results on PCI Loans Since Acquisition of Wachovia

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Other 

  

(in millions)

Commercial 

Pick-a-Pay 

consumer 

Total 

Release of nonaccretable difference due to:

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loans resolved by settlement with borrower (1)

 1,488 

 - 

 - 

 1,488 

  

Loans resolved by sales to third parties (2)

  

 308 

 - 

 85 

 393 

  

Reclassification to accretable yield for loans with improving credit-related cash flows (3)

  

 1,581 

 3,897 

 792 

 6,270 

  

  

Total releases of nonaccretable difference due to better than expected losses

  

 3,377 

 3,897 

 877 

 8,151 

Provision for losses due to credit deterioration (4)

  

 (1,628) 

 - 

 (108) 

 (1,736) 

  

  

  

Actual and projected losses on PCI loans less than originally expected

 1,749 

 3,897 

 769 

 6,415 

  

  

(1)

Release of the nonaccretable difference for settlement with borrower, on individually accounted PCI loans, increases interest income in the period of settlement. Pick-a-Pay and Other consumer PCI loans do not reflect nonaccretable difference releases for settlements with borrowers due to pool accounting for those loans, which assumes that the amount received approximates the pool performance expectations.

(2)

Release of the nonaccretable difference as a result of sales to third parties increases noninterest income in the period of the sale.

(3)

Reclassification of nonaccretable difference to accretable yield for loans with increased cash flow estimates will result in increased interest income as a prospective yield adjustment over the remaining life of the loan or pool of loans.

(4)

Provision for additional losses is recorded as a charge to income when it is estimated that the cash flows expected to be collected for a PCI loan or pool of loans may not support full realization of the carrying value.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Significant Loan Portfolio Reviews   Measuring and monitoring our credit risk is an ongoing process that tracks delinquencies, collateral values, FICO scores, economic trends by geographic areas, loan-level risk grading for certain portfolios (typically commercial) and other indications of credit risk. Our credit risk monitoring process is designed to enable early identification of developing risk and to support our determination of an appropriate allowance for credit losses. The following discussion provides additional characteristics and analysis of our significant portfolios. See Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report for more analysis and credit metric information.

 

Commercial AND INDUSTRIAL Loans and Lease Financing  For purposes of portfolio risk management, we aggregate commercial and industrial loans and lease financing according to market segmentation and standard industry codes. Table 15 summarizes commercial and industrial loans and lease financing by industry with the related nonaccrual totals. We generally subject commercial and industrial loans and lease financing to individual risk assessment using our internal borrower and collateral quality ratings. Our ratings are aligned to regulatory definitions of pass and criticized categories with criticized divided between special mention, substandard and doubtful categories.

The commercial and industrial loans and lease financing portfolio, which totaled $203.4 billion or 25% of total loans at September 30, 2013, experienced credit improvement in third quarter 2013. The annualized net charge-off rate for this portfolio declined to 0.12% in third quarter 2013 from 0.19% in second quarter 2013, and 0.46% for the full year of 2012. At September 30, 2013, 0.41% of this portfolio was nonaccruing compared with 0.72% at December 31, 2012.  In addition, $16.7 billion of this portfolio was criticized at September 30, 2013, down from $19.0 billion at December 31, 2012. 

A majority of our commercial and industrial loans and lease financing portfolio is secured by short-term assets, such as accounts receivable, inventory and securities, as well as long-lived assets, such as equipment and other business assets. Generally, the collateral securing this portfolio represents a secondary source of repayment. See Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report for additional credit metric information.

 

Table 15:  Commercial and Industrial Loans and Lease Financing by Industry

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

September 30, 2013 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

% of 

  

  

  

  

Nonaccrual 

Total 

  

total 

  

(in millions)

loans 

portfolio 

(1)

loans 

  

Investors

 20 

 17,133 

  

 2 

%

Cyclical retailers

  

 26 

 15,127 

  

 2 

  

Oil & Gas

  

 63 

 13,819 

  

 2 

  

Food and beverage

  

 56 

 12,823 

  

 2 

  

Healthcare

  

 33 

 10,739 

  

 1 

  

Financial institutions

  

 28 

 10,706 

  

 1 

  

Industrial equipment

  

 22 

 10,652 

  

 1 

  

Real estate lessor

  

 25 

 9,637 

  

 1 

  

Technology

  

 8 

 7,357 

  

 1 

  

Transportation

  

 7 

 6,057 

  

 1 

  

Public administration

  

 21 

 5,808 

  

 1 

  

Business services

  

 31 

 5,706 

  

  

Other

  

 486 

 77,862 

(2)

 10 

  

  

Total

 826 

 203,426 

  

 25 

%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

*        Less than 1%.

(1)  Includes $210 million PCI loans, which are considered to be accruing due to the existence of the accretable yield and not based on consideration given to contractual interest payments.

(2)  No other single category had loans in excess of $4.9 billion. 

 

At the time of any modification of terms or extensions of maturity, we evaluate whether the loan should be classified as a TDR, and account for it accordingly. For more information on TDRs, see “Troubled Debt Restructurings” later in this section and Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report.

 

Commercial Real Estate (CRE)  The CRE portfolio totaled 15% of total loans at September 30, 2013, and consisted of $16.4 billion of construction loans and $105.5 billion of mortgage loans. Table 16 summarizes CRE loans by state and property type with the related nonaccrual totals. The portfolio is diversified both geographically and by property type. The largest geographic concentrations of combined CRE loans are in California and Texas, which represented 27% and 8% of the total CRE portfolio, respectively. By property type, the largest concentrations are office buildings at 27% and apartments at 12% of the portfolio. CRE nonaccrual loans totaled 2.5% of the CRE outstanding balance at September 30, 2013, compared with 3.5% at December 31, 2012 At September 30, 2013, we had $13.6 billion of

21

 


 

      

criticized CRE mortgage loans, down from $18.8 billion at December 31, 2012, and $2.5 billion of criticized CRE construction loans, down from $4.5 billion at December 31, 2012. See Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report for additional information on criticized loans.  

At September 30, 2013, the recorded investment in PCI CRE loans totaled $2.0 billion, down from $12.3 billion when acquired at December 31, 2008, reflecting principal payments, loan resolutions and write-downs.

 

Table 16:  CRE Loans by State and Property Type

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

September 30, 2013 

  

  

  

  

Real estate mortgage 

  

Real estate construction 

  

Total 

  

% of  

  

  

  

  

  

Nonaccrual 

Total 

  

Nonaccrual 

Total 

  

Nonaccrual 

Total 

  

total 

  

(in millions)

  

loans 

portfolio 

(1)

loans 

portfolio 

(1)

loans 

portfolio 

(1)

loans 

  

By state:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

California

 594 

 30,241 

  

 58 

 3,152 

  

 652 

 33,393 

  

 4 

%

Texas

  

 181 

 8,684 

  

 26 

 1,662 

  

 207 

 10,346 

  

 1 

  

Florida

  

 376 

 8,591 

  

 56 

 1,352 

  

 432 

 9,943 

  

 1 

  

New York

  

 50 

 6,622 

  

 6 

 1,008 

  

 56 

 7,630 

  

 1 

  

North Carolina

  

 156 

 4,026 

  

 37 

 995 

  

 193 

 5,021 

  

 1 

  

Arizona

  

 101 

 4,022 

  

 14 

 540 

  

 115 

 4,562 

  

 1 

  

Virginia

  

 71 

 2,900 

  

 7 

 1,032 

  

 78 

 3,932 

  

 1 

  

Washington

  

 27 

 3,108 

  

 3 

 474 

  

 30 

 3,582 

  

  

Georgia

  

 161 

 3,026 

  

 48 

 493 

  

 209 

 3,519 

  

  

Colorado

  

 45 

 2,683 

  

 6 

 552 

  

 51 

 3,235 

  

  

Other

  

 734 

 31,637 

  

 256 

 5,153 

  

 990 

 36,790 

(2) 

 5 

  

  

Total

$

 2,496 

 105,540 

  

 517 

 16,413 

  

 3,013 

 121,953 

  

 15 

%

By property:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Office buildings

$

 622 

 31,102 

  

 48 

 1,757 

  

 670 

 32,859 

  

 4 

%

Apartments

  

 126 

 10,464 

  

 17 

 4,633 

  

 143 

 15,097 

  

 2 

  

Retail (excluding shopping center)

  

 354 

 12,267 

  

 26 

 879 

  

 380 

 13,146 

  

 2 

  

Industrial/warehouse

  

 379 

 11,871 

  

 - 

 653 

  

 379 

 12,524 

  

 2 

  

Real estate - other

  

 293 

 10,464 

  

 8 

 379 

  

 301 

 10,843 

  

 1 

  

Hotel/motel

  

 122 

 8,503 

  

 10 

 564 

  

 132 

 9,067 

  

 1 

  

Shopping center

  

 201 

 8,157 

  

 9 

 662 

  

 210 

 8,819 

  

 1 

  

Land (excluding 1-4 family)

  

 6 

 78 

  

 140 

 3,512 

  

 146 

 3,590 

  

 1 

  

Institutional

  

 76 

 2,683 

  

 - 

 379 

  

 76 

 3,062 

  

  

Agriculture

  

 86 

 2,459 

  

 - 

 22 

  

 86 

 2,481 

  

  

Other

  

 231 

 7,492 

  

 259 

 2,973 

  

 490 

 10,465 

  

 1 

  

  

Total

$

 2,496 

 105,540 

  

 517 

 16,413 

  

 3,013 

 121,953 

  

 15 

%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

*

Less than 1%.

  

(1)

Includes a total of $2.0 billion PCI loans, consisting of $1.4 billion of real estate mortgage and $605 million of real estate construction, which are considered to be accruing due to the existence of the accretable yield and not based on consideration given to contractual interest payments.

  

(2)

Includes 40 states; no state had loans in excess of $2.7 billion.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

FOREIGN Loans and country risk exposure   We classify loans for financial statement and certain regulatory purposes as foreign if the borrower’s primary address is outside of the United States. At September 30, 2013, foreign loans totaled $46.7 billion, representing approximately 6% of our total consolidated loans outstanding, compared with $37.8 billion at December 31, 2012, or approximately 5% of total consolidated loans outstanding. A significant portion of the growth in foreign loans was due to the acquisition of CRE loans in the U.K. in third quarter 2013. Foreign loans were approximately 3% of our consolidated total assets at September 30, 2013 and at December 31, 2012.

Our foreign country risk monitoring process incorporates frequent dialogue with our financial institution customers, counterparties and regulatory agencies, enhanced by centralized monitoring of macroeconomic and capital markets conditions in the respective countries. We establish exposure limits for each country through a centralized oversight process based on customer needs, and in consideration of relevant economic, political, social, legal, and transfer risks. We monitor exposures closely and adjust our country limits in response to changing conditions.

We evaluate our individual country risk exposure on an ultimate country of risk basis, which is normally based on the country of residence of the guarantor or collateral location, and is different from the reporting based on the borrower’s primary address. Our largest single foreign country exposure on an ultimate risk basis at September 30, 2013, was the United Kingdom, which totaled $21.6 billion, or 1% of our total assets, and included $3.0 billion of sovereign claims. Our United Kingdom sovereign claims arise primarily from deposits we have placed with the Bank of England pursuant to regulatory requirements in support of our London branch.

We conduct periodic stress tests of our significant country risk exposures, analyzing the direct and indirect impacts on the risk of loss from various macroeconomic and capital markets scenarios. We do not have significant exposure to foreign country risks because our foreign portfolio is relatively small. However, we have identified exposure to increased loss from U.S. borrowers associated with the

22

 


 

Risk Management – Credit Risk  Management (continued) 

potential impact of a regional or worldwide economic downturn on the U.S. economy. We mitigate these potential impacts on the risk of loss through our normal risk management processes which include active monitoring and, if necessary, the application of aggressive loss mitigation strategies.

Table 17 provides information regarding our top 20 exposures on an ultimate risk basis by country (excluding the U.S.) and our Eurozone exposure. The selection of the top 20 countries is based solely on our largest total exposure by country.  

 

 

Table 17:  Select Country Exposures

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Lending (1)

  

Securities (2)

  

Derivatives and other (3)

  

Total exposure

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-

  

  

Non-

  

  

Non-

  

  

  

Non-

  

(in millions)

  

Sovereign

sovereign

  

Sovereign

sovereign

  

Sovereign

sovereign

  

Sovereign

  

sovereign (4)

Total

September 30, 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Top 20 country exposures:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

United Kingdom

$

 3,044 

 10,273 

  

 - 

 7,441 

  

 - 

 828 

  

 3,044 

  

 18,542 

 21,586 

Canada

  

 - 

 6,483 

  

 - 

 4,453 

  

 - 

 606 

  

 - 

  

 11,542 

 11,542 

China

  

 - 

 3,770 

  

 - 

 115 

  

 20 

 2 

  

 20 

  

 3,887 

 3,907 

Netherlands

  

 - 

 2,363 

  

 - 

 436 

  

 - 

 34 

  

 - 

  

 2,833 

 2,833 

Brazil

  

 - 

 2,614 

  

 - 

 15 

  

 - 

 1 

  

 - 

  

 2,630 

 2,630 

Germany

  

 64 

 1,520 

  

 - 

 854 

  

 - 

 144 

  

 64 

  

 2,518 

 2,582 

India

  

 - 

 1,802 

  

 - 

 172 

  

 - 

 - 

  

 - 

  

 1,974 

 1,974 

Bermuda

  

 - 

 1,631 

  

 - 

 73 

  

 - 

 44 

  

 - 

  

 1,748 

 1,748 

Turkey

  

 - 

 1,687 

  

 - 

 - 

  

 - 

 2 

  

 - 

  

 1,689 

 1,689 

France

  

 - 

 460 

  

 - 

 1,159 

  

 - 

 56 

  

 - 

  

 1,675 

 1,675 

South Korea

  

 - 

 1,562 

  

 - 

 55 

  

 13 

 - 

  

 13 

  

 1,617 

 1,630 

Australia

  

 - 

 905 

  

 - 

 662 

  

 - 

 29 

  

 - 

  

 1,596 

 1,596 

Chile

  

 - 

 1,360 

  

 - 

 84 

  

 - 

 54 

  

 - 

  

 1,498 

 1,498 

Switzerland

  

 - 

 912 

  

 - 

 82 

  

 - 

 433 

  

 - 

  

 1,427 

 1,427 

Japan

  

 - 

 372 

  

 713 

 16 

  

 - 

 91 

  

 713 

  

 479 

 1,192 

Mexico

  

 - 

 950 

  

 - 

 29 

  

 4 

 5 

  

 4 

  

 984 

 988 

Luxembourg

  

 - 

 865 

  

 - 

 111 

  

 - 

 5 

  

 - 

  

 981 

 981 

Ireland

  

 36 

 653 

  

 - 

 158 

  

 - 

 12 

  

 36 

  

 823 

 859 

Russia

  

 - 

 721 

  

 - 

 31 

  

 - 

 - 

  

 - 

  

 752 

 752 

Spain

  

 - 

 695 

  

 - 

 51 

  

 - 

 2 

  

 - 

  

 748 

 748 

  

Total top 20 country exposures

$

 3,144 

 41,598 

  

 713 

 15,997 

  

 37 

 2,348 

  

 3,894 

  

 59,943 

 63,837 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Eurozone exposure:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Eurozone countries included in Top 20 above (5)

$

 100 

 6,556 

  

 - 

 2,769 

  

 - 

 253 

  

 100 

  

 9,578 

 9,678 

Austria

  

 104 

 322 

  

 - 

 2 

  

 - 

 1 

  

 104 

  

 325 

 429 

Italy

  

 - 

 242 

  

 - 

 91 

  

 - 

 - 

  

 - 

  

 333 

 333 

Belgium

  

 - 

 122 

  

 - 

 11 

  

 - 

 6 

  

 - 

  

 139 

 139 

Other Eurozone countries (6)

  

 - 

 59 

  

 - 

 25 

  

 9 

 2 

  

 9 

  

 86 

 95 

  

Total Eurozone exposure

$

 204 

 7,301 

  

 - 

 2,898 

  

 9 

 262 

  

 213 

  

 10,461 

 10,674 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)

Lending exposure includes funded loans and unfunded commitments, leveraged leases, and money market placements presented on a gross basis prior to the deduction of impairment allowance and collateral received under the terms of the credit agreements. For the countries listed above, includes $488 million in PCI loans, predominantly to customers in Germany and the United Kingdom, and $2.1 billion in defeased leases secured predominantly by U.S. Treasury and government agency securities, or government guaranteed.

(2)

Represents issuer exposure on cross-border debt and equity securities, held in trading or available-for-sale portfolio, at fair value.

(3)

Represents counterparty exposure on foreign exchange and derivative contracts, and securities resale and lending agreements. This exposure is presented net of counterparty netting adjustments and reduced by the amount of cash collateral. It includes credit default swaps (CDS) predominantly used to manage our U.S. and London-based cash credit trading businesses, which sometimes results in selling and purchasing protection on the identical reference entity. Generally, we do not use market instruments such as CDS to hedge the credit risk of our investment or loan positions, although we do use them to manage risk in our trading businesses. At September 30, 2013, the gross notional amount of our CDS sold that reference assets in the Top 20 or Eurozone countries was $5.8 billion, which was offset by the notional amount of CDS purchased of $5.9 billion. We did not have any CDS purchased or sold that reference pools of assets that contain sovereign debt or where the reference asset was solely the sovereign debt of a foreign country.

(4)

For countries presented in the table, total non-sovereign exposure comprises $30.0 billion exposure to financial institutions and $30.8 billion to non-financial corporations at September 30, 2013.

(5)

Consists of exposure to Netherlands, Germany, France, Luxembourg, Ireland and Spain included in Top 20.

(6)

Includes non-sovereign exposure to Greece, Cyprus and Portugal in the amount of $5 million, $6 million and $38 million, respectively. We had no sovereign debt exposure to these countries at September 30, 2013.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

23

 


 

      

Real Estate 1-4 Family FIRST AND JUNIOR LIEN Mortgage Loans  Our real estate 1-4 family first and junior lien mortgage loans primarily include loans we have made to customers and retained as part of our asset liability management strategy. These loans include the Pick-a-Pay portfolio acquired from Wachovia and the home equity portfolio, which are discussed later in this Report. These loans also include other purchased loans and loans included on our balance sheet due to the adoption of consolidation accounting guidance related to variable interest entities (VIEs).

Our underwriting and periodic review of loans collateralized by residential real property includes appraisals or estimates from automated valuation models (AVMs) to support property values. Additional information about AVMs and our policy for their use can be found in the “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management – Real Estate 1-4 Family First and Junior Lien Mortgage Loans” section in our 2012 Form 10-K.

Some of our real estate 1-4 family first and junior lien mortgage loans include an interest-only feature as part of the loan terms. These interest-only loans were approximately 16% of total loans at September 30, 2013, compared with 18% at December 31, 2012.

We believe we have manageable adjustable-rate mortgage (ARM) reset risk across our owned mortgage loan portfolios. We do not offer option ARM products, nor do we offer variable-rate mortgage products with fixed payment amounts, commonly referred to within the financial services industry as negative amortizing mortgage loans. Our liquidating option ARM loans are included in the Pick-a-Pay portfolio which was acquired from Wachovia. Since our acquisition of the Pick-a-Pay loan portfolio at the end of 2008, we have reduced the option payment portion of the portfolio, from 86% to 45% at September 30, 2013. For more information, see the “Pick-a-Pay Portfolio” section in this Report.

We continue to modify real estate 1-4 family mortgage loans to assist homeowners and other borrowers experiencing financial difficulties. For more information on our participation in the U.S. Treasury’s Making Home Affordable (MHA) programs, see the “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management – Real Estate 1-4 Family First and Junior Lien Mortgage Loans” section in our 2012 Form 10-K.

Real estate 1-4 family first and junior lien mortgage loans by state are presented in Table 18. Our real estate 1-4 family mortgage loans to borrowers in California represented approximately 13% of total loans at September 30, 2013, located mostly within the larger metropolitan areas, with no single California metropolitan area consisting of more than 3% of total loans. We monitor changes in real estate values and underlying economic or market conditions for all geographic areas of our real estate 1-4 family mortgage portfolio as part of our credit risk management process.

We monitor the credit performance of our junior lien mortgage portfolio for trends and factors that influence the frequency and severity of loss. In third quarter 2012 we aligned our nonaccrual and troubled debt reclassification policies in accordance with guidance in the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) update to the Bank Accounting Advisory Series (OCC guidance), which requires consumer loans discharged in bankruptcy to be written down to net realizable collateral value and classified as nonaccrual TDRs, regardless of their delinquency status.

 

Table 18:  Real Estate 1-4 Family First and Junior Lien Mortgage Loans by State

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

September 30, 2013 

  

  

  

  

  

Real estate 

Real estate 

Total real 

  

  

  

  

  

  

1-4 family 

1-4 family 

estate 1-4 

% of 

  

  

  

  

  

first 

junior lien 

family 

total 

  

(in millions)

  

mortgage 

mortgage 

mortgage 

loans 

  

PCI loans:

  

  

  

  

  

  

California

$

 16,217 

 30 

 16,247 

 2 

%

Florida

  

 2,034 

 22 

 2,056 

  

New Jersey

  

 1,182 

 17 

 1,199 

  

Other (1)

  

 5,297 

 58 

 5,355 

 1 

  

  

Total PCI loans

$

 24,730 

 127 

 24,857 

 3 

%

All other loans:

  

  

  

  

  

  

California

$

 69,113 

 18,849 

 87,962 

 11 

%

Florida

  

 15,068 

 6,095 

 21,163 

 3 

  

New York

  

 13,662 

 2,931 

 16,593 

 2 

  

New Jersey

  

 10,036 

 5,196 

 15,232 

 2 

  

Virginia

  

 6,803 

 3,596 

 10,399 

 1 

  

Pennsylvania

  

 6,011 

 3,222 

 9,233 

 1 

  

North Carolina

  

 5,993 

 2,901 

 8,894 

 1 

  

Texas

  

 7,763 

 970 

 8,733 

 1 

  

Georgia

  

 4,860 

 2,680 

 7,540 

 1 

  

Other (2)

  

 61,329 

 21,108 

 82,437 

 10 

  

Government insured/

  

  

  

  

  

  

  guaranteed loans (3)

  

 29,556 

 - 

 29,556 

 4 

  

  

Total all

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

other loans

$

 230,194 

 67,548 

 297,742 

 37 

%

  

  

Total

$

 254,924 

 67,675 

 322,599 

 40 

%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

*     Less than 1%.

(1)  Consists of 45 states; no state had loans in excess of $684 million.

(2)  Consists of 41 states; no state had loans in excess of $7.0 billion.

(3)  Represents loans whose repayments are predominantly insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA.

 

Part of our credit monitoring includes tracking delinquency, FICO scores and collateral values (LTV/CLTV) on the entire real estate 1-4 family mortgage loan portfolio. These credit risk indicators, which exclude government insured/guaranteed loans, continued to improve in third quarter 2013 on the non-PCI mortgage portfolio. Loans 30 days or more delinquent at September 30, 2013, totaled $12.5 billion, or 4%, of total non-PCI mortgages, compared with $15.5 billion, or 5%, at December 31, 2012. Loans with FICO scores lower than 640 totaled $32.9 billion at September 30, 2013, or 11% of total non-PCI mortgages, compared with $37.7 billion, or 13%, at December 31, 2012. Mortgages with a LTV/CLTV greater than 100% totaled $41.4 billion at September 30, 2013, or 14% of total non-PCI mortgages, compared with $58.7 billion, or 20%, at December 31, 2012. Information regarding credit risk indicators can be found in Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report.

24

 


 

Risk Management – Credit Risk  Management (continued) 

Pick‑a‑Pay Portfolio  The Pick-a-Pay portfolio was one of the consumer residential first mortgage portfolios we acquired from Wachovia and a majority of the portfolio was identified as PCI loans.

The Pick-a-Pay portfolio includes loans that offer payment options (Pick-a-Pay option payment loans), and also includes loans that were originated without the option payment feature, loans that no longer offer the option feature as a result of our modification efforts since the acquisition, and loans where the customer voluntarily converted to a fixed-rate product. The Pick-a-Pay portfolio is included in the consumer real estate 1-4 family first mortgage class of loans throughout this Report. Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgages and lines of credit associated with Pick-a-Pay loans are reported in the home equity portfolio. Table 19 provides balances by types of loans as of September 30, 2013, as a result of modification efforts, compared to the types of loans included in the portfolio at acquisition. Total adjusted unpaid principal balance of PCI Pick-a-Pay loans was $29.4 billion at September 30, 2013, compared with $61.0 billion at acquisition. Modification efforts have largely involved option payment PCI loans, which, based on adjusted unpaid principal balance, have declined to 17% of the total Pick-a-Pay portfolio at September 30, 2013, compared with 51% at acquisition.

 

 

 

Table 19:  Pick-a-Pay Portfolio - Comparison to Acquisition Date

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

December 31, 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

September 30, 2013 

  

  

  

 2012 

  

  

  

 2008 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Adjusted 

  

  

  

  

Adjusted 

  

  

  

  

Adjusted 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

unpaid 

  

  

  

  

unpaid 

  

  

  

  

unpaid 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

principal 

% of 

  

  

  

principal 

% of 

  

  

  

principal 

% of 

  

(in millions)

  

balance (1)  

total 

  

  

  

balance (1)  

total 

  

  

  

balance (1) 

total 

  

Option payment loans

  

 25,909 

 45 

  

 31,510 

 49 

  

 99,937 

 86 

Non-option payment adjustable-rate

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

and fixed-rate loans (2)

  

  

 8,234 

 14 

  

  

  

 8,781 

 14 

  

  

  

 15,763 

 14 

  

Full-term loan modifications

  

  

 23,548 

 41 

  

  

  

 23,528 

 37 

  

  

  

 - 

 - 

  

  

  

Total adjusted unpaid principal balance

 (2) 

 57,691 

 100 

  

 63,819 

 100 

  

 115,700 

 100 

  

  

Total carrying value

  

 52,805 

  

  

  

  

 58,274 

  

  

  

  

 95,315 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)

Adjusted unpaid principal balance includes write-downs taken on loans where severe delinquency (normally 180 days) or other indications of severe borrower financial stress exist that indicate there will be a loss of contractually due amounts upon final resolution of the loan.

  

(2)

Includes loans refinanced under the Refinance Program discussed in the "Risk Management – Credit Risk Management – Risks Relating to Servicing Activities" section in this Report.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Pick-a-Pay loans may have fixed or adjustable rates with payment options that include a minimum payment, an interest-only payment or fully amortizing payment (both 15 and 30 year options). Total interest deferred due to negative amortization on Pick-a-Pay loans was $1.0 billion at September 30, 2013, and $1.4 billion at December 31, 2012. Approximately 92% of the Pick-a-Pay customers making a minimum payment in September 2013 did not defer interest, compared with 90% in December 2012

Deferral of interest on a Pick-a-Pay loan may continue as long as the loan balance remains below a pre-defined principal cap, which is based on the percentage that the current loan balance represents to the original loan balance. The majority of the Pick-a-Pay portfolio has a cap of 125% of the original loan balance. Most of the Pick-a-Pay loans on which there is a deferred interest balance re-amortize (the monthly payment amount is reset or “recast”) on the earlier of the date when the loan balance reaches its principal cap, or generally the 10-year anniversary of the loan. After a recast, the customers’ new payment terms are reset to the amount necessary to repay the balance over the remainder of the original loan term.


Due to the terms of the Pick-a-Pay portfolio, there is little recast risk in the near term. Based on assumptions of a flat rate environment, if all eligible customers elect the minimum payment option 100% of the time and no balances prepay, we would expect the following balances of loans to recast based on reaching the principal cap: $17 million for the remainder of 2013, $34 million in 2014 and $74 million in 2015. In addition, in a flat rate environment, we would expect the following balances of loans to start fully amortizing due to reaching their recast anniversary date: $25 million for the remainder of 2013, $240 million in 2014 and $536 million in 2015. In third quarter 2013, the amount of loans reaching their recast anniversary date and also having a payment change over the annual 7.5% reset was $15 million. 

Table 20 reflects the geographic distribution of the Pick-a-Pay portfolio broken out between PCI loans and all other loans. The LTV ratio is a useful metric in predicting future real estate 1-4 family first mortgage loan performance, including potential charge-offs. Because PCI loans were initially recorded at fair value, including write-downs for expected credit losses, the ratio of the carrying value to the current collateral value will be lower compared with the LTV based on the adjusted unpaid principal balance. For informational purposes, we have included both ratios for PCI loans in the following table.

25

 


 

      

 

Table 20:  Pick-a-Pay Portfolio (1)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

September 30, 2013

  

  

  

  

PCI loans 

  

All other loans 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Ratio of 

  

  

  

Ratio of 

  

  

  

  

Adjusted 

  

  

  

  

carrying 

  

  

  

carrying 

  

  

  

  

unpaid 

Current 

  

  

  

value to 

  

  

  

value to 

  

  

  

principal 

LTV 

  

Carrying 

current 

  

  

Carrying 

current 

  

(in millions)

balance (2) 

ratio (3) 

  

value (4) 

value (5) 

  

  

value (4) 

value (5) 

  

California

$

 20,128 

 98 

 16,535 

 80 

 13,811 

 71 

Florida

  

 2,493 

 104 

  

  

 1,937 

 75 

  

  

 2,897 

 85 

  

New Jersey

  

 1,084 

 89 

  

  

 1,010 

 77 

  

  

 1,858 

 77 

  

New York

  

 633 

 87 

  

  

 596 

 76 

  

  

 832 

 76 

  

Texas

  

 276 

 74 

  

  

 250 

 66 

  

  

 1,131 

 60 

  

Other states

  

 4,831 

 94 

  

  

 4,123 

 78 

  

  

 7,825 

 78 

  

  

Total Pick-a-Pay loans

 29,445 

  

  

 24,451 

  

  

 28,354 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)

The individual states shown in this table represent the top five states based on the total net carrying value of the Pick-a-Pay loans at the beginning of 2013.

  

(2)

Adjusted unpaid principal balance includes write-downs taken on loans where severe delinquency (normally 180 days) or other indications of severe borrower financial stress exist that indicate there will be a loss of contractually due amounts upon final resolution of the loan.

  

(3)

The current LTV ratio is calculated as the adjusted unpaid principal balance divided by the collateral value. Collateral values are generally determined using automated valuation models (AVM) and are updated quarterly. AVMs are computer-based tools used to estimate market values of homes based on processing large volumes of market data including market comparables and price trends for local market areas.

  

(4)

Carrying value, which does not reflect the allowance for loan losses, includes remaining purchase accounting adjustments, which, for PCI loans may include the nonaccretable difference and the accretable yield and, for all other loans, an adjustment to mark the loans to a market yield at date of merger less any subsequent charge-offs.

  

(5)

The ratio of carrying value to current value is calculated as the carrying value divided by the collateral value.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

To maximize return and allow flexibility for customers to avoid foreclosure, we have in place several loss mitigation strategies for our Pick-a-Pay loan portfolio. We contact customers who are experiencing financial difficulty and may in certain cases modify the terms of a loan based on a customer’s documented income and other circumstances.

We also have taken steps to work with customers to refinance or restructure their Pick-a-Pay loans into other loan products. For customers at risk, we offer combinations of term extensions of up to 40 years (from 30 years), interest rate reductions, forbearance of principal, and, in geographies with substantial property value declines, we may offer permanent principal forgiveness.

In third quarter 2013, we completed more than 3,100 proprietary and Home Affordability Modification Program (HAMP) Pick-a-Pay loan modifications. We have completed more than 120,000 modifications since the Wachovia acquisition, resulting in $5.6 billion of principal forgiveness to our Pick-a-Pay customers as well as an additional $273 million of conditional forgiveness that can be earned by borrowers through performance over the next three years.

Due to better than expected performance observed on the Pick-a-Pay PCI portfolio compared with the original acquisition estimates, we have reclassified $3.9 billion from the nonaccretable difference to the accretable yield since acquisition. Our cash flows expected to be collected have been favorably affected by lower expected defaults and losses as a result of observed and forecasted economic strengthening, particularly in housing prices, and our loan modification efforts. These factors are expected to reduce the frequency and severity of defaults and keep these loans performing for a longer period, thus increasing future principal and interest cash flows. The resulting increase in the accretable yield will be realized over the remaining life of the portfolio, which is estimated to have a weighted-average remaining life of approximately 14.2 years at September 30, 2013. The weighted-average remaining life increased from fourth quarter 2012 due to the positive housing market, credit trends and economic outlook. The accretable yield percentage during third quarter 2013 was 4.98%, up from 4.70% at the end of 2012 due to increased cash flows from improved economic outlook and credit trends. Fluctuations in the accretable yield are driven by changes in interest rate indices for variable rate PCI loans, prepayment assumptions, and expected principal and interest payments over the estimated life of the portfolio, which will be affected by the pace and degree of improvements in the U.S. economy and housing markets and projected lifetime performance resulting from loan modification activity. Changes in the projected timing of cash flow events, including loan liquidations, modifications and short sales, can also affect the accretable yield rate and the estimated weighted-average life of the portfolio.

The Pick-a-Pay portfolio includes a significant portion of our PCI loans. For further information on the judgment involved in estimating expected cash flows for PCI loans,  see “Critical Accounting Policies – Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans” in our 2012 Form 10-K.

26

 


 

Risk Management – Credit Risk  Management (continued) 

Home Equity Portfolios  Our home equity portfolios consist of real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgages and first and junior lien lines of credit secured by real estate. Our first lien lines of credit represent 22% of our home equity portfolio and are included in real estate 1-4 family first mortgages. The majority of our junior lien loan products are amortizing payment loans with fixed interest rates and repayment periods between five to 30 years.  

Our first and junior lien lines of credit products generally have a draw period of 10 years (with some up to 15 or 20 years) with variable interest rate and payment options during the draw period of (1) interest only or (2) 1.5% of outstanding principal balance plus accrued interest. During the draw period, the borrower has the option of converting all or a portion of the line from a variable interest rate to a fixed rate with terms including interest-only payments for a fixed period between three to seven years or a fully amortizing payment with a fixed period between five to 30 years. At the end of the draw period, a line of credit generally converts to an amortizing payment schedule with repayment terms of up to 30 years based on the balance at time of conversion. Certain lines and loans have been structured with a balloon payment, which requires full repayment of the outstanding balance at the end of the term period. The conversion of lines or loans to fully amortizing or balloon payoff may result in a significant payment increase, which can affect some borrowers’ ability to repay the outstanding balance.

The lines that enter their amortization period may experience higher delinquencies and higher loss rates than the ones in their draw or term period. We have considered this increased inherent risk in our allowance for credit loss estimate.

      In anticipation of our borrowers reaching the end of their contractual commitment, we have created a program to inform, educate and help these borrowers transition from interest-only to fully-amortizing payments or full repayment. We monitor the performance of the borrowers moving through the program in an effort to refine our ongoing program strategy.

Table 21 reflects the outstanding balance of our home equity portfolio segregated into scheduled end of draw or end of term periods and products that are currently amortizing, or in balloon repayment status. It excludes real estate 1-4 family first lien line reverse mortgages, which total $2.4 billion, because they are predominantly insured by the FHA, and it excludes PCI loans, which total $161 million, because their losses were generally reflected in our nonaccretable difference established at the date of acquisition.

 

Table 21:  Home Equity Portfolios Payment Schedule

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Scheduled end of draw / term

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Outstanding balance 

  

Remainder of

  

  

  

  

2018 and

  

  

(in millions)

September 30, 2013 

  

2013 

2014 

2015 

2016 

2017 

thereafter (4)

  

Amortizing

Home equity lines secured by real estate:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Junior residential lines

$

 58,740 

  

 602 

 3,445 

 6,410 

 7,905 

 7,981 

 29,789 

  

 2,608 

  

First residential lines

  

 18,654 

  

 234 

 1,059 

 1,417 

 1,117 

 1,075 

 13,035 

  

 717 

  

  

Total residential lines (1) (2)

 77,394 

  

 836 

 4,504 

 7,827 

 9,022 

 9,056 

 42,824 

  

 3,325 

Junior loans (3)

  

 8,822 

  

 1 

 12 

 114 

 148 

 152 

 1,562 

  

 6,833 

  

  

  

Total

$

 86,216 

  

 837 

 4,516 

 7,941 

 9,170 

 9,208 

 44,386 

  

 10,158 

  

  

  

% of portfolios

  

100%

  

1%

5%

9%

11%

11%

51%

  

12%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)

Lines in their draw period are predominantly interest-only. The unfunded credit commitments total $74.4 billion at September 30, 2013.

  

  

(2)

Includes scheduled end-of-term balloon payments totaling $200 million, $1.0 billion, $550 million, $355 million, $449 million and $2.0 billion for the remainder of 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018 and thereafter, respectively. Amortizing lines include $107 million of end-of-term balloon payments, which are past due. At September 30, 2013, $246 million, or 7% of outstanding lines of credit that are amortizing, are 30 or more days past due compared to $1.6 billion, or 2% for lines in their draw period. 

(3)

Junior loans within the term period predominantly represent principal and interest products that require a balloon payment upon the end of the loan term. Amortizing junior loans include $76 million of balloon loans that have reached end of term and are now past due.

(4)

The annual scheduled end of draw or term ranges from $2.1 billion to $7.4 billion per year for 2018 through 2023, except for $11.1 billion in 2022. The remaining $12.1 billion of loans that convert in 2024 and thereafter have draw periods that generally extend to 15 or 20 years.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

27

 


 

      

Table 22 summarizes delinquency and loss rates for our junior lien mortgages and lines by the holder of the first lien.

 

 

 

 

Table 22:  Home Equity Portfolios Performance by Holder of 1st Lien (1)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

% of loans 

  

Loss rate 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

two payments 

  

(annualized) 

  

  

  

  

Outstanding balance (2) 

  

or more past due 

  

quarter  ended 

  

  

  

  

Sept. 30, 

Dec. 31, 

Sept. 30, 

  

Dec. 31, 

  

Sept. 30, 

June 30, 

Mar. 31, 

Dec. 31, 

Sept. 30, 

(in millions)

  

 2013 

 2012 

  

 2013 

  

 2012 

  

 2013 

 2013 

 2013 

2012 (3) 

2012 (3) 

Junior lien mortgages and lines behind:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Wells Fargo owned or

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

serviced first lien

$

 33,558 

 37,913 

  

 2.37 

 2.65 

  

 1.60 

 2.08 

 2.46 

 3.81 

 4.96 

  

Third party first lien

 34,004 

 37,417 

  

 2.54 

  

 2.86 

  

 1.65 

 2.00 

 2.48 

 3.15 

 5.40 

  

  

Total junior lien mortgages and lines

 67,562 

 75,330 

  

 2.46 

  

 2.75 

  

 1.62 

 2.04 

 2.47 

 3.48 

 5.18 

First lien lines

 18,654 

 19,744 

  

 2.96 

  

 3.08 

  

 0.41 

 0.56 

 0.61 

 1.00 

 0.95 

  

  

  

Total

 86,216 

 95,074 

  

 2.56 

  

 2.82 

  

 1.36 

 1.72 

 2.08 

 2.97 

 4.32 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)

Excludes real estate 1-4 family first lien line reverse mortgages predominantly insured by the FHA, and it excludes PCI loans.

(2)

Includes $1.3 billion at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, associated with the Pick-a-Pay portfolio.

(3)

Reflects the impact of the OCC guidance issued in third quarter 2012, which requires consumer loans discharged in bankruptcy to be written down to net realizable collateral value, regardless of their delinquency status. The junior lien loss rates for third quarter 2012 reflect losses based on estimates of collateral value to implement the OCC guidance, which were then adjusted in the fourth quarter to reflect actual appraisals. Fourth quarter 2012 losses on the junior liens where Wells Fargo owns or services the first lien were elevated primarily due to the OCC guidance.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

We monitor the number of borrowers paying the minimum amount due on a monthly basis. In September 2013, approximately 94% of our borrowers with a home equity outstanding balance paid the minimum amount due or more, while approximately 45% paid only the minimum amount due.

 The home equity liquidating portfolio includes home equity loans generated through third party channels, including correspondent loans. This liquidating portfolio represents less than 1% of our total loans outstanding at September 30, 2013, and contains some of the highest risk in our home equity portfolio, with an annualized loss rate of 4.61% compared with 1.20% for the core (non-liquidating) home equity portfolio for the quarter ended September 30, 2013.

 

28

 


 

Risk Management – Credit Risk  Management (continued) 

Table 23 shows the credit attributes of the core and liquidating home equity portfolios and lists the top five states by outstanding balance for the core portfolio. Loans to California borrowers represent the largest state concentration in each of these portfolios. The decrease in outstanding balances since December 31, 2012, primarily reflects loan paydowns and charge-offs. As of September 30, 2013, 27% of the outstanding balance of the core home equity portfolio was associated with loans that had a combined loan to value (CLTV) ratio in excess of 100%. CLTV means the ratio of the total loan balance of first mortgages and junior lien mortgages (including unused line amounts for credit line products) to property collateral value. The unsecured portion of the outstanding balances of these loans (the outstanding amount that was in excess of the most recent property collateral value) totaled 11% of the core home equity portfolio at September 30, 2013.

 

Table 23:  Home Equity Portfolios (1)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

% of loans 

  

Loss rate

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

two payments 

  

(annualized)

  

  

  

  

  

Outstanding balance 

  

or more past due 

  

quarter ended

  

  

  

  

  

Sept. 30, 

Dec. 31, 

  

Sept. 30, 

  

Dec. 31, 

  

Sept. 30, 

June 30, 

Mar. 31, 

Dec. 31, 

Sept. 30, 

(in millions)

  

 2013 

 2012 

  

 2013 

  

 2012 

  

 2013 

 2013 

 2013 

2012 (2) 

2012 (2) 

Core portfolio (3)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

California

 20,689 

 22,900 

  

 2.14 

%

 2.46 

  

 1.06 

 1.47 

 2.01 

 2.89 

 4.77 

Florida

  

 8,887 

 9,763 

  

 3.70 

  

 4.15 

  

 1.67 

 2.13 

 2.61 

 3.09 

 4.75 

New Jersey

  

 6,840 

 7,338 

  

 3.47 

  

 3.43 

  

 1.44 

 1.43 

 1.70 

 2.30 

 3.22 

Virginia

  

 4,395 

 4,758 

  

 1.88 

  

 2.04 

  

 0.79 

 1.03 

 1.36 

 1.78 

 2.54 

Pennsylvania

  

 4,353 

 4,683 

  

 2.59 

  

 2.67 

  

 1.00 

 1.18 

 1.36 

 1.72 

 2.15 

Other

  

 37,141 

 40,985 

  

 2.34 

  

 2.59 

  

 1.20 

 1.60 

 1.80 

 2.77 

 3.75 

  

Total

  

 82,305 

 90,427 

  

 2.52 

  

 2.77 

  

 1.20 

 1.56 

 1.89 

 2.69 

 3.93 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Liquidating portfolio

  

 3,911 

 4,647 

  

 3.43 

  

 3.82 

  

 4.61 

 5.05 

 5.87 

 8.33 

 11.60 

  

  

Total core and

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

liquidating portfolios

 86,216 

 95,074 

  

 2.56 

  

 2.82 

  

 1.36 

 1.72 

 2.08 

 2.97 

 4.32 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)

Consists predominantly of real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgages and first and junior lines of credit secured by real estate, but excludes PCI loans because their losses were generally reflected in PCI accounting adjustments at the date of acquisition, and excludes real estate 1-4 family first lien open-ended line reverse mortgages because they do not have scheduled payments. These reverse mortgage loans are predominantly insured by the FHA.

(2)

Reflects the impact of the OCC guidance issued in third quarter 2012, which requires consumer loans discharged in bankruptcy to be written down to net realizable collateral value, regardless of their delinquency status.

(3)

Includes $1.3 billion at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, associated with the Pick-a-Pay portfolio.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Credit Cards  Our credit card portfolio totaled $25.4 billion at September 30, 2013, which represented 3% of our total outstanding loans. The quarterly net charge-off rate (annualized) for our credit card loans was 3.28% for third quarter 2013, compared with 3.67%  for third quarter 2012 and 3.71% and 4.14% for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

AUTOmobile  Our automobile portfolio, predominantly composed of indirect loans, totaled $49.7 billion at September 30, 2013. The quarterly net charge-off  rate (annualized) for our automobile portfolio for third quarter 2013 was 0.63%, compared with 0.66% for third quarter 2012 and 0.55% and 0.53% for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

  


Other revolving Credit and installment  Other revolving credit and installment loans totaled $42.5 billion at September 30, 2013, and primarily include student and security-based margin loans. Student loans totaled $22.3 billion at September 30, 2013, of which $11.1 billion were government guaranteed. The quarterly net charge-off rate (annualized) for other revolving credit and installment loans was 1.46% for  third quarter 2013, compared with 1.38% for third quarter 2012  and 1.40% and 1.35% for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Excluding government guaranteed student loans, the quarterly net charge-off rates (annualized) were 1.92% and 1.93% for third quarter 2013 and 2012, respectively, and 1.86% and 1.94% for the nine months ended 2013 and 2012, respectively.

29

 


 

      

nonperforming assets (Nonaccrual Loans and Foreclosed assets)   Table 24 summarizes nonperforming assets (NPAs) for each of the last four quarters.  We generally place loans on nonaccrual status when:

·          the full and timely collection of interest or principal becomes uncertain (generally based on an assessment of the borrower’s financial condition and the adequacy of collateral, if any);

·          they are 90 days (120 days with respect to real estate 1-4 family first and junior lien mortgages) past due for interest or principal, unless both well-secured and in the process of collection;

·          part of the principal balance has been charged off;

·          for junior lien mortgages, we have evidence that the related first lien mortgage may be 120 days past due or in the process of foreclosure regardless of the junior lien delinquency status; or

·          performing consumer loans are discharged in bankruptcy, regardless of their delinquency status.

 

Table 24:  Nonperforming Assets (Nonaccrual Loans and Foreclosed Assets)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

September 30, 2013

  

June 30, 2013

  

March 31, 2013

  

December 31, 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

% of 

  

  

  

% of 

  

  

  

% of 

  

  

  

% of 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

total 

  

  

  

total 

  

  

  

total 

  

  

  

total 

  

($ in millions)

  

Balance 

loans 

  

  

Balance 

loans 

  

  

Balance 

loans 

  

  

Balance 

loans 

  

Nonaccrual loans:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial and industrial

$

 809 

 0.42 

%

$

 1,022 

 0.54 

%

$

 1,193 

 0.64 

%

$

 1,422 

 0.76 

%

  

  

Real estate mortgage

  

 2,496 

 2.36 

  

  

 2,708 

 2.59 

  

  

 3,098 

 2.92 

  

  

 3,322 

 3.12 

  

  

  

Real estate construction

  

 517 

 3.15 

  

  

 665 

 4.04 

  

  

 870 

 5.23 

  

  

 1,003 

 5.93 

  

  

  

Lease financing

  

 17 

 0.15 

  

  

 20 

 0.17 

  

  

 25 

 0.20 

  

  

 27 

 0.22 

  

  

  

Foreign

  

 47 

 0.10 

  

  

 40 

 0.10 

  

  

 56 

 0.14 

  

  

 50 

 0.13 

  

  

  

  

Total commercial (1)

  

 3,886 

 1.04 

  

  

 4,455 

 1.23 

  

  

 5,242 

 1.45 

  

  

 5,824 

 1.61 

  

  

Consumer:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Real estate 1-4 family

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

first mortgage (2)

  

 10,450 

 4.10 

  

  

 10,705 

 4.23 

  

  

 11,320 

 4.49 

  

  

 11,455 

 4.58 

  

  

  

Real estate 1-4 family

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

junior lien mortgage

  

 2,333 

 3.45 

  

  

 2,522 

 3.60 

  

  

 2,712 

 3.74 

  

  

 2,922 

 3.87 

  

  

  

Automobile

  

 188 

 0.38 

  

  

 200 

 0.41 

  

  

 220 

 0.47 

  

  

 245 

 0.53 

  

  

  

Other revolving credit and installment

  

 36 

 0.08 

  

  

 33 

 0.08 

  

  

 32 

 0.08 

  

  

 40 

 0.09 

  

  

  

  

Total consumer

  

 13,007 

 2.95 

  

  

 13,460 

 3.07 

  

  

 14,284 

 3.26 

  

  

 14,662 

 3.34 

  

  

  

  

  

Total nonaccrual

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

     loans (3)(4)(5)

  

 16,893 

 2.08 

  

  

 17,915 

 2.23 

  

  

 19,526 

 2.44 

  

  

 20,486 

 2.56 

  

Foreclosed assets:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Government insured/guaranteed (6)

  

 1,781 

  

  

  

 1,026 

  

  

  

 969 

  

  

  

 1,509 

  

  

  

Non-government insured/guaranteed

  

 2,021 

  

  

  

 2,114 

  

  

  

 2,381 

  

  

  

 2,514 

  

  

  

  

  

Total foreclosed assets

  

 3,802 

  

  

  

 3,140 

  

  

  

 3,350 

  

  

  

 4,023 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total nonperforming assets

$

 20,695 

 2.55 

%

$

 21,055 

 2.63 

%

$

 22,876 

 2.86 

%

$

 24,509 

 3.07 

%

Change in NPAs from prior quarter

$

 (360) 

  

  

  

 (1,821) 

  

  

  

 (1,633) 

  

  

  

 (744) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)

Includes LHFS of $26 million, $15 million, $15 million and $16 million at September 30, June 30 and March 31, 2013, and December 31, 2012, respectively.

  

(2)

Includes MHFS of $288 million, $293 million, $368 million and $336 million at September 30, June 30 and March 31, 2013, and December 31, 2012, respectively.

  

(3)

Excludes PCI loans because they continue to earn interest income from accretable yield, independent of performance in accordance with their contractual terms.

  

(4)

Real estate 1-4 family mortgage loans predominantly insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA and student loans predominantly guaranteed by agencies on behalf of the U.S. Department of Education under the Federal Family Education Loan Program are not placed on nonaccrual status because they are insured or guaranteed.

  

(5)

See Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report for further information on impaired loans.

  

(6)

Consistent with regulatory reporting requirements, foreclosed real estate resulting from government insured/guaranteed loans are classified as nonperforming. Both principal and interest related to these foreclosed real estate assets are collectible because the loans were predominantly insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA. Increase in balance at September 30, 2013, reflects the impact of changes to loan modification programs, slowing foreclosures in prior quarters.

  

  

  

  

30

 


 

Risk Management – Credit Risk  Management (continued) 

Table 25 provides an analysis of the changes in nonaccrual loans.

 

Table 25:  Analysis of Changes in Nonaccrual Loans

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Quarter ended 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Sept. 30, 

June 30, 

Mar. 31, 

Dec. 31, 

Sept. 30, 

(in millions)

  

 2013 

 2013 

 2013 

 2012 

 2012 

Commercial nonaccrual loans

  

  

  

  

  

  

Balance, beginning of quarter

$

 4,455 

 5,242 

 5,824 

 6,371 

 6,924 

  

Inflows

  

 490 

 557 

 611 

 746 

 976 

  

Outflows:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Returned to accruing

  

 (192) 

 (128) 

 (109) 

 (135) 

 (90) 

  

  

Foreclosures

  

 (77) 

 (120) 

 (91) 

 (107) 

 (151) 

  

  

Charge-offs

  

 (150) 

 (193) 

 (189) 

 (322) 

 (364) 

  

  

Payments, sales and other (1)

  

 (640) 

 (903) 

 (804) 

 (729) 

 (924) 

  

  

  

Total outflows

  

 (1,059) 

 (1,344) 

 (1,193) 

 (1,293) 

 (1,529) 

Balance, end of quarter

  

 3,886 

 4,455 

 5,242 

 5,824 

 6,371 

Consumer nonaccrual loans

  

  

  

  

  

  

Balance, beginning of quarter

  

 13,460 

 14,284 

 14,662 

 14,673 

 13,654 

  

Inflows

  

 2,015 

 2,071 

 2,340 

 2,943 

 4,111 

  

Outflows:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Returned to accruing

  

 (997) 

 (1,156) 

 (1,031) 

 (893) 

 (1,039) 

  

  

Foreclosures

  

 (167) 

 (95) 

 (173) 

 (151) 

 (182) 

  

  

Charge-offs

  

 (480) 

 (651) 

 (775) 

 (1,053) 

 (987) 

  

  

Payments, sales and other (1)

  

 (824) 

 (993) 

 (739) 

 (857) 

 (884) 

  

  

  

Total outflows

  

 (2,468) 

 (2,895) 

 (2,718) 

 (2,954) 

 (3,092) 

Balance, end of quarter

  

 13,007 

 13,460 

 14,284 

 14,662 

 14,673 

  

  

Total nonaccrual loans

$

 16,893 

 17,915 

 19,526 

 20,486 

 21,044 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)

Other outflows include the effects of VIE deconsolidations and adjustments for loans carried at fair value.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Typically, changes to nonaccrual loans period-over-period represent inflows for loans that are placed on nonaccrual status in accordance with our policy, offset by reductions for loans that are paid down, charged off, sold, transferred to foreclosed properties, or are no longer classified as nonaccrual as a result of continued performance and an improvement in the borrower’s financial condition and loan repayment capabilities. Also, reductions can come from borrower repayments even if the loan remains on nonaccrual.

While nonaccrual loans are not free of loss content, we believe exposure to loss is significantly mitigated by the following factors at September 30, 2013:

·       97% of total commercial nonaccrual loans and 99% of total consumer nonaccrual loans are secured. Of the consumer nonaccrual loans, 98% are secured by real estate and 55% have a combined LTV (CLTV) ratio of 80% or below.

·       losses of $1.1 billion and $4.1 billion have already been recognized on 37% of commercial nonaccrual loans and 54% of consumer nonaccrual loans, respectively. Generally, when a consumer real estate loan is 120 days past due (except when required earlier by the Interagency or OCC guidance), we transfer it to nonaccrual status. When the loan reaches 180 days past due, or is discharged in bankruptcy, it is our policy to write these loans down to net realizable value (fair value of collateral less estimated costs to sell), except for modifications in their trial period that are not written down as long as trial payments are made on time. Thereafter, we reevaluate each loan regularly and record additional write-downs if needed.

·       66% of commercial nonaccrual loans were current on interest.

·       the risk of loss of all nonaccrual loans has been considered and we believe is adequately covered by the allowance for loan losses.  

·       $2.4  billion of consumer loans discharged in bankruptcy and classified as nonaccrual were 60 days or less past due, of which $2.2 billion were current.

 

Under both our proprietary modification programs and the MHA programs, customers may be required to provide updated documentation, and some programs require completion of payment during trial periods to demonstrate sustained performance before the loan can be removed from nonaccrual status. In addition, for loans in foreclosure, some states, including California and New Jersey, have enacted legislation or the courts have changed the foreclosure process in a manner that significantly increases the time to complete the foreclosure process; therefore loans remain in nonaccrual status for longer periods. In certain other states, including New York and Florida, the foreclosure timeline has significantly increased due to backlogs in an already complex process.

Table 26 provides a summary of foreclosed assets and an analysis of changes in foreclosed assets.

 

 

31

 


 

      

 

Table 26:  Foreclosed Assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Sept. 30, 

June 30, 

Mar. 31, 

Dec. 31, 

Sept. 30, 

(in millions)

  

 2013 

 2013 

 2013 

 2012 

 2012 

Government insured/guaranteed (1)

$

1,781 

1,026 

969 

1,509 

1,479 

PCI loans:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial

  

559 

597 

641 

667 

707 

  

Consumer

  

125 

127 

179 

219 

263 

  

  

Total PCI loans

  

684 

724 

820 

886 

970 

All other loans:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial

  

944 

1,012 

1,060 

1,073 

1,175 

  

Consumer

  

393 

378 

501 

555 

585 

  

  

Total all other loans

  

1,337 

1,390 

1,561 

1,628 

1,760 

  

  

  

Total foreclosed assets

$

3,802 

3,140 

3,350 

4,023 

4,209 

Analysis of changes in foreclosed assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

Balance, beginning of quarter

$

3,140 

3,350 

4,023 

4,209 

4,307 

  

Net change in government insured/guaranteed (1)(2)

  

755 

57 

(540)

30 

14 

  

Additions to foreclosed assets (3)

  

459 

406 

559 

537 

692 

  

Reductions:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Sales

  

(545)

(647)

(658)

(710)

(750)

  

  

Write-downs and loss on sales

  

(7)

(26)

(34)

(43)

(54)

  

  

  

Total reductions

  

(552)

(673)

(692)

(753)

(804)

Balance, end of quarter

$

3,802 

3,140 

3,350 

4,023 

4,209 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)

Consistent with regulatory reporting requirements, foreclosed real estate resulting  from government insured/guaranteed loans are classified as nonperforming. Both principal and interest related to these foreclosed real estate assets are collectible because the loans were predominantly insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA. Increase in balance at September 30, 2013, reflects the impact of changes to loan modification programs, slowing foreclosures in prior quarters.

(2)

Foreclosed government insured/guaranteed loans are temporarily transferred to and held by us as servicer, until reimbursement is received from FHA or VA. The net change in government insured/guaranteed foreclosed assets is made up of inflows from mortgages held for investment and MHFS, and outflows when we are reimbursed by FHA/VA. Transfers from government insured/guaranteed loans to foreclosed assets amounted to $2.5 billion, $1.4 billion, $803 million, $1.6 billion and $1.7 billion for the quarters ended September 30, June 30 and March 31, 2013, and December 31 and September 30, 2012, respectively.

(3)

Predominantly include loans moved into foreclosure from nonaccrual status, PCI loans transitioned directly to foreclosed assets and repossessed automobiles.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Foreclosed assets at September 30, 2013, included $1.8 billion of foreclosed real estate that is predominantly FHA insured or VA guaranteed and expected to have minimal or no loss content. The remaining balance of $2.0 billion of foreclosed assets has been written down to estimated net realizable value. Foreclosed assets were down $221  million, or 5%, at September 30, 2013, compared with December 31, 2012. At September 30, 2013, 65%  of foreclosed assets of $3.8 billion have been in the foreclosed assets portfolio one year or less.

Given our real estate-secured loan concentrations and current economic conditions, we anticipate continuing to hold an elevated level of foreclosed assets on our balance sheet.                                     

32

 


 

Risk Management – Credit Risk  Management (continued) 

 

TROUBLED DEBT RESTRUCTURINGS (TDRs)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Table 27:  Troubled Debt Restructurings (TDRs)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Sept. 30, 

June 30, 

Mar. 31, 

Dec. 31, 

Sept. 30, 

(in millions)

  

 2013 

 2013 

 2013 

 2012 

 2012 

Commercial TDRs

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial and industrial

$

 1,153 

 1,238 

 1,493 

 1,683 

 1,877 

  

Real estate mortgage

  

 2,457 

 2,605 

 2,556 

 2,625 

 2,498 

  

Real estate construction

  

 598 

 680 

 735 

 801 

 949 

  

Lease financing

  

 9 

 11 

 17 

 20 

 26 

  

Foreign

  

 2 

 17 

 17 

 17 

 28 

  

  

Total commercial TDRs

  

 4,219 

 4,551 

 4,818 

 5,146 

 5,378 

Consumer TDRs

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

  

 18,974 

 19,093 

 18,928 

 17,804 

 17,861 

  

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage

  

 2,399 

 2,408 

 2,431 

 2,390 

 2,437 

  

Credit Card

  

 455 

 477 

 501 

 531 

 557 

  

Automobile

  

 212 

 246 

 279 

 314 

 392 

  

Other revolving credit and installment

  

 32 

 29 

 27 

 24 

 32 

  

Trial modifications

  

 717 

 716 

 723 

 705 

 733 

  

  

Total consumer TDRs

  

 22,789 

 22,969 

 22,889 

 21,768 

 22,012 

  

  

  

Total TDRs

$

 27,008 

 27,520 

 27,707 

 26,914 

 27,390 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

TDRs on nonaccrual status

$

 8,609 

 9,030 

 10,332 

 10,149 

 9,990 

TDRs on accrual status

  

 18,399 

 18,490 

 17,375 

 16,765 

 17,400 

  

  

  

Total TDRs

$

 27,008 

 27,520 

 27,707 

 26,914 

 27,390 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Table 27 provides information regarding the recorded investment of loans modified in TDRs. The allowance for loan losses for TDRs was $4.9 billion and $5.0 billion at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. See Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report for additional information regarding TDRs. In those situations where principal is forgiven, the entire amount of such forgiveness is immediately charged off to the extent not done so prior to the modification. We sometimes delay the timing on the repayment of a portion of principal (principal forbearance) and charge off the amount of forbearance if that amount is not considered fully collectible.

Our nonaccrual policies are generally the same for all loan types when a restructuring is involved. We re-underwrite loans at the time of restructuring to determine whether there is sufficient evidence of sustained repayment capacity based on the borrower’s documented income, debt to income ratios, and other factors. Loans lacking sufficient evidence of sustained repayment capacity at the time of modification are charged down to the fair value of the collateral, if applicable. For an accruing loan that has been modified, if the borrower has demonstrated performance under the previous terms and the underwriting process shows the capacity to continue to perform under the restructured terms, the loan will generally remain in accruing status. Otherwise, the loan will be placed in nonaccrual status until the borrower demonstrates a sustained period of performance, generally six consecutive months of payments, or equivalent, inclusive of consecutive payments made prior to modification. Loans will also be placed on nonaccrual, and a corresponding charge-off is recorded to the loan balance, when we believe that principal and interest contractually due under the modified agreement will not be collectible.

Table 28 provides an analysis of the changes in TDRs. Loans that may be modified more than once are reported as TDRs inflows only in the period they are first modified. We may remove loans held for investment from TDR classification, but only if they have been refinanced or restructured at market terms and qualify as a new loan.  

33

 


 

      

 

Table 28:  Analysis of Changes in TDRs

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Quarter ended 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Sept. 30, 

June 30, 

Mar. 31, 

Dec. 31, 

Sept. 30, 

(in millions)

  

 2013 

 2013 

 2013 

 2012 

 2012 

Commercial TDRs

  

  

  

  

  

  

Balance, beginning of quarter

$

 4,551 

 4,818 

 5,146 

 5,378 

 5,429 

  

Inflows

  

 534 

 468 

 500 

 542 

 620 

  

Outflows

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Charge-offs

  

 (24) 

 (24) 

 (40) 

 (66) 

 (84) 

  

  

Foreclosures

  

 (16) 

 (26) 

 (30) 

 (14) 

 (20) 

  

  

Payments, sales and other (1)

  

 (826) 

 (685) 

 (758) 

 (694) 

 (567) 

Balance, end of quarter

  

 4,219 

 4,551 

 4,818 

 5,146 

 5,378 

Consumer TDRs

  

  

  

  

  

  

Balance, beginning of quarter

  

 22,969 

 22,889 

 21,768 

 22,012 

 17,495 

  

Inflows

  

 1,282 

 1,352 

 2,076 

 1,247 

 5,212 

  

Outflows

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Charge-offs (2)

  

 (183) 

 (241) 

 (280) 

 (542) 

 (244) 

  

  

Foreclosures (2)

  

 (519) 

 (240) 

 (114) 

 (333) 

 (35) 

  

  

Payments, sales and other (1)

  

 (761) 

 (785) 

 (579) 

 (588) 

 (404) 

  

Net change in trial modifications (3)

  

 1 

 (6) 

 18 

 (28) 

 (12) 

Balance, end of quarter

  

 22,789 

 22,969 

 22,889 

 21,768 

 22,012 

  

  

Total TDRs

$

 27,008 

 27,520 

 27,707 

 26,914 

 27,390 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)

Payments, sales and other outflows reflect pay downs, sales, normal amortization/accretion of loan basis adjustments and loans transferred to held-for-sale. It also included $29 million, $40 million and $15 million of loans refinanced or restructured as new loans and removed from TDR classification for the quarters ended September 30, June 30 and March 31, 2013, respectively. No loans were removed from TDR classification for the quarters ended December 31 and September 30, 2012, as a result of being refinanced or restructured as new loans.

(2)

Fourth quarter 2012 charge-offs and foreclosures outflows reflect the resolution of certain loans discharged in bankruptcy that were initially reported as TDRs in accordance with the OCC guidance starting in third quarter 2012. 

(3)

Net change in trial modifications includes: inflows of new TDRs entering the trial payment period, net of outflows for modifications that either (i) successfully perform and enter into a permanent modification, or (ii) did not successfully perform according to the terms of the trial period plan and are subsequently charged-off, foreclosed upon or otherwise resolved. Our experience is that most of the mortgages that enter a trial payment period program are successful in completing the program requirements.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

34

 


 

Risk Management – Credit Risk  Management (continued) 

Loans 90 Days or More Past Due and Still AccruinG  Loans 90 days or more past due as to interest or principal are still accruing if they are (1) well-secured and in the process of collection or (2) real estate 1‑4 family mortgage loans or consumer loans exempt under regulatory rules from being classified as nonaccrual until later delinquency, usually 120 days past due. PCI loans are not included in past due and still accruing loans even though they are 90 days or more contractually past due. These PCI loans are considered to be accruing because they continue to earn interest from accretable yield, independent of performance in accordance with their contractual terms.

Excluding insured/guaranteed loans, loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing at September 30, 2013, were down $385 million, or 27%, from December 31, 2012, due to modifications and other loss mitigation activities, seasonality, decline in non-strategic and liquidating portfolios, and credit stabilization.

Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing whose repayments are predominantly insured by the Federal Housing Administration (FHA) or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) for mortgages and the U.S. Department of Education for student loans under the Federal Family Education Loan Program (FFELP) were $21.1 billion at September 30, 2013, down from $21.8 billion  at December 31, 2012.

Table 29 reflects non-PCI loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing by class for loans not government insured/guaranteed. For additional information on delinquencies by loan class, see Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report.

  

 

Table 29:  Loans 90 Days or More Past Due and Still Accruing

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Sept. 30, 

June 30, 

Mar. 31, 

Dec. 31, 

Sept. 30, 

(in millions)

  

 2013 

2013 

2013 

2012 

2012 

Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total (excluding PCI (1)):

$

 22,181 

 22,197 

 23,082 

 23,245 

 22,894 

  

  

Less: FHA insured/VA guaranteed (2)(3)

  

 20,214 

 20,112 

 20,745 

 20,745 

 20,320 

  

  

Less: Student loans guaranteed under the FFELP (4)

  

 917 

 931 

 977 

 1,065 

 1,082 

  

  

  

  

Total, not government insured/guaranteed

$

 1,050 

 1,154 

 1,360 

 1,435 

 1,492 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

By segment and class, not government insured/guaranteed:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial and industrial

$

 125 

 37 

 47 

 47 

 49 

  

  

Real estate mortgage

  

 40 

 175 

 164 

 228 

 206 

  

  

Real estate construction

  

 1 

 4 

 47 

 27 

 41 

  

  

Foreign

  

 1 

 - 

 7 

 1 

 2 

  

  

  

Total commercial

  

 167 

 216 

 265 

 303 

 298 

  

Consumer:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage (3)

  

 383 

 476 

 563 

 564 

 627 

  

  

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage (3)

  

 89 

 92 

 112 

 133 

 151 

  

  

Credit card

  

 285 

 263 

 306 

 310 

 288 

  

  

Automobile

  

 48 

 32 

 33 

 40 

 43 

  

  

Other revolving credit and installment

  

 78 

 75 

 81 

 85 

 85 

  

  

  

Total consumer

  

 883 

 938 

 1,095 

 1,132 

 1,194 

  

  

  

  

Total, not government insured/guaranteed

$

 1,050 

 1,154 

 1,360 

 1,435 

 1,492 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)

PCI loans totaled $4.9 billion, $5.4 billion, $5.8 billion, $6.0 billion and $6.2 billion at September 30, June 30 and March 31, 2013, and December 31 and September 30, 2012.

(2)

Represents loans whose repayments are predominantly insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA.

(3)

Includes mortgages held for sale 90 days or more past due and still accruing.

(4)

Represents loans whose repayments are predominantly guaranteed by agencies on behalf of the U.S. Department of Education under the FFELP.

35

 


 

      

 

NET CHARGE-OFFS

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Table 30:  Net Charge-offs

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Quarter ended 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Sept. 30, 2013 

  

June 30, 2013 

  

Mar. 31, 2013 

  

Dec. 31, 2012 

  

Sept. 30, 2012 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

As a 

  

  

  

As a 

  

  

  

As a 

  

  

  

As a 

  

  

  

As a 

  

  

  

  

  

Net loan 

% of 

  

Net loan 

% of 

  

Net loan 

% of 

  

Net loan 

% of 

  

Net loan 

% of 

  

  

  

  

  

charge- 

avg. 

  

charge- 

avg. 

  

charge- 

avg. 

  

charge- 

avg. 

  

charge- 

avg. 

  

($ in millions)

offs 

loans (1) 

  

offs 

loans (1)

  

offs 

loans (1)

  

offs 

loans (1)

  

offs 

loans (1)

  

Commercial:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial and

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

industrial

$

 58 

 0.12 

 77 

 0.17 

 93 

 0.20 

 209 

 0.46 

 131 

 0.29 

  

Real estate mortgage

 (20) 

 (0.08) 

  

  

 (5) 

 (0.02) 

  

  

 29 

 0.11 

  

  

 38 

 0.14 

  

  

 54 

 0.21 

  

  

Real estate construction

 (17) 

 (0.41) 

  

  

 (45) 

 (1.10) 

  

  

 (34) 

 (0.83) 

  

  

 (18) 

 (0.43) 

  

  

 1 

 0.03 

  

  

Lease financing

  

 - 

 - 

  

  

 18 

 0.57 

  

  

 (1) 

 (0.02) 

  

  

 2 

 0.04 

  

  

 1 

 0.03 

  

  

Foreign

  

 (2) 

 (0.02) 

  

  

 (1) 

 (0.01) 

  

  

 3 

 0.03 

  

  

 24 

 0.25 

  

  

 30 

 0.29 

  

Total commercial

  

 19 

 0.02 

  

  

 44 

 0.05 

  

  

 90 

 0.10 

  

  

 255 

 0.29 

  

  

 217 

 0.24 

  

Consumer:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Real estate 1-4 family

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

first mortgage

  

 242 

 0.38 

  

  

 328 

 0.52 

  

  

 429 

 0.69 

  

  

 649 

 1.05 

  

  

 673 

 1.15 

  

  

Real estate 1-4 family

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

junior lien mortgage

 275 

 1.58 

  

  

 359 

 2.02 

  

  

 449 

 2.46 

  

  

 690 

 3.57 

  

  

 1,036 

 5.17 

  

  

Credit card

  

 207 

 3.28 

  

  

 234 

 3.90 

  

  

 235 

 3.96 

  

  

 222 

 3.71 

  

  

 212 

 3.67 

  

  

Automobile

  

 78 

 0.63 

  

  

 42 

 0.35 

  

  

 76 

 0.66 

  

  

 112 

 0.97 

  

  

 75 

 0.66 

  

  

Other revolving credit

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

and installment

 154 

 1.46 

  

  

 145 

 1.38 

  

  

 140 

 1.37 

  

  

 153 

 1.46 

  

  

 145 

 1.38 

  

Total consumer (2)

  

 956 

 0.86 

  

  

 1,108 

 1.01 

  

  

 1,329 

 1.23 

  

  

 1,826 

 1.68 

  

  

 2,141 

 2.01 

  

  

  

  

Total

$

 975 

 0.48 

 1,152 

 0.58 

 1,419 

 0.72 

 2,081 

 1.05 

 2,358 

 1.21 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)

Quarterly net charge-offs (recoveries) as a percentage of average respective loans are annualized.

  

(2)

The quarters ended December 31, 2012 and September 30, 2012 include $321 million and $567 million, respectively, resulting from the implementation of OCC guidance issued in third quarter 2012, which requires consumer loans discharged in bankruptcy to be placed on nonaccrual status and written down to net realizable collateral value, regardless of their delinquency status.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Table 30 presents net charge-offs for third quarter 2013 and the previous four quarters. Net charge-offs in third quarter 2013 were $975 million (0.48% of average total loans outstanding) compared with $2.4 billion (1.21%) in third quarter 2012.

Due to higher dollar amounts associated with individual commercial and industrial and CRE loans, loss recognition tends to be irregular and varies more, compared with consumer loan portfolios.

 

36

 


 

Risk Management – Credit Risk  Management (continued) 

Allowance for Credit Losses  The allowance for credit losses, which consists of the allowance for loan losses and the allowance for unfunded credit commitments, is management’s estimate of credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio and unfunded credit commitments at the balance sheet date, excluding loans carried at fair value. The detail of the changes in the allowance for credit losses by portfolio segment (including charge-offs and recoveries by loan class) is in Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report.

We apply a disciplined process and methodology to establish our allowance for credit losses each quarter. This process takes into consideration many factors, including historical and forecasted loss trends, loan-level credit quality ratings and loan grade-specific loss factors. The process involves subjective and complex judgments. In addition, we review a variety of credit metrics and trends. These credit metrics and trends, however, do not solely determine the amount of the allowance as we use several analytical tools. For additional information on our allowance for credit losses, see the “Critical Accounting Policies – Allowance for Credit Losses” section in our 2012 Form 10-K and Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report.

Table 31 presents the allocation of the allowance for credit losses by loan segment and class for the current quarter and last four years.

 

Table 31:  Allocation of the Allowance for Credit Losses (ACL)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Sept. 30, 2013

  

  

Dec. 31, 2012 

  

  

Dec. 31, 2011 

  

  

Dec. 31, 2010 

  

  

Dec. 31, 2009 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loans 

  

  

Loans 

  

  

Loans 

  

  

Loans 

  

  

Loans 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

as % 

  

  

  

as % 

  

  

  

as % 

  

  

  

as % 

  

  

  

as % 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

of total 

  

  

  

of total 

  

  

  

of total 

  

  

  

of total 

  

  

  

of total 

  

(in millions)

  

ACL 

loans 

  

  

ACL 

loans 

  

  

ACL 

loans 

  

  

ACL 

loans 

  

  

ACL 

loans 

  

Commercial:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial and industrial

$

 2,769 

 24 

%

$

 2,543 

 23 

 2,649 

 22 

 3,299 

 20 

 4,014 

 20 

  

Real estate mortgage

  

 2,341 

 13 

  

  

 2,283 

 13 

  

  

 2,550 

 14 

  

  

 3,072 

 13 

  

  

 2,398 

 12 

  

  

Real estate construction

  

 372 

 2 

  

  

 552 

 2 

  

  

 893 

 2 

  

  

 1,387 

 4 

  

  

 1,242 

 5 

  

  

Lease financing

  

 99 

 1 

  

  

 85 

 2 

  

  

 82 

 2 

  

  

 173 

 2 

  

  

 181 

 2 

  

  

Foreign

  

 342 

 6 

  

  

 251 

 5 

  

  

 184 

 5 

  

  

 238 

 4 

  

  

 306 

 4 

  

  

  

Total commercial

  

 5,923 

 46 

  

  

 5,714 

 45 

  

  

 6,358 

 45 

  

  

 8,169 

 43 

  

  

 8,141 

 43 

  

Consumer:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

 4,654 

 31 

  

  

 6,100 

 31 

  

  

 6,934 

 30 

  

  

 7,603 

 30 

  

  

 6,449 

 29 

  

  

Real estate 1-4 family

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

junior lien mortgage

  

 2,843 

 8 

  

  

 3,462 

 10 

  

  

 3,897 

 11 

  

  

 4,557 

 13 

  

  

 5,430 

 13 

  

  

Credit card

  

 1,272 

 3 

  

  

 1,234 

 3 

  

  

 1,294 

 3 

  

  

 1,945 

 3 

  

  

 2,745 

 3 

  

  

Automobile

  

 407 

 6 

  

  

 417 

 6 

  

  

 555 

 6 

  

  

 771 

 6 

  

  

 1,381 

 6 

  

  

Other revolving credit and installment

 548 

 6 

  

  

 550 

 5 

  

  

 630 

 5 

  

  

 418 

 5 

  

  

 885 

 6 

  

  

  

Total consumer

  

 9,724 

 54 

  

  

 11,763 

 55 

  

  

 13,310 

 55 

  

  

 15,294 

 57 

  

  

 16,890 

 57 

  

  

  

  

Total

$

 15,647 

 100 

%

$

 17,477 

 100 

 19,668 

 100 

 23,463 

 100 

 25,031 

 100 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Sept. 30, 2013

  

  

Dec. 31, 2012 

  

  

Dec. 31, 2011 

  

  

Dec. 31, 2010 

  

  

Dec. 31, 2009 

  

Components:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Allowance for loan losses

$

 15,159 

  

  

 17,060 

  

  

 19,372 

  

  

 23,022 

  

  

 24,516 

  

  

Allowance for unfunded

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

credit commitments

  

 488 

  

  

 417 

  

  

 296 

  

  

 441 

  

  

 515 

  

  

  

Allowance for credit losses

$

 15,647 

  

  

 17,477 

  

  

 19,668 

  

  

 23,463 

  

  

 25,031 

  

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

of total loans

  

 1.87 

%

  

 2.13 

  

  

 2.52 

  

  

 3.04 

  

  

 3.13 

  

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

of total net charge-offs (1)

  

 392 

  

  

 189 

  

  

 171 

  

  

 130 

  

  

 135 

  

Allowance for credit losses as a percentage

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

of total loans

  

 1.93 

  

  

 2.19 

  

  

 2.56 

  

  

 3.10 

  

  

 3.20 

  

Allowance for credit losses as a percentage

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

of total nonaccrual loans

  

 93 

  

  

 85 

  

  

 92 

  

  

 89 

  

  

 103 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)

 Total net charge-offs are annualized for quarter ended September 30, 2013.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

37

 


 

      

In addition to the allowance for credit losses, there was $5.3 billion at September 30, 2013, and $7.0 billion at December 31, 2012, of nonaccretable difference to absorb losses for PCI loans. The allowance for credit losses is lower than otherwise would have been required without PCI loan accounting. As a result of PCI loans, certain ratios of the Company may not be directly comparable with credit-related metrics for other financial institutions. For additional information on PCI loans, see the “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management – Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans” section and Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report.  

The ratio of the allowance for credit losses to total nonaccrual loans may fluctuate significantly from period to period due to such factors as the mix of loan types in the portfolio, borrower credit strength and the value and marketability of collateral. Over half of nonaccrual loans were home mortgages at September 30, 2013.

The decline  in the allowance for loan losses in third quarter 2013 reflected continued improvement in consumer loss severity, delinquency trends and improved portfolio performance, particularly in residential real estate and primarily associated with continued improvement in the housing market.  

The reduction included a $900 million allowance release due to strong underlying credit, and home prices and market fundamentals improving faster and in more markets than forecasted. Total provision for credit losses was $75 million in third quarter 2013, compared with $1.6 billion a year ago.

We believe the allowance for credit losses of $15.6 billion at September 30, 2013, was appropriate to cover credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio, including unfunded credit commitments, at that date. The allowance for credit losses is subject to change and reflects existing factors as of the date of determination, including economic or market conditions and ongoing internal and external examination processes. Due to the sensitivity of the allowance for credit losses to changes in the economic and business environment, it is possible that we will incur incremental credit losses not anticipated as of the balance sheet date. Given current favorable conditions, we continue to expect future allowance releases, absent a significant deterioration in the economy. Our process for determining the allowance for credit losses is discussed in the “Critical Accounting Policies – Allowance for Credit Losses” section and Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in our 2012 Form 10-K.

 

LIABILITY for Mortgage Loan Repurchase Losses  We sell residential mortgage loans to various parties, including (1) government-sponsored entities (GSEs) Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC) and Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA) who include the mortgage loans in GSE-guaranteed mortgage securitizations, (2) SPEs that issue private label MBS, and (3) other financial institutions that purchase mortgage loans for investment or private label securitization. In addition, we pool FHA-insured and VA-guaranteed mortgage loans that are then used to back securities guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA). We may be required to repurchase these mortgage loans, indemnify the securitization trust, investor or insurer, or reimburse the securitization trust, investor or insurer for credit losses incurred on loans (collectively, repurchase) in the event of a breach of contractual representations or warranties that is not remedied within a period (usually 90 days or less) after we receive notice of the breach.

      We have established a mortgage repurchase liability related to various representations and warranties that reflect management’s estimate of probable losses for loans for which we have a repurchase obligation, whether or not we currently service those loans, based on a combination of factors. Our mortgage repurchase liability estimation process also incorporates a forecast of repurchase demands associated with mortgage insurance rescission activity. Our mortgage repurchase liability considers all vintages; however, repurchase demands have predominantly related to 2006 through 2008 vintages and to GSE-guaranteed MBS.

We repurchased or reimbursed investors for incurred losses on mortgage loans with original balances of $303 million in third quarter 2013, compared with $474 million a year ago. The overall level of unresolved repurchase demands and mortgage insurance rescissions outstanding at September 30, 2013, was down from a year ago both in number of outstanding loans and in total dollar balances as we continued to work through the new demands and mortgage insurance rescissions and as we reached a settlement with FHLMC on September 27, 2013, that resolved substantially all repurchase liabilities associated with loans sold to FHLMC prior to January 1, 2009. Table 32 provides the number of unresolved repurchase demands and mortgage insurance rescissions.

Customary with industry practice, we have the right of recourse against correspondent lenders from whom we have purchased loans with respect to representations and warranties. Of total repurchase demands and mortgage insurance rescissions outstanding as of September 30, 2013, presented in Table 32, approximately 20% relate to loans purchased from correspondent lenders. Due primarily to the financial difficulties of some correspondent lenders, we have been recovering on average approximately 45% of losses from these lenders. Historical recovery rates as well as projected lender performance are incorporated in the establishment of our mortgage repurchase liability.

We do not typically receive repurchase requests from GNMA, FHA and the Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) or VA. As an originator of an FHA-insured or VA-guaranteed loan, we are responsible for obtaining the insurance with FHA or the guarantee with the VA. To the extent we are not able to obtain the insurance or the guarantee we must request permission to repurchase the loan from the GNMA pool. Such repurchases from GNMA pools typically represent a self-initiated process upon discovery of the uninsurable loan (usually within 180 days from funding of the loan). Alternatively, in lieu of repurchasing loans from GNMA pools, we may be asked by FHA/HUD or the VA to indemnify them (as applicable) for defects found in the Post Endorsement Technical Review process or audits performed by FHA/HUD or the VA. The Post Endorsement Technical Review is a process whereby HUD performs underwriting audits of closed/insured FHA loans for potential deficiencies. Our liability for mortgage loan repurchase losses incorporates probable losses associated with such indemnification.

 

 

 

Table 32:  Unresolved Repurchase Demands and Mortgage Insurance Rescissions

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Government 

  

  

  

  

  

Mortgage insurance 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

sponsored entities (1) 

  

Private 

  

rescissions with no demand (2) 

  

Total 

  

  

  

Number of  

  

Original loan 

  

Number of  

  

Original loan 

  

Number of  

  

Original loan 

  

Number of  

  

Original loan 

($ in millions)

loans 

  

balance (3) 

  

loans 

  

balance (3) 

  

loans 

  

balance (3) 

  

loans 

  

balance (3) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

2013 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

September 30,

 4,422 

$

 958 

  

 1,240 

$

 264 

  

 385 

$

 87 

  

 6,047 

$

 1,309 

June 30,

 6,313 

  

 1,413 

  

 1,206 

  

 258 

  

 561 

  

 127 

  

 8,080 

  

 1,798 

March 31,

 5,910 

  

 1,371 

  

 1,278 

  

 278 

  

 652 

  

 145 

  

 7,840 

  

 1,794 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

2012 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

December 31,

 6,621 

  

 1,503 

  

 1,306 

  

 281 

  

 753 

  

 160 

  

 8,680 

  

 1,944 

September 30,

 6,525 

  

 1,489 

  

 1,513 

  

 331 

  

 817 

  

 183 

  

 8,855 

  

 2,003 

June 30,

 5,687 

  

 1,265 

  

 913 

  

 213 

  

 840 

  

 188 

  

 7,440 

  

 1,666 

March 31,

 6,333 

  

 1,398 

  

 857 

  

 241 

  

 970 

  

 217 

  

 8,160 

  

 1,856 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)

Includes unresolved repurchase demands of 1,247 and $225 million, 942 and $190 million, 674 and $147 million, 661 and $132 million, 534 and $111 million, 526 and $103 million and 694 and $131 million at September 30, June 30 and March 31, 2013, and December 31, September 30, June 30 and March 31, 2012, respectively, received from investors on mortgage servicing rights acquired from other originators. We generally have the right of recourse against the seller and may be able to recover losses related to such repurchase demands subject to counterparty risk associated with the seller. The repurchase demands from GSEs that are from mortgage loans originated in 2006 through 2008 totaled 79% at September 30, 2013.

(2)

As part of our representations and warranties in our loan sales contracts, we typically represent to GSEs and private investors that certain loans have mortgage insurance to the extent there are loans that have loan to value ratios in excess of 80% that require mortgage insurance. To the extent the mortgage insurance is rescinded by the mortgage insurer due to a claim of breach of a contractual representation or warranty, the lack of insurance may result in a repurchase demand from an investor. Similar to repurchase demands, we evaluate mortgage insurance rescission notices for validity and appeal for reinstatement if the rescission was not based on a contractual breach. When investor demands are received due to lack of mortgage insurance, they are reported as unresolved repurchase demands based on the applicable investor category for the loan (GSE or private). Over the last year, approximately 10% of our repurchase demands from GSEs had mortgage insurance rescission as one of the reasons for the repurchase demand. Of all the mortgage insurance rescission notices received in 2012, approximately 75% have resulted in repurchase demands through September 2013. Not all mortgage insurance rescissions received in 2012 have been completed through the appeals process with the mortgage insurer and, upon successful appeal, we work with the investor to rescind the repurchase demand.

(3)

While the original loan balances related to these demands are presented above, the establishment of the repurchase liability is based on a combination of factors, such as our appeals success rates, reimbursement by correspondent and other third party originators, and projected loss severity, which is driven by the difference between the current loan balance and the estimated collateral value less costs to sell the property.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

38

 


 

      

We believe we have a high quality residential mortgage loan servicing portfolio. Of the $1.8 trillion in the residential mortgage loan servicing portfolio at September 30, 2013, 94% was current, less than 2% was subprime at origination, and less than 1% was related to home equity loan securitizations. Our combined delinquency and foreclosure rate on this portfolio was 6.33% at September 30, 2013, compared with 7.04% at December 31, 2012. Four percent of this portfolio is private label securitizations for which we originated the loans and therefore have some repurchase risk. We have observed a decrease in outstanding demands, compared with December 31, 2012, associated with our private label securitizations. Investors continue to review defaulted loans for potential breaches of our loan sale representations and warranties, and we continue to believe the risk of repurchase in our private label securitizations is substantially reduced, relative to third-party issued private label securitizations, because approximately one-half of this portfolio of private label securitizations does not contain representations and warranties regarding borrower or other third party misrepresentations related to the mortgage loan, general compliance with underwriting guidelines, or property valuation, which are commonly asserted bases for repurchase. For the 4% private label securitization segment of our residential mortgage loan servicing portfolio (weighted average age of 95 months), 57% are loans from 2005 vintages or earlier; 77% were prime at origination; and approximately 61% are jumbo loans. The weighted-average LTV as of September 30, 2013 for this private securitization segment was 67%. We believe the highest risk segment of these private label securitizations is the subprime loans originated in 2006 and 2007. These subprime loans have seller representations and warranties and currently have LTVs close to or exceeding 100%, and represent 10% of the private label securitization portion of the residential mortgage servicing portfolio. We had $4 million of repurchases related to private label securitizations in the quarter ended September 30, 2013. 

Of the servicing portfolio, 3% is non-agency acquired servicing and 1% is private whole loan sales. We did not underwrite and securitize the non-agency acquired servicing and therefore we have no obligation on that portion of our servicing portfolio to the investor for any repurchase demands arising from origination practices. For the private whole loan segment, while we do have repurchase risk on these loans, less than 2% were subprime at origination and loans that were sold and subsequently securitized are included in the private label securitization segment discussed above.

Table 33 summarizes the changes in our mortgage repurchase liability. We incurred net losses on repurchased loans and investor reimbursements totalling $83 million in third quarter 2013, excluding the $746 million cash payment for the FHLMC settlement agreement, compared with $193 million a year ago. The FHLMC settlement agreement was covered through mortgage loan repurchase accruals established in prior periods.

 

Table 33:  Changes in Mortgage Repurchase Liability

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Quarter ended 

  

Nine months ended 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Sept. 30, 

June 30, 

Mar. 31, 

Dec. 31, 

Sept. 30, 

  

Sept. 30, 

Sept. 30, 

(in millions)

  

 2013 

 2013 

 2013 

 2012 

 2012 

  

 2013 

 2012 

Balance, beginning of period

$

 2,222 

 2,317 

 2,206 

 2,033 

 1,764 

  

 2,206 

 1,326 

  

Provision for repurchase losses:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loan sales

  

 28 

 40 

 59 

 66 

 75 

  

 127 

 209 

  

  

Change in estimate (1)

  

 - 

 25 

 250 

 313 

 387 

  

 275 

 1,352 

  

  

  

Total additions

  

 28 

 65 

 309 

 379 

 462 

  

 402 

 1,561 

  

Losses (2)

  

 (829) 

 (160) 

 (198) 

 (206) 

 (193) 

  

 (1,187) 

 (854) 

Balance, end of period

$

 1,421 

 2,222 

 2,317 

 2,206 

 2,033 

  

 1,421 

 2,033 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)

Results from changes in investor demand and mortgage insurer practices, credit deterioration and changes in the financial stability of correspondent lenders.

(2)

Quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2013, reflect $746 million as a result of the agreement with FHLMC that resolves substantially all repurchase liabilities related to loans sold to FHLMC prior to January 1, 2009.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

40

 


 

Risk Management – Credit Risk  Management (continued) 

Our liability for mortgage repurchases, included in “Accrued expenses and other liabilities” in our consolidated balance sheet, was $1.4 billion at September 30, 2013 and $2.2 billion at December 31, 2012. In the quarter ended September 30, 2013, we provided $28 million, which reduced net gains on mortgage loan origination/sales activities, compared with a provision of $462 million a year ago. The higher provision in third  quarter 2012 reflected a change in estimate of $387 million, primarily related to an increase  in projections of future GSE demands, net of appeals, for the 2006 through 2008 vintages.  

The mortgage repurchase liability of $1.4 billion at September 30, 2013, represents our best estimate of the probable loss that we expect to incur for various representations and warranties in the contractual provisions of our sales of mortgage loans. The mortgage repurchase liability estimation process requires management to make difficult, subjective and complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain, including demand expectations, economic factors, and the specific characteristics of the loans subject to repurchase. Our evaluation considers all vintages and the collective actions of the GSEs and their regulator, the Federal Housing Finance Agency (FHFA), mortgage insurers and our correspondent lenders. We maintain regular contact with the GSEs, the FHFA, and other significant investors to monitor their repurchase demand practices and issues as part of our process to update our repurchase liability estimate as new information becomes available.

Because of the uncertainty in the various estimates underlying the mortgage repurchase liability, there is a range of losses in excess of the recorded mortgage repurchase liability that are reasonably possible. The estimate of the range of possible loss for representations and warranties does not represent a probable loss, and is based on currently available information, significant judgment, and a number of assumptions that are subject to change. The high end of this range of reasonably possible losses in excess of our recorded liability was $1.4 billion at September 30, 2013, and was determined based upon modifying the assumptions (particularly to assume significant changes in investor repurchase demand practices) utilized in our best estimate of probable loss to reflect what we believe to be the high end of reasonably possible adverse assumptions. For additional information on our repurchase liability, see the “Critical Accounting Policies – Liability for Mortgage Loan Repurchase Losses” section in our 2012 Form 10-K and Note 8 (Mortgage Banking Activities) to Financial Statements in this Report.

To the extent that economic conditions and the housing market do not recover or future investor repurchase demands and appeals success rates differ from past experience, we could continue to have increased demands and increased loss severity on repurchases, causing future additions to the repurchase liability. However, some of the underwriting standards that were permitted by the GSEs for conforming loans in the 2006 through 2008 vintages, which significantly contributed to recent levels of repurchase demands, were tightened starting in mid to late 2008. Accordingly, we do not expect a similar rate of repurchase requests from the 2009 and prospective vintages, absent deterioration in economic conditions or changes in investor behavior.

 

RISKS RELATING TO SERVICING ACTIVITIES  In addition to servicing loans in our portfolio, we act as servicer and/or master servicer of residential mortgage loans included in GSE-guaranteed mortgage securitizations, GNMA-guaranteed mortgage securitizations of FHA-insured/VA-guaranteed mortgages and private label mortgage securitizations, as well as for unsecuritized loans owned by institutional investors. For additional information regarding risks related to our servicing activities, see pages 77-79 in our 2012 Form 10-K.

In April 2011, the FRB and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) issued Consent Orders that require us to correct deficiencies in our residential mortgage loan servicing and foreclosure practices that were identified by federal banking regulators in their fourth quarter 2010 review. The Consent Orders also require that we improve our servicing and foreclosure practices. We believe that we have implemented all of the operational changes that resulted from the expanded servicing responsibilities outlined in the Consent Orders.

On February 9, 2012, a federal/state settlement was announced among the DOJ, HUD, the Department of the Treasury, the Department of Veterans Affairs, the Federal Trade Commission (FTC), the Executive Office of the U.S. Trustee, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, a task force of Attorneys General representing 49 states, Wells Fargo, and four other servicers related to investigations of mortgage industry servicing and foreclosure practices. While Oklahoma did not participate in the larger settlement, it settled separately with the five servicers under a simplified agreement. Under the terms of the larger settlement, which will remain in effect for three and a half years (subject to a trailing review period) we have agreed to the following programmatic commitments, consisting of three components totaling approximately $5.3 billion:

·          Consumer Relief Program commitment of $3.4 billion

·          Refinance Program commitment of $900 million

·          Foreclosure Assistance Program of $1 billion

 

Additionally and simultaneously, the OCC and FRB announced the imposition of civil money penalties of $83 million and $87 million, respectively, pursuant to the Consent Orders. While still subject to FRB confirmation, Wells Fargo believes the civil money obligations were satisfied through payments made under the Foreclosure Assistance Program to the federal government and participating states for their use to address the impact of foreclosure challenges as they determine and which may include direct payments to consumers.

We believe we have successfully executed activities required under both the Consumer Relief (and state-level sub-commitments) and the Refinance Programs in accordance with the terms of our commitments. In our August 14, 2013, submission to the Monitor of the National Mortgage Settlement, we reported sufficient credits to satisfy the requirements of both programs.  We reported $3.2 billion of earned credits toward our Consumer Relief commitment and $1.2 billion of earned credits toward our Refinance Program commitment for a total credit of $4.4 billion. Since the Refinance commitment is only $900 million, we are able to apply the excess Refinance credit of $343 million to achieve our total Consumer Relief Program Commitment. While we actually completed $1.7 billion in calculated credits associated with the Refinance Program, earned credits, under the terms of our commitment, are capped at $1.2 billion. Our earned credits are subject to review and approval by the Monitor.

Under the Refinance Program, we refinanced approximately 31,000 borrowers with an unpaid principal balance of approximately $6.7 billion. Based on the mix of loans we have refinanced, the weighted average note rate was reduced by approximately 260 basis points and the weighted average estimated remaining life is approximately 10

41

 


 

      

years. The impact of fulfilling our commitment under the Refinance Program will be recognized over a period of years in the form of lower interest income as qualified borrowers benefit from reduced interest rates on loans refinanced under the Refinance Program. We expect the future reduction in interest income to be approximately $1.8 billion, or $180 million annually. As a result of refinancings under the Refinance Program, we will be forgoing interest that we may not otherwise have agreed to forgo. No loss was recognized in our consolidated financial statements for this estimated forgone interest income at the time of the settlement as the impact will be recognized over a period of years in the form of lower interest income as qualified borrowers benefit from reduced interest rates on loans refinanced under the Refinance Program. The impact of this forgone interest income on our future net interest margin is anticipated to be modestly adverse and will be influenced by the overall mortgage interest rate environment. The Refinance Program also affects our fair value for these loans. The estimated reduction of the fair value of our loans for the Refinance Program is approximately $1.1 billion.

Although the Refinance Program related to borrowers in good standing as to their payment history who were not experiencing financial difficulty, we evaluated each borrower to confirm their ability to repay their mortgage obligation. This evaluation included reviewing key credit and underwriting policy metrics to validate that these borrowers were not experiencing financial difficulty and therefore, actions taken under the Refinance Program were not generally considered a TDR. To the extent we determined that an eligible borrower was experiencing financial difficulty, we generally considered alternative modification programs that were intended for loans that may be classified and accounted for as a TDR.

On February 28, 2013, we entered into amendments to the April 2011 Interagency Consent Order with both the OCC and the FRB, which effectively ceased the Independent Foreclosure Review (IFR) program created by such Interagency Consent Order and replaced it with an accelerated remediation process to be administered by the OCC and the FRB.

In aggregate, the servicers have agreed to make cash payments into a qualified settlement fund to be administered by the OCC and the FRB and to provide additional assistance, such as loan modifications, to consumers. Our portion of the cash settlement was $766 million, which was based on the proportionate share of Wells Fargo-serviced loans in the overall IFR population. We accrued the cash portion of the settlement in 2012, along with our estimate of other remediation-related costs, and we paid this settlement in the first quarter of 2013. We also committed to foreclosure prevention actions which include first and second lien modifications and short sales/deeds-in-lieu of foreclosure on $1.2 billion of loans. We anticipate meeting this commitment primarily through first lien modification and short sale activities. We are required to meet this commitment by January 7, 2015, and we anticipate that we will be able to meet our commitment within the required timeline. This commitment did not result in any charge as we believe that this commitment is covered through the existing allowance for credit losses and the nonaccretable difference relating to the purchased credit-impaired loan portfolios. With this settlement, beginning in second quarter 2013, we no longer incur significant costs associated with the independent foreclosure reviews, which approximated $125 million per quarter during 2012 for external consultants and additional staffing.

42

 


 

       

Asset/Liability Management

Asset/liability management involves evaluating, monitoring and managing of interest rate risk, market risk, liquidity and funding. Primary oversight of these risks resides with the Finance Committee of our Board of Directors (Board), which oversees the administration and effectiveness of financial risk management policies and processes used to assess and manage these risks. At the management level we utilize a Corporate Asset/Liability Management Committee (Corporate ALCO), which consists of senior financial and business executives, to oversee these risks and report on them periodically to the Board’s Finance Committee. Each of our principal lines of business has its own asset/liability management committee and process linked to the Corporate ALCO process. As discussed in more detail for trading activities below, we employ separate management level oversight specific to the market risks related to our trading activities. Market risk, in its broadest sense, refers to the possibility that losses will result from the impact of adverse changes in market rates and prices on our trading and non-trading portfolios and financial instruments. Interest rates are a key driver of market values and a primary driver of potentially significant impact on our earnings.  

 

Interest Rate RiskInterest rate risk, which potentially can have a significant earnings impact, is an integral part of being a financial intermediary. We are subject to interest rate risk because:

·          assets and liabilities may mature or reprice at different times (for example, if assets reprice faster than liabilities and interest rates are generally falling, earnings will initially decline);

·          assets and liabilities may reprice at the same time but by different amounts (for example, when the general level of interest rates is falling, we may reduce rates paid on checking and savings deposit accounts by an amount that is less than the general decline in market interest rates);

·          short-term and long-term market interest rates may change by different amounts (for example, the shape of the yield curve may affect new loan yields and funding costs differently);  

·          the remaining maturity of various assets or liabilities may shorten or lengthen as interest rates change (for example, if long-term mortgage interest rates decline sharply, MBS held in the securities available-for-sale portfolio may prepay significantly earlier than anticipated, which could reduce portfolio income); or

·          interest rates may also have a direct or indirect effect on loan demand, collateral values, credit losses, mortgage origination volume, the fair value of MSRs and other financial instruments, the value of the pension liability and other items affecting earnings.

 

We assess interest rate risk by comparing outcomes under various earnings simulations using many interest rate scenarios that differ in the direction of interest rate changes, the degree of change over time, the speed of change and the projected shape of the yield curve. These simulations require assumptions regarding how changes in interest rates and related market conditions could influence drivers of earnings and balance sheet composition such as loan origination demand, prepayment speeds, deposit balances and mix, as well as pricing strategies.

Our risk measures include both net interest income sensitivity and interest rate sensitive noninterest income and expense impacts. We refer to the combination of these exposures as interest rate sensitive earnings. In general, the Company is positioned to benefit from higher interest rates. Currently, our profile is such that net interest income will benefit from higher interest rates as our assets reprice faster and to a greater degree than our liabilities, and, in response to lower market rates, our assets will reprice downward and to a greater degree than our liabilities. Our interest rate sensitive noninterest income and expense is largely driven by mortgage activity, and tends to move in the opposite direction of our net interest income. So, in response to higher interest rates, mortgage activity, primarily refinancing activity, generally declines. And in response to lower rates, mortgage activity generally increases. Mortgage results are also impacted by the valuation of MSRs and related hedge positions. See the “Risk Management – Mortgage Banking Interest Rate and Market Risk” section in this Report for more information.

The degree to which these sensitivities offset each other is dependent upon the timing and magnitude of changes in interest rates, and the slope of the yield curve. During a transition to a higher or lower interest rate environment, a reduction or increase in interest-sensitive earnings from the mortgage banking business could occur quickly, while the benefit or detriment from balance sheet repricing could take more time to develop. For example, our lower rate scenarios  (scenario 1 and scenario 2) in the following table initially measure a decline in long-term interest rates versus our most likely scenario. Although the performance in both lower rate scenarios contains initial benefit from increased mortgage banking activity, each results in lower earnings relative to the most likely scenario over time given pressure on net interest income. The higher rate scenarios (scenario 3 and scenario 4) measure the impact of varying degrees of rising short-term and long-term interest rates over the course of the forecast horizon relative to the most likely scenario, both resulting in positive earnings sensitivity.

As of September 30, 2013, our most recent simulations estimate earnings at risk over the next 24 months under a range of both lower and higher interest rates. The results of the simulations are summarized in Table 34, indicating cumulative net income after tax earnings sensitivity relative to the most likely earnings plan over the 24 month horizon (a positive range indicates a beneficial earnings sensitivity measurement relative to the most likely earnings plan).

43

 


 

      

 

Table 34:  Earnings Sensitivity Over 24 Month Horizon Relative to Most Likely Earnings Plan

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Most 

  

Lower rates 

  

Higher rates 

  

  

  

  

likely 

  

Scenario 1 

Scenario 2 

  

Scenario 3 

Scenario 4 

Ending rates:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Fed funds

 0.75 

 0.25 

 0.25 

  

 1.25 

 4.25 

  

10-year treasury (1)

 3.45 

  

 1.70 

 2.95 

  

 3.95 

 5.40 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Earnings relative to

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

most likely

N/A 

  

-5.2%

-2.2%

  

0 - 5% 

>5% 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)

  U.S. Constant Maturity Treasury Rate

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

We use the available-for-sale securities portfolio and exchange-traded and over-the-counter (OTC) interest rate derivatives to hedge our interest rate exposures. See the “Balance Sheet Analysis – Securities Available for Sale” section of this Report for more information on the use of the available-for-sale securities portfolio. The notional or contractual amount, credit risk amount and fair value of the derivatives used to hedge our interest rate risk exposures as of September 30, 2013, and December 31, 2012, are presented in Note 12 (Derivatives) to Financial Statements in this Report. We use derivatives for asset/liability management in three main ways:

·          to convert a major portion of our long-term fixed-rate debt, which we issue to finance the Company, from fixed-rate payments to floating-rate payments by entering into receive-fixed swaps;

·          to convert the cash flows from selected asset and/or liability instruments/portfolios from fixed-rate payments to floating-rate payments or vice versa; and

·          to economically hedge our mortgage origination pipeline, funded mortgage loans and MSRs using interest rate swaps, swaptions, futures, forwards and options.

 

Mortgage Banking Interest Rate and Market Risk  We originate, fund and service mortgage loans, which subjects us to various risks, including credit, liquidity and interest rate risks. For a discussion of mortgage banking interest rate and market risk, see pages 81-83 of our 2012 Form 10-K.

While our hedging activities are designed to balance our mortgage banking interest rate risks, the financial instruments we use may not perfectly correlate with the values and income being hedged. For example, the change in the value of ARM production held for sale from changes in mortgage interest rates may or may not be fully offset by Treasury and LIBOR index-based financial instruments used as economic hedges for such ARMs. Additionally, hedge-carry income on our economic hedges for the MSRs may not continue if the spread between short-term and long-term rates decreases, we shift composition of the hedge to more interest rate swaps, or there are other changes in the market for mortgage forwards that affect the implied carry.

The total carrying value of our residential and commercial MSRs was $15.7 billion at September 30, 2013, and $12.7 billion at December 31, 2012. The weighted-average note rate on our portfolio of loans serviced for others was 4.54% at September 30, 2013, and 4.77% at December 31, 2012. The carrying value of our total MSRs represented 0.82% of mortgage loans serviced for others at September 30, 2013, and 0.67% at December 31, 2012.

 

Market Risk – Trading Activities  We engage in trading activities primarily to accommodate the investment and risk management activities of our customers, execute economic hedging to manage certain balance sheet risks and for a very limited amount of proprietary trading for our own account. These activities primarily occur within our trading businesses and include entering into transactions with our customers that are recorded as trading assets and liabilities on our balance sheet. All of our trading assets and liabilities, including securities, foreign exchange transactions, commodity transactions and derivatives are carried at fair value. Income earned related to these trading activities include net interest income and changes in fair value related to trading assets and liabilities. Net interest income earned on trading assets and liabilities is reflected in the interest income and interest expense components of our income statement. Changes in fair value of trading assets and liabilities are reflected in net gains (losses) on trading activities, a component of noninterest income in our income statement.

Table 35 presents total revenue from trading activities.

 

Table 35:  Income from Trading Activities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Nine months

  

  

  

  

  

Quarter ended Sept. 30, 

  

ended Sept. 30, 

(in millions)

  

 2013 

 2012 

  

 2013 

 2012 

Interest income (1)

 331 

 299 

  

 998 

 1,019 

Less: Interest expense (2)

  

 80 

 60 

  

 220 

 189 

  

Net interest income

  

 251 

 239 

  

 778 

 830 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Noninterest income:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net gains from trading

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

activities (3):

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Customer accommodation

 263 

 393 

  

 1,067 

 1,083 

  

  

Economic hedging and other (4)

 125 

 134 

  

 213 

 333 

  

  

Proprietary trading

  

 9 

 2 

  

 18 

 16 

  

  

  

Total net trading gains

 397 

 529 

  

 1,298 

 1,432 

Total trading-related net interest

  

  

  

  

  

  

and noninterest income

 648 

 768 

  

 2,076 

 2,262 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)

Represents interest and dividend income earned on trading securities.

(2)

Represents interest and dividend expense incurred on trading securities we have sold but have not yet purchased.

(3)

Represents realized gains (losses) from our trading activity and unrealized gains (losses) due to changes in fair value of our trading positions, attributable to the type of business activity.

(4)

Excludes economic hedging of mortgage banking activities and asset/liability management.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

For further information regarding the fair value of our trading assets and liabilities, refer to Note 12 (Derivatives) and Note 13 (Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities) to Financial Statements in this Report.

 

Customer accommodation  Customer accommodation activities are conducted to help customers manage their investment needs and risk management and hedging activities. We engage in market-making activities or act as an intermediary to purchase or sell financial instruments in anticipation or in response to customer needs. This category also includes positions we use to manage our exposure to such transactions.

For the majority of our customer accommodation trading, we serve as intermediary between buyer and seller. For example, we may purchase or sell a derivative to a customer who wants to manage interest rate risk exposure. We typically enter into offsetting derivative(s) or security positions with a separate counterparty or exchange to manage our exposure to the derivative with our customer. We earn income on this activity based on the transaction price difference between the customer and offsetting derivative or security positions, which is reflected in the fair value changes of the positions recorded in net gains (losses) on trading activities.

44

 


 

Risk Management – Asset/Liability Management  (continued) 

Customer accommodation trading also includes net gains related to market-making activities in which we take positions to facilitate customer order flow. For example, we may own securities recorded as trading assets (long positions) or sold securities we have not yet purchased, recorded as trading liabilities (short positions), typically on a short-term basis, to facilitate anticipated buying and selling demand from our customers. As market-maker in these securities, we earn income due (1) to the difference between the price paid or received for the purchase and sale of the security (bid-ask spread) and (2) the net interest income and change in fair value of the long or short positions during the short-term period held on our balance sheet. Additionally, we may enter into separate derivative or security positions to manage our exposure related to our long or short security positions. Collectively, income earned on this type of market-making activity is reflected in the fair value changes of these positions recorded in net gain (losses) on trading activities.

  

Economic hedges and other  Economic hedges in trading are not designated in a hedge accounting relationship and exclude economic hedging related to our asset/liability risk management and substantially all mortgage banking risk management activities. Economic hedging activities include the use of trading securities to economically hedge risk exposures related to non-trading activities or derivatives to hedge risk exposures related to trading assets or trading liabilities. Economic hedges are unrelated to our customer accommodation activities. Other activities include financial assets held for investment purposes that we elected to carry at fair value with changes in fair value recorded to earnings in order to mitigate accounting measurement mismatches or avoid embedded derivative accounting complexities.  

 

Proprietary trading  Proprietary trading consists of security or derivative positions executed for our own account based upon market expectations or to benefit from price differences between financial instruments and markets.           Proprietary trading activity is expected to be restricted by the Dodd-Frank Act provisions known as the “Volcker Rule,” which has not yet been finalized. On October 11, 2011, federal banking agencies and the SEC issued proposed regulations to implement the Volcker Rule. We believe our definition of proprietary trading is consistent with the proposed regulations. However, given that final rule-making is required by various governmental regulatory agencies to define proprietary trading within the context of the final Volcker Rule, our definition of proprietary trading may change. We have reduced or exited certain business activities in anticipation of the final Volcker Rule. As discussed within this section and the noninterest income section of our financial results, proprietary trading activity is insignificant to our business or financial results.

Table 36 and Table 37 provide information on daily trading-related revenues for the Company’s trading portfolio. This trading-related revenue is defined as the change in value of the trading assets and trading liabilities, trading-related net interest income and trading-related intra-day gains and losses. Net trading-related revenue does not include activity related to long-term positions held for economic hedging purposes, period-end adjustments and other activity not representative of daily price changes driven by market factors.

 

Table 36:  Distribution of Daily Trading-Related Revenues (for the nine months ended September 30, 2013) 

Table 36 - Market Risk - Distro of Daily Trading-Related Revenues.jpg 

45

 


 

      

Table 37:  Daily Trading-Related Revenues

 

 

Market Risk Governance  The  Finance Committee of our Board reviews and approves the acceptable level of market risk for the Company. The Corporate Risk Group’s Market Risk Committee is responsible for establishing corporate level Value-at-Risk (VaR) and other risk limits. The Market Risk Committee provides governance and oversight over market risk-taking activities across the Company and establishes and monitors risk tolerances and line of business VaR limits. The Corporate Market Risk group, which is part of the Corporate Risk Group, administers and monitors compliance with the requirements of the Market Risk Committee. The Corporate Market Risk group has oversight in identifying and managing the Company’s market risk. The group is responsible for quantitative model development, establishing independent risk limits, calculation and analysis of market risk capital, and reporting aggregated and line of business market risk information. Limits are regularly reviewed to ensure they remain relevant and within the market risk appetite for the Company. There is an automated limits monitoring system that enables a daily comprehensive review of multiple limits mandated across businesses by the Corporate Market Risk group. Limits are set with inner boundaries that will be periodically breached to promote an ongoing dialogue of risk exposure within the Company. Each line of business that exposes the Company to market risk has direct responsibility for managing market risk in accordance with defined risk tolerances and approved market risk mandates and hedging strategies. As described below, we measure and monitor market risk for both management and regulatory capital purposes.

 

Market Risk Measurement  Market Risk is the risk of adverse changes in the fair value of the trading and non-trading portfolios and financial instruments held by the Company due to changes in market risk factors such as interest rates, credit spreads, foreign exchange rates, equity, and commodity prices. Market risk is intrinsic to the Company’s sales and trading, market making, investing, and risk management activities.

The Company uses VaR metrics complemented with sensitivity analysis and stress testing in measuring and managing market risk. These market risk measures are monitored at both the business unit level and at aggregated levels on a daily basis. Our corporate market risk management function aggregates all Company exposures to monitor whether risk measures are within our established risk appetite. Changes to the Company’s market risk profile are analyzed and reported on a daily basis. The Company monitors various market risk exposure measures from a variety of perspectives, which include line of business, product, risk type and legal entity.

 

Value-at-Risk Overview   VaR is a statistical risk measure used to estimate the potential loss from adverse moves in the financial markets. We utilize VaR models to measure market risk on an aggregate basis as well as on a disaggregated basis for each individual line of business. The VaR measures assume that historical changes in market values (historical simulation analysis) are representative of the potential future outcomes and measure the expected loss over a given time interval (for example, 1 day or 10 days) within a given confidence level. The historical simulation analysis approach uses historical changes of the risk factors from each trading day in the previous 12 months. The risk drivers of each trading position with respect to interest rates, credit spreads, foreign exchange rates, and equity and commodity prices are updated on a daily basis. We measure and report VaR for a 1-day holding period and a 10-day holding period at a 99% confidence level. This means that we would expect to incur single day losses greater than predicted by VaR estimates for the measured positions one time in every 100 trading days. We treat data from all historical periods as equally relevant and consider utilizing data for the previous 12 months as appropriate for determining VaR. We believe using a 12 month look back period helps ensure the Company’s VaR is responsive to current market conditions.

46

 


 

Risk Management – Asset/Liability Management  (continued) 

VaR measurement between different financial institutions is not readily comparable due to modeling and assumption differences from company to company. VaR measures are more useful when interpreted as an indication of trends rather than an absolute measure to be compared across institutions.

 

Sensitivity Analysis Overview   Sensitivity analysis is the measure of exposure to a single risk factor, such as a one basis point increase in rates or a 1% increase in equity prices. We conduct and monitor sensitivity on interest rates, credit spreads, volatility, equity, commodity, and foreign exchange exposure. Since VaR is based upon previous moves in market risk factors over recent periods, it may not provide accurate predictions of future market moves. Sensitivity analysis complements VaR as it provides an indication of risk relative to each factor irrespective of historical market moves.

 

Stress Testing Overview  While VaR captures the risk of loss due to adverse changes in markets using recent historical market data, stress testing captures the Company’s exposure to extreme, but low probability market movements. Stress scenarios estimate the risk of losses based on management’s assumptions of abnormal but severe market movements such as severe credit spread widening or a large decline in equity prices. These scenarios also assume that the market moves happen instantaneously and no repositioning or hedging activity takes place to mitigate losses as events unfold (although experience demonstrates otherwise).

 

Market Risk Management  Trading VaR is the VaR measure used to provide insight into the market risk exhibited by the Company’s trading positions. The Company calculates Trading VaR for risk management purposes to establish line of business risk limits. Trading VaR is calculated based on all trading positions classified as trading assets or trading liabilities on our balance sheet. In addition, the Company monitors and manages a variety of sensitivity exposures and stress testing estimates.

      Table 38 shows the results of the Company’s Trading VaR by risk category. As presented in the table, average Trading VaR was $18 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2013, compared with $15 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2013. The increase was primarily driven by market volatility as interest rates rose and credit spreads widened.

 

Table 38:  Trading 1-Day 99% VaR Metrics

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Quarter ended 

  

  

  

  

  

September 30, 2013 

  

June 30, 2013 

  

  

  

  

Period 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Period 

  

  

  

  

  

(in millions)

end 

Average 

  

Low 

High 

  

end 

Average 

  

Low 

High 

VaR Risk Categories

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Credit

$

 31 

  

 32 

  

 29 

 34 

  

 31 

  

 16 

  

 12 

 31 

Interest rate

  

 25 

  

 24 

  

 17 

 31 

  

 20 

  

 19 

  

 11 

 30 

Equity

  

 6 

  

 7 

  

 6 

 8 

  

 6 

  

 5 

  

 4 

 8 

Commodity

  

 3 

  

 3 

  

 2 

 4 

  

 3 

  

 3 

  

 2 

 5 

Foreign exchange

  

 1 

  

 1 

  

 1 

 2 

  

 1 

  

 2 

  

 1 

 3 

Diversification benefit (1)

  

 (47) 

  

 (49) 

  

  

  

  

 (43) 

  

 (30) 

  

  

  

  

Total VaR

  

 19 

  

 18 

  

  

  

  

 18 

  

 15 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)

The period-end VaR was less than the sum of the VaR components described above, which is due to portfolio diversification. The diversification effect arises because the risks are not perfectly correlated causing a portfolio of positions to usually be less risky than the sum of the risks of the positions alone. The diversification benefit is not meaningful for low and high metrics since they may occur on different days.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Regulatory Market Risk Capital  Effective January 1, 2013, U.S. banking regulators adopted “Risk-Based Capital Guidelines: Market Risk” as the regulations covering the calculation of market risk regulatory capital. The market risk capital rule, commonly known as Basel 2.5, requires banking organizations with significant trading activities to adjust their capital requirements to better account for the market risks of those activities. The rule substantially modified the determination of market risk-weighted assets, and implements a more risk sensitive methodology. The Basel 2.5 regulatory market risk capital rule introduced new measures of market risk including stressed VaR, an incremental risk charge, and updates to standard specific risk charges. The market risk capital rule was reflected in the Company’s calculation of risk-weighted assets upon initial adoption in first quarter 2013.

Table 39 summarizes the market risk-based capital requirements charge and market RWA as of September 30, 2013, in accordance with the Basel 2.5 market risk capital rule.

47

 


 

      

 

Table 39:  Market Risk Regulatory Capital  and RWA

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Quarter ended

  

  

  

  

  

September 30, 2013

  

  

  

  

  

Risk-

  

Risk-

  

  

  

  

  

based

  

weighted

(in millions)

  

capital

  

assets

Total VaR Measure

$

 209 

  

 2,609 

Total Stressed VaR Measure

 1,066 

  

 13,328 

Incremental Risk Charge (IRC)

 348 

  

 4,349 

  

Total Modeled Capital (1)

  

 1,623 

  

 20,286 

Comprehensive Risk Charge (CRC)

 - 

  

 - 

Standard Specific Risk Charge:

  

  

  

  

Securitized Charge

 551 

  

 6,882 

  

Non-securitized Charge

 475 

  

 5,943 

  

  

Total Standard Specific Risk Charge

 1,026 

  

 12,825 

De minimus Charges

  

 223 

  

 2,785 

  

  

  

Total

  

 2,872 

  

 35,896 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)

Includes the capital multiplier.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Composition of Material Portfolio of Covered Positions  The Basel 2.5 market risk capital rule substantially modified the determination of market RWA, and implemented a more risk sensitive methodology for the risks inherent in certain “covered” trading positions. The positions that are “covered” by the market risk capital rule are generally a subset of our trading assets and trading liabilities, specifically those held by the Company for the purpose of short-term resale or with the intent of benefiting from actual or expected short-term price movements, or to lock in arbitrage profits.

The material portfolio of the Company’s “covered” positions is predominantly concentrated in the trading assets and trading liabilities managed within Wholesale Banking, which is the predominant contributor to the Company’s overall VaR. Wholesale Banking engages in the fixed income, traded credit, foreign exchange, equities, and commodities markets businesses.

 

Regulatory Market Risk Capital Components  The Company’s “covered’ positions are subject to the market risk capital requirements, which are based on internally developed models or standardized specific risk charges. The market risk regulatory capital models are subject to internal model risk management and validation. The models are continuously monitored and enhanced in response to changes in market conditions, improvements in system capabilities, and changes in the Company’s market risk exposure. The Company is required to obtain and has received prior written approval from its regulators before using its internally developed models to calculate the market risk capital charge.

Basel 2.5 prescribes various VaR measures (e.g., Total VaR Measure) in the determination of regulatory capital and risk-weighted assets.

 

Regulatory VaR  The  Regulatory VaR measures include:

·          Total  VaR Measure – is composed of General VaR and Specific Risk VaR and uses the previous 12 months of historical market data to comply with regulatory requirements.

o    General VaR  

§   Measures the risk of broad market movements such as changes in the level of interest rates, credit spreads, equity prices, foreign exchange rates, and commodity prices. 

§   Uses historical simulation analysis based on 99% confidence level and a 10-day time horizon.

o    Specific Risk VaR 

§   Measures the risk of loss that could result from factors other than broad market movement or name specific market risk.  

§   Uses Monte Carlo simulation analysis based on a 99% confidence level and a 10-day time horizon.  

·          Total Stressed VaR Measure – uses a historical period of significant financial stress over a continuous 12 month period using historically available market data and is composed of General Stressed VaR and Specific Risk Stressed VaR. Stressed VaR uses the same methodology and models as Total VaR measure.

 

Incremental Risk Charge  An Incremental Risk model, according to the market risk capital rule, must capture losses due to both issuer default and migration risk at the 99.9% confidence level over the one-year capital horizon under the assumption of constant level of risk or a constant position assumption. The model covers all credit-sensitive non-securitized products.

The Company calculates Incremental Risk by generating a portfolio loss distribution utilizing Monte Carlo simulation, which assumes numerous scenarios, where an assumption is made that the portfolio’s composition remains constant for a one-year time horizon. That is, the model will utilize a constant positions assumption. Individual issuer credit grade migration and issuer default risk is modeled through generation of the issuer’s credit rating transition based upon statistical modeling. Correlation between credit grade migration and default is captured by a multifactor proprietary model which takes into account industry classifications as well as regional effects. Additionally, the impact of market and issuer specific concentrations is reflected in the modeling framework by assignment of a higher charge for portfolios that have increasing concentrations in particular issuers or sectors. Lastly, the model captures product basis risk; that is, it reflects the material disparity between a position and its hedge.

The Company’s regulatory capital models have all been approved for use by the Company’s regulators. The Company uses the same VaR models for both market risk management purposes as well as regulatory capital calculations.

Table 40 shows the General VaR measure categorized by major risk categories. Table 41 shows the results of the Company’s modeled components for regulatory capital calculations. As presented in Table 40, average 10-day General VaR was $64 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2013, compared with $27 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2013. The increase was primarily driven by market volatility as interest rates rose and credit spreads widened.

 

48

 


 

Risk Management – Asset/Liability Management  (continued) 

 

Table 40:  10-Day 99% Regulatory VaR Categories

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Quarter ended 

  

  

  

  

  

September 30, 2013 

  

June 30, 2013 

  

  

  

  

Period 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Period 

  

  

  

  

  

(in millions)

end 

Average 

  

Low 

High 

  

end 

Average 

  

Low 

High 

Wholesale General VaR Risk Categories

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Credit

$

 111 

  

 107 

  

 81 

 130 

  

 96 

  

 46 

  

 27 

 96 

Interest rate

  

 51 

  

 39 

  

 23 

 58 

  

 30 

  

 32 

  

 23 

 48 

Equity

  

 4 

  

 4 

  

 2 

 8 

  

 5 

  

 7 

  

 2 

 11 

Commodity

  

 3 

  

 3 

  

 2 

 4 

  

 5 

  

 5 

  

 3 

 10 

Foreign exchange

  

 2 

  

 2 

  

 1 

 4 

  

 2 

  

 2 

  

 1 

 6 

Diversification benefit (1)

  

 (115) 

  

 (105) 

  

 - 

 - 

  

 (118) 

  

 (71) 

  

 - 

 - 

Wholesale General VaR

 56 

  

 50 

  

 26 

 66 

  

 20 

  

 21 

  

 15 

 32 

Company General VaR

 70 

  

 64 

  

 41 

 81 

  

 36 

  

 27 

  

 16 

 39 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)

The period-end VaR was less than the sum of the VaR components described above, which is due to portfolio diversification. The diversification effect arises because the risks are not perfectly correlated causing a portfolio of positions to usually be less risky than the sum of the risks of the positions alone. The diversification benefit is not meaningful for low and high metrics since they may occur on different days.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

Table 41:  Regulatory Modeled Components Used to Calculate RWA

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Quarter ended 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

September 30, 2013 

  

June 30, 2013 

  

  

  

  

  

Period 

  

  

  

  

Period 

  

  

  

(in millions)

  

end 

Average 

Low 

High 

  

end 

Average 

Low 

High 

Total VaR Measure

$

 75 

 70 

 47 

 86 

  

 42 

 38 

 27 

 45 

Total Stressed VaR Measure

  

 746 

 355 

 269 

 746 

  

 290 

 299 

 229 

 350 

Incremental Risk Charge (IRC)

 383 

 348 

 297 

 403 

  

 402 

 393 

 357 

 426 

Comprehensive Risk Charge (CRC)

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

Total Modeled Capital

  

 1,204 

 773 

  

  

  

 734 

 730 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

49

 


 

      

Securitization Positions  Basel 2.5 imposes a separate market risk capital charge for positions classified as a securitization or re-securitization. The primary criteria for classification as a securitization is whether there is a transfer of risk and whether the credit risk associated with the underlying exposures has been separated into at least two tranches reflecting different levels of seniority. Covered trading securitizations positions under Basel 2.5 include asset-backed securities (ABS), commercial mortgage-backed securities (CMBS), residential mortgage-backed securities (RMBS), and collateralized loan and other debt obligations (CLO/CDO) positions. The securitization capital requirements are the greater of the capital requirements of the net long or short exposure, and are capped at the maximum loss that could be incurred on any given transaction. Table 42 shows the aggregate net fair market value of securities and derivative securitization positions by exposure type that meet the regulatory definition of a covered trading securitization position for third quarter 2013.

  

Table 42:  Covered Securitization Positions by Exposure Type (Market Value)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Quarter ended September 30, 2013 

(in millions)

ABS 

CMBS 

RMBS 

CLO/CDO 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Securitization Exposure

  

  

  

  

Securities

$

 582 

 653 

 515 

 726 

Derivatives

  

 (5) 

 23 

 4 

 (72) 

  

Total

$

 577 

 676 

 519 

 654 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  


Securitization Due Diligence and Risk Monitoring  The market risk capital rule requires that for every covered trading securitization and re-securitization position, the Company conducts due diligence on the risk of each position within three days of the execution of the purchase of that position. The Company’s due diligence attempts to provide an understanding of the features that would materially affect the performance of a securitization or re-securitization. The due diligence procedures are again performed on a quarterly basis for each securitization and re-securitization position. The Company has implemented an automated solution intended to track the due diligence associated with every transaction and position.

 

Comprehensive Risk Charge / Correlation Trading  The market risk capital rule requires capital for correlation trading positions. The net market value of correlation trading positions that meet the definition of a covered position at September 30, 2013 was a net loss of $3 million, all of which were long positions. Correlation trading is a discontinued business in which the Company is no longer active, with current positions hedged and maturing over time. Given the immaterial aspect of this discontinued activity, the Company has elected not to develop an internal model based approach but will utilize standard specific risk charges for these positions.

 

Other Specific Risk  For positions that are not evaluated by the approved internal specific risk models, a regulatory prescribed standard specific risk charge is applied. The standard specific risk add-on for sovereigns, public sector entities and depository institutions is based on the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) country risk classifications (CRC) and the remaining contractual maturity of the position. These risk add-ons for debt positions ranges from 0.25% to 12%. The add-on for corporate debt is based on credit spreads and the remaining contractual maturity of the position. All other types of debt positions are subject to an 8% add-on. The standard specific risk add-on for equity positions is generally 8%.

50

 


 

Risk Management – Asset/Liability Management  (continued) 

VaR Backtesting   The  Basel 2.5 market risk capital rule requires conducting backtesting  as one form of validation of the VaR model. Backtesting is a comparison of the daily VaR estimate with the actual “clean” profit and loss as defined by the market risk capital rule. “Clean P&L” is the change in the value of the Company’s covered trading positions that would have occurred had previous end-of-day covered trading positions remained unchanged (therefore, excluding fees, commissions, net interest income, and intraday trading). The backtesting analysis compares the daily VaR estimate for each of the trading days in the preceding 12 months with the net “clean P&L”. “Clean P&L” does not include credit adjustments and other activity not representative of daily price changes driven by market risk factors. The “clean P&L” measure of revenue is used to evaluate the performance of the Total VaR Measure and is not comparable to our actual daily trading net revenues, as reported elsewhere in this Report.

Any observed “clean P&L” loss in excess of the VaR estimate is considered an exception. The actual number of exceptions (that is, the number of business days for which the clean P&L losses exceed the corresponding 99% one-day Regulatory VaR) over the preceding 12 months is used to determine the VaR multiplier for the capital calculation. The number of actual backtesting exceptions is dependent on current market performance relative to historic market volatility. This capital multiplier increases from a minimum of three to a maximum of four, depending on the number of exceptions.

There were no backtesting exceptions which occurred in third quarter 2013. There were exceptions in second quarter 2013 that were driven by increased volatility in the fixed income markets from uncertainty about the Federal Reserve’s intentions regarding their quantitative easing efforts. These exceptions did not result in an increase in the capital multiplier.

Table 43 shows daily Total VaR Measure (1-day, 99%) for the previous 12 months ended September 30, 2013. The Wells Fargo average Total VaR Measure for third quarter 2013 was $21 million with a low of $17 million and a high of $23 million.

  

 

Table 43:  Daily Total VaR Measure

Table 43 - Market Risk - Daily Total Regulatory Value-at-Risk.jpg 

51

 


 

      

Market Risk – Equity INVESTMENTS  We are directly and indirectly affected by changes in the equity markets. We make and manage direct equity investments in start-up businesses, emerging growth companies, management buy-outs, acquisitions and corporate recapitalizations. We also invest in non-affiliated funds that make similar private equity investments. These private equity investments are made within capital allocations approved by management and the Board. The Board’s policy is to review business developments, key risks and historical returns for the private equity investment portfolio at least annually. Management reviews the valuations of these investments at least quarterly and assesses them for possible OTTI. For nonmarketable investments, the analysis is based on facts and circumstances of each individual investment and the expectations for that investment’s cash flows and capital needs, the viability of its business model and our exit strategy. Nonmarketable investments include private equity investments accounted for under the cost method and equity method. Private equity investments are subject to OTTI.

As part of our business to support our customers, we trade public equities, listed/OTC equity derivatives and convertible bonds. We have parameters that govern these activities. We also have marketable equity securities in the securities available-for-sale portfolio, including securities relating to our venture capital activities. We manage these investments within capital risk limits approved by management and the Board and monitored by Corporate ALCO. Gains and losses on these securities are recognized in net income when realized and periodically include OTTI charges.


Changes in equity market prices may also indirectly affect our net income by (1) the value of third party assets under management and, hence, fee income, (2) borrowers whose ability to repay principal and/or interest may be affected by the stock market, or (3) brokerage activity, related commission income and other business activities. Each business line monitors and manages these indirect risks.

Table 44 provides information regarding our marketable and nonmarketable equity investments.

 

Table 44:  Nonmarketable and Marketable Equity Investments

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Sept. 30, 

Dec. 31, 

(in millions)

  

 2013 

 2012 

Nonmarketable equity investments:

  

  

  

  

Cost method:

  

  

  

  

  

Private equity investments

$

 2,413 

 2,572 

  

  

Federal bank stock

  

 4,788 

 4,227 

  

  

  

Total cost method

  

 7,201 

 6,799 

  

Equity method and other:

  

  

  

  

  

LIHTC investments (1)

  

 5,914 

 4,767 

  

  

Private equity and other

  

 5,714 

 6,156 

  

  

  

Total equity method and other

  

 11,628 

 10,923 

  

Fair value (2)

  

 911 

 - 

  

  

  

  

Total nonmarketable

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

equity investments (3)

$

 19,740 

 17,722 

Marketable equity securities:

  

  

  

  

Cost

$

 2,113 

 2,337 

  

Net unrealized gains

  

 1,467 

 448 

  

  

  

  

Total marketable

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

equity securities (4)

$

 3,580 

 2,785 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)

Represents low income housing tax credit investments.

(2)

Represents nonmarketable equity investments for which we have elected the fair value option. See Note 6 (Other Assets) and Note 13 (Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities) to Financial Statements in this Report for additional information.

(3)

Included in other assets on the balance sheet. See Note 6 (Other Assets) to Financial Statements in this Report for additional information.

(4)

Included in securities available for sale. See Note 4 (Securities Available for Sale) to Financial Statements in this Report for additional information.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

52

 


 

Risk Management – Asset/Liability Management  (continued) 

Liquidity and Funding  The objective of effective liquidity management is to ensure that we can meet customer loan requests, customer deposit maturities/withdrawals and other cash commitments efficiently under both normal operating conditions and under unpredictable circumstances of industry or market stress. To achieve this objective, the Corporate ALCO establishes and monitors liquidity guidelines that require sufficient asset-based liquidity to cover potential funding requirements and to avoid over-dependence on volatile, less reliable funding markets. We set these guidelines for both the consolidated balance sheet and for the Parent to ensure that the Parent is a source of strength for its regulated, deposit-taking banking subsidiaries.

Unencumbered debt and equity securities in the securities available-for-sale portfolio provide asset liquidity, in addition to the immediately liquid resources of cash and due from banks and federal funds sold, securities purchased under resale agreements and other short-term investments. Asset liquidity is further enhanced by our ability to sell or securitize loans in secondary markets and to pledge loans to access secured borrowing facilities through the Federal Home Loan Banks (FHLB) and the FRB.

Core customer deposits have historically provided a sizeable source of relatively stable and low-cost funds. At September 30, 2013, core deposits were 117% of total loans, compared with 115% a year ago. Additional funding is provided by long-term debt, other foreign deposits, and short-term borrowings.

Table 45 shows selected information for short-term borrowings, which generally mature in less than 30 days.

 

Table 45:  Short-Term Borrowings

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Quarter ended

  

  

  

  

  

  

Sept. 30, 

June 30, 

Mar. 31, 

Dec. 31, 

Sept. 30, 

(in millions)

  

 2013 

 2013 

 2013 

 2012 

 2012 

Balance, period end

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

$

 16,970 

 18,497 

 22,263 

 22,202 

 20,474 

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  

 36,881 

 38,486 

 38,430 

 34,973 

 31,483 

  

Total

  

$

 53,851 

 56,983 

 60,693 

 57,175 

 51,957 

Average daily balance for period

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

$

 17,509 

 19,606 

 20,850 

 20,609 

 19,675 

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  

 35,894 

 38,206 

 34,561 

 32,212 

 32,182 

  

Total

  

$

 53,403 

 57,812 

 55,411 

 52,821 

 51,857 

Maximum month-end balance for period

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings (1)

$

 18,155 

 19,834 

 22,263 

 22,202 

 20,474 

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase (2)

  

 36,881 

 39,451 

 38,430 

 35,941 

 32,766 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1) 

Highest month-end balance in each of the last five quarters was in July, April and March 2013, and December and September 2012.

  

(2) 

Highest month-end balance in each of the last five quarters was in September, May and March 2013, and October and July 2012.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

We access domestic and international capital markets for long-term funding (generally greater than one year) through issuances of registered debt securities, private placements and asset-backed secured funding. Investors in the long-term capital markets, as well as other market participants, generally will consider, among other factors, a company’s debt rating in making investment decisions. Rating agencies base their ratings on many quantitative and qualitative factors, including capital adequacy, liquidity, asset quality, business mix, the level and quality of earnings, and rating agency assumptions regarding the probability and extent of federal financial assistance or support for certain large financial institutions. Adverse changes in these factors could result in a reduction of our credit rating; however, a reduction in credit rating would not cause us to violate any of our debt covenants. This year, both Moody’s Investors Service (Moody’s) and Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (S&P) have announced that they intend to reassess their assumptions regarding the probability and extent of federal support in certain ratings applicable to certain bank holding companies, including us, in light of recent regulatory developments related to the Title II Orderly Liquidation Authority of the Dodd-Frank Act that could make federal support less certain and predictable. Moody’s expects to complete their review by year-end 2013; S&P has not provided a timeframe for their review. All of these bank holding companies, including the Parent, have a negative outlook from S&P, and Moody’s has placed certain ratings applicable to these bank holding companies, as well as some of their related banks, under review, with varying potential outcomes. Moody’s placed certain ratings of the Parent and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. on review for downgrade on August 22, 2013. Concurrently, Moody’s began reviewing whether the same regulatory developments were likely to reduce the severity of losses for bank holding company creditors in the event of default, reflecting the potential benefits of a more orderly resolution of such bank holding companies and their related banks. Moody’s has indicated that the results of this review could potentially offset some or all of the negative ratings effect of a higher probability of default stemming from a reduction in government support assumptions. Generally, rating agencies review a firm’s ratings at least annually. There were no changes to our credit ratings in third quarter 2013. On October 8, 2013, Fitch Ratings affirmed all the ratings of Wells Fargo and its rated subsidiaries. See the “Risk Management – Asset/Liability Management” and “Risk Factors” sections in our 2012 Form 10-K for additional information regarding our credit ratings as of December 31, 2012, and the potential impact a credit rating downgrade would have on our liquidity and operations, as well as Note 12 (Derivatives) to Financial Statements in this Report for information regarding additional collateral and funding obligations required for certain derivative instruments in the event our credit ratings were to fall below investment grade.

53

 


 

      

On December 20, 2011, the FRB proposed enhanced liquidity risk management rules. On January 6, 2013, the Basel Committee on Bank Supervision (BCBS) endorsed a revised liquidity framework for banks. These rules have not yet been finalized and adopted by the FRB. The proposed rules would require modifications to our existing liquidity risk management processes. This includes increased frequency of liquidity reporting and stress testing, maintenance of a 30-day liquidity buffer comprised of highly-liquid assets and additional corporate governance requirements. We will continue to analyze the proposed rules and other regulatory proposals that may affect liquidity risk management to determine the level of operational or compliance impact to Wells Fargo. For additional information see the “Capital Management” and “Regulatory Reform” sections in this Report and in our 2012 Form 10-K.

 

Parent Under SEC rules, our Parent is classified as a “well-known seasoned issuer,” which allows it to file a registration statement that does not have a limit on issuance capacity. In April 2012, the Parent filed a registration statement with the SEC for the issuance of senior and subordinated notes, preferred stock and other securities. The Parent’s ability to issue debt and other securities under this registration statement is limited by the debt issuance authority granted by the Board. The Parent is currently authorized by the Board to issue $60 billion in outstanding short-term debt and $170 billion in outstanding long-term debt. During the first nine months of 2013, the Parent issued $11.6 billion of senior notes, of which $5.4 billion were registered with the SEC. In addition, during the first nine months of 2013, the Parent issued $3.5 billion of registered subordinated notes. In October 2013, the Parent issued an additional $1.5 billion of registered senior notes and $2.0 billion of registered subordinated notes.

The Parent’s proceeds from securities issued in the first nine months of 2013 were used for general corporate purposes, and, unless otherwise specified in the applicable prospectus or prospectus supplement, we expect the proceeds from securities issued in the future will be used for the same purposes. Depending on market conditions, we may purchase our outstanding debt securities from time to time in privately negotiated or open market transactions, by tender offer, or otherwise.

Table 46 provides information regarding the Parent’s medium-term note (MTN) programs. The Parent may issue senior and subordinated debt securities under Series L & M, and the European and Australian programmes. Under Series K, the Parent may issue senior debt securities linked to one or more indices or bearing interest at a fixed or floating rate.


 

Table 46:  Medium-Term Note (MTN) Programs

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

September 30, 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

Debt 

Available 

  

  

  

Date 

  

  

issuance 

for 

(in billions)

established 

  

  

authority 

issuance 

MTN program:

  

  

  

  

  

  

Series L & M (1)

May 2012 

$

 25.0 

 12.9 

  

Series K (1)(3)

April 2010 

  

  

 25.0 

 22.4 

  

European (2)(4)

December 2009 

  

  

 25.0 

 16.7 

  

European (2)(5)

August 2013 

  

  

 10.0 

 10.0 

  

Australian (2)(6)

June 2005 

AUD 

  

 10.0 

 5.7 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)

SEC registered.

(2)

Not registered with the SEC. May not be offered in the United States without applicable exemptions from registration.

(3)

As amended in April 2012.

(4)

As amended in April 2012 and April 2013. For securities to be admitted to listing on the Official List of the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority and to trade on the Regulated Market of the London Stock Exchange.

(5)

For securities that will not be admitted to listing, trading and/or quotation by any stock exchange or quotation system, or will be admitted to listing, trading and/or quotation by a stock exchange or quotation system that is not considered to be a regulated market.

(6)

As amended in October 2005, March 2010 and September 2013.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. is authorized by its board of directors to issue $100 billion in outstanding short-term debt and $125 billion in outstanding long-term debt. At September 30, 2013, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. had available $100 billion in short-term debt issuance authority and $78 billion in long-term debt issuance authority. In March 2012, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. established a $100 billion bank note program under which, subject to any other debt outstanding under the limits described above, it may issue $50 billion in outstanding short-term senior notes and $50 billion in outstanding long-term senior or subordinated notes. During the first nine months of 2013, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. issued $8.9 billion of senior notes under the bank note program. At September 30, 2013, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. had remaining issuance capacity under the bank note program of $50 billion in short-term senior notes and $36.6 billion in long-term senior or subordinated notes. In addition, during the first nine months of 2013, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. executed advances of $19.0 billion with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines.

 

Wells Fargo Canada Corporation In January 2012, Wells Fargo Canada Corporation (WFCC, formerly known as Wells Fargo Financial Canada Corporation), an indirect wholly owned Canadian subsidiary of the Parent, qualified with the Canadian provincial securities commissions a base shelf prospectus for the distribution from time to time in Canada of up to CAD $7.0 billion in medium-term notes. During the first nine months of 2013, WFCC issued CAD $500 million in medium-term notes. At September 30, 2013, CAD $3.5 billion remained available for future issuance. All medium-term notes issued by WFCC are unconditionally guaranteed by the Parent.

 

Federal Home Loan Bank Membership  We are a member of the Federal Home Loan Banks based in Dallas, Des Moines and San Francisco (collectively, the FHLBs). Each member of the FHLBs is required to maintain a minimum investment in capital stock of the applicable FHLB. The board of directors of each FHLB can increase the minimum investment requirements in the event it has concluded that additional capital is required to allow it to meet its own regulatory

54

 


 

Risk Management – Asset/Liability Management  (continued) 

capital requirements. Any increase in the minimum investment requirements outside of specified ranges requires the approval of the Federal Housing Finance Board. Because the extent of any obligation to increase our investment in any of the FHLBs depends entirely upon the occurrence of a future event, potential future payments to the FHLBs are not determinable.

The FHLBs are a group of cooperatives that lending institutions use to finance housing and economic development in local communities. About 80% of U.S. lending institutions, including Wells Fargo, rely on the FHLBs for low-cost funds. We use the funds to support home mortgage lending and other community investments.

 

Capital Management                                                                                                                                                  

We have an active program for managing stockholders’ equity and regulatory capital, and maintain a comprehensive process for assessing the Company’s overall capital adequacy. Our objective is to maintain capital at an amount commensurate with our risk profile and risk tolerance objectives, and to meet both regulatory and market expectations. Our potential sources of stockholders’ equity primarily include retention of earnings net of dividends, as well as issuances of common and preferred stock. Retained earnings increased $10.9 billion from December 31, 2012, predominantly from Wells Fargo net income of $16.3 billion, less common and preferred stock dividends of $5.3 billion. During third quarter 2013, we issued approximately 22 million shares of common stock (approximately 102 million for the first nine months of 2013), substantially all of which related to employee benefit plans. In July 2013, we issued 69 million Depository Shares, each representing 1/1,000th interest in a share of the Company’s newly issued 5.85% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock, Series Q, for an aggregate public offering price of $1.7 billion. During third quarter 2013, we also repurchased approximately 51 million shares of common stock in open market transactions and from employee benefit plans, at a net cost of $2.1 billion. In addition, the Company entered into a $400 million forward purchase contract in September 2013 with an unrelated third party that is expected to settle in fourth quarter 2013 for approximately 9.8 million shares. For additional information about our forward repurchase agreements see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in this Report.

Table 47 and Table 48, which appear at the end of this Capital Management section, provide information regarding our Tier 1 common equity calculation under Basel I and our Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) calculation as estimated under Basel III, respectively.

 

Regulatory Capital Guidelines

The Company and each of our insured depository institutions are subject to various regulatory capital adequacy requirements administered by the FRB and the OCC. Risk-based capital (RBC) guidelines establish a risk-adjusted ratio relating capital to different categories of assets and off-balance sheet exposures. At September 30, 2013, the Company and each of our insured depository institutions were “well-capitalized” under applicable regulatory capital adequacy guidelines. See Note 19 (Regulatory and Agency Capital Requirements) to Financial Statements in this Report for additional information.

Current regulatory RBC rules are based primarily on broad credit risk considerations and market-related risks, but do not take into account other types of risk facing a financial services company. The current RBC rules are based primarily upon the 1988 capital accord of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS) establishing international guidelines for determining regulatory capital known as “Basel I.” Our capital adequacy assessment process contemplates a wide range of risks that the Company is exposed to and also takes into consideration our performance under a variety of stressed economic conditions, as well as regulatory expectations and guidance, rating agency viewpoints and the view of capital markets participants.

Effective January 1, 2013, the Company implemented changes to the market risk capital rule, commonly referred to as Basel 2.5, as required by U.S. banking regulators. Basel 2.5 requires banking organizations with significant trading activities to adjust their capital requirements to better account for the market risks of those activities. The market risk capital rule is reflected in the Company’s calculation of RWA and, upon initial adoption in first quarter 2013, negatively impacted capital ratios under Basel I by approximately 25 basis points, but did not impact our ratio under Basel III, as its impact has historically been included in our calculations. For additional information see the “Risk Management – Asset/Liability Management” section in this Report.

In 2007, U.S. banking regulators approved a final rule adopting revised international guidelines for determining regulatory capital known as “Basel II.” Basel II incorporates three pillars that address (a) capital adequacy, (b) supervisory review, which relates to the computation of capital and internal assessment processes, and (c) market discipline, through increased disclosure requirements. We entered the “parallel run phase” of Basel II in July 2012. During the “parallel run phase,” banking organizations must successfully complete an evaluation period under supervision from regulatory agencies in order to be compliant with the Basel II final rule. The parallel run phase will continue until we receive regulatory approval to exit parallel reporting and subsequently begin publicly reporting our Basel II regulatory capital results and related disclosures.

In December 2010, the BCBS finalized a set of further revised international guidelines for determining regulatory capital known as “Basel III.” These guidelines were developed in response to the financial crisis of 2008 and 2009 and were intended to address many of the weaknesses identified in the previous Basel standards, as well as in the banking sector that contributed to the crisis including excessive leverage, inadequate and low quality capital and insufficient liquidity buffers.

In July 2013, U.S. banking regulators approved final and interim final rules to implement the BCBS Basel III capital guidelines for U.S. banking organizations. These final capital rules, among other things:

·          implement in the United States the Basel III regulatory capital reforms including those that revise the definition of capital, increase minimum capital ratios, and introduce a minimum CET1 ratio of 4.5% and a capital conservation buffer of 2.5% (for a total minimum CET1 ratio of 7.0%) and a potential countercyclical buffer of up to 2.5%, which would be imposed by regulators at their discretion if it is determined that a period of excessive credit growth is contributing to an increase in systemic risk;

55

 


 

      

·          require a Tier 1 capital to average total consolidated assets ratio of 4% and introduce, for large and internationally active bank holding companies (BHCs), a Tier 1 supplementary leverage ratio of 3% that incorporates off-balance sheet exposures;

·          revise Basel I rules for calculating RWA to enhance risk sensitivity under a standardized approach;

·          modify the existing Basel II advanced approaches rules for calculating RWA to implement Basel III;

·          deduct certain assets from CET1, such as deferred tax assets that could not be realized through net operating loss carrybacks, significant investments in non-consolidated financial entities, and MSRs, to the extent any one category exceeds 10% of CET1 or all such items, in the aggregate, exceed 15% of CET1;

·          eliminate the accumulated other comprehensive income or loss (AOCI) filter that applies under RBC rules over a five-year phase in beginning in 2013; and

·          comply with the Dodd-Frank Act provision prohibiting the reliance on external credit ratings.

 

We will be required to comply with the final Basel III capital rules beginning January 2014, with certain provisions subject to phase-in periods. The Basel III capital rules are scheduled to be fully phased in by January 1, 2022. Based on our interpretation of the final capital rules, we estimate that our CET1 ratio under the final Basel III capital rules using the advanced approach method exceeded the fully phased-in minimum of 7.0% by 256 basis points at September 30, 2013. Because the rules were only recently finalized, the interpretations and assumptions we use in estimating our calculations are subject to change depending on our ongoing review of the final capital rules and any guidance received from our regulators.

Consistent with the Collins Amendment to the Dodd-Frank Act, banking organizations that have completed their parallel run process and have been approved by the FRB to use the advanced approach methodology to determine applicable minimum risk-weighted capital ratios and additional buffers must use the higher of their RWA as calculated under (i) the advanced approach rules, and (ii) from January 1, 2014, to December 31, 2014, the general Basel I RBC rules and, commencing on January 1, 2015, and thereafter, the risk weightings under the standardized approach.

 The final Basel III capital rules did not address the proposed Basel III liquidity standards and also did not address additional capital and leverage requirements that are currently under consideration by the BCBS and U.S. banking regulators. However, in July 2013, U.S. banking regulators introduced proposals that would enhance the recently finalized supplementary leverage ratio requirements for large BHCs like Wells Fargo and their insured depository institutions. Under the proposals, effective on January 1, 2018, a covered BHC would be required to maintain a supplementary leverage ratio of at least 5% to avoid restrictions on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments. The proposals would also require that all of our insured depository institutions maintain a supplementary leverage ratio of 6% in order to be considered well capitalized. Based on our initial review, we believe our current leverage levels would meet the applicable proposed requirements at the holding company and each of its insured depository institutions. U.S. banking regulators, however, have indicated they may make further changes to the U.S. supplementary leverage ratio requirements based on revisions to the Basel III leverage framework recently proposed by the BCBS. In addition, in October 2013, U.S. banking regulators issued a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPR) regarding the U.S. implementation of the Basel III liquidity coverage ratio (LCR) and would apply in full to banks and holding companies with assets greater than $250 billion like Wells Fargo. The proposal would require us to maintain an amount of eligible high-quality, liquid assets that equals or exceeds 100% of our projected net cash outflows over a 30-day period. U.S. banking regulators stated that the U.S. proposal is generally consistent with the Basel LCR standard, but more stringent in certain areas. The NPR is open for comment until January 31,2014.   

The FRB has also indicated that it is in the process of considering new rules to address the amount of equity and long-term debt a company must hold to facilitate its orderly liquidation and to address risks related to banking organizations that are substantially reliant on short-term wholesale funding. In addition, the FRB is developing rules to implement an additional CET1 capital surcharge on those U.S. banking organizations, such as the Company, that have been designated by the Financial Stability Board (FSB) as global systemically important banks (G-SIBs). The G-SIB surcharge would be in addition to the minimum Basel III 7.0% CET1 requirement and ranges from 1.0% to 3.5% of RWA, depending on the bank’s systemic importance, which would be determined under an indicator-based approach that considers five broad categories: cross-jurisdictional activity; size; inter-connectedness; substitutability/financial institution infrastructure; and complexity. The G-SIB surcharge is expected to be phased in beginning in January 2016 and become fully effective on January 1, 2019. The FSB, in an updated listing published in November 2012 based on year-end 2011 data, identified the Company as one of the 28 G-SIBs and provisionally determined that the Company’s surcharge would be 1.0%. The FSB is expected to update the list of G-SIBs and their required surcharges prior to implementation based on additional or future data.

 

Capital Planning and Stress Testing  

Under the FRB’s capital plan rule, large BHCs are required to submit capital plans annually for review to determine if the FRB has any objections before making any capital distributions. The rule requires updates to capital plans in the event of material changes in a BHC’s risk profile, including as a result of any significant acquisitions.

Our 2013 Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (CCAR) included a comprehensive capital plan supported by an assessment of expected uses and sources of capital over a given planning horizon under a range of expected and stress scenarios, similar to the process the FRB used to conduct a CCAR in 2012. As part of the 2013 CCAR, the FRB also generated a supervisory stress test, which assumed a sharp decline in the economy and significant decline in asset pricing using the information provided by the Company to estimate performance. The FRB reviewed the supervisory stress results both as required under the Dodd-Frank Act using a common set of capital actions for all large BHCs and by taking into account the Company’s proposed capital actions. The FRB published its supervisory stress test results as required under the Dodd-Frank Act on March 7, 2013. On March 14, 2013, the FRB notified us that it did not object to our capital plan included in the 2013 CCAR.

In addition to CCAR, U.S. banking regulators also require stress tests to evaluate whether an institution has sufficient capital to continue to operate during periods of adverse economic and financial conditions. In October 2012, the FRB issued final rules regarding

56

 


 

Capital Management (continued) 

stress testing requirements as required under the Dodd-Frank Act provision imposing enhanced prudential standards on large BHCs such as Wells Fargo. The OCC issued and finalized similar rules during 2012 for stress testing of large national banks. The FRB issued interim final rules in September 2013 clarifying how companies should incorporate the Basel III capital rules into their capital planning and stress testing exercises. These stress testing rules, which became effective for Wells Fargo on November 15, 2012, set forth the timing and type of stress test activities large BHCs and banks must undertake as well as rules governing stress testing controls, oversight and disclosure requirements. As required under the FRB’s stress testing rule, we completed a mid-cycle stress test based on March 31, 2013, data and scenarios developed by the Company. We submitted the results of the mid-cycle stress test to the FRB in July 2013 and disclosed a summary of the results in September 2013.

 

Securities Repurchases

From time to time the Board authorizes the Company to repurchase shares of our common stock. Although we announce when the Board authorizes share repurchases, we typically do not give any public notice before we repurchase our shares. Future stock repurchases may be private or open-market repurchases, including block transactions, accelerated or delayed block transactions, forward transactions, and similar transactions. Additionally, we may enter into plans to purchase stock that satisfy the conditions of Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Various factors determine the amount and timing of our share repurchases, including our capital requirements, the number of shares we expect to issue for employee benefit plans and acquisitions, market conditions (including the trading price of our stock), and regulatory and legal considerations, including the FRB’s response to our capital plan and to changes in our risk profile.

In October 2012, the Board authorized the repurchase of 200 million shares. At September 30, 2013, we had remaining authority under this authorization to purchase approximately 104 million shares, subject to regulatory and legal conditions. For more information about share repurchases during 2013, see Part II, Item 2 of this Report.

Historically, our policy has been to repurchase shares under the “safe harbor” conditions of Rule 10b-18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 including a limitation on the daily volume of repurchases. Rule 10b-18 imposes an additional daily volume limitation on share repurchases during a pending merger or acquisition in which shares of our stock will constitute some or all of the consideration. Our management may determine that during a pending stock merger or acquisition when the safe harbor would otherwise be available, it is in our best interest to repurchase shares in excess of this additional daily volume limitation. In such cases, we intend to repurchase shares in compliance with the other conditions of the safe harbor, including the standing daily volume limitation that applies whether or not there is a pending stock merger or acquisition.

In connection with our participation in the Capital Purchase Program (CPP), a part of the Troubled Asset Relief Program (TARP), we issued to the U.S. Treasury Department warrants to purchase 110,261,688 shares of our common stock with an exercise price of $34.01 per share expiring on October 28, 2018. The Board authorized the repurchase by the Company of up to $1 billion of the warrants. On May 26, 2010, in an auction by the U.S. Treasury, we purchased 70,165,963 of the warrants at a price of $7.70 per warrant. We have purchased an additional 986,426 warrants, all on the open market, since the U.S. Treasury auction. At September 30, 2013, there were 39,109,299 warrants outstanding and exercisable and $452 million of unused warrant repurchase authority. Depending on market conditions, we may purchase from time to time additional warrants in privately negotiated or open market transactions, by tender offer or otherwise.

 

 

57

 


 

      

 

Table 47:  Tier 1 Common Equity Under Basel I (1)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Sept. 30, 

  

Dec. 31, 

(in billions)

  

  

 2013 

  

 2012 

Total equity

  

$

 168.8 

  

 158.9 

Noncontrolling interests

  

  

 (1.6) 

  

 (1.3) 

  

Total Wells Fargo stockholders' equity

  

  

 167.2 

  

 157.6 

Adjustments:

  

  

  

  

  

  

Preferred equity

  

  

 (14.3) 

  

 (12.0) 

  

Goodwill and intangible assets (other than MSRs)

  

  

 (31.8) 

  

 (32.9) 

  

Applicable deferred taxes

  

  

 2.9 

  

 3.2 

  

Deferred tax asset limitation

  

  

 - 

  

 - 

  

MSRs over specified limitations

  

  

 (0.9) 

  

 (0.7) 

  

Cumulative other comprehensive income

  

  

 (2.2) 

  

 (5.6) 

  

Other

  

  

 (0.6) 

  

 (0.6) 

  

  

Tier 1 common equity

(A)

 120.3 

  

 109.0 

Total risk-weighted assets (2)

(B)

 1,135.1 

  

 1,077.1 

Tier 1 common equity to total risk-weighted assets (2)

(A)/(B)

  

 10.60 

%

 10.12 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)

Tier 1 common equity is a non-GAAP financial measure that is used by investors, analysts and bank regulatory agencies to assess the capital position of financial services companies. Management reviews Tier 1 common equity along with other measures of capital as part of its financial analyses and has included this non-GAAP financial information, and the corresponding reconciliation to total equity, because of current interest in such information on the part of market participants.

(2)

Under the regulatory guidelines for risk-based capital, on-balance sheet assets and credit equivalent amounts of derivatives and off-balance sheet items are assigned to one of several broad risk categories according to the obligor, or, if relevant, the guarantor or the nature of any collateral. The aggregate dollar amount in each risk category is then multiplied by the risk weight associated with that category. The resulting weighted values from each of the risk categories are aggregated for determining total risk-weighted assets.

 

Table 48:  Common Equity Tier 1 Under Basel III (Estimated) (1) (2)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(in billions)

  

  

Sept. 30, 2013 

  

Tier 1 common equity under Basel I

  

  

  

$

 120.3 

  

  

Adjustments from Basel I to Basel III (3) (5):

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Cumulative other comprehensive income related to AFS securities and defined benefit pension plans

  

  

  

 2.2 

  

  

  

Other

  

  

  

  

 1.1 

  

  

Total adjustments from Basel I to Basel III

  

  

  

  

 3.3 

  

  

Threshold deductions, as defined under Basel III (4) (5)

  

  

  

  

 - 

  

  

  

Common Equity Tier 1 anticipated under Basel III

  

  

(C)

 123.6 

  

Total risk-weighted assets anticipated under Basel III (6)

  

  

(D)

 1,293.6 

  

Common Equity Tier 1 to total risk-weighted assets anticipated under Basel III

  

  

(C)/(D)

  

 9.56 

%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)

Common Equity Tier 1 is a non-GAAP financial measure that is used by investors, analysts and bank regulatory agencies to assess the capital position of financial services companies. Management reviews Common Equity Tier 1 along with other measures of capital as part of its financial analyses and has included this non-GAAP financial information, and the corresponding reconciliation to total equity, because of current interest in such information on the part of market participants.

  

(2)

The Basel III Common Equity Tier 1 and RWA are estimated based on management’s interpretation of the Basel III capital rules adopted July 2, 2013, by the FRB. The rules establish a new comprehensive capital framework for U.S. banking organizations that implement the Basel III capital framework and certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act.

  

(3)

Adjustments from Basel I to Basel III represent reconciling adjustments, primarily certain components of cumulative other comprehensive income deducted for Basel I purposes, to derive Common Equity Tier 1 under Basel III.

  

(4)

Threshold deductions, as defined under Basel III, include individual and aggregate limitations, as a percentage of Common Equity Tier 1, with respect to MSRs (net of related deferred tax liability, which approximates the MSR book value times the applicable statutory tax rates), deferred tax assets and investments in unconsolidated financial companies.

  

(5)

Volatility in interest rates can have a significant impact on the valuation of cumulative other comprehensive income and MSRs and therefore, may impact adjustments from Basel I to Basel III, and MSRs subject to threshold deductions, as defined under Basel III, in future reporting periods.

  

(6)

The final Basel III capital rules provide for two capital frameworks:  the "standardized" approach intended to replace Basel I, and the "advanced" approach applicable to certain institutions as originally defined under Basel II. Under the final rules, we will be subject to the lower of our Common Equity Tier 1 ratio calculated under the standardized approach and under the advanced approach in the assessment of our capital adequacy. Accordingly, the estimate of RWA reflects management's interpretation of RWA determined under the advanced approach because management expects RWA to be higher using the advanced approach compared with the standardized approach. Basel III capital rules adopted by the Federal Reserve Board incorporate different classification of assets, with certain risk weights based on a borrower's credit rating or Wells Fargo's own models, along with adjustments to address a combination of credit/counterparty, operational and market risks, and other Basel III elements.

  

58

 


 

      

Regulatory Reform                                                                                                                                                     

The financial services industry is experiencing a significant increase in regulation and regulatory oversight initiatives that may substantially change how most U.S. financial services companies conduct business. Regulation mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act is the source of most current U.S. regulatory reform, and many aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act remain subject to final rulemaking, guidance, and interpretation by regulatory authorities.

The following supplements our discussion of the significant regulations and regulatory oversight initiatives that have affected or may affect our business contained in the “Regulatory Reform” and “Risk Factors” sections of our 2012 Form 10-K and the “Regulatory Reform” section of our 2013 Second Quarter Report on Form 10-Q.

 

Regulation of interchange transaction fees (the Durbin Amendment)  On October 1, 2011, the FRB rule enacted to implement the Durbin Amendment to the Dodd-Frank Act that limits debit card interchange transaction fees to those “reasonable” and “proportional” to the cost of the transaction became effective. The rule generally established that the maximum allowable interchange fee that an issuer may receive or charge for an electronic debit transaction is the sum of 21 cents per transaction and 5 basis points multiplied by the value of the transaction. On July 31, 2013, the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia ruled that the approach used by the FRB in setting the maximum allowable interchange transaction fee impermissibly included costs that were specifically excluded from consideration under the Durbin Amendment. The decision would keep the current interchange transaction fee standards in place until the FRB drafts new regulations or interim standards. On August 21, 2013, the FRB filed a notice of appeal of the decision to the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia. On September 19, 2013, the Court of Appeals granted a joint motion for an expedited appeal, and the District Court’s order has been stayed pending the appeal.

 

CHANGES TO ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES MARKETS  U.S. agencies recently issued revisions to a 2011 proposal to implement the credit risk retention requirements in the Dodd-Frank Act, which requires that sponsors of a securitization retain at least 5% of the credit risk of assets collateralizing asset-backed securities. Residential mortgage-backed securities that qualify as “qualified residential mortgages” (QRMs) are exempt from the risk retention requirement, and the recent revisions changed the definition of QRM to align it with the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau’s definition of “qualified mortgage”. The revised proposal also addresses the measures for complying with the risk retention requirement and continues to provide exemptions for qualifying commercial loans, qualifying commercial real estate loans, and qualifying automobile loans that meet certain requirements.

59

 


 

   

Critical Accounting Policies                                                                                                                                        

Our significant accounting policies (see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in our 2012 Form 10-K) are fundamental to understanding our results of operations and financial condition because they require that we use estimates and assumptions that may affect the value of our assets or liabilities and financial results. Six of these policies are critical because they require management to make difficult, subjective and complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain and because it is likely that materially different amounts would be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions. These policies govern:

·          the allowance for credit losses;

·          PCI loans;

·          the valuation of residential MSRs;

·          liability for mortgage loan repurchase losses;  

·          the fair valuation of financial instruments; and

·          income taxes.

Management has reviewed and approved these critical accounting policies and has discussed these policies with the Board’s Audit and Examination Committee. These policies are described further in the “Financial Review – Critical Accounting Policies” section and Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in our 2012 Form 10-K.

60

 


 

      

Current Accounting Developments                                                                                                                            

The following accounting pronouncements have been issued by the FASB but are not yet effective:

·          Accounting Standards Update (ASU or Update) 2013-11, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists; and

·          ASU 2013-08, Financial Services – Investment Companies (Topic 946): Amendments to the Scope, Measurement and Disclosure Requirements.  

 

ASU 2013-11 is expected to eliminate diversity in practice as it provides guidance on financial statement presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss (NOL) carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists. These changes are effective for us in first quarter 2014 with prospective application applied to all unrecognized tax benefits that exist at the effective date. Early adoption and retrospective application are permitted. This Update will not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

 

ASU 2013-08 amends the scope, measurement and disclosure requirements for investment companies. The Update changes criteria companies use to assess whether an entity is an investment company. In addition, investment companies must measure noncontrolling ownership interests in other investment companies at fair value rather than using the equity method of accounting. This Update also requires new disclosures, including information about changes, if any, in an entity’s status as an investment company and information about financial support provided or contractually required to be provided by an investment company to any of its investees. These changes are effective for us in first quarter 2014 with prospective application. Early adoption is not permitted. We are evaluating the impact this Update will have on our consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

61

 


 

   

Forward-Looking Statements                                                                                                                                     

This document contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. In addition, we may make forward-looking statements in our other documents filed or furnished with the SEC, and our management may make forward-looking statements orally to analysts, investors, representatives of the media and others. Forward-looking statements can be identified by words such as “anticipates,” “intends,” “plans,” “seeks,” “believes,” “estimates,” “expects,” “target,” “projects,” “outlook,” “forecast,” “will,” “may,” “could,” “should,” “can” and similar references to future periods. In particular, forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements we make about: (i) the future operating or financial performance of the Company, including our outlook for future growth; (ii) our noninterest expense and efficiency ratio; (iii) future credit quality and performance, including our expectations regarding future loan losses and allowance releases; (iv) the appropriateness of the allowance for credit losses; (v) our expectations regarding net interest income and net interest margin; (vi) loan growth or the reduction or mitigation of risk in our loan portfolios; (vii) future capital levels and our estimated Common Equity Tier 1 ratio under Basel III capital standards; (viii) the performance of our mortgage business and any related exposures; (ix) the expected outcome and impact of legal, regulatory and legislative developments, as well as our expectations regarding compliance therewith; (x) future common stock dividends, common share repurchases and other uses of capital; (xi) our targeted range for return on assets and return on equity; (xii) the outcome of contingencies, such as legal proceedings; and (xiii) the Company’s plans, objectives and strategies.

Forward-looking statements are not based on historical facts but instead represent our current expectations and assumptions regarding our business, the economy and other future conditions. Because forward-looking statements relate to the future, they are subject to inherent uncertainties, risks and changes in circumstances that are difficult to predict. Our actual results may differ materially from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements. We caution you, therefore, against relying on any of these forward-looking statements. They are neither statements of historical fact nor guarantees or assurances of future performance. While there is no assurance that any list of risks and uncertainties or risk factors is complete, important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements include the following, without limitation:

·          current and future economic and market conditions, including the effects of declines in housing prices, high unemployment rates, U.S. fiscal debt, budget and tax matters, the sovereign debt crisis and economic difficulties in Europe, and the overall slowdown in global economic growth;  

·          our capital and liquidity requirements (including under regulatory capital standards, such as the Basel III capital standards) and our ability to generate capital internally or raise capital on favorable terms;

·          financial services reform and other current, pending or future legislation or regulation that could have a negative effect on our revenue and businesses, including the Dodd-Frank Act and other legislation and regulation relating to bank products and services;

·          the extent of our success in our loan modification efforts, as well as the effects of regulatory requirements or guidance regarding loan modifications;

·          the amount of mortgage loan repurchase demands that we receive and our ability to satisfy any such demands without having to repurchase loans related thereto or otherwise indemnify or reimburse third parties, and the credit quality of or losses on such repurchased mortgage loans;

·          negative effects relating to our mortgage servicing and foreclosure practices, including our obligations under the settlement with the Department of Justice and other federal and state government entities, as well as changes in industry standards or practices, regulatory or judicial requirements, penalties or fines, increased servicing and other costs or obligations, including loan modification requirements, or delays or moratoriums on foreclosures;

·          our ability to realize our efficiency ratio target as part of our expense management initiatives, including as a result of business and economic cyclicality, seasonality, changes in our business composition and operating environment, growth in our businesses and/or acquisitions, and unexpected expenses relating to, among other things, litigation and regulatory matters;

·          the effect of the current low interest rate environment or changes in interest rates on our net interest income, net interest margin and our mortgage originations, mortgage servicing rights and mortgages held for sale;

·          a recurrence of significant turbulence or disruption in the capital or financial markets, which could result in, among other things, reduced investor demand for mortgage loans, a reduction in the availability of funding or increased funding costs, and declines in asset values and/or recognition of other-than-temporary impairment on securities held in our available-for-sale portfolio;

·          the effect of a fall in stock market prices on our investment banking business and our fee income from our brokerage, asset and wealth management businesses;

·          reputational damage from negative publicity, protests, fines, penalties and other negative consequences from regulatory violations and legal actions;

·          a failure in or breach of our operational or security systems or infrastructure, or those of our third party vendors or other service providers, including as a result of cyber attacks;

·          the effect of changes in the level of checking or savings account deposits on our funding costs and net interest margin;

·          fiscal and monetary policies of the Federal Reserve Board; and

·          the other risk factors and uncertainties described under “Risk Factors” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

In addition to the above factors, we also caution that the amount and timing of any future common stock dividends or repurchases will depend on the earnings, cash requirements and financial condition of the Company, market conditions, capital requirements (including under Basel capital standards), common stock issuance requirements, applicable law and regulations (including federal securities laws and federal banking regulations), and other factors deemed relevant by the

62

 


 

Forward-Looking Statements  (continued) 

Company’s Board of Directors, and may be subject to regulatory approval or conditions.

For more information about factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations, refer to our reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including the discussion under “Risk Factors” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and available on its website at www.sec.gov

Any forward-looking statement made by us speaks only as of the date on which it is made. Factors or events that could cause our actual results to differ may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all of them. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise, except as may be required by law.

 

Risk Factors                                                                                                                                                                

An investment in the Company involves risk, including the possibility that the value of the investment could fall substantially and that dividends or other distributions on the investment could be reduced or eliminated. For a discussion of risk factors that could adversely affect our financial results and condition, and the value of, and return on, an investment in the Company, we refer you to the “Risk Factors” section of our 2012 Form 10-K.

63

 


 

   

Controls and Procedures

 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures                                                                                                                 

The Company’s management evaluated the effectiveness, as of September 30, 2013, of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures. The Company’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer participated in the evaluation. Based on this evaluation, the Company’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of September 30, 2013.

 

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting                                                                                                               

Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the Company’s principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by the Company’s Board, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and includes those policies and procedures that:

·          pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of assets of the Company;

·          provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and

·          provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. No change occurred during third quarter 2013 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

64

 


 

      

 

Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statement of Income (Unaudited)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Quarter ended Sept. 30, 

  

Nine months ended Sept. 30,

(in millions, except per share amounts)

  

 2013 

  

 2012 

  

 2013 

  

 2012 

Interest income

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Trading assets

 331 

  

 299 

  

 998 

  

 1,019 

Securities available for sale

  

 2,038 

  

 1,966 

  

 5,997 

  

 6,201 

Mortgages held for sale

  

 320 

  

 476 

  

 1,069 

  

 1,412 

Loans held for sale

  

 3 

  

 17 

  

 10 

  

 38 

Loans

  

 8,901 

  

 9,016 

  

 26,664 

  

 27,455 

Other interest income

  

 183 

  

 151 

  

 515 

  

 409 

  

Total interest income

  

 11,776 

  

 11,925 

  

 35,253 

  

 36,534 

Interest expense

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Deposits

  

 318 

  

 428 

  

 1,040 

  

 1,328 

Short-term borrowings

  

 9 

  

 19 

  

 46 

  

 55 

Long-term debt

  

 621 

  

 756 

  

 1,950 

  

 2,375 

Other interest expense

  

 80 

  

 60 

  

 220 

  

 189 

  

Total interest expense

  

 1,028 

  

 1,263 

  

 3,256 

  

 3,947 

Net interest income

  

 10,748 

  

 10,662 

  

 31,997 

  

 32,587 

Provision for credit losses

  

 75 

  

 1,591 

  

 1,946 

  

 5,386 

Net interest income after provision for credit losses

  

 10,673 

  

 9,071 

  

 30,051 

  

 27,201 

Noninterest income

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Service charges on deposit accounts

  

 1,278 

  

 1,210 

  

 3,740 

  

 3,433 

Trust and investment fees

  

 3,276 

  

 2,954 

  

 9,972 

  

 8,691 

Card fees

  

 813 

  

 744 

  

 2,364 

  

 2,102 

Other fees

  

 1,098 

  

 1,097 

  

 3,221 

  

 3,326 

Mortgage banking

  

 1,608 

  

 2,807 

  

 7,204 

  

 8,570 

Insurance

  

 413 

  

 414 

  

 1,361 

  

 1,455 

Net gains from trading activities

  

 397 

  

 529 

  

 1,298 

  

 1,432 

Net gains (losses) on debt securities available for sale (1)

  

 (6) 

  

 3 

  

 (15) 

  

 (65) 

Net gains from equity investments (2)

  

 502 

  

 164 

  

 818 

  

 770 

Lease income

  

 160 

  

 218 

  

 515 

  

 397 

Other

  

 191 

  

 411 

  

 640 

  

 1,440 

  

Total noninterest income

  

 9,730 

  

 10,551 

  

 31,118 

  

 31,551 

Noninterest expense

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Salaries

  

 3,910 

  

 3,648 

  

 11,341 

  

 10,954 

Commission and incentive compensation

  

 2,401 

  

 2,368 

  

 7,604 

  

 7,139 

Employee benefits

  

 1,172 

  

 1,063 

  

 3,873 

  

 3,720 

Equipment

  

 471 

  

 510 

  

 1,417 

  

 1,526 

Net occupancy

  

 728 

  

 727 

  

 2,163 

  

 2,129 

Core deposit and other intangibles

  

 375 

  

 419 

  

 1,129 

  

 1,256 

FDIC and other deposit assessments

  

 214 

  

 359 

  

 765 

  

 1,049 

Other

  

 2,831 

  

 3,018 

  

 8,465 

  

 9,729 

  

Total noninterest expense

  

 12,102 

  

 12,112 

  

 36,757 

  

 37,502 

Income before income tax expense

  

 8,301 

  

 7,510 

  

 24,412 

  

 21,250 

Income tax expense

  

 2,618 

  

 2,480 

  

 7,901 

  

 7,179 

Net income before noncontrolling interests

  

 5,683 

  

 5,030 

  

 16,511 

  

 14,071 

Less: Net income from noncontrolling interests

  

 105 

  

 93 

  

 243 

  

 264 

Wells Fargo net income

 5,578 

  

 4,937 

  

 16,268 

  

 13,807 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Less: Preferred stock dividends and other

  

 261 

  

 220 

  

 748 

  

 665 

Wells Fargo net income applicable to common stock

 5,317 

  

 4,717 

  

 15,520 

  

 13,142 

Per share information

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Earnings per common share

1.00 

  

0.89 

  

2.93 

  

2.48 

Diluted earnings per common share

  

0.99 

  

0.88 

  

2.89 

  

2.45 

Dividends declared per common share

  

0.30 

  

0.22 

  

0.85 

  

0.66 

Average common shares outstanding

  

5,295.3 

  

5,288.1 

  

5,293.0 

  

5,292.7 

Diluted average common shares outstanding

  

5,381.7 

  

5,355.6 

  

5,374.7 

  

5,355.7 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)  Total other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) gains were $(13) million and $(101) million for third quarter 2013 and 2012, respectively. Of total OTTI, losses of $23 million and $36 million were recognized in earnings, and gains of $(36) million and $(137) million were recognized as non-credit-related OTTI in other comprehensive income for third quarter 2013 and 2012, respectively. Total OTTI losses (gains) were $36 million and $(19) million for the first nine months of 2013 and 2012, respectively. Of total OTTI, losses of $128 million and $163 million were recognized in earnings, and gains of $(92) million and $(182) million were recognized as non-credit-related OTTI in other comprehensive income for the first nine months of 2013 and 2012, respectively.

(2)  Includes OTTI losses of $37 million and $36 million for third quarter 2013 and 2012, respectively, and $121 million and $94 million for the first nine months of 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

65

 


 

   

 

Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries

  

  

  

  

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (Unaudited)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Nine months

  

  

  

  

  

Quarter ended Sept. 30, 

  

ended Sept. 30, 

(in millions)

  

 2013 

  

 2012 

  

 2013 

  

 2012 

Wells Fargo net income

 5,578 

  

 4,937 

  

 16,268 

  

 13,807 

Other comprehensive income (loss), before tax:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Securities available for sale:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period

  

 842 

  

 2,892 

  

 (5,922) 

  

 5,597 

  

  

Reclassification of net gains to net income

  

 (114) 

  

 (41) 

  

 (197) 

  

 (290) 

  

Derivatives and hedging activities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period

  

 (7) 

  

 24 

  

 (10) 

  

 63 

  

  

Reclassification of net gains on cash flow hedges to net income

  

 (69) 

  

 (89) 

  

 (225) 

  

 (295) 

  

Defined benefit plans adjustments:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net actuarial gains (losses) arising during the period

  

297 

  

 (1) 

  

 1,075 

  

 (18) 

  

  

Amortization of net actuarial loss, settlements and other to net income

  

59 

  

 35 

  

 221 

  

 111 

  

Foreign currency translation adjustments:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period

  

12 

  

 45 

  

 (27) 

  

 (1) 

  

  

Reclassification of net (gains) losses to net income

  

  

 -- 

  

 (12) 

  

 (10) 

Other comprehensive income (loss), before tax

  

 1,023 

  

 2,865 

  

 (5,097) 

  

 5,157 

Income tax (expense) benefit related to other comprehensive income

  

 (265) 

  

 (1,057) 

  

 2,002 

  

 (1,923) 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

  

 758 

  

 1,808 

  

 (3,095) 

  

 3,234 

Less: Other comprehensive income from noncontrolling interests

  

 266 

  

 2 

  

 266 

  

 6 

Wells Fargo other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

  

 492 

  

 1,806 

  

 (3,361) 

  

 3,228 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Wells Fargo comprehensive income

  

 6,070 

  

 6,743 

  

 12,907 

  

 17,035 

Comprehensive income from noncontrolling interests

  

 371 

  

 95 

  

 509 

  

 270 

Total comprehensive income

 6,441 

  

 6,838 

  

 13,416 

  

 17,305 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

66

 


 

      

 

Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheet (Unaudited)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Sept. 30,

  

Dec. 31,

(in millions, except shares)

  

2013 

  

2012 

Assets

  

  

  

  

Cash and due from banks

 18,928 

  

 21,860 

Federal funds sold, securities purchased under resale agreements and other short-term investments

  

 182,036 

  

 137,313 

Trading assets

  

 60,203 

  

 57,482 

Securities available for sale

  

 259,399 

  

 235,199 

Mortgages held for sale (includes $23,209 and $42,305 carried at fair value)

  

 25,395 

  

 47,149 

Loans held for sale (includes $2 and $6 carried at fair value)

  

 204 

  

 110 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loans (includes $6,051 and $6,206 carried at fair value)

  

 812,325 

  

 799,574 

Allowance for loan losses

  

 (15,159) 

  

 (17,060) 

  

Net loans

  

 797,166 

  

 782,514 

Mortgage servicing rights:

  

  

  

  

  

Measured at fair value

  

 14,501 

  

 11,538 

  

Amortized

  

 1,204 

  

 1,160 

Premises and equipment, net

  

 9,120 

  

 9,428 

Goodwill

  

 25,637 

  

 25,637 

Other assets (includes $911 and $0 carried at fair value)

  

 94,262 

  

 93,578 

  

  

  

  

Total assets (1)

 1,488,055 

  

 1,422,968 

Liabilities

  

  

  

  

Noninterest-bearing deposits

 279,911 

  

 288,207 

Interest-bearing deposits

  

 761,960 

  

 714,628 

  

Total deposits

  

 1,041,871 

  

 1,002,835 

Short-term borrowings

  

 53,851 

  

 57,175 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

  

 72,308 

  

 76,668 

Long-term debt (includes $0 and $1 carried at fair value)

  

 151,212 

  

 127,379 

  

  

  

Total liabilities (2)

  

 1,319,242 

  

 1,264,057 

Equity

  

  

  

  

Wells Fargo stockholders' equity:

  

  

  

  

  

Preferred stock

  

 15,549 

  

 12,883 

  

Common stock – $1-2/3 par value, authorized 9,000,000,000 shares;

  

  

  

  

  

  

 issued 5,481,811,474 shares and 5,481,811,474 shares

  

 9,136 

  

 9,136 

  

Additional paid-in capital

  

 60,188 

  

 59,802 

  

Retained earnings

  

 88,625 

  

 77,679 

  

Cumulative other comprehensive income

  

 2,289 

  

 5,650 

  

Treasury stock – 208,075,732 shares and 215,497,298 shares

  

 (7,290) 

  

 (6,610) 

  

Unearned ESOP shares

  

 (1,332) 

  

 (986) 

  

  

Total Wells Fargo stockholders' equity

  

 167,165 

  

 157,554 

Noncontrolling interests

  

 1,648 

  

 1,357 

  

  

  

Total equity

  

 168,813 

  

 158,911 

  

  

  

  

Total liabilities and equity

 1,488,055 

  

 1,422,968 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)  Our consolidated assets at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, include the following assets of certain variable interest entities (VIEs) that can only be used to settle the liabilities of those VIEs: Cash and due from banks, $171 million and $260 million; Trading assets, $186 million and $114 million; Securities available for sale, $1.4 billion and $2.8 billion; Mortgages held for sale, $66 million and $469 million; Net loans, $8.0 billion and $10.6 billion; Other assets, $348 million and 457 million, and Total assets, $10.2 billion and $14.6 billion, respectively.

(2)  Our consolidated liabilities at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, include the following VIE liabilities for which the VIE creditors do not have recourse to Wells Fargo: Short-term borrowings, $23 million and $0 million; Accrued expenses and other liabilities, $103 million and $134 million; Long-term debt, $2.5 billion and $3.5 billion; and Total liabilities, $2.6 billion and $3.6 billion, respectively.

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

67

 


 

   

 

Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity  (Unaudited)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Preferred stock 

  

Common stock 

(in millions, except shares)

  

  

Shares 

  

  

Amount 

  

Shares 

  

  

Amount 

Balance December 31, 2011

  

 10,450,690 

  

 11,431 

  

 5,262,611,636 

  

 8,931 

Cumulative effect of fair value election for certain

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

residential mortgage servicing rights

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Balance January 1, 2012

  

  

 10,450,690 

  

 11,431 

  

 5,262,611,636 

  

 8,931 

Net income

  

  

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Noncontrolling interests

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Common stock issued

  

  

  

  

  

  

 80,013,209 

  

  

 133 

Common stock repurchased

  

  

  

  

  

  

 (77,521,553) 

  

  

  

Preferred stock issued to ESOP

  

 940,000 

  

  

 940 

  

  

  

  

  

Preferred stock released by ESOP

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Preferred stock converted to common shares

 (837,591) 

  

  

 (838) 

  

 24,521,583 

  

  

 41 

Preferred stock issued

  

  

 30,000 

  

  

 750 

  

  

  

  

  

Common stock dividends

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Preferred stock dividends

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Tax benefit from stock incentive compensation

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Stock incentive compensation expense

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net change in deferred compensation and related plans

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net change

  

  

  

 132,409 

  

  

 852 

  

 27,013,239 

  

  

 174 

Balance September 30, 2012

  

  

 10,583,099 

  

 12,283 

  

 5,289,624,875 

  

 9,105 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Balance January 1, 2013

  

 10,558,865 

  

 12,883 

  

 5,266,314,176 

  

 9,136 

Net income

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Noncontrolling interests

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Common stock issued

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 78,607,760 

  

  

  

Common stock repurchased (1)

  

  

  

  

  

  

 (94,144,984) 

  

  

  

Preferred stock issued to ESOP

  

 1,200,000 

  

  

 1,200 

  

  

  

  

  

Preferred stock released by ESOP

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Preferred stock converted to common shares

 (883,752) 

  

  

 (884) 

  

 22,958,790 

  

  

  

Preferred stock issued

  

 94,000 

  

  

 2,350 

  

  

  

  

  

Common stock dividends

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Preferred stock dividends

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Tax benefit from stock incentive compensation

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Stock incentive compensation expense

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net change in deferred compensation and related plans

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net change

  

  

  

 410,248 

  

  

 2,666 

  

 7,421,566 

  

  

 - 

Balance September 30, 2013

  

 10,969,113 

  

 15,549 

  

 5,273,735,742 

  

 9,136 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)  For the nine months ended September 30, 2013, includes $400 million related to a private forward repurchase transaction entered into in September 2013 that is expected to settle in fourth quarter 2013 for an estimated 9.8 million shares of common stock. See Note 1 for additional information.

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

68

 


 

      

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Wells Fargo stockholders' equity 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Cumulative 

  

  

  

  

  

Total 

  

  

  

  

Additional 

  

  

  

other 

  

  

  

Unearned 

  

Wells Fargo 

  

  

  

  

paid-in 

  

Retained 

comprehensive 

  

Treasury 

  

ESOP 

  

stockholders' 

Noncontrolling 

  

Total 

capital 

  

   earnings 

  

income 

  

stock 

  

shares 

  

equity 

  

interests 

  

equity 

 55,957 

  

 64,385 

  

 3,207 

  

 (2,744) 

  

 (926) 

  

 140,241 

  

 1,446 

  

 141,687 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 2 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 2 

  

  

  

 2 

 55,957 

  

 64,387 

  

 3,207 

  

 (2,744) 

  

 (926) 

  

 140,243 

  

 1,446 

  

 141,689 

  

  

 13,807 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 13,807 

  

 264 

  

 14,071 

  

  

  

  

 3,228 

  

  

  

  

  

 3,228 

  

 6 

  

 3,234 

 (6) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 (6) 

  

 (336) 

  

 (342) 

 1,867 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 2,000 

  

  

  

 2,000 

 (150) 

  

  

  

  

  

 (2,447) 

  

  

  

 (2,597) 

  

  

  

 (2,597) 

 88 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 (1,028) 

  

 - 

  

  

  

 - 

 (75) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 913 

  

 838 

  

  

  

 838 

 797 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 - 

  

  

  

 - 

 (8) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 742 

  

  

  

 742 

 41 

  

 (3,541) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 (3,500) 

  

  

  

 (3,500) 

  

  

 (659) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 (659) 

  

  

  

 (659) 

 198 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 198 

  

  

  

 198 

 465 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 465 

  

  

  

 465 

 (85) 

  

  

  

  

  

 5 

  

  

  

 (80) 

  

  

  

 (80) 

 3,132 

  

 9,607 

  

 3,228 

  

 (2,442) 

  

 (115) 

  

 14,436 

  

 (66) 

  

 14,370 

 59,089 

  

 73,994 

  

 6,435 

  

 (5,186) 

  

 (1,041) 

  

 154,679 

  

 1,380 

  

 156,059 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 59,802 

  

 77,679 

  

 5,650 

  

 (6,610) 

  

 (986) 

  

 157,554 

  

 1,357 

  

 158,911 

  

  

 16,268 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 16,268 

  

 243 

  

 16,511 

  

  

  

  

 (3,361) 

  

  

  

  

  

 (3,361) 

  

 266 

  

 (3,095) 

 - 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 - 

  

 (218) 

  

 (218) 

 18 

  

 (10) 

  

  

  

 2,372 

  

  

  

 2,380 

  

  

  

 2,380 

 (200) 

  

  

  

  

  

 (3,778) 

  

  

  

 (3,978) 

  

  

  

 (3,978) 

 108 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 (1,308) 

  

 - 

  

  

  

 - 

 (78) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 962 

  

 884 

  

  

  

 884 

 164 

  

  

  

  

  

 720 

  

  

  

 - 

  

  

  

 - 

 (33) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 2,317 

  

  

  

 2,317 

 61 

  

 (4,565) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 (4,504) 

  

  

  

 (4,504) 

  

  

 (747) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 (747) 

  

  

  

 (747) 

 229 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 229 

  

  

  

 229 

 585 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 585 

  

  

  

 585 

 (468) 

  

  

  

  

  

 6 

  

  

  

 (462) 

  

  

  

 (462) 

 386 

  

 10,946 

  

 (3,361) 

  

 (680) 

  

 (346) 

  

 9,611 

  

 291 

  

 9,902 

 60,188 

  

 88,625 

  

 2,289 

  

 (7,290) 

  

 (1,332) 

  

 167,165 

  

 1,648 

  

 168,813 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

69

 


 

   

 

Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries                                     

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (Unaudited)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Nine months ended Sept. 30, 

(in millions)

  

  

 2013 

  

2012 

Cash flows from operating activities:

  

  

  

  

Net income before noncontrolling interests

$

 16,511 

  

 14,071 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

  

  

  

  

  

Provision for credit losses

  

 1,946 

  

 5,386 

  

Changes in fair value of MSRs, MHFS and LHFS carried at fair value

  

 (2,402) 

  

 (1,496) 

  

Depreciation and amortization

  

 2,508 

  

 2,083 

  

Other net losses (gains)

  

 (7,441) 

  

 724 

  

Stock-based compensation

  

 1,535 

  

 1,303 

  

Excess tax benefits related to stock incentive compensation

  

 (232) 

  

 (193) 

Originations of MHFS

  

 (274,293) 

  

 (372,204) 

Proceeds from sales of and principal collected on mortgages originated for sale

  

 265,249 

  

 317,386 

Originations of LHFS

  

 - 

  

 (10) 

Proceeds from sales of and principal collected on LHFS

  

 373 

  

 8,792 

Purchases of LHFS

  

 (244) 

  

 (7,221) 

Net change in:

  

  

  

  

  

Trading assets

  

 39,133 

  

 86,127 

  

Deferred income taxes

  

 2,802 

  

 202 

  

Accrued interest receivable

  

 (215) 

  

 (3) 

  

Accrued interest payable

  

 10 

  

 81 

  

Other assets, net

  

 (2,962) 

  

 (4,499) 

  

Other accrued expenses and liabilities, net

  

 940 

  

 (340) 

  

  

Net cash provided by operating activities

  

 43,218 

  

 50,189 

Cash flows from investing activities:

  

  

  

  

Net change in:

  

  

  

  

  

Federal funds sold, securities purchased under resale agreements

  

  

  

  

  

  

and other short-term investments

  

 (46,419) 

  

 (56,075) 

Securities available for sale:

  

  

  

  

  

Sales proceeds

  

 2,591 

  

 4,969 

  

Prepayments and maturities

  

 40,476 

  

 44,592 

  

Purchases

  

 (78,368) 

  

 (49,703) 

Nonmarketable equity investments:

  

  

  

  

  

Sales proceeds

  

 1,846 

  

 1,218 

  

Purchases

  

 (2,552) 

  

 (1,389) 

Loans:

  

  

  

  

  

Loans originated by banking subsidiaries, net of principal collected

  

 (26,050) 

  

 (29,308) 

  

Proceeds from sales (including participations) of loans originated for

  

  

  

  

  

  

investment

  

 5,894 

  

 4,601 

  

Purchases (including participations) of loans

  

 (10,022) 

  

 (7,431) 

  

Principal collected on nonbank entities’ loans

  

 16,202 

  

 17,719 

  

Loans originated by nonbank entities

  

 (13,949) 

  

 (16,122) 

Net cash paid for acquisitions

  

 - 

  

 (4,319) 

Proceeds from sales of foreclosed assets

  

 6,256 

  

 7,427 

Changes in MSRs from purchases and sales

  

 471 

  

 159 

Other, net

  

 869 

  

 (2,114) 

  

  

Net cash used by investing activities

  

 (102,755) 

  

 (85,776) 

Cash flows from financing activities:

  

  

  

  

Net change in:

  

  

  

  

  

Deposits

  

 39,036 

  

 32,166 

  

Short-term borrowings

  

 (3,335) 

  

 2,481 

Long-term debt:

  

  

  

  

  

Proceeds from issuance

  

 44,483 

  

 24,999 

  

Repayment

  

 (18,727) 

  

 (22,273) 

Preferred stock:

  

  

  

  

  

Proceeds from issuance

  

 2,317 

  

 742 

  

Cash dividends paid

  

 (813) 

  

 (726) 

Common stock:

  

  

  

  

  

Proceeds from issuance

  

 1,935 

  

 2,000 

  

Repurchased

  

 (3,978) 

  

 (2,597) 

  

Cash dividends paid

  

 (4,409) 

  

 (3,500) 

Excess tax benefits related to stock incentive compensation

  

 232 

  

 193 

Net change in noncontrolling interests

  

 (207) 

  

 (352) 

Other, net

  

 71 

  

 - 

  

  

Net cash provided by financing activities

  

 56,605 

  

 33,133 

  

  

Net change in cash and due from banks

  

 (2,932) 

  

 (2,454) 

Cash and due from banks at beginning of period

  

 21,860 

  

 19,440 

Cash and due from banks at end of period

$

 18,928 

  

 16,986 

Supplemental cash flow disclosures:

  

  

  

  

  

Cash paid for interest

$

 3,246 

  

 3,866 

  

Cash paid for income taxes

  

 5,543 

  

 4,701 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements. See Note 1 for noncash activities.

70

 


 

      

See the Glossary of Acronyms at the end of this Report for terms used throughout the Financial Statements and related Notes of this Form 10-Q.

 

Note 1:  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies                                                                                               

Wells Fargo & Company is a diversified financial services company. We provide banking, insurance, trust and investments, mortgage banking, investment banking, retail banking, brokerage, and consumer and commercial finance through banking stores, the internet and other distribution channels to consumers, businesses and institutions in all 50 states, the District of Columbia, and in foreign countries. When we refer to “Wells Fargo,” “the Company,” “we,” “our” or “us,” we mean Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries (consolidated). Wells Fargo & Company (the Parent) is a financial holding company and a bank holding company. We also hold a majority interest in a real estate investment trust, which has publicly traded preferred stock outstanding.

Our accounting and reporting policies conform with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and practices in the financial services industry. For discussion of our significant accounting policies, see Note 1 in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 (2012 Form 10-K). There were no material changes to these policies in the first nine months of 2013. To prepare the financial statements in conformity with GAAP, management must make estimates based on assumptions about future economic and market conditions (for example, unemployment, market liquidity, real estate prices, etc.) that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and income and expenses during the reporting period and the related disclosures. Although our estimates contemplate current conditions and how we expect them to change in the future, it is reasonably possible that actual conditions could be worse than anticipated in those estimates, which could materially affect our results of operations and financial condition. Management has made significant estimates in several areas, including allowance for credit losses and purchased credit-impaired (PCI) loans (Note 5), valuations of residential mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) (Notes 7 and 8) and financial instruments (Note 13), liability for mortgage loan repurchase losses (Note 8) and income taxes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

These unaudited interim financial statements reflect all adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair statement of the results for the periods presented. These adjustments are of a normal recurring nature, unless otherwise disclosed in this Form 10-Q. The results of operations in the interim financial statements do not necessarily indicate the results that may be expected for the full year. The interim financial information should be read in conjunction with our 2012 Form 10-K.

 

Accounting Standards Adopted in 2013

In first quarter 2013, we adopted the following new accounting guidance:

·          Accounting Standards Update (ASU or Update) 2011-11, Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities

·          ASU 2013-01, Clarifying the Scope of Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities; and

·          ASU 2013-02, Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

 

ASU 2011-11 expands the disclosure requirements for certain financial instruments and derivatives that are subject to enforceable master netting agreements or similar arrangements. The disclosures are required regardless of whether the instruments have been offset (or netted) in the statement of financial position. Under ASU 2011-11, companies must describe the nature of offsetting arrangements and provide quantitative information about those agreements, including the gross and net amounts of financial instruments that are recognized in the statement of financial position. In January 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-01, which clarifies the scope of ASU 2011-11 by limiting the disclosures to derivatives, repurchase agreements, and securities lending transactions to the extent they are subject to an enforceable master netting or similar arrangement. We adopted this guidance in first quarter 2013 with retrospective application. These Updates did not affect our consolidated financial results since they amend only the disclosure requirements for offsetting financial instruments. See Notes 10 and 12 for the new disclosures.

 

ASU 2013-02 requires companies to disclose the effect on net income line items from significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income and entirely into net income. If reclassifications are partially or entirely capitalized on the balance sheet, then companies must provide a cross-reference to disclosures that provide information about the effect of the reclassifications. We adopted this guidance in first quarter 2013 with retrospective application. This Update did not affect our consolidated financial results as it amends only the disclosure requirements for accumulated other comprehensive income. See Note 17 for expanded disclosures on reclassification adjustments.

 

In third quarter 2013, we adopted the following new accounting guidance:

·          ASU 2013-10, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Inclusion of the Fed Funds Effective Swap Rate (or Overnight Index Swap Rate) as a Benchmark Interest Rate for Hedge Accounting Purposes

 

ASU 2013-10 permits the Fed Funds Effective Swap Rate (Overnight Index Swap Rate) to be used as a U.S. benchmark interest rate for hedge accounting purposes, in addition to LIBOR and U.S. Treasury. The Update also removes the restriction on using different benchmark rates for similar hedges. Our adoption of this guidance in third quarter 2013 with prospective application did not affect our consolidated financial statements.  

 

Private Share Repurchases

From time to time we enter into private forward repurchase transactions with unrelated third parties to complement our open-market common stock repurchase strategies, to allow us to manage our share repurchases in a manner consistent with our capital plans, currently submitted under the 2013 Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (CCAR), and to provide an economic benefit to the Company.

Our payments to the counterparties for these contracts are recorded  in permanent equity in the quarter paid and are not subject to re-measurement. The classification of the up-front payments as permanent

71

 


 

      

equity assures that we have appropriate repurchase timing consistent with our 2013 capital plan, which contemplated a fixed dollar amount available per quarter for share repurchases pursuant to Federal Reserve Board (FRB) supervisory guidance. In return, the counterparty agrees to deliver a variable number of shares based on a per share discount to the volume-weighted average stock price over the contract period. There are no scenarios where the contracts would not either physically settle in shares or allow us to choose the settlement method.

In September 2013 we entered into a private forward repurchase contract and paid $400 million to an unrelated third party. In return, the counterparty agreed to deliver a variable number of shares based on a per share discount to the volume-weighted average stock price over the contract period. This contract expires in fourth quarter 2013. The amount we paid to the counterparty meets accounting requirements to be treated as a permanent equity reduction.

 

Supplemental Cash Flow Information  Noncash activities are presented below, including information on transfers affecting MHFS, LHFS, and MSRs.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Nine months

  

ended September 30, 

(in millions)

  

2013 

  

2012 

Transfers from loans to securities available for sale

$

 297 

  

 921 

Trading assets retained from securitization of MHFS

  

 39,963 

  

 68,905 

Capitalization of MSRs from sale of MHFS

  

 3,068 

  

 3,860 

Transfers from MHFS to foreclosed assets

  

 160 

  

 172 

Transfers from loans to MHFS

  

 6,199 

  

 5,523 

Transfers from loans to LHFS

  

 207 

  

 118 

Transfers from loans to foreclosed assets (1)

  

 5,835 

  

 6,938 

Changes in consolidations (deconsolidations) of variable interest entities:

  

  

  

  

   Trading assets

  

 1,950 

  

 - 

   Securities available for sale

  

 - 

  

 (40) 

   Loans

  

 (2,268) 

  

 (295) 

   Long-term debt

  

 (342) 

  

 (338) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)  Includes $4.5 billion and $4.8 billion in transfers of government insured/guaranteed loans for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

 

Subsequent Events  We have evaluated the effects of events that have occurred subsequent to period end September 30, 2013, and there have been no material events that would require recognition in our third quarter 2013 consolidated financial statements or disclosure in the Notes to the financial statements  

72

 


 

      

Note 2:  Business Combinations                                                                                                                                

We regularly explore opportunities to acquire financial services companies and businesses. Generally, we do not make a public announcement about an acquisition opportunity until a definitive agreement has been signed. For information on additional contingent consideration related to acquisitions, which is considered to be a guarantee, see Note 10.

We did not complete any acquisitions of businesses in the first nine months of 2013. Additionally, we had no pending business combinations as of September 30, 2013.  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note 3:  Federal Funds Sold, Securities Purchased under Resale Agreements and Other Short-Term Investments                                                                                                                                                                 

The following table provides the detail of federal funds sold, securities purchased under short-term resale agreements (generally less than one year) and other short-term investments. The majority of interest-earning deposits at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, were held at the Federal Reserve.  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Sept. 30,

  

Dec. 31,

(in millions)

  

 2013 

  

 2012 

Federal funds sold and securities

  

  

  

  

  

purchased under resale agreements

$

 27,093 

  

 33,884 

Interest-earning deposits

  

 153,464 

  

 102,408 

Other short-term investments

  

 1,479 

  

 1,021 

  

Total

$

 182,036 

  

 137,313 

  

  

  

  

  

  

We have classified securities purchased under long-term resale agreements (generally one year or more), which totaled $11.2 billion and $9.5 billion at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, in loans. For additional information on the collateral we receive from other entities under resale agreements and securities borrowings, see the “Offsetting of Resale and Repurchase Agreements and Securities Borrowing and Lending Agreements” section of Note 10.

73

 


 

   

Note 4:  Securities Available for Sale                                                                                                                       

The following table provides the amortized cost and fair value by major categories of securities available for sale carried at fair value. The net unrealized gains (losses) are reported on an after‑tax basis as a component of cumulative OCI. There were no securities classified as held to maturity as of the periods presented.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Gross 

Gross 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

unrealized 

unrealized 

Fair 

(in millions)

  

Cost 

gains 

losses 

value 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

September 30, 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

$

 6,647 

 19 

 (260) 

 6,406 

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

  

 42,172 

 1,013 

 (892) 

 42,293 

Mortgage-backed securities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

Federal agencies

  

 118,793 

 2,421 

 (2,251) 

 118,963 

  

Residential

  

 12,116 

 1,450 

 (42) 

 13,524 

  

Commercial

  

 17,704 

 1,253 

 (152) 

 18,805 

  

  

Total mortgage-backed securities

  

 148,613 

 5,124 

 (2,445) 

 151,292 

Corporate debt securities

  

 20,372 

 975 

 (149) 

 21,198 

Collateralized loan and other debt obligations (1) 

  

 17,261 

 602 

 (87) 

 17,776 

Other (2)  

  

 16,428 

 461 

 (35) 

 16,854 

  

  

  

Total debt securities

  

 251,493 

 8,194 

 (3,868) 

 255,819 

Marketable equity securities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

Perpetual preferred securities

  

 1,730 

 239 

 (71) 

 1,898 

  

Other marketable equity securities

  

 383 

 1,306 

 (7) 

 1,682 

  

  

  

Total marketable equity securities

  

 2,113 

 1,545 

 (78) 

 3,580 

  

  

  

  

Total

$

 253,606 

 9,739 

 (3,946) 

 259,399 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

December 31, 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

$

 7,099 

 47 

 - 

 7,146 

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

  

 37,120 

 2,000 

 (444) 

 38,676 

Mortgage-backed securities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

Federal agencies

  

 92,855 

 4,434 

 (4) 

 97,285 

  

Residential

  

 14,178 

 1,802 

 (49) 

 15,931 

  

Commercial

  

 18,438 

 1,798 

 (268) 

 19,968 

  

  

Total mortgage-backed securities

  

 125,471 

 8,034 

 (321) 

 133,184 

Corporate debt securities

  

 20,120 

 1,282 

 (69) 

 21,333 

Collateralized loan and other debt obligations (1)

  

 12,726 

 557 

 (95) 

 13,188 

Other (2)

  

 18,410 

 553 

 (76) 

 18,887 

  

  

  

Total debt securities

  

 220,946 

 12,473 

 (1,005) 

 232,414 

Marketable equity securities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

Perpetual preferred securities

  

 1,935 

 281 

 (40) 

 2,176 

  

Other marketable equity securities

  

 402 

 216 

 (9) 

 609 

  

  

  

Total marketable equity securities

  

 2,337 

 497 

 (49) 

 2,785 

  

  

  

  

Total

$

 223,283 

 12,970 

 (1,054) 

 235,199 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)  Includes collateralized debt obligations with a cost basis and fair value of $533 million and $700 million, respectively, at September 30, 2013, and $556 million and $644 million, respectively, at December 31, 2012.

(2)  Included in the “Other” category are asset-backed securities collateralized by auto leases or loans and cash reserves with a cost basis and fair value of $5.1 billion and $5.2 billion, respectively, at September 30, 2013, and $5.9 billion each at December 31, 2012. Also included in the "Other" category are asset-backed securities collateralized by home equity loans with a cost basis and fair value of $594 million and $831 million, respectively, at September 30, 2013, and $695 million and $918 million, respectively, at December 31, 2012. The remaining balances primarily include asset-backed securities collateralized by credit cards.

74

 


 

Note 4:   Securities Available for Sale  (continued) 

 

Gross Unrealized Losses and Fair Value

The following table shows the gross unrealized losses and fair value of securities in the securities available‑for‑sale portfolio by length of time that individual securities in each category had been in a continuous loss position. Debt securities on which we have taken credit-related OTTI write-downs are categorized as being “less than 12 months” or “12 months or more” in a continuous loss position based on the point in time that the fair value declined to below the cost basis and not the period of time since the credit-related OTTI write-down.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Less than 12 months 

  

12 months or more 

  

Total 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Gross 

  

  

Gross 

  

  

Gross 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

unrealized 

Fair 

unrealized 

Fair 

unrealized 

Fair 

(in millions)

  

losses 

value 

  

losses 

value 

  

losses 

value 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

September 30, 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

$

 (260) 

 5,862 

  

 - 

 - 

  

 (260) 

 5,862 

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

  

 (528) 

 10,893 

  

 (364) 

 3,889 

  

 (892) 

 14,782 

Mortgage-backed securities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Federal agencies

  

 (2,245) 

 52,043 

  

 (6) 

 514 

  

 (2,251) 

 52,557 

  

Residential

  

 (19) 

 1,263 

  

 (23) 

 249 

  

 (42) 

 1,512 

  

Commercial

  

 (31) 

 2,838 

  

 (121) 

 1,898 

  

 (152) 

 4,736 

  

  

Total mortgage-backed securities

  

 (2,295) 

 56,144 

  

 (150) 

 2,661 

  

 (2,445) 

 58,805 

Corporate debt securities

  

 (100) 

 2,854 

  

 (49) 

 252 

  

 (149) 

 3,106 

Collateralized loan and other debt obligations

  

 (46) 

 5,653 

  

 (41) 

 356 

  

 (87) 

 6,009 

Other

  

 (19) 

 3,007 

  

 (16) 

 225 

  

 (35) 

 3,232 

  

  

  

Total debt securities

  

 (3,248) 

 84,413 

  

 (620) 

 7,383 

  

 (3,868) 

 91,796 

Marketable equity securities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Perpetual preferred securities

  

 (37) 

 441 

  

 (34) 

 306 

  

 (71) 

 747 

  

Other marketable equity securities

  

 (7) 

 47 

  

 - 

 - 

  

 (7) 

 47 

  

  

  

Total marketable equity securities

  

 (44) 

 488 

  

 (34) 

 306 

  

 (78) 

 794 

  

  

  

  

Total

$

 (3,292) 

 84,901 

  

 (654) 

 7,689 

  

 (3,946) 

 92,590 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

December 31, 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

$

 - 

 - 

  

 - 

 - 

  

 - 

 - 

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

  

 (55) 

 2,709 

  

 (389) 

 4,662 

  

 (444) 

 7,371 

Mortgage-backed securities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Federal agencies

  

 (4) 

 2,247 

  

 - 

 - 

  

 (4) 

 2,247 

  

Residential

  

 (4) 

 261 

  

 (45) 

 1,564 

  

 (49) 

 1,825 

  

Commercial

  

 (6) 

 491 

  

 (262) 

 2,564 

  

 (268) 

 3,055 

  

  

Total mortgage-backed securities

  

 (14) 

 2,999 

  

 (307) 

 4,128 

  

 (321) 

 7,127 

Corporate debt securities

  

 (14) 

 1,217 

  

 (55) 

 305 

  

 (69) 

 1,522 

Collateralized loan and other debt obligations

  

 (2) 

 1,485 

  

 (93) 

 798 

  

 (95) 

 2,283 

Other

  

 (11) 

 2,153 

  

 (65) 

 1,010 

  

 (76) 

 3,163 

  

  

  

Total debt securities

  

 (96) 

 10,563 

  

 (909) 

 10,903 

  

 (1,005) 

 21,466 

Marketable equity securities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Perpetual preferred securities

  

 (3) 

 116 

  

 (37) 

 538 

  

 (40) 

 654 

  

Other marketable equity securities

  

 (9) 

 48 

  

 - 

 - 

  

 (9) 

 48 

  

  

  

Total marketable equity securities

  

 (12) 

 164 

  

 (37) 

 538 

  

 (49) 

 702 

  

  

  

  

Total

$

 (108) 

 10,727 

  

 (946) 

 11,441 

  

 (1,054) 

 22,168 

75

 


 

      

We do not have the intent to sell any securities included in the previous table. For debt securities included in the table, we have concluded it is more likely than not that we will not be required to sell prior to recovery of the amortized cost basis. We have assessed each security with gross unrealized losses for credit impairment. For debt securities, we evaluate, where necessary, whether credit impairment exists by comparing the present value of the expected cash flows to the securities’ amortized cost basis. For equity securities, we consider numerous factors in determining whether impairment exists, including our intent and ability to hold the securities for a period of time sufficient to recover the cost basis of the securities.

For complete descriptions of the factors we consider when analyzing debt securities for impairment, see Note 1 and Note 5 in our 2012 Form 10-K. There have been no material changes to our methodologies for assessing impairment in the first nine months of 2013. 

The following table shows the gross unrealized losses and fair value of debt and perpetual preferred securities available for sale by those rated investment grade and those rated less than investment grade, according to their lowest credit rating by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services (S&P) or Moody’s Investors Service (Moody’s). Credit ratings express opinions about the credit quality of a security. Securities rated investment grade, that is those rated BBB- or higher by S&P or Baa3 or higher by Moody’s, are generally considered by the rating agencies and market participants to be low credit risk. Conversely, securities rated below investment grade, labeled as “speculative grade” by the rating agencies, are considered to be distinctively higher credit risk than investment grade securities. We have also included securities not rated by S&P or Moody’s in the table below based on the internal credit grade of the securities (used for credit risk management purposes) equivalent to the credit rating assigned by major credit agencies. The unrealized losses and fair value of unrated securities categorized as investment grade based on internal credit grades were $23 million and $2.0 billion, respectively, at September 30, 2013, and $19 million and $2.0 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2012. If an internal credit grade was not assigned, we categorized the security as non-investment grade.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Investment grade

  

Non-investment grade

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Gross 

  

  

Gross 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

unrealized 

Fair 

  

unrealized 

Fair 

(in millions)

  

losses 

value 

  

losses 

value 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

September 30, 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

$

 (260) 

 5,862 

  

 - 

 - 

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

  

 (840) 

 14,278 

  

 (52) 

 504 

Mortgage-backed securities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Federal agencies

  

 (2,251) 

 52,557 

  

 - 

 - 

  

Residential

  

 (2) 

 201 

  

 (40) 

 1,311 

  

Commercial

  

 (58) 

 3,909 

  

 (94) 

 827 

  

  

Total mortgage-backed securities

  

 (2,311) 

 56,667 

  

 (134) 

 2,138 

Corporate debt securities

  

 (89) 

 2,184 

  

 (60) 

 922 

Collateralized loan and other debt obligations

  

 (64) 

 5,809 

  

 (23) 

 200 

Other

  

 (22) 

 3,050 

  

 (13) 

 182 

  

  

  

Total debt securities

  

 (3,586) 

 87,850 

  

 (282) 

 3,946 

Perpetual preferred securities

  

 (71) 

 747 

  

 - 

 - 

  

  

  

  

Total

 (3,657) 

 88,597 

  

 (282) 

 3,946 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

December 31, 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

$

 - 

 - 

  

 - 

 - 

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

  

 (378) 

 6,839 

  

 (66) 

 532 

Mortgage-backed securities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Federal agencies

  

 (4) 

 2,247 

  

 - 

 - 

  

Residential

  

 (3) 

 78 

  

 (46) 

 1,747 

  

Commercial

  

 (31) 

 2,110 

  

 (237) 

 945 

  

  

Total mortgage-backed securities

  

 (38) 

 4,435 

  

 (283) 

 2,692 

Corporate debt securities

  

 (19) 

 1,112 

  

 (50) 

 410 

Collateralized loan and other debt obligations

  

 (49) 

 2,065 

  

 (46) 

 218 

Other

  

 (49) 

 3,034 

  

 (27) 

 129 

  

  

  

Total debt securities

  

 (533) 

 17,485 

  

 (472) 

 3,981 

Perpetual preferred securities

  

 (40) 

 654 

  

 - 

 - 

  

  

  

  

Total

 (573) 

 18,139 

  

 (472) 

 3,981 

76

 


 

Note 4:   Securities Available for Sale  (continued) 

 

Contractual Maturities

The following table shows the remaining contractual maturities and contractual yields (taxable-equivalent basis) of debt securities available for sale. The remaining contractual principal maturities for MBS do not consider prepayments. Remaining expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to prepay obligations before the underlying mortgages mature.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Remaining contractual maturity 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Weighted-

  

  

  

  

  

After one year 

  

After five years 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total  

average 

  

Within one year 

  

through five years 

  

through ten years 

  

  

After ten years 

  

(in millions)

  

amount  

  

yield 

  

  

Amount 

Yield 

  

  

Amount 

Yield 

  

  

Amount 

Yield 

  

  

Amount 

Yield 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

September 30, 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Securities of U.S. Treasury

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

and federal agencies

$

 6,406 

  

 1.67 

 134 

 1.25 

 700 

 1.42 

 5,572 

 1.71 

 - 

 - 

Securities of U.S. states and

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

political subdivisions

  

 42,293 

  

 5.23 

  

  

 4,844 

 1.84 

  

  

 8,461 

 2.20 

  

  

 3,177 

 5.32 

  

  

 25,811 

 6.85 

  

Mortgage-backed securities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Federal agencies

  

 118,963 

  

 3.37 

  

  

 - 

 - 

  

  

 435 

 2.71 

  

  

 553 

 4.84 

  

  

 117,975 

 3.37 

  

  

Residential

  

 13,524 

  

 4.24 

  

  

 - 

 - 

  

  

 - 

 - 

  

  

 452 

 1.92 

  

  

 13,072 

 4.32 

  

  

Commercial

  

 18,805 

  

 5.36 

  

  

 - 

 - 

  

  

 52 

 3.33 

  

  

 100 

 2.77 

  

  

 18,653 

 5.38 

  

  

  

Total mortgage-backed

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

securities

  

 151,292 

  

 3.70 

  

  

 - 

 - 

  

  

 487 

 2.78 

  

  

 1,105 

 3.46 

  

  

 149,700 

 3.70 

  

Corporate debt securities

  

 21,198 

  

 4.21 

  

  

 4,944 

 2.39 

  

  

 8,547 

 3.77 

  

  

 6,371 

 5.86 

  

  

 1,336 

 5.78 

  

Collateralized loan and

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

other debt obligations

  

 17,776 

  

 1.53 

  

  

 40 

 0.25 

  

  

 915 

 0.67 

  

  

 7,185 

 1.14 

  

  

 9,636 

 1.90 

  

Other

  

 16,854 

  

 1.74 

  

  

 1,693 

 1.50 

  

  

 8,097 

 1.77 

  

  

 2,544 

 1.75 

  

  

 4,520 

 1.78 

  

  

  

  

Total debt securities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

at fair value

$

 255,819 

  

 3.66 

%

$

 11,655 

 2.01 

%

$

 27,207 

 2.51 

%

$

 25,954 

 3.09 

%

$

 191,003 

 4.01 

%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

December 31, 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Securities of U.S. Treasury

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

and federal agencies

$

 7,146 

  

 1.59 

 376 

 0.43 

 661 

 1.24 

 6,109 

 1.70 

 - 

 - 

Securities of U.S. states and

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

political subdivisions

  

 38,676 

  

 5.29 

  

  

 1,861 

 2.61 

  

  

 11,620 

 2.18 

  

  

 3,380 

 5.51 

  

  

 21,815 

 7.15 

  

Mortgage-backed securities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Federal agencies

  

 97,285 

  

 3.82 

  

  

 1 

 5.40 

  

  

 106 

 4.87 

  

  

 1,144 

 3.41 

  

  

 96,034 

 3.83 

  

  

Residential

  

 15,931 

  

 4.38 

  

  

 - 

 - 

  

  

 - 

 - 

  

  

 569 

 2.06 

  

  

 15,362 

 4.47 

  

  

Commercial

  

 19,968 

  

 5.33 

  

  

 - 

 - 

  

  

 78 

 3.69 

  

  

 101 

 2.84 

  

  

 19,789 

 5.35 

  

  

  

Total mortgage-backed

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

securities

  

 133,184 

  

 4.12 

  

  

 1 

 5.40 

  

  

 184 

 4.37 

  

  

 1,814 

 2.95 

  

  

 131,185 

 4.13 

  

Corporate debt securities

  

 21,333 

  

 4.26 

  

  

 1,037 

 4.29 

  

  

 12,792 

 3.19 

  

  

 6,099 

 6.14 

  

  

 1,405 

 5.88 

  

Collateralized loan and

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

other debt obligations

  

 13,188 

  

 1.35 

  

  

 44 

 0.96 

  

  

 1,246 

 0.71 

  

  

 7,376 

 1.01 

  

  

 4,522 

 2.08 

  

Other

  

 18,887 

  

 1.85 

  

  

 1,715 

 1.14 

  

  

 9,589 

 1.75 

  

  

 3,274 

 2.11 

  

  

 4,309 

 2.14 

  

  

  

  

Total debt securities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

at fair value

$

 232,414 

  

 3.91 

 5,034 

 2.28 

 36,092 

 2.37 

 28,052 

 3.07 

 163,236 

 4.44 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

77

 


 

      

Realized Gains and Losses

The following table shows the gross realized gains and losses on sales and OTTI write-downs related to the securities available-for-sale portfolio, which includes marketable equity securities, as well as net realized gains and losses on nonmarketable equity investments (see Note 6 – Other Assets).

 

 

 

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Quarter 

  

Nine months

  

  

  

  

  

ended Sept. 30, 

  

ended Sept. 30,

(in millions)

  

 2013 

 2012 

  

 2013 

 2012 

Gross realized gains

$

 161 

 110 

  

 371 

 527 

Gross realized losses

  

 (8) 

 (29) 

  

 (21) 

 (65) 

OTTI write-downs

  

 (39) 

 (39) 

  

 (153) 

 (172) 

  

Net realized gains from securities available for sale

  

 114 

 42 

  

 197 

 290 

Net realized gains from nonmarketable equity investments

  

 382 

 125 

  

 606 

 415 

  

  

Net realized gains from debt securities and equity investments

$

 496 

 167 

  

 803 

 705 

  

  

Other-Than-Temporary Impairment

The following table shows the detail of total OTTI write-downs included in earnings for debt securities, marketable securities and nonmarketable equity investments.

 

 

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Quarter 

  

Nine months 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

ended Sept. 30, 

  

ended Sept. 30, 

(in millions)

  

  

 2013 

 2012 

  

 2013 

 2012 

OTTI write-downs included in earnings

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Debt securities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

U.S. states and political subdivisions

 - 

 - 

  

 - 

 9 

  

  

Mortgage-backed securities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Federal agencies

  

 - 

 - 

  

 1 

 - 

  

  

  

Residential

  

 16 

 17 

  

 53 

 65 

  

  

  

Commercial

  

 6 

 8 

  

 47 

 41 

  

  

Corporate debt securities

  

 - 

 5 

  

 2 

 9 

  

  

Collateralized loan and other debt obligations

  

 - 

 - 

  

 - 

 1 

  

  

Other debt securities

  

 1 

 6 

  

 25 

 38 

  

  

  

  

Total debt securities

  

 23 

 36 

  

 128 

 163 

  

Equity securities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Marketable equity securities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Perpetual preferred securities

  

 - 

 2 

  

 - 

 8 

  

  

  

Other marketable equity securities

  

 16 

 1 

  

 25 

 1 

  

  

  

  

Total marketable equity securities

  

 16 

 3 

  

 25 

 9 

  

  

  

  

  

Total securities available for sale

  

 39 

 39 

  

 153 

 172 

  

  

Nonmarketable equity investments

  

 21 

 33 

  

 96 

 85 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total OTTI write-downs included in earnings

 60 

 72 

  

 249 

 257 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

78

 


 

Note 4:   Securities Available for Sale  (continued) 

 

Other-Than-Temporarily Impaired Debt Securities

The following table shows the detail of OTTI write-downs on debt securities available for sale included in earnings and the related changes in OCI for the same securities.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Quarter ended Sept. 30, 

  

Nine months ended Sept. 30, 

(in millions)

  

  

 2013 

 2012 

  

 2013 

 2012 

OTTI on debt securities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Recorded as part of gross realized losses:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Credit-related OTTI

 23 

 36 

  

 79 

 160 

  

  

Intent-to-sell OTTI

  

 - 

 - 

  

 49 

 3 

  

  

  

Total recorded as part of gross realized losses

  

 23 

 36 

  

 128 

 163 

  

Changes to OCI for increase (decrease) in non-credit related OTTI (1):

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

U.S. states and political subdivisions

  

 - 

 - 

  

 - 

 (7) 

  

  

Residential mortgage-backed securities

  

 (2) 

 (85) 

  

 (18) 

 (148) 

  

  

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

  

 (33) 

 (56) 

  

 (74) 

 (62) 

  

  

Corporate debt securities

  

 - 

 6 

  

 - 

 5 

  

  

Collateralized loan and other debt obligations

  

 - 

 (1) 

  

 (1) 

 - 

  

  

Other debt securities

  

 (1) 

 (1) 

  

 1 

 30 

  

  

  

Total changes to OCI for non-credit-related OTTI

  

 (36) 

 (137) 

  

 (92) 

 (182) 

  

  

  

  

Total OTTI losses (gains) recorded on debt securities

$

 (13) 

 (101) 

  

 36 

 (19) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)  Represents amounts recorded to OCI for impairment, due to factors other than credit, on debt securities that have also had credit-related OTTI write-downs during the period. Increases represent initial or subsequent non-credit-related OTTI on debt securities. Decreases represent partial to full reversal of impairment due to recoveries in the fair value of securities due to factors other than credit.  

 

The following table presents a rollforward of the credit loss component recognized in earnings for debt securities we still own (referred to as “credit-impaired” debt securities). The credit loss component of the amortized cost represents the difference between the present value of expected future cash flows discounted using the security’s current effective interest rate and the amortized cost basis of the security prior to considering credit losses. OTTI recognized in earnings for credit-impaired debt securities is presented as additions and is classified into one of two components based upon whether the current period is the first time the debt security was credit-impaired (initial credit impairment) or if the debt security was previously credit-impaired (subsequent credit impairments). The credit loss component is reduced if we sell, intend to sell or believe we will be required to sell previously credit-impaired debt securities. Additionally, the credit loss component is reduced if we receive or expect to receive cash flows in excess of what we previously expected to receive over the remaining life of the credit-impaired debt security, the security matures or is fully written down.

      Changes in the credit loss component of credit-impaired debt securities that were recognized in earnings and related to securities that we do not intend to sell were:

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Quarter ended Sept. 30, 

  

Nine months ended Sept. 30, 

(in millions)

  

2013 

 2012 

  

2013 

 2012 

Credit loss component, beginning of period

$

 1,218 

 1,314 

  

 1,289 

 1,272 

Additions:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Initial credit impairments

  

 6 

 14 

  

 11 

 50 

  

Subsequent credit impairments

  

 17 

 22 

  

 68 

 110 

  

  

Total additions

  

 23 

 36 

  

 79 

 160 

Reductions:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

For securities sold or matured

  

 (30) 

 (100) 

  

 (141) 

 (170) 

  

For recoveries of previous credit impairments (1)

  

 (7) 

 (5) 

  

 (23) 

 (17) 

  

  

Total reductions

  

 (37) 

 (105) 

  

 (164) 

 (187) 

Credit loss component, end of period

 1,204 

 1,245 

  

 1,204 

 1,245 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)  Recoveries of previous credit impairments result from increases in expected cash flows subsequent to credit loss recognition. Such recoveries are reflected prospectively as interest yield adjustments using the effective interest method.  

79

 


 

      

To determine credit impairment losses for asset-backed securities (e.g., residential MBS, commercial MBS), we estimate expected future cash flows of the security by estimating the expected future cash flows of the underlying collateral and applying those collateral cash flows, together with any credit enhancements such as subordinated interests owned by third parties, to the security. The expected future cash flows of the underlying collateral are determined using the remaining contractual cash flows adjusted for future expected credit losses (which consider current delinquencies and nonperforming assets (NPAs), future expected default rates and collateral value by vintage and geographic region) and prepayments. The expected cash flows of the security are then discounted at the security’s current effective interest rate to arrive at a present value amount. Total credit impairment losses on residential MBS that we do not intend to sell are shown in the table below. The table also presents a summary of the significant inputs considered in determining the measurement of the credit loss component recognized in earnings for residential MBS.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Quarter ended Sept. 30, 

  

Nine months ended Sept. 30, 

($ in millions)

  

 2013 

  

 2012 

  

 2013 

 2012 

Credit impairment losses on residential MBS

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-investment grade

 16 

  

 17 

  

 53 

 65 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Significant inputs (non-agency – non-investment grade MBS)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Expected remaining life of loan loss rate (1):

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Range (2)

  

1-14 

%

3-36

  

1-20 

1-44

  

Credit impairment loss rate distribution (3):

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

0 - 10% range

  

 78 

  

 95 

  

 91 

 71 

  

  

10 - 20% range

  

 22 

  

 5 

  

 8 

 13 

  

  

20 - 30% range

  

 - 

  

 - 

  

 1 

 6 

  

  

Greater than 30%

  

 - 

  

 - 

  

 - 

 10 

  

Weighted average loss rate (4)

  

 5 

  

 7 

  

 6 

 9 

Current subordination levels (5):

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Range (2)

  

0-3 

  

0-9 

  

0-41 

0-57 

  

Weighted average (4)

  

 - 

  

 3 

  

 - 

 2 

Prepayment speed (annual CPR (6)):

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Range (2)

  

6-18 

  

9-23 

  

4-20 

5-29

  

Weighted average (4)

  

 16 

  

 16 

  

 16 

 15 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)  Represents future expected credit losses on each pool of loans underlying respective securities expressed as a percentage of the total current outstanding loan balance of the pool for each respective security.

(2)  Represents the range of inputs/assumptions based upon the individual securities within each category.

(3)  Represents distribution of credit impairment losses recognized in earnings categorized based on range of expected remaining life of loan losses. For example 78% of credit impairment losses recognized in earnings for the quarter ended September 30, 2013, had expected remaining life of loan loss assumptions of 0 to 10%.

(4)  Calculated by weighting the relevant input/assumption for each individual security by current outstanding amortized cost basis of the security.

(5)  Represents current level of credit protection provided by tranches subordinate to our security holdings (subordination), expressed as a percentage of total current underlying loan balance.

(6)  Constant prepayment rate.

 

Total credit impairment losses on commercial MBS that we do not intend to sell were $6 million and $7 million for the quarters ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and $21 million and $41 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  Significant inputs considered in determining the credit impairment losses for commercial MBS are the expected remaining life of loan loss rates and current subordination levels. Prepayment activity on commercial MBS does not significantly impact the determination of their credit impairment because, unlike residential MBS, commercial MBS experience significantly lower prepayments due to certain contractual restrictions, impacting the borrower’s ability to prepay the mortgage. The expected remaining life of loan loss rates for commercial MBS with credit impairment losses ranged from 4% to 14% and 3% to 14% for the quarters ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and 4% to 14% and 3% to 17% for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The current subordination level ranges were 4% to 12% and 0% to 12% for the quarters ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and 0% to 21% and 0% to 12% for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

80

 


 

      

Note 5:  Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses                                                                                                     

The following table presents total loans outstanding by portfolio segment and class of financing receivable. Outstanding balances include a total net reduction of $6.5 billion and $7.4 billion at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, for unearned income, net deferred loan fees, and unamortized discounts and premiums. Outstanding balances also include PCI loans net of any remaining purchase accounting adjustments. Information about PCI loans is presented separately in the “Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans” section of this Note.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Sept. 30, 

  

Dec. 31, 

(in millions)

  

 2013 

  

 2012 

Commercial:

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial and industrial

$

 191,738 

  

187,759 

  

Real estate mortgage

  

 105,540 

  

106,340 

  

Real estate construction

  

 16,413 

  

16,904 

  

Lease financing

  

 11,688 

  

12,424 

  

Foreign (1)

  

 46,666 

  

37,771 

  

  

Total commercial

  

 372,045 

  

361,198 

Consumer:

  

  

  

  

  

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

  

 254,924 

  

249,900 

  

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage

  

 67,675 

  

75,465 

  

Credit card

  

 25,448 

  

24,640 

  

Automobile

  

 49,693 

  

45,998 

  

Other revolving credit and installment

  

 42,540 

  

42,373 

  

  

Total consumer

  

 440,280 

  

438,376 

  

  

  

Total loans

$

 812,325 

  

799,574 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)  Substantially all of our foreign loan portfolio is commercial loans. Loans are classified as foreign if the borrower’s primary address is outside of the United States.

 

Loan Purchases, Sales, and Transfers

The following table summarizes the proceeds paid or received for purchases and sales of loans and transfers from loans held for investment to mortgages/loans held for sale at lower of cost or market. This loan activity primarily includes loans purchased or sales of whole loan or participating interests, whereby we receive or transfer a portion of a loan after origination. The table excludes PCI loans and loans recorded at fair value, including loans originated for sale because their loan activity normally does not impact the allowance for credit losses.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 2013 

  

 2012 

(in millions)

Commercial 

Consumer 

Total 

  

Commercial 

Consumer 

Total 

Quarter ended September 30,

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loans - held for investment:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Purchases (1)

$

 6,226 

 - 

 6,226 

  

 1,021 

 - 

 1,021 

  

Sales

  

 (1,177) 

 (24) 

 (1,201) 

  

 (796) 

 (164) 

 (960) 

Transfers to MHFS/LHFS (1)

  

 (65) 

 (3) 

 (68) 

  

 (41) 

 (5) 

 (46) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Nine months ended September 30,

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loans - held for investment:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Purchases (1)

$

 9,374 

 581 

 9,955 

  

 10,196 

 167 

 10,363 

  

Sales

  

 (4,989) 

 (470) 

 (5,459) 

  

 (3,731) 

 (487) 

 (4,218) 

Transfers to MHFS/LHFS (1)

  

 (198) 

 (15) 

 (213) 

  

 (59) 

 (10) 

 (69) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)  The “Purchases” and “Transfers to MHFS/LHFS" categories exclude activity in government insured/guaranteed loans. As servicer, we are able to buy delinquent insured/guaranteed loans out of the Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA) pools. These loans have different risk characteristics from the rest of our consumer portfolio, whereby this activity does not impact the allowance for loan losses in the same manner because the loans are predominantly insured by the Federal Housing Administration (FHA) or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs (VA). On a net basis, such purchases net of transfers to MHFS were $2.4 billion and $1.5 billion for the third quarter 2013 and 2012, respectively, and $5.2 billion and $7.0 billion for the first nine months ended of 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

81

 


 

      

Commitments to Lend

A commitment to lend is a legally binding agreement to lend funds to a customer, usually at a stated interest rate, if funded, and for specific purposes and time periods. We generally require a fee to extend such commitments. Certain commitments are subject to loan agreements with covenants regarding the financial performance of the customer or borrowing base formulas on an ongoing basis that must be met before we are required to fund the commitment. We may reduce or cancel consumer commitments, including home equity lines and credit card lines, in accordance with the contracts and applicable law.

When we make commitments, we are exposed to credit risk. The maximum credit risk for these commitments will generally be lower than the contractual amount because a significant portion of these commitments are expected to expire without being used by the customer. In addition, we manage the potential risk in commitments to lend by limiting the total amount of commitments, both by individual customer and in total, by monitoring the size and maturity structure of these commitments and by applying the same credit standards for these commitments as for all of our credit activities. In some cases, we participate a portion of our interest in a commitment to other financial institutions in an arrangement that reduces our credit risk to the borrower. We also originate multipurpose lending commitments under which borrowers have the option to draw on the facility for different purposes in one of several forms, including a standby letter of credit. See Note 10 for information on standby letters of credit.

For certain loans and commitments to lend, we may require collateral or a guarantee, based on our assessment of a customer’s credit risk. We may require various types of collateral, including commercial and consumer real estate, autos, other short-term liquid assets such as accounts receivable or inventory and long-lived asset, such as equipment and other business assets. Collateral requirements for each loan or commitment may vary according to the specific credit underwriting, including terms and structure of loans funded immediately or under a commitment to fund at a later date.

       


The contractual amount of our unfunded credit commitments, net of participations and net of all standby and commercial letters of credit issued under the terms of these commitments, is summarized by portfolio segment and class of financing receivable in the following table:

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Sept. 30, 

Dec. 31, 

(in millions)

  

 2013 

 2012 

Commercial:

  

  

  

  

Commercial and industrial

$

 231,576 

 215,626 

  

Real estate mortgage

  

 5,913 

 6,165 

  

Real estate construction

  

 10,180 

 9,109 

  

Foreign

  

 13,660 

 8,423 

  

  

Total commercial

  

 261,329 

 239,323 

Consumer:

  

  

  

  

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

  

 33,845 

 42,657 

  

Real estate 1-4 family

  

  

  

  

  

junior lien mortgage

  

 48,145 

 50,934 

  

Credit card

  

 77,187 

 70,960 

  

Other revolving credit and installment

  

 23,165 

 19,791 

  

  

Total consumer

  

 182,343 

 184,342 

  

  

  

Total unfunded

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

credit commitments

$

 443,672 

 423,665 

82

 


 

Note 5:   Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses  (continued) 

 

Allowance for Credit Losses

The allowance for credit losses consists of the allowance for loan losses and the allowance for unfunded credit commitments. Changes in the allowance for credit losses were:

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Quarter ended Sept. 30, 

  

Nine months ended Sept. 30, 

(in millions)

  

  

 2013 

  

 2012 

  

 2013 

  

 2012 

Balance, beginning of period

$

 16,618 

  

 18,646 

  

 17,477 

  

 19,668 

Provision for credit losses

  

 75 

  

 1,591 

  

 1,946 

  

 5,386 

Interest income on certain impaired loans (1)

  

 (63) 

  

 (76) 

  

 (209) 

  

 (245) 

Loan charge-offs:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial and industrial

  

 (151) 

  

 (285) 

  

 (516) 

  

 (1,004) 

  

  

Real estate mortgage

  

 (44) 

  

 (100) 

  

 (153) 

  

 (296) 

  

  

Real estate construction

  

 (6) 

  

 (41) 

  

 (18) 

  

 (181) 

  

  

Lease financing

  

 (3) 

  

 (5) 

  

 (30) 

  

 (18) 

  

  

Foreign

  

 (4) 

  

 (35) 

  

 (23) 

  

 (81) 

  

  

  

Total commercial

  

 (208) 

  

 (466) 

  

 (740) 

  

 (1,580) 

  

Consumer:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

  

 (303) 

  

 (719) 

  

 (1,170) 

  

 (2,319) 

  

  

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage

  

 (345) 

  

 (1,095) 

  

 (1,287) 

  

 (2,672) 

  

  

Credit card

  

 (239) 

  

 (255) 

  

 (771) 

  

 (842) 

  

  

Automobile

  

 (153) 

  

 (152) 

  

 (443) 

  

 (462) 

  

  

Other revolving credit and installment

  

 (191) 

  

 (184) 

  

 (558) 

  

 (565) 

  

  

  

Total consumer

  

 (1,231) 

  

 (2,405) 

  

 (4,229) 

  

 (6,860) 

  

  

  

  

Total loan charge-offs

  

 (1,439) 

  

 (2,871) 

  

 (4,969) 

  

 (8,440) 

Loan recoveries:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial and industrial

  

 93 

  

 154 

  

 288 

  

 368 

  

  

Real estate mortgage

  

 64 

  

 46 

  

 149 

  

 115 

  

  

Real estate construction

  

 23 

  

 40 

  

 114 

  

 96 

  

  

Lease financing

  

 3 

  

 4 

  

 13 

  

 15 

  

  

Foreign

  

 6 

  

 5 

  

 23 

  

 26 

  

  

  

Total commercial

  

 189 

  

 249 

  

 587 

  

 620 

  

Consumer:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

  

 61 

  

 46 

  

 171 

  

 112 

  

  

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage

  

 70 

  

 59 

  

 204 

  

 184 

  

  

Credit card

  

 32 

  

 43 

  

 95 

  

 148 

  

  

Automobile

  

 75 

  

 77 

  

 247 

  

 285 

  

  

Other revolving credit and installment

  

 37 

  

 39 

  

 119 

  

 138 

  

  

  

Total consumer

  

 275 

  

 264 

  

 836 

  

 867 

  

  

  

  

Total loan recoveries

  

 464 

  

 513 

  

 1,423 

  

 1,487 

  

  

  

  

  

Net loan charge-offs (2)

  

 (975) 

  

 (2,358) 

  

 (3,546) 

  

 (6,953) 

Allowances related to business combinations/other

  

 (8) 

  

 - 

  

 (21) 

  

 (53) 

Balance, end of period

$

 15,647 

  

 17,803 

  

 15,647 

  

 17,803 

Components:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Allowance for loan losses

$

 15,159 

  

 17,385 

  

 15,159 

  

 17,385 

  

Allowance for unfunded credit commitments

  

 488 

  

 418 

  

 488 

  

 418 

  

  

Allowance for credit losses (3)

$

 15,647 

  

 17,803 

  

 15,647 

  

 17,803 

Net loan charge-offs (annualized) as a percentage of average total loans (2)

  

 0.48 

 1.21 

  

 0.59 

  

 1.20 

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans (3)

  

 1.87 

  

 2.22 

  

 1.87 

  

 2.22 

Allowance for credit losses as a percentage of total loans (3)

  

 1.93 

  

 2.27 

  

 1.93 

  

 2.27 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)  Certain impaired loans with an allowance calculated by discounting expected cash flows using the loan’s effective interest rate over the remaining life of the loan recognize reductions in the allowance as interest income.

(2)  For PCI loans, charge-offs are only recorded to the extent that losses exceed the purchase accounting estimates.

(3)  The allowance for credit losses includes $22 million and $160 million at September 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively, related to PCI loans acquired from Wachovia. Loans acquired from Wachovia are included in total loans net of related purchase accounting net write-downs.

 

 

83

 


 

      

The following table summarizes the activity in the allowance for credit losses by our commercial and consumer portfolio segments.  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 2013 

  

  

  

 2012 

(in millions)

Commercial 

Consumer 

Total 

  

Commercial 

Consumer 

Total 

Quarter ended September 30,

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Balance, beginning of period

 5,896 

 10,722 

 16,618 

  

 6,159 

 12,487 

 18,646 

  

Provision for credit losses

  

 65 

 10 

 75 

  

 (108) 

 1,699 

 1,591 

  

Interest income on certain impaired loans

  

 (11) 

 (52) 

 (63) 

  

 (22) 

 (54) 

 (76) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loan charge-offs

  

 (208) 

 (1,231) 

 (1,439) 

  

 (466) 

 (2,405) 

 (2,871) 

  

Loan recoveries

  

 189 

 275 

 464 

  

 249 

 264 

 513 

  

  

Net loan charge-offs

  

 (19) 

 (956) 

 (975) 

  

 (217) 

 (2,141) 

 (2,358) 

  

Allowance related to business combinations/other

  

 (8) 

 - 

 (8) 

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

Balance, end of period

 5,923 

 9,724 

 15,647 

  

 5,812 

 11,991 

 17,803 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Nine months ended September 30,

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Balance, beginning of period

 5,714 

 11,763 

 17,477 

  

 6,358 

 13,310 

 19,668 

  

Provision for credit losses

  

 429 

 1,517 

 1,946 

  

 490 

 4,896 

 5,386 

  

Interest income on certain impaired loans

  

 (46) 

 (163) 

 (209) 

  

 (76) 

 (169) 

 (245) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loan charge-offs

  

 (740) 

 (4,229) 

 (4,969) 

  

 (1,580) 

 (6,860) 

 (8,440) 

  

Loan recoveries

  

 587 

 836 

 1,423 

  

 620 

 867 

 1,487 

  

  

Net loan charge-offs

  

 (153) 

 (3,393) 

 (3,546) 

  

 (960) 

 (5,993) 

 (6,953) 

  

Allowance related to business combinations/other

  

 (21) 

 - 

 (21) 

  

 - 

 (53) 

 (53) 

Balance, end of period

 5,923 

 9,724 

 15,647 

  

 5,812 

 11,991 

 17,803 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

The following table disaggregates our allowance for credit losses and recorded investment in loans by impairment methodology.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Allowance for credit losses 

  

Recorded investment in loans 

(in millions)

  

Commercial 

Consumer 

Total 

  

Commercial 

Consumer 

Total 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

September 30, 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Collectively evaluated (1)

 4,566 

 5,473 

 10,039 

  

 363,050 

 392,594 

 755,644 

Individually evaluated (2)

  

 1,340 

 4,246 

 5,586 

  

 6,018 

 22,829 

 28,847 

PCI (3)

  

 17 

 5 

 22 

  

 2,977 

 24,857 

 27,834 

  

Total

 5,923 

 9,724 

 15,647 

  

 372,045 

 440,280 

 812,325 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

December 31, 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Collectively evaluated (1)

 3,951 

 7,524 

 11,475 

  

 349,035 

 389,559 

 738,594 

Individually evaluated (2)

  

 1,675 

 4,210 

 5,885 

  

 8,186 

 21,826 

 30,012 

PCI (3)

  

 88 

 29 

 117 

  

 3,977 

 26,991 

 30,968 

  

Total

 5,714 

 11,763 

 17,477 

  

 361,198 

 438,376 

 799,574 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)  Represents loans collectively evaluated for impairment in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 450-20, Loss Contingencies (formerly FAS 5), and pursuant to amendments by ASU 2010-20 regarding allowance for non-impaired loans.

(2)  Represents loans individually evaluated for impairment in accordance with ASC 310-10, Receivables  (formerly FAS 114), and pursuant to amendments by ASU 2010-20 regarding allowance for impaired loans.

(3)  Represents the allowance and related loan carrying value determined in accordance with ASC 310-30, Receivables – Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality (formerly SOP 03-3) and pursuant to amendments by ASU 2010-20 regarding allowance for PCI loans.

 

Credit Quality

We monitor credit quality by evaluating various attributes and utilize such information in our evaluation of the appropriateness of the allowance for credit losses. The following sections provide the credit quality indicators we most closely monitor. The credit quality indicators are generally based on information as of our financial statement date, with the exception of updated Fair Isaac Corporation (FICO) scores and updated loan-to-value (LTV)/combined LTV (CLTV), which are obtained at least quarterly. Generally, these indicators are updated in the second month of each quarter, with updates no older than June 30, 2013. See the “Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans” section of this Note for credit quality information on our PCI portfolio.

 

Commercial Credit Quality Indicators   In addition to monitoring commercial loan concentration risk, we manage a consistent process for assessing commercial loan credit quality. Generally, commercial loans are subject to individual risk assessment using our internal borrower and collateral quality ratings. Our ratings are aligned to Pass and Criticized categories. The Criticized category

84

 


 

Note 5:   Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses  (continued) 

 

includes Special Mention, Substandard, and Doubtful categories which are defined by bank regulatory agencies.

The following table provides a breakdown of outstanding commercial loans by risk category. Of the $14.6 billion in criticized commercial real estate (CRE) loans, $3.0 billion has been placed on nonaccrual status and written down to net realizable collateral value. CRE loans have a high level of monitoring in place to manage these assets and mitigate loss exposure.  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial 

Real 

Real 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

and 

estate 

estate 

Lease 

  

  

(in millions)

  

industrial 

mortgage 

construction 

financing 

Foreign 

Total 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

September 30, 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

By risk category:

  

  

  

  

  

  

     

Pass

$

 175,435 

 91,622 

 13,730 

 11,207 

 43,118 

 335,112 

     

Criticized

  

 16,093 

 12,499 

 2,078 

 481 

 2,805 

 33,956 

  

  

Total commercial loans (excluding PCI)

  

 191,528 

 104,121 

 15,808 

 11,688 

 45,923 

 369,068 

Total commercial PCI loans (carrying value)

  

 210 

 1,419 

 605 

 - 

 743 

 2,977 

  

  

  

Total commercial loans

$

 191,738 

 105,540 

 16,413 

 11,688 

 46,666 

 372,045 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

December 31, 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

By risk category:

  

  

  

  

  

  

     

Pass

$

 169,293 

 87,183 

 12,224 

 11,787 

 35,380 

 315,867 

     

Criticized

  

 18,207 

 17,187 

 3,803 

 637 

 1,520 

 41,354 

  

  

Total commercial loans (excluding PCI)

  

 187,500 

 104,370 

 16,027 

 12,424 

 36,900 

 357,221 

Total commercial PCI loans (carrying value)

  

 259 

 1,970 

 877 

 - 

 871 

 3,977 

  

  

  

Total commercial loans

$

 187,759 

 106,340 

 16,904 

 12,424 

 37,771 

 361,198 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

The following table provides past due information for commercial loans, which we monitor as part of our credit risk management practices.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial 

Real 

Real 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

and  

estate 

estate 

Lease 

  

  

(in millions)

industrial 

mortgage 

construction 

financing 

Foreign 

Total 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

September 30, 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

By delinquency status:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Current-29 DPD and still accruing

$

 190,267 

 101,046 

 15,019 

 11,634 

 45,870 

 363,836 

  

30-89 DPD and still accruing

  

 327 

 539 

 271 

 37 

 5 

 1,179 

  

90+ DPD and still accruing

  

 125 

 40 

 1 

 - 

 1 

 167 

Nonaccrual loans

  

 809 

 2,496 

 517 

 17 

 47 

 3,886 

  

  

Total commercial loans (excluding PCI)

  

 191,528 

 104,121 

 15,808 

 11,688 

 45,923 

 369,068 

Total commercial PCI loans (carrying value)

  

 210 

 1,419 

 605 

 - 

 743 

 2,977 

  

  

  

Total commercial loans

$

 191,738 

 105,540 

 16,413 

 11,688 

 46,666 

 372,045 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

December 31, 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

By delinquency status:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Current-29 DPD and still accruing

$

 185,614 

 100,317 

 14,861 

 12,344 

 36,837 

 349,973 

  

30-89 DPD and still accruing

  

 417 

 503 

 136 

 53 

 12 

 1,121 

  

90+ DPD and still accruing

  

 47 

 228 

 27 

 - 

 1 

 303 

Nonaccrual loans

  

 1,422 

 3,322 

 1,003 

 27 

 50 

 5,824 

  

  

Total commercial loans (excluding PCI)

  

 187,500 

 104,370 

 16,027 

 12,424 

 36,900 

 357,221 

Total commercial PCI loans (carrying value)

  

 259 

 1,970 

 877 

 - 

 871 

 3,977 

  

  

  

Total commercial loans

$

 187,759 

 106,340 

 16,904 

 12,424 

 37,771 

 361,198 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

85

 


 

      

Consumer Credit Quality Indicators  We have various classes of consumer loans that present unique risks. Loan delinquency, FICO credit scores and LTV for loan types are common credit quality indicators that we monitor and utilize in our evaluation of the appropriateness of the allowance for credit losses for the consumer portfolio segment.


Many of our loss estimation techniques used for the allowance for credit losses rely on delinquency-based models; therefore, delinquency is an important indicator of credit quality and the establishment of our allowance for credit losses. The following table provides the outstanding balances of our consumer portfolio by delinquency status.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Real estate 

Real estate 

  

  

Other 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

1-4 family 

1-4 family 

  

  

revolving 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

first  

junior lien 

Credit 

  

credit and 

  

(in millions)

  

mortgage 

mortgage 

card 

Automobile 

installment 

Total 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

September 30, 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

By delinquency status:

  

  

  

  

  

  

     

Current-29 DPD

$

 189,734 

 65,911 

 24,836 

 48,821 

 31,115 

 360,417 

  

30-59 DPD

  

 2,775 

 453 

 196 

 654 

 144 

 4,222 

  

60-89 DPD

  

 1,209 

 265 

 131 

 155 

 107 

 1,867 

  

90-119 DPD

  

 648 

 180 

 112 

 57 

 71 

 1,068 

  

120-179 DPD

  

 800 

 244 

 172 

 5 

 19 

 1,240 

  

180+ DPD

  

 5,472 

 495 

 1 

 1 

 7 

 5,976 

Government insured/guaranteed loans (1)

  

 29,556 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 11,077 

 40,633 

  

Total consumer loans (excluding PCI)

  

 230,194 

 67,548 

 25,448 

 49,693 

 42,540 

 415,423 

Total consumer PCI loans (carrying value)

  

 24,730 

 127 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 24,857 

  

  

Total consumer loans

$

 254,924 

 67,675 

 25,448 

 49,693 

 42,540 

 440,280 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

December 31, 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

By delinquency status:

  

  

  

  

  

  

     

Current-29 DPD

$

 179,870 

 73,256 

 23,976 

 44,973 

 29,546 

 351,621 

  

30-59 DPD

  

 3,295 

 577 

 211 

 798 

 168 

 5,049 

  

60-89 DPD

  

 1,528 

 339 

 143 

 164 

 108 

 2,282 

  

90-119 DPD

  

 853 

 265 

 122 

 57 

 73 

 1,370 

  

120-179 DPD

  

 1,141 

 358 

 187 

 5 

 28 

 1,719 

  

180+ DPD

  

 6,655 

 518 

 1 

 1 

 4 

 7,179 

Government insured/guaranteed loans (1)

  

 29,719 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 12,446 

 42,165 

  

Total consumer loans (excluding PCI)

  

 223,061 

 75,313 

 24,640 

 45,998 

 42,373 

 411,385 

Total consumer PCI loans (carrying value)

  

 26,839 

 152 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 26,991 

  

  

Total consumer loans

$

 249,900 

 75,465 

 24,640 

 45,998 

 42,373 

 438,376 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)  Represents loans whose repayments are predominantly insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA and student loans whose repayments are predominantly guaranteed by agencies on behalf of the U.S. Department of Education under the Federal Family Education Loan Program (FFELP). Loans insured/guaranteed by the FHA/VA and 90+ DPD totaled $19.7 billion at September 30, 2013, compared with $20.2 billion at December 31, 2012. Student loans 90+ DPD totaled $917 million at September 30, 2013, compared with $1.1 billion at December 31, 2012.

  

Of the $8.3 billion of consumer loans not government insured/guaranteed that are 90 days or more past due at September 30, 2013, $883 million was accruing, compared with $10.3 billion past due and $1.1 billion accruing at December 31, 2012.  

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage loans 180 days or more past due totaled $5.5 billion, or 2.4% of total first mortgages (excluding PCI), at September 30, 2013, compared with $6.7  billion, or 3.0%, at December 31, 2012.


The following table provides a breakdown of our consumer portfolio by updated FICO. We obtain FICO scores at loan origination and the scores are updated at least quarterly. The majority of our portfolio is underwritten with a FICO score of 680 and above. FICO is not available for certain loan types and may not be obtained if we deem it unnecessary due to strong collateral and other borrower attributes, primarily securities-based margin loans of $4.9 billion at September 30, 2013, and $5.4 billion at December 31, 2012.

86

 


 

Note 5:   Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses  (continued) 

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Real estate 

Real estate 

  

  

Other 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

1-4 family 

1-4 family 

  

  

revolving 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

first  

junior lien 

Credit 

  

credit and 

  

(in millions)

  

mortgage 

mortgage 

card 

Automobile 

installment 

Total 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

September 30, 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

By updated FICO:

  

  

  

  

  

  

     

< 600

$

 14,914 

 5,270 

 2,295 

 8,013 

 921 

 31,413 

  

600-639

  

 9,397 

 3,366 

 2,072 

 5,945 

 997 

 21,777 

  

640-679

  

 15,407 

 6,141 

 3,996 

 8,880 

 2,111 

 36,535 

  

680-719

  

 24,809 

 10,413 

 5,192 

 8,850 

 3,873 

 53,137 

  

720-759

  

 33,414 

 14,160 

 5,289 

 6,400 

 5,177 

 64,440 

  

760-799

  

 70,177 

 19,740 

 4,244 

 6,076 

 6,651 

 106,888 

  

800+

  

 29,576 

 7,461 

 2,114 

 5,100 

 4,957 

 49,208 

No FICO available

  

 2,944 

 997 

 246 

 429 

 1,921 

 6,537 

FICO not required

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 4,855 

 4,855 

Government insured/guaranteed loans (1)

  

 29,556 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 11,077 

 40,633 

  

  

Total consumer loans (excluding PCI)

  

 230,194 

 67,548 

 25,448 

 49,693 

 42,540 

 415,423 

Total consumer PCI loans (carrying value)

  

 24,730 

 127 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 24,857 

  

  

  

Total consumer loans

$

 254,924 

 67,675 

 25,448 

 49,693 

 42,540 

 440,280 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

December 31, 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

By updated FICO:

  

  

  

  

  

  

     

< 600

$

 17,662 

 6,122 

 2,314 

 7,928 

 1,163 

 35,189 

  

600-639

  

 10,208 

 3,660 

 1,961 

 5,451 

 952 

 22,232 

  

640-679

  

 15,764 

 6,574 

 3,772 

 8,142 

 2,011 

 36,263 

  

680-719

  

 24,725 

 11,361 

 4,990 

 7,949 

 3,691 

 52,716 

  

720-759

  

 31,502 

 15,992 

 5,114 

 5,787 

 4,942 

 63,337 

  

760-799

  

 63,946 

 21,874 

 4,109 

 5,400 

 6,971 

 102,300 

  

800+

  

 26,044 

 8,526 

 2,223 

 4,443 

 1,912 

 43,148 

No FICO available

  

 3,491 

 1,204 

 157 

 898 

 2,882 

 8,632 

FICO not required

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 5,403 

 5,403 

Government insured/guaranteed loans (1)

  

 29,719 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 12,446 

 42,165 

  

  

Total consumer loans (excluding PCI)

  

 223,061 

 75,313 

 24,640 

 45,998 

 42,373 

 411,385 

Total consumer PCI loans (carrying value)

  

 26,839 

 152 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 26,991 

  

  

  

Total consumer loans

$

 249,900 

 75,465 

 24,640 

 45,998 

 42,373 

 438,376 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)  Represents loans whose repayments are predominantly insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA and student loans whose repayments are predominantly guaranteed by agencies on behalf of the U.S. Department of Education under FFELP.

 

LTV refers to the ratio comparing the loan’s unpaid principal balance to the property’s collateral value. CLTV refers to the combination of first mortgage and junior lien mortgage (including unused line amounts for credit line products) ratios. LTVs and CLTVs are updated quarterly using a cascade approach which first uses values provided by automated valuation models (AVMs) for the property. If an AVM is not available, then the value is estimated using the original appraised value adjusted by the change in Home Price Index (HPI) for the property location. If an HPI is not available, the original appraised value is used. The HPI value is normally the only method considered for high value properties, generally with an original value of $1 million or more, as the AVM values have proven less accurate for these properties.


The following table shows the most updated LTV and CLTV distribution of the real estate 1-4 family first and junior lien mortgage loan portfolios. We consider the trends in residential real estate markets as we monitor credit risk and establish our allowance for credit losses. LTV does not necessarily reflect the likelihood of performance of a given loan, but does provide an indication of collateral value. In the event of a default, any loss should be limited to the portion of the loan amount in excess of the net realizable value of the underlying real estate collateral value. Certain loans do not have an LTV or CLTV primarily due to industry data availability and portfolios acquired from or serviced by other institutions.

87

 


 

      

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

September 30, 2013

  

December 31, 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

Real estate 

Real estate 

  

  

Real estate 

Real estate 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

1-4 family 

1-4 family 

  

  

1-4 family 

1-4 family 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

first  

junior lien 

  

  

first  

junior lien 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

mortgage 

mortgage 

  

  

mortgage 

mortgage 

  

(in millions)

  

by LTV 

by CLTV 

Total 

  

by LTV 

by CLTV 

Total 

By LTV/CLTV:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

     

0-60%

$

 70,848 

 12,791 

 83,639 

  

 56,247 

 12,170 

 68,417 

  

60.01-80%

  

 74,080 

 16,097 

 90,177 

  

 69,759 

 15,168 

 84,927 

  

80.01-100%

  

 33,386 

 16,406 

 49,792 

  

 34,830 

 18,038 

 52,868 

  

100.01-120% (1)

  

 12,551 

 11,060 

 23,611 

  

 17,004 

 13,576 

 30,580 

  

> 120% (1)

  

 8,066 

 9,724 

 17,790 

  

 13,529 

 14,610 

 28,139 

No LTV/CLTV available

  

 1,707 

 1,470 

 3,177 

  

 1,973 

 1,751 

 3,724 

Government insured/guaranteed loans (2)

  

 29,556 

 - 

 29,556 

  

 29,719 

 - 

 29,719 

  

  

Total consumer loans (excluding PCI)

  

 230,194 

 67,548 

 297,742 

  

 223,061 

 75,313 

 298,374 

Total consumer PCI loans (carrying value)

  

 24,730 

 127 

 24,857 

  

 26,839 

 152 

 26,991 

  

  

  

Total consumer loans

$

 254,924 

 67,675 

 322,599 

  

 249,900 

 75,465 

 325,365 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)  Reflects total loan balances with LTV/CLTV amounts in excess of 100%. In the event of default, the loss content would generally be limited to only the amount in excess of 100% LTV/CLTV.

(2)  Represents loans whose repayments are predominantly insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA.

 

Nonaccrual Loans  The following table provides loans on nonaccrual status. PCI loans are excluded from this table due to the existence of the accretable yield.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Sept. 30,

Dec. 31,

(in millions)

  

 2013 

 2012 

Commercial:

  

  

  

  

Commercial and industrial

$

 809 

 1,422 

  

Real estate mortgage

  

 2,496 

 3,322 

  

Real estate construction

  

 517 

 1,003 

  

Lease financing

  

 17 

 27 

  

Foreign

  

 47 

 50 

  

  

Total commercial (1)

  

 3,886 

 5,824 

Consumer:

  

  

  

  

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage (2)

 10,450 

 11,455 

  

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage

 2,333 

 2,922 

  

Automobile

  

 188 

 245 

  

Other revolving credit and installment

 36 

 40 

  

  

Total consumer

  

 13,007 

 14,662 

  

  

  

Total nonaccrual loans

  

  

  

  

  

  

(excluding PCI)

$

 16,893 

 20,486 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)  Includes LHFS of $26 million and $16 million at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

(2)  Includes MHFS of $288 million and $336 million at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

88

 


 

Note 5:   Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses  (continued) 

 

LOANS 90 Days OR MORE Past Due and Still Accruing  Certain loans 90 days or more past due as to interest or principal are still accruing, because they are (1) well-secured and in the process of collection or (2) real estate 1‑4 family mortgage loans or consumer loans exempt under regulatory rules from being classified as nonaccrual until later delinquency, usually 120 days past due. PCI loans of $4.9 billion at September 30, 2013, and $6.0 billion at December 31, 2012, are not included in these past due and still accruing loans even though they are 90 days or more contractually past due. These PCI loans are considered to be accruing because they continue to earn interest from accretable yield, independent of performance in accordance with their contractual terms. Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing whose repayments are predominantly insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA for mortgages and the U.S. Department of Education for student loans under the FFELP were $21.1 billion at September 30, 2013, down from $21.8 billion at December 31, 2012

The following table shows non-PCI loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing by class for loans not government insured/guaranteed.  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Sept. 30,

Dec. 31,

(in millions)

 2013 

 2012 

Loan 90 days or more past due and still accruing:

  

  

  

Total (excluding PCI):

 22,181 

23,245 

  

Less:  FHA insured/VA guaranteed (1)(2)

 20,214 

20,745 

  

Less:  Student loans guaranteed

  

  

  

  

  

under the FFELP (3)

  

 917 

1,065 

  

  

  

Total, not government

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

insured/guaranteed

 1,050 

1,435 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

By segment and class, not government

  

  

  

  

insured/guaranteed:

  

  

Commercial:

  

  

  

  

Commercial and industrial

$

 125 

47 

  

Real estate mortgage

  

 40 

228 

  

Real estate construction

  

 1 

27 

  

Foreign

  

 1 

  

  

Total commercial

  

 167 

303 

Consumer:

  

  

  

  

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage (2)

  

 383 

564 

  

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage (2)

 89 

133 

  

Credit card

  

 285 

310 

  

Automobile

  

 48 

40 

  

Other revolving credit and installment

  

 78 

85 

  

  

Total consumer

  

 883 

1,132 

  

  

  

Total, not government

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

insured/guaranteed

$

 1,050 

1,435 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)  Represents loans whose repayments are predominantly insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA.

(2)  Includes mortgage loans held for sale 90 days or more past due and still accruing.

(3)  Represents loans whose repayments are predominantly guaranteed by agencies on behalf of the U.S. Department of Education under the FFELP.

89

 


 

      

Impaired Loans  The table below summarizes key information for impaired loans. Our impaired loans predominantly include loans on nonaccrual status in the commercial portfolio segment and loans modified in a TDR, whether on accrual or nonaccrual status. These impaired loans generally have estimated losses which are included in the allowance for credit losses. We have impaired loans with no allowance for credit losses when loss content has been previously recognized through charge-offs and we do not anticipate additional charge-offs or losses, or certain loans are currently performing in accordance with their terms and for which no loss has been estimated. Impaired loans exclude PCI loans. The table below includes trial modifications that totaled $717 million at September 30, 2013, and $705 million at December 31, 2012.

For additional information on our impaired loans and allowance for credit losses, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) in our 2012 Form 10-K.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Recorded investment 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Impaired loans

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Unpaid  

  

with related 

Related 

  

  

  

  

  

  

principal 

Impaired 

allowance for 

allowance for 

(in millions)

  

balance  

loans 

credit losses 

credit losses 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

September 30, 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial:

  

  

  

  

  

     

Commercial and industrial

$

 2,343 

 1,418 

 1,154 

 234 

     

Real estate mortgage

  

 4,788 

 3,765 

 3,624 

 955 

     

Real estate construction

  

 1,125 

 789 

 760 

 137 

  

Lease financing

  

 58 

 24 

 24 

 8 

     

Foreign

  

 106 

 22 

 22 

 6 

         

  

Total commercial (1)

  

 8,420 

 6,018 

 5,584 

 1,340 

Consumer:

  

  

  

  

  

     

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

  

 22,625 

 19,614 

 14,194 

 3,353 

     

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage

  

 3,053 

 2,516 

 2,038 

 729 

  

Credit card

  

 455 

 455 

 455 

 149 

  

Automobile

  

 265 

 212 

 111 

 13 

     

Other revolving credit and installment

  

 42 

 32 

 25 

 2 

         

  

Total consumer (2)

  

 26,440 

 22,829 

 16,823 

 4,246 

             

  

  

Total impaired loans (excluding PCI)

$

 34,860 

 28,847 

 22,407 

 5,586 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

December 31, 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial:

  

  

  

  

  

     

Commercial and industrial

$

 3,331 

 2,086 

 2,086 

 353 

     

Real estate mortgage

  

 5,766 

 4,673 

 4,537 

 1,025 

     

Real estate construction

  

 1,975 

 1,345 

 1,345 

 276 

  

Lease financing

  

 54 

 39 

 39 

 11 

     

Foreign

  

 109 

 43 

 43 

 9 

         

  

Total commercial (1)

  

 11,235 

 8,186 

 8,050 

 1,674 

Consumer:

  

  

  

  

  

     

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

  

 21,293 

 18,472 

 15,224 

 3,074 

     

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage

  

 2,855 

 2,483 

 2,070 

 859 

  

Credit card

  

 531 

 531 

 531 

 244 

  

Automobile

  

 314 

 314 

 314 

 27 

     

Other revolving credit and installment

  

 27 

 26 

 26 

 6 

         

  

Total consumer (2)

  

 25,020 

 21,826 

 18,165 

 4,210 

             

  

  

Total impaired loans (excluding PCI)

$

 36,255 

 30,012 

 26,215 

 5,884 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)  Excludes the unpaid principal balance for loans that have been fully charged off or otherwise have zero recorded investment.

(2)  At September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, includes the recorded investment of $2.4 billion and $1.9 billion, respectively, of government insured/guaranteed loans that are predominantly insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA and generally do not have an allowance.

90

 


 

Note 5:   Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses  (continued) 

 

Commitments to lend additional funds on loans whose terms have been modified in a TDR amounted to $415 million at September 30, 2013, and $421 million at December 31, 2012.  

The following tables provide the average recorded investment in impaired loans and the amount of interest income recognized on impaired loans by portfolio segment and class.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Quarter ended September 30, 

  

Nine months ended September 30, 

  

  

  

  

  

  

 2013 

  

2012 

  

 2013 

  

2012 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Average 

Recognized

  

Average 

Recognized 

  

Average 

Recognized

  

Average 

Recognized 

  

  

  

  

  

  

recorded 

  

interest 

  

recorded 

interest 

  

recorded 

  

interest 

  

recorded 

interest 

(in millions)

investment 

  

income 

  

investment 

income 

investment 

  

income 

  

investment 

income 

Commercial:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

     

Commercial and industrial

$

 1,362 

  

 28 

  

 2,488 

 19 

  

 1,580 

  

 76 

  

 2,493 

 91 

     

Real estate mortgage

  

 3,868 

  

 38 

  

 5,147 

 37 

  

 4,093 

  

 106 

  

 4,826 

 87 

     

Real estate construction

  

 878 

  

 6 

  

 1,831 

 15 

  

 1,070 

  

 29 

  

 1,897 

 42 

  

Lease financing

  

 25 

  

 1 

  

 61 

 1 

  

 30 

  

 1 

  

 62 

 1 

     

Foreign

  

 27 

  

 - 

  

 63 

 1 

  

 36 

  

 - 

  

 34 

 1 

         

  

Total commercial

  

 6,160 

  

 73 

  

 9,590 

 73 

  

 6,809 

  

 212 

  

 9,312 

 222 

Consumer:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Real estate 1-4 family

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

first mortgage

  

 19,593 

  

 270 

  

 14,768 

 183 

  

 19,359 

  

 785 

  

 14,631 

 562 

  

Real estate 1-4 family

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

     

  

junior lien mortgage

  

 2,499 

  

 36 

  

 2,102 

 20 

  

 2,492 

  

 109 

  

 2,078 

 64 

  

Credit card

  

 467 

  

 14 

  

 566 

 17 

  

 491 

  

 43 

  

 580 

 48 

  

Automobile

  

 228 

  

 7 

  

 290 

 7 

  

 263 

  

 24 

  

 290 

 33 

  

Other revolving credit

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

and installment

  

 32 

  

 1 

  

 26 

 1 

  

 28 

  

 2 

  

 25 

 1 

         

  

Total consumer (1)

  

 22,819 

  

 328 

  

 17,752 

 228 

  

 22,633 

  

 963 

  

 17,604 

 708 

  

  

  

Total impaired loans

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

             

  

  

  

(excluding PCI)

$

 28,979 

  

 401 

  

 27,342 

 301 

  

 29,442 

  

 1,175 

  

 26,916 

 930 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest income:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Cash basis of accounting

  

  

$

 129 

  

  

 72 

  

  

  

 371 

  

  

 198 

  

Other (2)

  

  

  

 272 

  

  

 229 

  

  

  

 804 

  

  

 732 

  

  

Total interest income

  

  

$

 401 

  

  

 301 

  

  

  

 1,175 

  

  

 930 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)  Quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2013, reflect the OCC guidance issued in third quarter 2012, which requires consumer loans discharged in bankruptcy to be classified as TDRs, as well as written down to net realizable collateral value.

(2)  Includes interest recognized on accruing TDRs, interest recognized related to certain impaired loans which have an allowance calculated using discounting, and amortization of purchase accounting adjustments related to certain impaired loans. See footnote 1 to the table of changes in the allowance for credit losses.

 

 

91

 


 

      

TROUBLED DEBT RESTRUCTURINGs (TDRs  When, for economic or legal reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties, we grant a concession for other than an insignificant period of time to a borrower that we would not otherwise consider, the related loan is classified as a TDR. We do not consider any loans modified through a loan resolution such as foreclosure or short sale to be a TDR.

We may require some borrowers experiencing financial difficulty to make trial payments generally for a period of three to four months, according to the terms of a planned permanent modification, to determine if they can perform according to those terms. These arrangements represent trial modifications, which we classify and account for as TDRs. While loans are in trial payment programs, their original terms are not considered modified and they continue to advance through delinquency status and accrue interest according to their original terms. The planned modifications for these arrangements predominantly involve interest rate reductions or other interest rate concessions; however, the exact concession type and resulting financial effect are usually not finalized and do not take effect until the loan is permanently modified. The trial period terms are developed in accordance with our proprietary programs or the U.S. Treasury’s Making Homes Affordable programs for real estate 1-4 family first lien (i.e. Home Affordable Modification Program – HAMP) and junior lien (i.e. Second Lien Modification Program – 2MP) mortgage loans.

At September 30, 2013, the loans in trial modification period were $314 million under HAMP, $48 million under 2MP and $355 million under proprietary programs, compared with $402 million, $45 million and $258 million at December 31, 2012, respectively. Trial modifications with a recorded investment of $305 million at September 30, 2013, and $276 million at December 31, 2012, were accruing loans and $412 million and $429 million, respectively, were nonaccruing loans. Our experience is that most of the mortgages that enter a trial payment period program are successful in completing the program requirements and are then permanently modified at the end of the trial period. Our allowance process considers the impact of those modifications that are probable to occur.

The following table summarizes our TDR modifications for the periods presented by primary modification type and includes the financial effects of these modifications. For those loans that modify more than once, the table reflects each modification that occurred during the period.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Primary modification type (1) 

  

Financial effects of modifications

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Weighted 

  

Recorded 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

average 

  

investment 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest 

  

  

  

  

interest 

  

related to 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

rate 

Other 

  

  

Charge- 

rate 

  

interest rate 

(in millions)

Principal (2) 

reduction 

concessions (3)

Total 

  

offs (4) 

reduction 

  

reduction (5) 

Quarter ended September 30, 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial and industrial

$

 2 

 73 

 316 

 391 

  

 6 

 3.58 

$

 73 

  

Real estate mortgage

  

 - 

 62 

 345 

 407 

  

 1 

 1.65 

  

  

 62 

  

Real estate construction

  

 - 

 6 

 54 

 60 

  

 - 

 1.08 

  

  

 6 

  

Lease financing

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

  

 - 

 - 

  

  

 - 

  

Foreign

  

 - 

 1 

 - 

 1 

  

 - 

 0.26 

  

  

 1 

  

  

Total commercial

  

 2 

 142 

 715 

 859 

  

 7 

 2.60 

  

  

 142 

Consumer:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

  

 271 

 259 

 832 

 1,362 

  

 49 

 2.80 

  

  

 485 

  

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage

  

 24 

 41 

 77 

 142 

  

 8 

 3.43 

  

  

 64 

  

Credit card

  

 - 

 46 

 - 

 46 

  

 - 

 10.15 

  

  

 46 

  

Automobile

  

 1 

 2 

 26 

 29 

  

 9 

 8.98 

  

  

 2 

  

Other revolving credit and installment

  

 - 

 2 

 2 

 4 

  

 - 

 5.40 

  

  

 2 

  

Trial modifications (6)

  

 - 

 - 

 37 

 37 

  

 - 

 - 

  

  

 - 

  

  

Total consumer

  

 296 

 350 

 974 

 1,620 

  

 66 

 3.46 

  

  

 599 

  

  

  

Total

$

 298 

 492 

 1,689 

 2,479 

  

 73 

 3.30 

$

 741 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Quarter ended September 30, 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial and industrial

$

 - 

 5 

 364 

 369 

  

 2 

 1.15 

$

 5 

  

Real estate mortgage

  

 2 

 40 

 405 

 447 

  

 2 

 1.48 

  

  

 42 

  

Real estate construction

  

 12 

 1 

 111 

 124 

  

 1 

 2.26 

  

  

 2 

  

Lease financing

  

 - 

 - 

 1 

 1 

  

 - 

 - 

  

  

 - 

  

Foreign

  

 - 

 - 

 14 

 14 

  

 - 

 - 

  

  

 - 

  

  

Total commercial

  

 14 

 46 

 895 

 955 

  

 5 

 1.47 

  

  

 49 

Consumer:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

  

 379 

 390 

 3,822 

 4,591 

  

 221 

 3.04 

  

  

 686 

  

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage

  

 17 

 57 

 489 

 563 

  

 445 

 3.66 

  

  

 73 

  

Credit card

  

 - 

 58 

 - 

 58 

  

 - 

 10.85 

  

  

 58 

  

Automobile

  

 1 

 14 

 170 

 185 

  

 7 

 5.47 

  

  

 14 

  

Other revolving credit and installment

  

 - 

 1 

 17 

 18 

  

 - 

 5.43 

  

  

 1 

  

Trial modifications (6)

  

 - 

 - 

 7 

 7 

  

 - 

 - 

  

  

 - 

  

  

Total consumer

  

 397 

 520 

 4,505 

 5,422 

  

 673 

 3.68 

  

  

 832 

  

  

  

Total

$

 411 

 566 

 5,400 

 6,377 

  

 678 

 3.56 

$

 881 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(continued on following page)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

92

 


 

Note 5:   Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses  (continued) 

 

 

(continued from previous page)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Primary modification type (1) 

  

Financial effects of modifications

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Weighted 

  

Recorded 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

average 

  

investment 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest 

  

  

  

  

interest 

  

related to 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

rate 

Other 

  

  

Charge- 

rate 

  

interest rate 

(in millions)

Principal (2) 

reduction 

concessions (3)

Total 

  

offs (4) 

reduction 

  

reduction (5) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Nine months ended September 30, 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial and industrial

$

 2 

 156 

 877 

 1,035 

  

 7 

 5.09 

$

 156 

  

Real estate mortgage

  

 28 

 232 

 1,113 

 1,373 

  

 7 

 1.67 

  

  

 232 

  

Real estate construction

  

 - 

 9 

 253 

 262 

  

 4 

 1.02 

  

  

 9 

  

Lease financing

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

  

 - 

 - 

  

  

 - 

  

Foreign

  

 15 

 1 

 - 

 16 

  

 - 

 - 

  

  

 1 

  

  

Total commercial

  

 45 

 398 

 2,243 

 2,686 

  

 18 

 2.99 

  

  

 398 

Consumer:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

  

 897 

 1,016 

 2,928 

 4,841 

  

 194 

 2.63 

  

  

 1,671 

  

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage

  

 76 

 135 

 335 

 546 

  

 24 

 3.30 

  

  

 206 

  

Credit card

  

 - 

 138 

 - 

 138 

  

 - 

 10.47 

  

  

 138 

  

Automobile

  

 3 

 10 

 74 

 87 

  

 25 

 7.39 

  

  

 10 

  

Other revolving credit and installment

  

 - 

 8 

 9 

 17 

  

 - 

 4.95 

  

  

 8 

  

Trial modifications (6)

  

 - 

 - 

 91 

 91 

  

 - 

 - 

  

  

 - 

  

  

Total consumer

  

 976 

 1,307 

 3,437 

 5,720 

  

 243 

 3.27 

  

  

 2,033 

  

  

  

Total

$

 1,021 

 1,705 

 5,680 

 8,406 

  

 261 

 3.22 

$

 2,431 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Nine months ended September 30, 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial and industrial

$

 11 

 27 

 1,113 

 1,151 

  

 22 

 1.53 

$

 28 

  

Real estate mortgage

  

 13 

 160 

 1,341 

 1,514 

  

 9 

 1.47 

  

  

 164 

  

Real estate construction

  

 12 

 8 

 395 

 415 

  

 10 

 2.49 

  

  

 8 

  

Lease financing

  

 - 

 - 

 3 

 3 

  

 - 

 - 

  

  

 - 

  

Foreign

  

 - 

 - 

 16 

 16 

  

 - 

 - 

  

  

 - 

  

  

Total commercial

  

 36 

 195 

 2,868 

 3,099 

  

 41 

 1.52 

  

  

 200 

Consumer:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

  

 1,033 

 894 

 4,194 

 6,121 

  

 354 

 2.96 

  

  

 1,728 

  

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage

  

 50 

 194 

 558 

 802 

  

 461 

 3.79 

  

  

 238 

  

Credit card

  

 - 

 191 

 - 

 191 

  

 - 

 10.83 

  

  

 191 

  

Automobile

  

 5 

 46 

 227 

 278 

  

 26 

 6.94 

  

  

 48 

  

Other revolving credit and installment

  

 - 

 2 

 18 

 20 

  

 1 

 4.57 

  

  

 2 

  

Trial modifications (6)

  

 - 

 - 

 678 

 678 

  

 - 

 - 

  

  

 - 

  

  

Total consumer

  

 1,088 

 1,327 

 5,675 

 8,090 

  

 842 

 3.82 

  

  

 2,207 

  

  

  

Total

$

 1,124 

 1,522 

 8,543 

 11,189 

  

 883 

 3.63 

$

 2,407 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1) 

Amounts represent the recorded investment in loans after recognizing the effects of the TDR, if any. TDRs with multiple types of concessions are presented only once in the table in the first category type based on the order presented. The reported amounts include loans remodified in the current reporting period, which total $807 million and $652 million for the third quarter 2013 and 2012 and $2.4 billion and $1.8 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

(2)

Principal modifications include principal forgiveness at the time of the modification, contingent principal forgiveness granted over the life of the loan based on borrower performance, and principal that has been legally separated and deferred to the end of the loan, with a zero percent contractual interest rate.

(3)

Other concessions include loans for which the interest rate is not commensurate with the credit risk that results from modification. These modifications would include renewals, term extensions and other interest and noninterest adjustments, but exclude modifications that also forgive principal and/or reduce the interest rate. Includes $703 million and $2.6 billion of consumer loans discharged in bankruptcy for the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2013, respectively, and $4.3 billion for the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2012, as a result of the OCC guidance implementation. The OCC guidance issued in third quarter 2012 required consumer loans discharged in bankruptcy to be classified as TDRs, as well as written down to net realizable collateral value.

(4)

Charge-offs include write-downs of the investment in the loan in the period it is contractually modified. The amount of charge-off will differ from the modification terms if the loan has been charged down prior to the modification based on our policies. In addition, there may be cases where we have a charge-off/down with no legal principal modification. Modifications resulted in legally forgiving principal (actual, contingent or deferred) of $87 million and $141 million for the third quarters of 2013 and 2012 and $316 million and $362 million for the nine months ended of September 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

(5)

Reflects the effect of reduced interest rates on loans with principal or interest rate reduction primary modification type.

(6)

Trial modifications are granted a delay in payments due under the original terms during the trial payment period. However, these loans continue to advance through delinquency status and accrue interest according to their original terms. Any subsequent permanent modification generally includes interest rate related concessions; however, the exact concession type and resulting financial effect are usually not known until the loan is permanently modified. Trial modifications for the period are presented net of previously reported trial modifications that became permanent in the current period.

  

  

93

 


 

      

The table below summarizes permanent modification TDRs that have defaulted in the current period within 12 months of their permanent modification date. We are reporting these defaulted TDRs based on a payment default definition of 90 days past due for the commercial portfolio segment and 60 days past due for the consumer portfolio segment.  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Recorded investment of defaults 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Quarter ended Sept. 30,

  

Nine months ended Sept. 30,

(in millions)

  

 2013 

 2012 

  

 2013 

 2012 

Commercial:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial and industrial

$

 19 

 119 

  

 214 

 269 

  

Real estate mortgage

  

 51 

 124 

  

 228 

 473 

  

Real estate construction

  

 10 

 23 

  

 62 

 252 

  

Lease financing

  

 - 

 - 

  

 - 

 - 

  

Foreign

  

 1 

 - 

  

 1 

 - 

  

  

Total commercial

  

 81 

 266 

  

 505 

 994 

Consumer:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

  

 107 

 150 

  

 271 

 447 

  

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage

  

 9 

 12 

  

 26 

 48 

  

Credit card

  

 13 

 22 

  

 45 

 73 

  

Automobile

  

 5 

 18 

  

 14 

 45 

  

Other revolving credit and installment

  

 1 

 - 

  

 1 

 1 

  

  

Total consumer

  

 135 

 202 

  

 357 

 614 

  

  

  

Total

$

 216 

 468 

  

 862 

 1,608 

  

  

  

  

  

Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans

Substantially all of our PCI loans were acquired from Wachovia on December 31, 2008. The following table presents PCI loans net of any remaining purchase accounting adjustments. Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage PCI loans are predominantly Pick-a-Pay loans.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Sept. 30,

  

December 31, 

(in millions)

  

 2013 

  

 2012 

 2008 

Commercial:

  

  

  

  

  

     

Commercial and industrial

$

 210 

  

 259 

 4,580 

     

Real estate mortgage

  

 1,419 

  

 1,970 

 5,803 

     

Real estate construction

  

 605 

  

 877 

 6,462 

     

Foreign

  

 743 

  

 871 

 1,859 

         

  

Total commercial

  

 2,977 

  

 3,977 

 18,704 

Consumer:

  

  

  

  

  

     

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

  

 24,730 

  

 26,839 

 39,214 

     

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage

  

 127 

  

 152 

 728 

     

Automobile

  

 - 

  

 - 

 151 

         

  

Total consumer

  

 24,857 

  

 26,991 

 40,093 

             

  

  

Total PCI loans (carrying value)

$

 27,834 

  

 30,968 

 58,797 

Total PCI loans (unpaid principal balance)

$

 39,870 

  

 45,174 

 98,182 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

94

 


 

Note 5:   Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses  (continued) 

 

Accretable Yield  The excess of cash flows expected to be collected over the carrying value of PCI loans is referred to as the accretable yield and is recognized in interest income using an effective yield method over the remaining life of the loan, or pools of loans. The accretable yield is affected by:

·          changes in interest rate indices for variable rate PCI loans – expected future cash flows are based on the variable rates in effect at the time of the regular evaluations of cash flows expected to be collected;

·          changes in prepayment assumptions – prepayments affect the estimated life of PCI loans which may change the amount of interest income, and possibly principal, expected to be collected; and

·          changes in the expected principal and interest payments over the estimated life – updates to expected cash flows are driven by the credit outlook and actions taken with borrowers. Changes in expected future cash flows from loan modifications are included in the regular evaluations of cash flows expected to be collected.

 

The change in the accretable yield related to PCI loans is presented in the following table.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(in millions)

  

  

Balance, December 31, 2008

$

 10,447 

  

Addition of accretable yield due to acquisitions

  

 131 

  

Accretion into interest income (1)

  

 (9,351) 

  

Accretion into noninterest income due to sales (2)

  

 (242) 

  

Reclassification from nonaccretable difference for loans with improving credit-related cash flows

  

 5,354 

  

Changes in expected cash flows that do not affect nonaccretable difference (3)

  

 12,209 

Balance, December 31, 2012

  

 18,548 

  

Addition of accretable yield due to acquisitions

  

 1 

  

Accretion into interest income (1)

  

 (1,386) 

  

Accretion into noninterest income due to sales (2)

  

 (151) 

  

Reclassification from nonaccretable difference for loans with improving credit-related cash flows

  

 916 

  

Changes in expected cash flows that do not affect nonaccretable difference (3)

  

 1,588 

Balance, September 30, 2013

$

 19,516 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Balance, June 30, 2013

$

 20,021 

  

Addition of accretable yield due to acquisitions

  

 1 

  

Accretion into interest income (1)

  

 (481) 

  

Accretion into noninterest income due to sales (2)

  

 - 

  

Reclassification from nonaccretable difference for loans with improving credit-related cash flows

  

 9 

  

Changes in expected cash flows that do not affect nonaccretable difference (3)

  

 (34) 

Balance, September 30, 2013

$

 19,516 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)

Includes accretable yield released as a result of settlements with borrowers, which is included in interest income.

(2)

Includes accretable yield released as a result of sales to third parties, which is included in noninterest income.

(3)

Represents changes in cash flows expected to be collected due to the impact of modifications, changes in prepayment assumptions, changes in interest rates on variable rate PCI loans and sales to third parties.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

95

 


 

      

PCI Allowance  Based on our regular evaluation of estimates of cash flows expected to be collected, we may establish an allowance for a PCI loan or pool of loans, with a charge to income though the provision for losses. The following table summarizes the changes in allowance for PCI loan losses.

 

 

 

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Other 

  

(in millions)

  

Commercial 

Pick-a-Pay 

consumer 

Total 

Balance, December 31, 2008

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

  

Provision for losses due to credit deterioration

  

 1,693 

 - 

 123 

 1,816 

  

Charge-offs

  

 (1,605) 

 - 

 (94) 

 (1,699) 

Balance, December 31, 2012

  

 88 

 - 

 29 

 117 

  

Reversal of provision for losses

  

 (65) 

 - 

 (15) 

 (80) 

  

Charge-offs

  

 (6) 

 - 

 (9) 

 (15) 

Balance, September 30, 2013

 17 

 - 

 5 

 22 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Balance, June 30, 2013

 49 

 - 

 22 

 71 

  

Reversal of provision for losses

  

 (31) 

 - 

 (16) 

 (47) 

  

Charge-offs

  

 (1) 

 - 

 (1) 

 (2) 

Balance, September 30, 2013

 17 

 - 

 5 

 22 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial PCI Credit Quality Indicators  The following

table provides a breakdown of commercial PCI loans by risk category.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial 

Real 

Real 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

and 

estate 

estate 

  

  

(in millions)

  

industrial 

mortgage 

construction 

Foreign 

Total 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

September 30, 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

By risk category:

  

  

  

  

  

     

Pass

$

 108 

 357 

 215 

 7 

 687 

     

Criticized

  

 102 

 1,062 

 390 

 736 

 2,290 

  

  

Total commercial PCI loans

$

 210 

 1,419 

 605 

 743 

 2,977 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

December 31, 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

By risk category:

  

  

  

  

  

     

Pass

$

 95 

 341 

 207 

 255 

 898 

     

Criticized

  

 164 

 1,629 

 670 

 616 

 3,079 

  

  

Total commercial PCI loans

$

 259 

 1,970 

 877 

 871 

 3,977 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

96

 


 

Note 5:   Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses  (continued) 

 

The following table provides past due information for commercial PCI loans.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial 

Real 

Real 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

and  

estate 

estate 

  

  

(in millions)

  

industrial 

mortgage 

construction 

Foreign 

Total 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

September 30, 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

By delinquency status:

  

  

  

  

  

     

Current-29 DPD and still accruing

$

 202 

 1,315 

 491 

 634 

 2,642 

  

30-89 DPD and still accruing

  

 3 

 51 

 32 

 10 

 96 

  

90+ DPD and still accruing

  

 5 

 53 

 82 

 99 

 239 

  

  

Total commercial PCI loans

$

 210 

 1,419 

 605 

 743 

 2,977 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

December 31, 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

By delinquency status:

  

  

  

  

  

     

Current-29 DPD and still accruing

$

 235 

 1,804 

 699 

 704 

 3,442 

  

30-89 DPD and still accruing

  

 1 

 26 

 51 

 - 

 78 

  

90+ DPD and still accruing

  

 23 

 140 

 127 

 167 

 457 

  

  

Total commercial PCI loans

$

 259 

 1,970 

 877 

 871 

 3,977 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Consumer PCI Credit Quality Indicators  Our consumer PCI loans were aggregated into several pools of loans at acquisition. Below, we have provided credit quality indicators based on the unpaid principal balance (adjusted for write-downs) of the individual loans included in the pool, but we have not allocated the remaining purchase accounting adjustments, which were established at a pool level. The following table provides the delinquency status of consumer PCI loans.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

September 30, 2013 

  

December 31, 2012 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Real estate 

Real estate 

  

  

Real estate 

Real estate 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

1-4 family 

1-4 family 

  

  

1-4 family 

1-4 family 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

first  

junior lien 

  

  

first  

junior lien 

  

(in millions)

  

mortgage 

mortgage 

Total 

  

mortgage 

mortgage 

Total 

By delinquency status:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

     

Current-29 DPD and still accruing

$

 20,942 

 173 

 21,115 

  

 22,304 

 198 

 22,502 

  

30-59 DPD and still accruing

  

 2,247 

 9 

 2,256 

  

 2,587 

 11 

 2,598 

  

60-89 DPD and still accruing

  

 1,178 

 5 

 1,183 

  

 1,361 

 7 

 1,368 

  

90-119 DPD and still accruing

  

 494 

 3 

 497 

  

 650 

 6 

 656 

  

120-179 DPD and still accruing

  

 566 

 4 

 570 

  

 804 

 7 

 811 

  

180+ DPD and still accruing

  

 4,576 

 101 

 4,677 

  

 5,356 

 116 

 5,472 

  

  

Total consumer PCI loans (adjusted unpaid principal balance)

$

 30,003 

 295 

 30,298 

  

 33,062 

 345 

 33,407 

  

  

Total consumer PCI loans (carrying value)

$

 24,730 

 127 

 24,857 

  

 26,839 

 152 

 26,991 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

97

 


 

      

The following table provides FICO scores for consumer PCI loans.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

September 30, 2013 

  

December 31, 2012 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Real estate 

Real estate 

  

  

Real estate 

Real estate 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

1-4 family 

1-4 family 

  

  

1-4 family 

1-4 family 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

first  

junior lien 

  

  

first  

junior lien 

  

(in millions)

  

mortgage 

mortgage 

Total 

  

mortgage 

mortgage 

Total 

By FICO:

  

  

  

     

< 600

$

 10,590 

 108 

 10,698 

  

 13,163 

 144 

 13,307 

  

600-639

  

 6,200 

 62 

 6,262 

  

 6,673 

 68 

 6,741 

  

640-679

  

 6,736 

 71 

 6,807 

  

 6,602 

 73 

 6,675 

  

680-719

  

 3,659 

 36 

 3,695 

  

 3,635 

 39 

 3,674 

  

720-759

  

 1,657 

 10 

 1,667 

  

 1,757 

 11 

 1,768 

  

760-799

  

 829 

 5 

 834 

  

 874 

 6 

 880 

  

800+

  

 207 

 1 

 208 

  

 202 

 1 

 203 

No FICO available

  

 125 

 2 

 127 

  

 156 

 3 

 159 

  

  

Total consumer PCI loans (adjusted unpaid principal balance)

$

 30,003 

 295 

 30,298 

  

 33,062 

 345 

 33,407 

  

  

Total consumer PCI loans (carrying value)

$

 24,730 

 127 

 24,857 

  

 26,839 

 152 

 26,991 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

The following table shows the distribution of consumer PCI loans by LTV for real estate 1-4 family first mortgages and by CLTV  for real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgages.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

September 30, 2013 

  

December 31, 2012 

  

  

  

  

  

Real estate 

Real estate 

  

  

Real estate 

Real estate 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

1-4 family 

1-4 family 

  

  

1-4 family 

1-4 family 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

first  

junior lien 

  

  

first  

junior lien 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

mortgage 

mortgage 

  

  

mortgage 

mortgage 

  

(in millions)

  

by LTV 

by CLTV 

Total 

  

by LTV 

by CLTV 

Total 

By LTV/CLTV:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

     

0-60%

$

 1,938 

 28 

 1,966 

  

 1,374 

 21 

 1,395 

  

60.01-80%

  

 6,122 

 34 

 6,156 

  

 4,119 

 30 

 4,149 

  

80.01-100%

  

 10,403 

 75 

 10,478 

  

 9,576 

 61 

 9,637 

  

100.01-120% (1)

  

 6,339 

 78 

 6,417 

  

 8,084 

 93 

 8,177 

  

> 120% (1)

  

 5,192 

 79 

 5,271 

  

 9,889 

 138 

 10,027 

No LTV/CLTV available

  

 9 

 1 

 10 

  

 20 

 2 

 22 

  

  

Total consumer PCI loans (adjusted unpaid principal balance)

$

 30,003 

 295 

 30,298 

  

 33,062 

 345 

 33,407 

  

  

Total consumer PCI loans (carrying value)

$

 24,730 

 127 

 24,857 

  

 26,839 

 152 

 26,991 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)  Reflects total loan balances with LTV/CLTV amounts in excess of 100%. In the event of default, the loss content would generally be limited to only the amount in excess of 100% LTV/CLTV.

98

 


 

      

Note 6:  Other Assets                                                                                                                                                 

The components of other assets were:

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Sept. 30, 

Dec. 31, 

(in millions)

  

 2013 

 2012 

Nonmarketable equity investments:

  

  

  

Cost method:

  

  

  

  

  

Private equity

 2,413 

 2,572 

  

  

Federal bank stock

  

 4,788 

 4,227 

  

  

  

Total cost method

  

 7,201 

 6,799 

  

Equity method:

  

  

  

  

  

LIHTC investments (1)

  

 5,914 

 4,767 

  

  

Private equity and other

  

 5,714 

 6,156 

  

  

  

Total equity method

  

 11,628 

 10,923 

  

Fair value (2)

  

 911 

 - 

  

  

  

  

Total nonmarketable

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

equity investments

 19,740 

 17,722 

Corporate/bank-owned life insurance

  

 18,694 

 18,649 

Accounts receivable

  

 27,715 

 25,828 

Interest receivable

  

 5,221 

 5,006 

Core deposit intangibles

  

 4,984 

 5,915 

Customer relationship and

  

  

  

  

other amortized intangibles

  

 1,151 

 1,352 

Foreclosed assets:

  

  

  

  

GNMA (3)

  

 1,781 

 1,509 

  

Other

  

 2,021 

 2,514 

Operating lease assets

  

 1,983 

 2,001 

Due from customers on acceptances

 352 

 282 

Other

  

 10,620 

 12,800 

  

  

  

  

  

Total other assets

 94,262 

 93,578 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)  Represents low income housing tax credit investments.

(2)  Represents nonmarketable equity investments for which we have elected the fair value option. See Note 13 for additional information.

(3)  These are foreclosed real estate resulting from government insured/guaranteed loans. Both principal and interest related to these foreclosed real estate assets are collectible because the loans were predominantly insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA.

 

Income (expense) related to nonmarketable equity investments was:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Quarter 

  

Nine months 

  

  

  

  

  

ended Sept. 30, 

  

ended Sept. 30, 

(in millions)

  

 2013 

 2012 

  

 2013 

 2012 

Net realized gains

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

from nonmarketable

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

equity investments

$

382 

 125 

  

 606 

 415 

All other

  

(56)

 (27) 

  

 (147) 

 (51) 

  

Total

$

326 

 98 

  

 459 

 364 

99

 


 

   

Note 7: Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities                                                         

 

Involvement with SPEs

In the normal course of business, we enter into various types of on- and off-balance sheet transactions with special purpose entities (SPEs), which are corporations, trusts or partnerships that are established for a limited purpose. Generally, SPEs are formed in connection with securitization transactions. In a securitization transaction, assets from our balance sheet are transferred to an SPE, which then issues to investors various forms of interests in those assets and may also enter into derivative transactions. In a securitization transaction, we typically receive cash and/or other interests in an SPE as proceeds for the assets we transfer. Also, in certain transactions, we may retain the right to service the transferred receivables and to repurchase those receivables from the SPE if the outstanding balance of the receivables falls to a level where the cost exceeds the benefits of servicing such receivables. In addition, we may purchase the right to service loans in an SPE that were transferred to the SPE by a third party.

In connection with our securitization activities, we have various forms of ongoing involvement with SPEs, which may include:

•       underwriting securities issued by SPEs and subsequently making markets in those securities;

•       providing liquidity facilities to support short-term obligations of SPEs issued to third party investors;

          providing credit enhancement on securities issued by SPEs or market value guarantees of assets held by SPEs through the use of letters of credit, financial guarantees, credit default swaps and total return swaps;

•       entering into other derivative contracts with SPEs;

•       holding senior or subordinated interests in SPEs;

•       acting as servicer or investment manager for SPEs; and

•       providing administrative or trustee services to SPEs.

 

 


SPEs are generally considered variable interest entities (VIEs). A VIE is an entity that has either a total equity investment that is insufficient to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support or whose equity investors lack the ability to control the entity’s activities. A VIE is consolidated by its primary beneficiary, the party that has both the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE and a variable interest that could potentially be significant to the VIE. A variable interest is a contractual, ownership or other interest that changes with changes in the fair value of the VIE’s net assets. To determine whether or not a variable interest we hold could potentially be significant to the VIE, we consider both qualitative and quantitative factors regarding the nature, size and form of our involvement with the VIE. We assess whether or not we are the primary beneficiary of a VIE on an on-going basis.

We have segregated our involvement with VIEs between those VIEs which we consolidate, those which we do not consolidate and those for which we account for the transfers of financial assets as secured borrowings. Secured borrowings are transactions involving transfers of our financial assets to third parties that are accounted for as financings with the assets pledged as collateral. Accordingly, the transferred assets remain recognized on our balance sheet. Subsequent tables within this Note further segregate these transactions by structure type.

100

 


 

Note 7:   Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities  (continued) 

 

The classifications of assets and liabilities in our balance sheet associated with our transactions with VIEs follow:

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Transfers that 

  

  

  

  

  

  

VIEs that we 

  

VIEs 

we account 

  

  

  

  

  

  

do not 

  

that we 

for as secured 

  

  

(in millions)

consolidate 

consolidate 

borrowings 

  

Total 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

September 30, 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Cash

 - 

  

 171 

  

 27 

  

 198 

Trading assets

  

 1,751 

  

 186 

  

 195 

  

 2,132 

Securities available for sale (1) 

  

 19,034 

  

 1,377 

  

 10,647 

  

 31,058 

Mortgages held for sale

  

 - 

  

 66 

  

 - 

  

 66 

Loans

  

 7,490 

  

 8,007 

  

 6,257 

  

 21,754 

Mortgage servicing rights

  

 13,975 

  

 - 

  

 - 

  

 13,975 

Other assets

  

 5,868 

  

 348 

  

 138 

  

 6,354 

  

Total assets

  

 48,118 

  

 10,155 

  

 17,264 

  

 75,537 

Short-term borrowings

  

 - 

  

 23 

(2) 

 8,184 

  

 8,207 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities  

  

 3,842 

  

 807 

(2) 

 5 

  

 4,654 

Long-term debt  

  

 - 

  

 2,571 

(2) 

 5,889 

  

 8,460 

  

Total liabilities

  

 3,842 

  

 3,401 

  

 14,078 

  

 21,321 

Noncontrolling interests

  

 - 

  

 7 

  

 - 

  

 7 

  

  

Net assets

 44,276 

  

 6,747 

  

 3,186 

  

 54,209 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

December 31, 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Cash

 - 

  

 260 

  

 30 

  

 290 

Trading assets

  

 1,902 

  

 114 

  

 218 

  

 2,234 

Securities available for sale (1)

  

 19,900 

  

 2,772 

  

 14,848 

  

 37,520 

Mortgages held for sale

  

 - 

  

 469 

  

 - 

  

 469 

Loans

  

 9,841 

  

 10,553 

  

 7,088 

  

 27,482 

Mortgage servicing rights

  

 11,114 

  

 - 

  

 - 

  

 11,114 

Other assets

  

 4,993 

  

 457 

  

 161 

  

 5,611 

  

Total assets  

  

 47,750 

  

 14,625 

  

 22,345 

  

 84,720 

Short-term borrowings

  

 - 

  

 2,059 

(2) 

 13,228 

  

 15,287 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

  

 3,441 

  

 901 

(2) 

 20 

  

 4,362 

Long-term debt

  

 - 

  

 3,483 

(2) 

 6,520 

  

 10,003 

  

Total liabilities

  

 3,441 

  

 6,443 

  

 19,768 

  

 29,652 

Noncontrolling interests

  

 - 

  

 48 

  

 - 

  

 48 

  

  

Net assets

 44,309 

  

 8,134 

  

 2,577 

  

 55,020 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)  Excludes certain debt securities related to loans serviced for the Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC) and GNMA.

(2)  Includes the following VIE liabilities at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, with recourse to the general credit of Wells Fargo: Short-term borrowings, $0 and $2.1 billion; Accrued expenses and other liabilities, $704 million and $767 million; and Long-term debt, $29 million and $29 million.

 

 

Transactions with Unconsolidated VIEs

Our transactions with VIEs include securitizations of residential mortgage loans, CRE loans, student loans and auto loans and leases; investment and financing activities involving CDOs backed by asset-backed and CRE securities, collateralized loan obligations (CLOs) backed by corporate loans, and other types of structured financing. We have various forms of involvement with VIEs, including holding senior or subordinated interests, entering into liquidity arrangements, credit default swaps and other derivative contracts. Involvements with these unconsolidated VIEs are recorded on our balance sheet primarily in trading assets, securities available for sale, loans, MSRs, other assets and other liabilities, as appropriate.

The following tables provide a summary of unconsolidated VIEs with which we have significant continuing involvement, but we are not the primary beneficiary. We do not consider our continuing involvement in an unconsolidated VIE to be significant when it relates to third-party sponsored VIEs for which we were not the transferor or if we were the sponsor but do not have any other significant continuing involvement.

Significant continuing involvement includes transactions where we were the sponsor or transferor and have other significant forms of involvement. Sponsorship includes transactions with unconsolidated VIEs where we solely or materially participated in the initial design or structuring of the entity or marketing of the transaction to investors. When we transfer assets to a VIE and account for the transfer as a sale, we are considered the transferor. We consider investments in securities held outside of trading, loans, guarantees, liquidity agreements, written options and servicing of collateral to be other forms of involvement that may be significant. We have excluded certain transactions with unconsolidated VIEs from the balances presented in the following table where we have determined that our continuing involvement is not significant due to the temporary nature and size of our variable interests, because we were not the transferor or because we were not involved in the design or operations of the unconsolidated VIEs.

101

 


 

      

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Carrying value - asset (liability) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Other 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total 

  

Debt and 

  

  

commitments 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

VIE 

  

equity 

Servicing 

  

and 

Net 

(in millions)

  

assets  

interests (1) 

assets 

Derivatives 

guarantees 

assets 

September 30, 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Residential mortgage loan

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

securitizations:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

     

  

Conforming

$

 1,311,328 

  

 3,175 

 13,337 

 - 

 (1,150) 

 15,362 

     

  

Other/nonconforming

  

 40,113 

  

 1,841 

 252 

 - 

 (47) 

 2,046 

Commercial mortgage securitizations

  

 170,356 

  

 7,466 

 362 

 256 

 - 

 8,084 

Collateralized debt obligations:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

     

  

Debt securities

  

 6,284 

  

 36 

 - 

 339 

 (130) 

 245 

     

  

Loans (2)

  

 6,038 

  

 5,905 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 5,905 

Asset-based finance structures

  

 11,030 

  

 7,015 

 - 

 (91) 

 - 

 6,924 

Tax credit structures

  

 21,642 

  

 6,135 

 - 

 - 

 (2,164) 

 3,971 

Collateralized loan obligations

  

 4,791 

  

 984 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 984 

Investment funds

  

 3,700 

  

 51 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 51 

Other (3)

  

 9,515 

  

 871 

 24 

 (3) 

 (188) 

 704 

  

  

Total

$

 1,584,797 

  

 33,479 

 13,975 

 501 

 (3,679) 

 44,276 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Maximum exposure to loss 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Other 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Debt and 

  

  

commitments 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

equity 

Servicing 

  

and 

Total 

  

  

  

interests  

assets 

Derivatives 

guarantees 

exposure 

Residential mortgage loan

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

securitizations:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Conforming (4)

  

  

$

 3,175 

 13,337 

 - 

 3,225 

 19,737 

  

  

Other/nonconforming

  

  

  

 1,841 

 252 

 - 

 369 

 2,462 

Commercial mortgage securitizations

  

  

  

 7,466 

 362 

 359 

 - 

 8,187 

Collateralized debt obligations:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Debt securities

  

  

  

 36 

 - 

 339 

 130 

 505 

  

  

Loans (2)

  

  

  

 5,905 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 5,905 

Asset-based finance structures

  

  

  

 7,015 

 - 

 91 

 1,687 

 8,793 

Tax credit structures

  

  

  

 6,135 

 - 

 - 

 499 

 6,634 

Collateralized loan obligations

  

  

  

 984 

 - 

 - 

 158 

 1,142 

Investment funds

  

  

  

 51 

 - 

 - 

 33 

 84 

Other (3)

  

  

  

 871 

 24 

 177 

 188 

 1,260 

  

  

Total

  

  

$

 33,479 

 13,975 

 966 

 6,289 

 54,709 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(continued on following page)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

102

 


 

Note 7:   Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities  (continued) 

 

 

(continued from previous page)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Carrying value - asset (liability) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Other 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total 

  

Debt and 

  

  

commitments 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

VIE 

  

equity 

Servicing 

  

and 

Net 

(in millions)

  

assets  

  

interests (1) 

assets 

Derivatives 

guarantees 

assets 

December 31, 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Residential mortgage loan securitizations:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

     

Conforming

$

 1,268,494 

  

 3,620 

 10,336 

 - 

 (1,690) 

 12,266 

     

Other/nonconforming

  

 49,794 

  

 2,188 

 284 

 - 

 (53) 

 2,419 

Commercial mortgage securitizations

  

 168,126 

  

 7,081 

 466 

 404 

 - 

 7,951 

Collateralized debt obligations:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Debt securities

  

 6,940 

  

 13 

 - 

 471 

 144 

 628 

  

Loans (2)

  

 8,155 

  

 7,962 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 7,962 

Asset-based finance structures

  

 10,404 

  

 7,155 

 - 

 (104) 

 - 

 7,051 

Tax credit structures

  

 20,098 

  

 5,180 

 - 

 - 

 (1,657) 

 3,523 

Collateralized loan obligations

  

 6,641 

  

 1,439 

 - 

 1 

 - 

 1,440 

Investment funds

  

 4,771 

  

 49 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 49 

Other (3)

  

 10,401 

  

 977 

 28 

 14 

 1 

 1,020 

  

Total

$

 1,553,824 

  

 35,664 

 11,114 

 786 

 (3,255) 

 44,309 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Maximum exposure to loss 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Other 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Debt and 

  

  

commitments 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

equity 

Servicing 

  

and 

Total 

  

  

  

  

interests 

assets 

Derivatives 

guarantees 

exposure 

Residential mortgage loan securitizations:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Conforming (4)

  

  

$

 3,620 

 10,336 

 - 

 5,061 

 19,017 

  

Other/nonconforming

  

  

  

 2,188 

 284 

 - 

 353 

 2,825 

Commercial mortgage securitizations

  

  

  

 7,081 

 466 

 446 

 - 

 7,993 

Collateralized debt obligations:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Debt securities

  

  

  

 13 

 - 

 471 

 144 

 628 

  

Loans (2)

  

  

  

 7,962 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 7,962 

Asset-based finance structures

  

  

  

 7,155 

 - 

 104 

 1,967 

 9,226 

Tax credit structures

  

  

  

 5,180 

 - 

 - 

 247 

 5,427 

Collateralized loan obligations

  

  

  

 1,439 

 - 

 1 

 261 

 1,701 

Investment funds

  

  

  

 49 

 - 

 - 

 27 

 76 

Other (3)

  

  

  

 977 

 28 

 318 

 119 

 1,442 

  

Total

  

  

$

 35,664 

 11,114 

 1,340 

 8,179 

 56,297 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)  Includes total equity interests of $6.6 billion  at  September 30, 2013 and $5.8 billion at December 31, 2012. Also includes debt interests in the form of both loans and securities. Excludes certain debt securities held related to loans serviced for FNMA, FHLMC and GNMA.

(2)  Represents senior loans to trusts that are collateralized by asset-backed securities. The trusts invest primarily in senior tranches from a diversified pool of primarily U.S. asset securitizations, of which all are current, and over 72% and 83%  were rated as investment grade by the primary rating agencies at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. These senior loans are accounted for at amortized cost and are subject to the Company’s allowance and credit charge-off policies.

(3)  Includes structured financing, student loan securitizations, auto loan and lease securitizations and credit-linked note structures. Also contains investments in auction rate securities (ARS) issued by VIEs that we do not sponsor and, accordingly, are unable to obtain the total assets of the entity.

(4)  Maximum exposure to loss for conforming residential mortgage loan securitizations at September 30, 2013 reflects the benefit of a settlement reached with FHLMC on September 27, 2013, that resolved substantially all repurchase liabilities associated with loans sold to FHLMC prior to January 1, 2009. For additional information on the agreement reached with FHLMC see Note 8.

103

 


 

      

In the two preceding tables, “Total VIE assets” represents the remaining principal balance of assets held by unconsolidated VIEs using the most current information available. For VIEs that obtain exposure to assets synthetically through derivative instruments, the remaining notional amount of the derivative is included in the asset balance. “Carrying value” is the amount in our consolidated balance sheet related to our involvement with the unconsolidated VIEs. “Maximum exposure to loss” from our involvement with off-balance sheet entities, which is a required disclosure under GAAP, is determined as the carrying value of our involvement with off-balance sheet (unconsolidated) VIEs plus the remaining undrawn liquidity and lending commitments, the notional amount of net written derivative contracts, and generally the notional amount of, or stressed loss estimate for, other commitments and guarantees. It represents estimated loss that would be incurred under severe, hypothetical circumstances, for which we believe the possibility is extremely remote, such as where the value of our interests and any associated collateral declines to zero, without any consideration of recovery or offset from any economic hedges. Accordingly, this required disclosure is not an indication of expected loss.

For complete descriptions of our types of transactions with unconsolidated VIEs with which we have significant continuing involvement, but we are not the primary beneficiary, see Note 8 in our 2012 Form 10-K.

 

OTHER TRANSACTIONS WITH VIEs  Auction rate securities (ARS) are debt instruments with long-term maturities, but which re-price more frequently, and preferred equities with no maturity. At September 30, 2013, we held in our securities available-for-sale portfolio $661 million of ARS issued by VIEs redeemed pursuant to agreements entered into in 2008 and 2009, compared with $686 million at December 31, 2012.

We do not consolidate the VIEs that issued the ARS because we do not have power over the activities of the VIEs.

 


TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES  VIEs that we wholly own issue debt securities or preferred equity to third party investors. All of the proceeds of the issuance are invested in debt securities or preferred equity that we issue to the VIEs. The VIEs’ operations and cash flows relate only to the issuance, administration and repayment of the securities held by third parties. We do not consolidate these VIEs because the sole assets of the VIEs are receivables from us, even though we own all of the voting equity shares of the VIEs, have fully guaranteed the obligations of the VIEs and may have the right to redeem the third party securities under certain circumstances. In our consolidated balance sheet at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, we reported the debt securities issued to the VIEs as long-term junior subordinated debt with a carrying value of $1.9 billion  and $4.9 billion, respectively, and the preferred equity securities issued to the VIEs as preferred stock with a carrying value of $2.5 billion at both dates. These amounts are in addition to the involvements in these VIEs included in the preceding table.

In the first nine months of 2013, we redeemed $2.8 billion of trust preferred securities that will no longer count as Tier 1 capital under the Dodd-Frank Act and the Basel Committee recommendations known as the Basel III standards.

 

Securitization Activity Related to Unconsolidated VIEs

We use VIEs to securitize consumer and CRE loans and other types of financial assets, including student loans and auto loans. We typically retain the servicing rights from these sales and may continue to hold other beneficial interests in the VIEs. We may also provide liquidity to investors in the beneficial interests and credit enhancements in the form of standby letters of credit. Through these securitizations we may be exposed to liability under limited amounts of recourse as well as standard representations and warranties we make to purchasers and issuers. The following table presents the cash flows with our securitization trusts that were involved in transfers accounted for as sales.

104

 


 

Note 7:   Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities  (continued) 

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 2013 

  

 2012 

  

  

  

  

Other 

  

  

Other 

  

  

Mortgage 

financial 

  

Mortgage 

financial 

(in millions)

  

loans 

assets 

  

loans 

assets 

Quarter ended September 30,

  

  

  

  

  

  

Sales proceeds from securitizations (1)

$

 86,423 

 - 

  

 135,596 

 - 

Fees from servicing rights retained

  

 1,051 

 2 

  

 1,088 

 3 

Other interests held

  

 1,014 

 24 

  

 466 

 20 

Purchases of delinquent assets

  

 - 

 - 

  

 2 

 - 

Servicing advances, net of repayments

  

 (181) 

 - 

  

 25 

 - 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Nine months ended September 30,

  

  

  

  

  

  

Sales proceeds from securitizations (1)

$

 308,016 

 - 

  

 412,465 

 - 

Fees from servicing rights retained

  

 3,178 

 7 

  

 3,312 

 8 

Other interests held

  

 1,861 

 72 

  

 1,333 

 114 

Purchases of delinquent assets

  

 16 

 - 

  

 54 

 - 

Servicing advances, net of repayments

  

 633 

 - 

  

 151 

 - 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)  Represents cash flow data for all loans securitized in the period presented.

 

In the third quarter and first nine months of 2013, we recognized net gains of $28 million and $138 million, respectively, from transfers accounted for as sales of financial assets in securitizations, compared with $97 million and $161 million, respectively, in the same periods of 2012. These net gains primarily relate to commercial mortgage securitizations and residential mortgage securitizations where the loans were not already carried at fair value.

Sales with continuing involvement during the third quarter and first nine months of 2013 and 2012 predominantly related to securitizations of residential mortgages that are sold to the GSEs, including FNMA, FHLMC and GNMA (conforming residential mortgage securitizations). During the third quarter and first nine months of 2013 we transferred $84.4 billion and $296.3 billion respectively, in fair value of conforming residential mortgages to unconsolidated VIEs and recorded the transfers as sales, compared with $129.3 billion and $398.4 billion, respectively, in the same periods of 2012. Substantially all of these transfers did not result in a gain or loss because the loans were already carried at fair value. In connection with all of these transfers, in the first nine months of 2013 we recorded a $2.9 billion servicing asset, measured at fair value using a Level 3 measurement technique, and a $127 million liability for probable repurchase losses which reflects management’s estimate of probable losses related to various representations and warranties for the loans transferred, initially measured at fair value. In the first nine months of 2012, we recorded a $3.8 billion servicing asset and a $209 million liability.


We used the following key weighted-average assumptions to measure mortgage servicing assets at the date of securitization:

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Residential mortgage

  

  

  

servicing rights

  

  

  

2013 

  

2012 

Quarter ended September 30,

  

  

  

  

Prepayment speed (1)

  

 9.6 

%

 13.9 

Discount rate

  

 7.5 

  

 7.3 

Cost to service ($ per loan) (2)

$

 181 

  

 169 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Nine months ended September 30,

  

  

  

  

Prepayment speed (1)

  

 11.2 

%

 13.4 

Discount rate

  

 7.2 

  

 7.3 

Cost to service ($ per loan) (2)

$

 187 

  

 143 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)  The prepayment speed assumption for residential mortgage servicing rights includes a blend of prepayment speeds and default rates. Prepayment speed assumptions are influenced by mortgage interest rate inputs as well as our estimation of drivers of borrower behavior.

(2)  Includes costs to service and unreimbursed foreclosure costs.

 

During the third quarter and first nine months of 2013  we transferred $1.1 billion and $4.3 billion, respectively, in fair value of commercial mortgages to unconsolidated VIEs and recorded the transfers as sales, compared with $1.2 billion and $2.2 billion in the third quarter and first nine months of 2012, respectively. These transfers resulted in gains of $29 million and $129 million in the third quarter and first nine months of 2013, respectively, because the loans were carried at LOCOM, compared with gains of $74 million and $113 million in the third quarter and first nine months of 2012, respectively. In connection with these transfers, in the first nine months of 2013 we recorded a servicing asset of $14 million, initially measured at fair value using a Level 3 measurement technique, and securities available-for-sale of $54 million, classified as Level 2. In the first nine months of 2012, we recorded a servicing asset of $9 million and securities available-for-sale of $41 million.

105

 


 

      

The following table provides key economic assumptions and the sensitivity of the current fair value of residential mortgage servicing rights and other retained interests to immediate adverse changes in those assumptions. “Other interests held” relate predominantly to residential and commercial mortgage loan securitizations. Residential mortgage-backed securities retained in securitizations issued through GSEs, such as FNMA, FHLMC and GNMA, are excluded from the table because these securities have a remote risk of credit loss due to the GSE guarantee. These securities also have economic characteristics similar to GSE mortgage-backed securities that we purchase, which are not included in the table. Subordinated interests include only those bonds whose credit rating was below AAA by a major rating agency at issuance. Senior interests include only those bonds whose credit rating was AAA by a major rating agency at issuance. The information presented excludes trading positions held in inventory.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Other interests held

  

  

  

  

  

Residential 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

mortgage 

Interest- 

  

  

Consumer

  

Commercial (2)

  

  

  

  

  

servicing 

  

only 

  

Subordinated

  

Senior

Subordinated

  

Senior

($ in millions, except cost to service amounts)

  

rights (1) 

  

strips 

  

  

bonds

  

bonds

  

bonds

  

bonds

Fair value of interests held at September 30, 2013

$

 14,501 

  

 147 

  

  

 40 

  

 - 

  

 256 

  

 613 

Expected weighted-average life (in years)

  

 6.0 

  

 3.9 

  

  

 5.9 

  

 - 

  

 4.3 

  

 6.6 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Key economic assumptions:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Prepayment speed assumption (3)

  

 11.7 

%

 10.6 

  

  

 6.7 

  

 - 

  

  

  

  

     

  

Decrease in fair value from:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

         

  

  

10% adverse change

 888 

  

 3 

  

  

 - 

  

 - 

  

  

  

  

         

  

  

25% adverse change

  

 2,113 

  

 7 

  

  

 - 

  

 - 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Discount rate assumption

  

 7.6 

%

 18.1 

  

  

 4.6 

  

 - 

  

 9.5 

  

 4.0 

  

  

Decrease in fair value from:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

         

  

  

100 basis point increase

 784 

  

 3 

  

  

 2 

  

 - 

  

 9 

  

 33 

         

  

  

200 basis point increase

  

 1,499 

  

 5 

  

  

 4 

  

 - 

  

 18 

  

 63 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Cost to service assumption ($ per loan)

  

 198 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Decrease in fair value from:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

10% adverse change

  

 606 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

25% adverse change

  

 1,514 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Credit loss assumption

  

  

  

  

  

  

 0.4 

%

 - 

  

 1.5 

  

 - 

  

  

Decrease in fair value from:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

         

  

  

10% higher losses

  

  

  

  

  

 - 

  

 - 

  

 4 

  

 - 

         

  

  

25% higher losses

  

  

  

  

  

  

 - 

  

 - 

  

 6 

  

 - 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Fair value of interests held at December 31, 2012

$

 11,538 

  

 187 

  

  

 40 

  

 - 

  

 249 

  

 982 

Expected weighted-average life (in years)

  

 4.8 

  

 4.1 

  

  

 5.9 

  

 - 

  

 4.7 

  

 5.3 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Key economic assumptions:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Prepayment speed assumption (3)

  

 15.7 

%

 10.6 

  

  

 6.8 

  

 - 

  

  

  

  

     

Decrease in fair value from:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

         

  

10% adverse change

 869 

  

 5 

  

  

 - 

  

 - 

  

  

  

  

         

  

25% adverse change

  

 2,038 

  

 12 

  

  

 - 

  

 - 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Discount rate assumption

  

 7.4 

%

 16.9 

  

  

 8.9 

  

 - 

  

 3.5 

  

 2.2 

  

  

Decrease in fair value from:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

         

  

  

100 basis point increase

 562 

  

 4 

  

  

 2 

  

 - 

  

 12 

  

 43 

         

  

  

200 basis point increase

  

 1,073 

  

 8 

  

  

 4 

  

 - 

  

 21 

  

 84 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Cost to service assumption ($ per loan)

  

 219 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Decrease in fair value from:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

10% adverse change

  

 615 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

25% adverse change

  

 1,537 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Credit loss assumption

  

  

  

  

  

  

 0.4 

%

 - 

  

 10.0 

  

 - 

  

  

Decrease in fair value from:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

         

  

  

10% higher losses

  

  

  

  

  

 - 

  

 - 

  

 12 

  

 - 

         

  

  

25% higher losses

  

  

  

  

  

  

 - 

  

 - 

  

 19 

  

 - 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)  See narrative following this table for a discussion of commercial mortgage servicing rights.

(2)  Prepayment speed assumptions do not significantly impact the value of commercial mortgage securitization bonds as the underlying commercial mortgage loans experience significantly lower prepayments due to certain contractual restrictions, impacting the borrower’s ability to prepay the mortgage.

(3)  The prepayment speed assumption for residential mortgage servicing rights includes a blend of prepayment speeds and default rates. Prepayment speed assumptions are influenced by mortgage interest rate inputs as well as our estimation of drivers of borrower behavior.

106

 


 

Note 7:   Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities  (continued) 

 

In addition to residential mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) included in the previous table, we have a small portfolio of commercial MSRs with a fair value of $1.5 billion and $1.4 billion at September 30, 2013, and December 31, 2012, respectively. The nature of our commercial MSRs, which are carried at LOCOM, is different from our residential MSRs. Prepayment activity on serviced loans does not significantly impact the value of commercial MSRs because, unlike residential mortgages, commercial mortgages experience significantly lower prepayments due to certain contractual restrictions, impacting the borrower’s ability to prepay the mortgage. Additionally, for our commercial MSR portfolio, we are typically master/primary servicer, but not the special servicer, who is separately responsible for the servicing and workout of delinquent and foreclosed loans. It is the special servicer, similar to our role as servicer of residential mortgage loans, who is affected by higher servicing and foreclosure costs due to an increase in delinquent and foreclosed loans. Accordingly, prepayment speeds and costs to service are not key assumptions for commercial MSRs as they do not significantly impact the valuation. The primary economic driver impacting the fair value of our commercial MSRs is forward interest rates, which are derived from market observable yield curves used to price capital markets instruments. Market interest rates most significantly affect interest earned on custodial deposit balances. The sensitivity of the current fair value to an immediate adverse 25% change in the assumption about interest earned on deposit balances at September 30, 2013, and December 31, 2012, results in a decrease in fair value of $179 million and $139 million, respectively. See Note 8 for further information on our commercial MSRs.

The sensitivities in the preceding paragraph and table are hypothetical and caution should be exercised when relying on this data. Changes in value based on variations in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in the assumption to the change in value may not be linear. Also, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the value of the other interests held is calculated independently without changing any other assumptions. In reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in others (for example, changes in prepayment speed estimates could result in changes in the credit losses), which might magnify or counteract the sensitivities.

The following table presents information about the principal balances of off-balance sheet securitized loans, including residential mortgages sold to FNMA, FHLMC, GNMA and securitizations where servicing is our only form of continuing involvement. Delinquent loans include loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest as well as nonaccrual loans. In securitizations where servicing is our only form of continuing involvement, we would only experience a loss if required to repurchase a delinquent loan due to a breach in representations and warranties associated with our loan sale or servicing contracts.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net charge-offs 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total loans  

  

Delinquent loans  

  

Nine months ended 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Sept. 30, 

Dec. 31, 

  

Sept. 30, 

Dec. 31, 

  

Sept. 30, 

(in millions)

  

 2013 

 2012 

  

 2013 

 2012 

  

 2013 

 2012 

Commercial:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

     

Real estate mortgage

$

 123,093 

 128,564 

  

 8,846 

 12,216 

  

 465 

 323 

  

  

Total commercial

  

 123,093 

 128,564 

  

 8,846 

 12,216 

  

 465 

 323 

Consumer:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

     

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

  

 1,312,533 

 1,283,504 

  

 18,428 

 21,574 

  

 654 

 876 

     

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage

  

 1 

 1 

  

 - 

 - 

  

 - 

 - 

     

Other revolving credit and installment

  

 1,833 

 2,034 

  

 93 

 110 

  

 - 

 - 

         

  

Total consumer

  

 1,314,367 

 1,285,539 

  

 18,521 

 21,684 

  

 654 

 876 

  

  

  

Total off-balance sheet securitized loans (1)

 1,437,460 

 1,414,103 

  

 27,367 

 33,900 

  

 1,119 

 1,199 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)  At September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the table includes total loans of $1.3 trillion at both dates and delinquent loans of $15.2 billion and $17.4 billion, respectively for FNMA, FHLMC and GNMA. Net charge-offs exclude loans sold to FNMA, FHLMC and GNMA as we do not service or manage the underlying real estate upon foreclosure and, as such, do not have access to net charge-off information.

107

 


 

      

Transactions with Consolidated VIEs and Secured Borrowings

The following table presents a summary of transfers of financial assets accounted for as secured borrowings and involvements with consolidated VIEs. “Consolidated assets” are presented using GAAP measurement methods, which may include fair value, credit impairment or other adjustments, and therefore in some instances will differ from “Total VIE assets.” For VIEs that obtain exposure synthetically through derivative instruments, the remaining notional amount of the derivative is included in “Total VIE assets.” On the consolidated balance sheet, we separately disclose the consolidated assets of certain VIEs that can only be used to settle the liabilities of those VIEs.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Carrying value  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total  

  

  

  

Third 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

VIE 

Consolidated 

  

party 

Noncontrolling 

  

Net 

(in millions)

  

assets 

  

assets  

  

liabilities 

  

interests 

  

assets 

September 30, 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Secured borrowings:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

     

Municipal tender option bond securitizations

$

 13,567 

  

 10,906 

  

 (8,189) 

  

 - 

  

 2,717 

     

Commercial real estate loans

  

 596 

  

 596 

  

 (378) 

  

 - 

  

 218 

     

Residential mortgage securitizations

  

 5,447 

  

 5,762 

  

 (5,511) 

  

 - 

  

 251 

         

  

Total secured borrowings

  

 19,610 

  

 17,264 

  

 (14,078) 

  

 - 

  

 3,186 

Consolidated VIEs:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Nonconforming residential

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

     

  

mortgage loan securitizations

  

 7,141 

  

 6,332 

  

 (2,381) 

  

 - 

  

 3,951 

     

Multi-seller commercial paper conduit

  

 - 

  

 - 

  

 - 

  

 - 

  

 - 

     

Structured asset finance

  

 60 

  

 60 

  

 (18) 

  

 - 

  

 42 

     

Investment funds

  

 1,565 

  

 1,565 

  

 (68) 

  

 - 

  

 1,497 

     

Other

  

 2,270 

  

 2,198 

  

 (934) 

  

 (7) 

  

 1,257 

         

  

Total consolidated VIEs

  

 11,036 

  

 10,155 

  

 (3,401) 

  

 (7) 

  

 6,747 

  

  

  

Total secured borrowings and consolidated VIEs

$

 30,646 

  

 27,419 

  

 (17,479) 

  

 (7) 

  

 9,933 

December 31, 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Secured borrowings:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

     

Municipal tender option bond securitizations

$

 16,782 

  

 15,130 

  

 (13,248) 

  

 - 

  

 1,882 

     

Commercial real estate loans

  

 975 

  

 975 

  

 (696) 

  

 - 

  

 279 

     

Residential mortgage securitizations

  

 5,757 

  

 6,240 

  

 (5,824) 

  

 - 

  

 416 

         

  

Total secured borrowings

  

 23,514 

  

 22,345 

  

 (19,768) 

  

 - 

  

 2,577 

Consolidated VIEs:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Nonconforming residential

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

mortgage loan securitizations

  

 8,633 

  

 7,707 

  

 (2,933) 

  

 - 

  

 4,774 

  

Multi-seller commercial paper conduit

  

 2,059 

  

 2,036 

  

 (2,053) 

  

 - 

  

 (17) 

     

Structured asset finance

  

 71 

  

 71 

  

 (17) 

  

 - 

  

 54 

     

Investment funds

  

 1,837 

  

 1,837 

  

 (2) 

  

 - 

  

 1,835 

     

Other

  

 3,454 

  

 2,974 

  

 (1,438) 

  

 (48) 

  

 1,488 

         

  

Total consolidated VIEs

  

 16,054 

  

 14,625 

  

 (6,443) 

  

 (48) 

  

 8,134 

  

  

  

Total secured borrowings and consolidated VIEs

$

 39,568 

  

 36,970 

  

 (26,211) 

  

 (48) 

  

 10,711 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

In addition to the transactions included in the previous table, at both September 30, 2013, and December 31, 2012, we had approximately $6.0 billion of private placement debt financing issued through a consolidated VIE. The issuance is classified as long-term debt in our consolidated financial statements. At September 30, 2013, and December 31, 2012, we pledged approximately $6.7 billion and $6.4 billion in loans (principal and interest eligible to be capitalized), $169 million and $179 million in securities available for sale, and $180 million and $138 million in cash and cash equivalents to collateralize the VIE’s borrowings, respectively. These assets were not transferred to the VIE, and accordingly we have excluded the VIE from the previous table.

During second quarter 2013, we redeemed the outstanding commercial paper issued from our multi-seller conduit to third party investors at par.  The conduit was dissolved in July 2013. 

For complete descriptions of our accounting for transfers accounted for as secured borrowings and involvements with consolidated VIEs see Note 8 in our 2012 Form 10-K.  

108

 


 

      

Note 8:  Mortgage Banking Activities                                                                                                                      

Mortgage banking activities, included in the Community Banking and Wholesale Banking operating segments, consist of residential and commercial mortgage originations, sale activity and servicing.

We apply the amortization method to commercial MSRs and apply the fair value method to residential MSRs. The changes in MSRs measured using the fair value method were:

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Quarter ended Sept. 30, 

  

Nine months ended Sept. 30,

(in millions)

  

  

 2013 

 2012 

  

 2013 

 2012 

Fair value, beginning of period

$

 14,185 

 12,081 

  

 11,538 

 12,603 

  

Servicing from securitizations or asset transfers (1)

  

 954 

 1,173 

  

 2,949 

 4,088 

  

Sales

  

  

 - 

 - 

  

 (583) 

 (293) 

  

  

Net additions

  

 954 

 1,173 

  

 2,366 

 3,795 

  

Changes in fair value:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Due to changes in valuation model inputs or assumptions:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Mortgage interest rates (2)

  

 61 

 (1,131) 

  

 3,314 

 (2,480) 

  

  

  

Servicing and foreclosure costs (3)

  

 (34) 

 (350) 

  

 (174) 

 (550) 

  

  

  

Discount rates (4)

  

 - 

 - 

  

 - 

 (344) 

  

  

  

Prepayment estimates and other (5)

  

 (240) 

 54 

  

 (725) 

 158 

  

  

  

  

Net changes in valuation model inputs or assumptions

  

 (213) 

 (1,427) 

  

 2,415 

 (3,216) 

  

  

Other changes in fair value (6)

  

 (425) 

 (871) 

  

 (1,818) 

 (2,226) 

  

  

  

Total changes in fair value

  

 (638) 

 (2,298) 

  

 597 

 (5,442) 

Fair value, end of period

$

 14,501 

 10,956 

  

 14,501 

 10,956 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)  Nine months ended September 30, 2012, includes $315 million residential MSRs transferred from amortized MSRs that we elected to carry at fair value effective January 1, 2012.

(2)  Primarily represents prepayment speed changes due to changes in mortgage interest rates, but also includes other valuation changes due to changes in mortgage interest rates (such as changes in estimated interest earned on custodial deposit balances).

(3)  Includes costs to service and unreimbursed foreclosure costs.

(4)  Reflects discount rate assumption change, excluding portion attributable to changes in mortgage interest rates; the nine months ended September 30, 2012, change reflects increased capital return requirements from market participants.

(5)  Represents changes driven by other valuation model inputs or assumptions including prepayment speed estimation changes and other assumption updates. Prepayment speed estimation changes are influenced by observed changes in borrower behavior that occur independent of interest rate changes.

(6)  Represents changes due to collection/realization of expected cash flows over time.

 

The changes in amortized MSRs were:

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Quarter ended Sept. 30, 

  

Nine months ended Sept. 30,

(in millions)

  

 2013 

 2012 

  

 2013 

 2012 

Balance, beginning of period

$

 1,176 

 1,130 

  

 1,160 

 1,445 

  

Purchases

  

 59 

 42 

  

 112 

 134 

  

Servicing from securitizations or asset transfers (1)

  

 32 

 30 

  

 119 

 (263) 

  

Amortization

  

 (63) 

 (58) 

  

 (187) 

 (172) 

Balance, end of period

  

 1,204 

 1,144 

  

 1,204 

 1,144 

Valuation allowance:

  

  

  

  

  

  

Balance, beginning of period

  

 - 

 - 

  

 - 

 (37) 

  

Reversal of provision for MSRs in excess of fair value (1)

  

 - 

 - 

  

 - 

 37 

Balance, end of period (2)

  

 - 

 - 

  

 - 

 - 

Amortized MSRs, net

$

 1,204 

 1,144 

  

 1,204 

 1,144 

Fair value of amortized MSRs (3):

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Beginning of period

$

 1,533 

 1,450 

  

 1,400 

 1,756 

  

End of period

  

 1,525 

 1,399 

  

 1,525 

 1,399 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)  Nine months ended September 30, 2012, is net of $350 million ($313 million after valuation allowance) of residential MSRs that we elected to carry at fair value effective January 1, 2012. A cumulative adjustment of $2 million to fair value was recorded in retained earnings at January 1, 2012.

(2)  Commercial amortized MSRs are evaluated for impairment purposes by the following risk strata: agency (GSEs) and non-agency. There was no valuation allowance recorded for the periods presented on the commercial amortized MSRs. Residential amortized MSRs are evaluated for impairment purposes by the following risk strata: mortgages sold to GSEs (FHLMC and FNMA) and mortgages sold to GNMA, each by interest rate stratifications. For nine months ended September 30, 2012, valuation allowance of $37 million for residential MSRs was reversed upon election to carry at fair value.

(3)  Represent commercial amortized MSRs. The beginning of period balance for nine months ended September 30, 2012 also includes fair value of $316 million in residential amortized MSRs.

109

 


 

      

We present the components of our managed servicing portfolio in the following table at unpaid principal balance for loans serviced and subserviced for others and at book value for owned loans serviced.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Sept. 30, 

  

Dec. 31, 

(in billions)

  

  

 2013 

  

 2012 

Residential mortgage servicing:

  

  

  

  

  

Serviced for others

$

 1,494 

  

 1,498 

  

Owned loans serviced

  

 344 

  

 368 

  

Subservicing

  

 6 

  

 7 

  

  

Total residential servicing

  

 1,844 

  

 1,873 

Commercial mortgage servicing:

  

  

  

  

  

Serviced for others

  

 416 

  

 408 

  

Owned loans serviced

  

 106 

  

 106 

  

Subservicing

  

 11 

  

 13 

  

  

Total commercial servicing

  

 533 

  

 527 

  

  

  

Total managed servicing portfolio

$

 2,377 

  

 2,400 

Total serviced for others

$

 1,910 

  

 1,906 

Ratio of MSRs to related loans serviced for others

  

 0.82 

 0.67 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

The components of mortgage banking noninterest income were:

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Quarter ended Sept. 30, 

  

Nine months ended Sept. 30,

(in millions)

  

 2013 

 2012 

  

 2013 

 2012 

Servicing income, net:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Servicing fees:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Contractually specified servicing fees

$

 1,108 

 1,136 

  

 3,335 

 3,448 

  

  

Late charges

  

 56 

 66 

  

 174 

 195 

  

  

Ancillary fees

  

 91 

 89 

  

 258 

 229 

  

  

Unreimbursed direct servicing costs (1)

  

 (289) 

 (307) 

  

 (774) 

 (807) 

  

  

  

Net servicing fees

  

 966 

 984 

  

 2,993 

 3,065 

  

Changes in fair value of MSRs carried at fair value:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Due to changes in valuation model inputs or assumptions (2)

  

 (213) 

 (1,427) 

  

 2,415 

 (3,216) 

  

  

Other changes in fair value (3)

  

 (425) 

 (871) 

  

 (1,818) 

 (2,226) 

  

  

  

Total changes in fair value of MSRs carried at fair value

  

 (638) 

 (2,298) 

  

 597 

 (5,442) 

  

Amortization

  

 (63) 

 (58) 

  

 (187) 

 (172) 

  

Net derivative gains (losses) from economic hedges (4)

  

 239 

 1,569 

  

 (2,192) 

 3,677 

  

  

  

  

Total servicing income, net

  

 504 

 197 

  

 1,211 

 1,128 

Net gains on mortgage loan origination/sales activities

  

 1,104 

 2,610 

  

 5,993 

 7,442 

  

  

  

  

  

Total mortgage banking noninterest income

$

 1,608 

 2,807 

  

 7,204 

 8,570 

Market-related valuation changes to MSRs, net of hedge results (2) + (4)

 26 

 142 

  

 223 

 461 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)  Primarily associated with foreclosure expenses and other interest costs.

(2)  Refer to the changes in fair value of MSRs table in this Note for more detail.

(3)  Represents changes due to collection/realization of expected cash flows over time.

(4)  Represents results from free-standing derivatives (economic hedges) used to hedge the risk of changes in fair value of MSRs. See Note 12 – Free-Standing Derivatives for additional discussion and detail.

110

 


 

Note 8:   Mortgage Banking Activities  (continued) 

 

The table below summarizes the changes in our liability for mortgage loan repurchase losses. This liability is in “Accrued expenses and other liabilities” in our consolidated balance sheet and the provision for repurchase losses reduces net gains on mortgage loan origination/sales activities. Because the level of mortgage loan repurchase losses depends upon economic factors, investor demand strategies and other external conditions that may change over the life of the underlying loans, the level of the liability for mortgage loan repurchase losses is difficult to estimate and requires considerable management judgment. We maintain regular contact with the GSEs, the Federal Housing Finance Agency (FHFA), and other significant investors to monitor their repurchase demand practices and issues as part of our process to update our repurchase liability estimate as new information becomes available. The Company reached a settlement with FHLMC on September 27, 2013 that resolved substantially all repurchase liabilities associated with loans sold to FHLMC prior to January 1, 2009.

 Because of the uncertainty in the various estimates underlying the mortgage repurchase liability, there is a range of losses in excess of the recorded mortgage repurchase liability that is reasonably possible. The estimate of the range of possible loss for representations and warranties does not represent a probable loss, and is based on currently available information, significant judgment, and a number of assumptions that are subject to change. The high end of this range of reasonably possible losses in excess of our recorded liability was $1.4 billion at September 30, 2013, and was determined based upon modifying the assumptions (particularly to assume significant changes in investor repurchase demand practices) utilized in our best estimate of probable loss to reflect what we believe to be the high end of reasonably possible adverse assumptions.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Quarter 

  

Nine months 

  

  

  

  

  

  

ended Sept. 30, 

  

ended Sept. 30, 

(in millions)

  

 2013 

 2012 

  

 2013 

 2012 

Balance, beginning of period

$

 2,222 

 1,764 

  

 2,206 

 1,326 

  

Provision for

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

repurchase losses:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loan sales

  

 28 

 75 

  

 127 

 209 

  

  

Change in estimate (1)

 - 

 387 

  

 275 

 1,352 

  

  

  

Total additions

  

 28 

 462 

  

 402 

 1,561 

  

Losses (2)

  

 (829) 

 (193) 

  

 (1,187) 

 (854) 

Balance, end of period

$

 1,421 

 2,033 

  

 1,421 

 2,033 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)  Results from such factors as changes in investor demand and mortgage insurer practices, credit deterioration, and changes in the financial stability of correspondent lenders.

(2)  Quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2013, reflect $746 million as a result of the settlement reached with FHLMC that resolved substantially all repurchase liabilities associated with loans sold to FHLMC prior to January 1, 2009.

111

 


 

   

Note 9:  Intangible Assets                                                                                                                                          

The gross carrying value of intangible assets and accumulated amortization was:

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

September 30, 2013 

  

December 31, 2012 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Gross 

  

  

Net 

  

Gross 

  

  

Net

  

  

  

  

  

  

carrying 

Accumulated 

carrying  

  

carrying 

Accumulated 

carrying

(in millions)

  

value 

amortization 

value 

  

value 

amortization 

value

Amortized intangible assets (1):

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

MSRs (2)

 2,548 

  

 (1,344) 

 1,204 

  

 2,317 

  

 (1,157) 

 1,160 

  

Core deposit intangibles

  

 12,834 

  

 (7,850) 

 4,984 

  

 12,836 

  

 (6,921) 

 5,915 

  

Customer relationship and other intangibles

  

 3,146 

  

 (1,995) 

 1,151 

  

 3,147 

  

 (1,795) 

 1,352 

  

  

Total amortized intangible assets

 18,528 

  

 (11,189) 

 7,339 

  

 18,300 

  

 (9,873) 

 8,427 

Unamortized intangible assets:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

MSRs (carried at fair value) (2)

 14,501 

  

  

  

  

 11,538 

  

  

  

  

Goodwill

  

 25,637 

  

  

  

  

 25,637 

  

  

  

  

Trademark

  

 14 

  

  

  

  

 14 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)  Excludes fully amortized intangible assets.

(2)  See Note 8 for additional information on MSRs.

 

The following table provides the current year-to-date period and estimated future amortization expense for amortized intangible assets. We based our projections of amortization expense shown below on existing asset balances at September 30, 2013. Future amortization expense may vary from these projections.


 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Customer 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Core 

relationship 

  

  

  

  

Amortized 

  

deposit 

and other 

  

  

(in millions)

  

MSRs 

intangibles 

intangibles  

  

Total 

Nine months ended September 30, 2013 (actual)

 187 

  

 932 

  

 200 

  

 1,319 

Estimate for the remainder of 2013

 63 

  

 310 

  

 66 

  

 439 

Estimate for year ended December 31,

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

2014

  

 228 

  

 1,113 

  

 250 

  

 1,591 

2015

  

 197 

  

 1,022 

  

 227 

  

 1,446 

2016

  

 162 

  

 919 

  

 212 

  

 1,293 

2017

  

 121 

  

 851 

  

 194 

  

 1,166 

2018

  

 88 

  

 769 

  

 184 

  

 1,041 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

For our goodwill impairment analysis, we allocate all of the goodwill to the individual operating segments. We identify reporting units that are one level below an operating segment (referred to as a component), and distinguish these reporting units based on how the segments and components are managed, taking into consideration the economic characteristics, nature of the products and customers of the components. At the time we acquire a business, we allocate goodwill to applicable reporting units based on their relative fair value, and if we have a significant business reorganization, we may reallocate the goodwill. See Note 18 for further information on management reporting.

The following table shows the allocation of goodwill to our operating segments for purposes of goodwill impairment testing.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Wealth, 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Community 

  

Wholesale 

Brokerage and 

Consolidated 

(in millions)

  

Banking 

  

Banking 

  

Retirement 

  

Company 

December 31, 2011

 17,924 

  

 6,820 

  

 371 

  

 25,115 

  

Goodwill from business combinations

  

 (2) 

  

 524 

  

 - 

  

 522 

September 30, 2012

 17,922 

  

 7,344 

  

 371 

  

 25,637 

December 31, 2012 and September 30, 2013

 17,922 

  

 7,344 

  

 371 

  

 25,637 

112

 


 

      

Note 10:  Guarantees, Pledged Assets and Collateral                                                                                             

Guarantees are contracts that contingently require us to make payments to a guaranteed party based on an event or a change in an underlying asset, liability, rate or index. Guarantees are generally in the form of standby letters of credit, securities lending and other indemnifications, liquidity agreements, written put options, recourse obligations, residual value guarantees, and contingent consideration. The following table shows carrying value, maximum exposure to loss on our guarantees and the related non-investment grade amounts.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

September 30, 2013 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Maximum exposure to loss 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Expires after 

Expires after 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Expires in 

one year 

three years 

Expires 

  

Non- 

  

  

  

  

  

Carrying 

one year 

through 

through 

after five 

  

investment 

(in millions)

  

value 

or less 

three years 

five years 

years 

Total 

grade 

Standby letters of credit (1)

 54 

 15,659 

 12,211 

 3,930 

 2,719 

 34,519 

 9,039 

Securities lending and

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

other indemnifications

  

 - 

 2 

 7 

 37 

 3,236 

 3,282 

 40 

Liquidity agreements (2)

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 14 

 14 

 4 

Written put options (3)

  

 981 

 3,766 

 4,465 

 2,375 

 2,495 

 13,101 

 4,409 

Loans and MHFS sold with recourse

 87 

 109 

 464 

 813 

 4,963 

 6,349 

 3,654 

Contingent consideration

  

 31 

 16 

 96 

 - 

 - 

 112 

 110 

Other guarantees

  

 3 

 982 

 30 

 17 

 1,029 

 2,058 

 3 

  

Total guarantees

 1,156 

 20,534 

 17,273 

 7,172 

 14,456 

 59,435 

 17,259 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

December 31, 2012 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Maximum exposure to loss 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Expires after 

Expires after 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Expires in 

one year 

three years 

  

  

Non- 

  

  

  

  

  

Carrying 

one year 

through 

through 

Expires after 

  

investment 

(in millions)

  

value 

or less 

three years 

five years 

five years 

Total 

grade 

Standby letters of credit (1)

 42 

 19,463 

 11,782 

 6,531 

 1,983 

 39,759 

 11,331 

Securities lending and

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

other indemnifications

  

 - 

 3 

 7 

 20 

 2,511 

 2,541 

 118 

Liquidity agreements (2)

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 3 

 3 

 3 

Written put options (2)(3)

  

 1,427 

 2,951 

 3,873 

 2,475 

 2,575 

 11,874 

 3,953 

Loans and MHFS sold with recourse

  

 99 

 443 

 357 

 647 

 4,426 

 5,873 

 3,905 

Contingent consideration

  

 35 

 11 

 24 

 94 

 - 

 129 

 129 

Other guarantees

  

 3 

 677 

 26 

 1 

 717 

 1,421 

 4 

  

Total guarantees

 1,606 

 23,548 

 16,069 

 9,768 

 12,215 

 61,600 

 19,443 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)  Total maximum exposure to loss includes direct pay letters of credit (DPLCs) of $16.4 billion and $18.5 billion at September  30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. We issue DPLCs to provide credit enhancements for certain bond issuances. Beneficiaries (bond trustees) may draw upon these instruments to make scheduled principal and interest payments, redeem all outstanding bonds because a default event has occurred, or for other reasons as permitted by the agreement. We also originate multipurpose lending commitments under which borrowers have the option to draw on the facility in one of several forms, including as a standby letter of credit. Total maximum exposure to loss includes the portion of these facilities for which we have issued standby letters of credit under the commitments.

(2)  Certain of these agreements included in this table are related to off-balance sheet entities and, accordingly, are also disclosed in Note 7.

(3)  Written put options, which are in the form of derivatives, are also included in the derivative disclosures in Note 12.

 

“Maximum exposure to loss” and “Non-investment grade” are  required disclosures under GAAP. Non-investment grade represents those guarantees on which we have a higher risk of being required to perform under the terms of the guarantee. If the underlying assets under the guarantee are non-investment grade (that is, an external rating that is below investment grade or an internal credit default grade that is equivalent to a below investment grade external rating), we consider the risk of performance to be high. Internal credit default grades are determined based upon the same credit policies that we use to evaluate the risk of payment or performance when making loans and other extensions of credit. These credit policies are further described in Note 5.

Maximum exposure to loss represents the estimated loss that would be incurred under an assumed hypothetical circumstance, despite what we believe is its extremely remote possibility, where the value of our interests and any associated collateral declines to zero. Maximum exposure to loss estimates in the table above do not reflect economic hedges or collateral we could use to offset or recover losses we may incur under our guarantee agreements. Accordingly, this required disclosure is not an indication of expected loss. We believe the carrying value, which is either fair value for derivative related products or the allowance for lending related commitments, is more representative of our exposure to loss than maximum exposure to loss.

 

Standby letters of credit  We issue standby letters of credit, which include performance and financial guarantees, for customers in connection with contracts between our customers and third parties. Standby letters of credit are agreements where we are obligated to make payment to a third party on behalf of a customer in the event the customer fails to meet their contractual obligations. We consider the

113

 


 

      

credit risk in standby letters of credit and commercial and similar letters of credit in determining the allowance for credit losses. Standby letters of credit include direct pay letters of credit we issue to provide credit enhancements for certain bond issuances.

 

Securities lending and other indemnifications  As a securities lending agent, we lend debt and equity securities from participating institutional clients’ portfolios to third-party borrowers. These arrangements are for an indefinite period of time whereby we indemnify our clients against default by the borrower in returning these lent securities. This indemnity is supported by collateral received from the borrowers and is generally in the form of cash or highly liquid securities that are marked to market daily. There was $412 million at September 30, 2013 and $443 million at December 31, 2012, in collateral supporting loaned securities with values of $399 million and $436 million, respectively.

We use certain third party clearing agents to clear and settle transactions on behalf of some of our institutional brokerage customers. We indemnify the clearing agents against loss that could occur for non-performance by our customers on transactions that are not sufficiently collateralized. Transactions subject to the indemnifications may include customer obligations related to the settlement of margin accounts and short positions, such as written call options and securities borrowing transactions. Outstanding customer obligations were $717 million and $579 million and the related collateral was $3.6 billion and $3.1 billion at September 30, 2013, and December 31, 2012, respectively. Our estimate of maximum exposure to loss, which requires judgment regarding the range and likelihood of future events, was $2.9 billion as of September 30, 2013, and $2.1 billion as of December 31, 2012.

We enter into other types of indemnification agreements in the ordinary course of business under which we agree to indemnify third parties against any damages, losses and expenses incurred in connection with legal and other proceedings arising from relationships or transactions with us. These relationships or transactions include those arising from service as a director or officer of the Company, underwriting agreements relating to our securities, acquisition agreements and various other business transactions or arrangements. Because the extent of our obligations under these agreements depends entirely upon the occurrence of future events, we are unable to determine our potential future liability under these agreements. We do, however, record a liability for residential mortgage loans that we expect to repurchase pursuant to various representations and warranties. See Note 8 for additional information on the liability for mortgage loan repurchase losses.

 

Liquidity agreements  We  provide liquidity to certain off-balance sheet entities that hold securitized fixed-rate municipal bonds and consumer or commercial assets that are partially funded with the issuance of money market and other short-term notes. See Note 7 for additional information on these arrangements.

 

Written put options  Written put options are contracts that give the counterparty the right to sell to us an underlying instrument held by the counterparty at a specified price, and include options, floors, caps and credit default swaps. These written put option contracts generally permit net settlement. While these derivative transactions expose us to risk in the event the option is exercised, we manage this risk by entering into offsetting trades or by taking short positions in the underlying instrument. We offset substantially all put options written to customers with purchased options. Additionally, for certain of these contracts, we require the counterparty to pledge the underlying instrument as collateral for the transaction. Our ultimate obligation under written put options is based on future market conditions and is only quantifiable at settlement. See Note 12 for additional information regarding written derivative contracts.

 

Loans AND MHFS SOLD with recourse  In certain loan sales or securitizations, we provide recourse to the buyer whereby we are required to indemnify the buyer for any loss on the loan up to par value plus accrued interest. We provide recourse, predominantly to the GSEs, on loans sold under various programs and arrangements. Primarily all of these programs and arrangements require that we share in the loans’ credit exposure for their remaining life by providing recourse to the GSE, up to 33.33% of actual losses incurred on a pro-rata basis, in the event of borrower default. Under the remaining recourse programs and arrangements, if certain events occur within a specified period of time from transfer date, we have to provide limited recourse to the buyer to indemnify them for losses incurred for the remaining life of the loans. The maximum exposure to loss reported in the accompanying table represents the outstanding principal balance of the loans sold or securitized that are subject to recourse provisions or the maximum losses per the contractual agreements. However, we believe the likelihood of loss of the entire balance due to these recourse agreements is remote and amounts paid can be recovered in whole or in part from the sale of collateral. We repurchased $8 million and $26 million respectively, of loans associated with these agreements in the third quarter and first nine months of 2013, and $5 million and $21 million respectively in the same periods of 2012. We also provide representation and warranty guarantees on loans sold under the various recourse programs and arrangements. Our loss exposure relative to these guarantees is separately considered and provided for, as necessary, in determination of our liability for loan repurchases due to breaches of representation and warranties. See Note 8 for additional information on the liability for mortgage loan repurchase losses.

 

Contingent consideration   In connection with certain brokerage, asset management, insurance agency and other acquisitions we have made, the terms of the acquisition agreements provide for deferred payments or additional consideration, based on certain performance targets.

 

Other Guarantees  We are members of exchanges and clearing houses that we use to clear our trades and those of our customers. It is common that all members in these organizations are required to collectively guarantee the performance of other members. Our obligations under the guarantees are based on either a fixed amount or a multiple of the collateral we are required to maintain with these organizations. We have not recorded a liability for these arrangements as of the dates presented in the previous table because we believe the likelihood of loss is remote.

We also have contingent performance arrangements related to various customer relationships and lease transactions. We are required to pay the counterparties to these agreements if third parties default on certain obligations.

 

114

 


 

Note 10:   Guarantees, Pledged Assets and Collateral  (continued) 

 

Pledged Assets

As part of our liquidity management strategy, we pledge assets to secure trust and public deposits, borrowings and letters of credit from the FHLB and FRB, securities sold under agreements to repurchase (repurchase agreements), and for other purposes as required or permitted by law or insurance statutory requirements. The types of collateral we pledge include securities issued by federal agencies, government-sponsored entities (GSEs), domestic and foreign companies and various commercial and consumer loans. The following table provides the total carrying amount of pledged assets by asset type, of which substantially all are pursuant to agreements that do not permit the secured party to sell or repledge the collateral. The table  excludes pledged consolidated VIE assets of $10.2 billion and $14.6 billion at September 30, 2013, and December 31, 2012, respectively, which can only be used to settle the liabilities of those entities. See Note 7 for additional information on consolidated VIE assets.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Sept. 30,

  

Dec. 31,

(in millions)

  

2013 

  

2012 

Trading assets and other (1)

$

 33,808 

  

 28,031 

Securities available for sale (2)

  

 99,291 

  

 96,018 

Loans (3)

  

 378,004 

  

 360,171 

  

Total pledged assets

$

 511,103 

  

 484,220 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)

Represent assets pledged to collateralize repurchase agreements and other securities financings. Balance includes $32.5 billion and $27.4 billion at September 30, 2013, and December 31, 2012, respectively, under agreements that permit the secured parties to sell or repledge the collateral.

(2)

Includes $8.3 billion and $8.4 billion in collateral for repurchase agreements at September 30, 2013, and December 31, 2012, respectively, which are pledged under agreements that do not permit the secured parties to sell or repledge the collateral.

(3)

Represent loans carried at amortized cost, which are pledged under agreements that do not permit the secured parties to sell or repledge the collateral.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

115

 


 

      

Offsetting of Resale and Repurchase Agreements and Securities Borrowing and Lending Agreements

The table below presents resale and repurchase agreements subject to master repurchase agreements (MRA) and securities borrowing and lending agreements subject to master securities lending agreements (MSLA). We account for transactions subject to these agreements as collateralized financings and those with a single counterparty are presented net on our balance sheet, provided certain criteria are met that permit balance sheet netting under U.S. GAAP. Most transactions subject to these agreements do not meet those criteria and thus are not eligible for balance sheet netting.

Collateral we pledged consists of non-cash instruments, such as securities or loans, and is not netted on the balance sheet against the related collateralized liability. Collateral we received includes securities or loans and is not recognized on our balance sheet. Collateral received or pledged may be increased or decreased over time to maintain certain contractual thresholds as the assets underlying each arrangement fluctuate in value. Generally, these agreements require collateral to exceed the asset or liability recognized on the balance sheet. The following table includes the amount of collateral pledged or received related to exposures subject to enforceable MRAs or MSLAs. While these agreements are typically over-collateralized, U.S. GAAP requires disclosure in this table to limit the amount of such collateral to the amount of the related recognized asset or liability for  each counterparty.

In addition to the amounts included in the table below, we also have balance sheet netting related to derivatives that are disclosed within Note 12.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Sept. 30, 

  

Dec. 31, 

(in millions)

  

 2013 

  

 2012 

Assets:

  

  

  

  

Resale and securities borrowing agreements

  

  

  

  

  

  

Gross amounts recognized

$

 43,325 

  

 45,847 

  

  

Gross amounts offset in consolidated balance sheet (1)

  

 (5,101) 

  

 (2,561) 

  

  

Net amounts in consolidated balance sheet (2)

  

 38,224 

  

 43,286 

  

  

Noncash collateral not recognized in consolidated balance sheet (3)

  

 (37,920) 

  

 (42,920) 

  

Net amount (4)

$

 304 

  

 366 

Liabilities:

  

  

  

  

Repurchase and securities lending agreements

  

  

  

  

  

  

Gross amounts recognized

$

 41,208 

  

 35,876 

  

  

Gross amounts offset in consolidated balance sheet (1)

  

 (5,101) 

  

 (2,561) 

  

  

Net amounts in consolidated balance sheet (5)

  

 36,107 

  

 33,315 

  

  

Noncash collateral pledged but not netted in consolidated balance sheet (6)

  

 (35,677) 

  

 (33,050) 

  

Net amount (7)

$

 430 

  

 265 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)

Represents recognized amount of resale and repurchase agreements with counterparties subject to enforceable MRAs or MSLAs that have been offset in the consolidated balance sheet.

(2)

At September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, includes $27.0 billion and $33.8 billion, respectively, classified on our consolidated balance sheet in Federal funds sold, securities purchased under resale agreements and other short-term investments and $11.2 billion and $9.5 billion, respectively, in Loans.

(3)

Represents the fair value of non-cash collateral we have received under enforceable MRAs or MSLAs, limited for table presentation purposes to the amount of the recognized asset due from each counterparty. At September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, we have received total collateral with a fair value of $48.2 billion and $46.6 billion, respectively, all of which, we have the right to sell or repledge. These amounts include securities we have sold or repledged to others with a fair value of $27.5 billion at September 30, 2013 and $29.7 billion at December 31, 2012.

(4)

Represents the amount of our exposure that is not collateralized and/or is not subject to an enforceable MRA or MSLA.

(5)

Amount is classified in Short-Term Borrowings on our consolidated balance sheet.

(6)

Represents the fair value of non-cash collateral we have pledged, related to enforceable MRAs or MSLAs, limited for table presentation purposes to the amount of the recognized liability owed to each counterparty. At September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, we have pledged total collateral with a fair value of $42.1 billion and $36.4 billion, respectively, of which, the counterparty does not have the right to sell or repledge $9.6 billion as of September 30 2013 and $9.1 billion as of December 31, 2012.

(7)

Represents the amount of our exposure that is not covered by pledged collateral and/or is not subject to an enforceable MRA or MSLA.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

116

 


 

      

Note 11:  Legal Actions                                                                                                                                              

The following supplements our discussion of certain matters previously reported in Part I, Item 3 (Legal Proceedings) of our 2012 Form 10-K and Part II, Item 1 (Legal Proceedings) of our 2013 first and second quarter Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for events occurring during third quarter 2013.

 

FHA INSURANCE LITIGATION  On October 9, 2012, the United States filed a complaint, captioned United States of America v. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York. The complaint makes claims with respect to Wells Fargo’s Federal Housing Administration (FHA) lending program for the period 2001 to 2010. The complaint alleges, among other allegations, that Wells Fargo improperly certified certain FHA mortgage loans for United States Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) insurance that did not qualify for the program, and therefore Wells Fargo should not have received insurance proceeds from HUD when some of the loans later defaulted. The complaint further alleges Wells Fargo knew some of the mortgages did not qualify for insurance and did not disclose the deficiencies to HUD before making insurance claims. On December 1, 2012, Wells Fargo filed a motion in the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia seeking to enforce a release of Wells Fargo given by the United States, which was denied on February 12, 2013. On April 11, 2013, Wells Fargo appealed the decision to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit, and filed its initial appellate brief on September 20, 2013. On December 14, 2012, the United States filed an amended complaint. On January 16, 2013, Wells Fargo filed a motion in the Southern District of New York to dismiss the amended complaint. On September 24, 2013, the Court entered an order denying the motion with respect to the government’s federal statutory claims and granting in part, and denying in part, the motion with respect to the government’s common law claims.

 

MEDICAL CAPITAL CORPORATION LITIGATION  Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. served as indenture trustee for debt issued by affiliates of Medical Capital Corporation, which was placed in receivership at the request of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) in August 2009. Since September 2009, Wells Fargo has been named as a defendant in various class and mass actions brought by holders of Medical Capital Corporation’s debt, alleging that Wells Fargo breached contractual and other legal obligations owed to them and seeking unspecified damages. On April 16, 2013, the parties reached a settlement, subject to Court approval, of all claims which provides for Wells Fargo to pay $105 million to the plaintiffs. The Court gave final approval to the settlement on August 12, 2013.

 

MORTGAGE-BACKED CERTIFICATES LITIGATION  Several securities law based putative class actions were consolidated in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California on July 16, 2009, under the caption In re Wells Fargo Mortgage-Backed Certificates Litigation. The case asserted claims against several Wells Fargo mortgage-backed securities trusts, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and other affiliated entities, individual employee defendants, along with various underwriters and rating agencies. The plaintiffs alleged that the offering documents contain untrue statements of material fact, or omit to state material facts necessary to make the registration statements and accompanying prospectuses not misleading. The parties agreed to settle the case on May 27, 2011, for $125 million. Final approval of the settlement was entered on November 14, 2011. Some class members, including Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA) and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC), opted out of the settlement. Wells Fargo settled the opt out claims of FNMA in first quarter 2013 and settled the opt out claims of FHLMC in third quarter 2013, in each case for an amount that was within a previously established accrual. Both settlements included the Federal Housing Finance Agency, as conservator of FNMA and FHLMC. The combined amount of the settlements was approximately $335 million.

On October 15, 2010, three actions, captioned Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago v. Banc of America Funding Corporation, et al. (filed in the Cook County Circuit Court, State of Illinois); Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago v. Banc of America Securities LLC, et al. (filed in the Superior Court of the State of California for the County of Los Angeles); and Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis v. Banc of America Mortgage America Securities, Inc., et al. (filed in the Superior Court of the State of Indiana for the County of Marion), named multiple defendants, described as issuers/depositors, and underwriters/dealers of private label mortgage-backed securities, in an action asserting claims that defendants used false and misleading statements in offering documents for the sale of such securities. Plaintiffs seek rescission of the sales and damages under state securities and other laws and Section 11 of the Securities Act of 1933. Wells Fargo Asset Securities Corporation, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and Wells Fargo & Company were named among the defendants. Wells Fargo has reached a settlement in principle with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis to settle the claims against it in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis v. Banc of America Mortgage America Securities, Inc., et al. action for an amount within a previously established accrual. Wells Fargo has also reached a settlement in principle with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago to settle the claims against it in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago v. Banc of America Funding Corporation, et al. and  Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago v. Banc of America Securities LLC actions for an amount within a previously established accrual.

On April 20, 2011, a case captioned Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston v. Ally Financial, Inc., et al., was filed in the Superior Court of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts for the County of Suffolk. The case names, among a large number of parties, Wells Fargo & Company, Wells Fargo Asset Securitization Corporation and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. as parties and asserts claims that defendants used false and misleading statements in offering documents for the sale of mortgage-backed securities. Wells Fargo settled the claims of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston for an amount within a previously established accrual and was dismissed, with prejudice, from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston v. Ally Financial, Inc., et al. action on September 30, 2013.

 

ORDER OF POSTING LITIGATION  On August 10, 2010, the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California issued an order in Gutierrez v. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., a case that was not consolidated in the multi-district proceedings, enjoining the bank’s use of the high to low posting method for debit card transactions with respect to the plaintiff class of California depositors, directing the bank to establish a

117

 


 

       

different posting methodology and ordering remediation of approximately $203 million. On October 26, 2010, a final judgment was entered in Gutierrez. On October 28, 2010, Wells Fargo appealed to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit. On December 26, 2012, the Ninth Circuit reversed the order requiring Wells Fargo to change its order of posting and vacated the portion of the order granting remediation of approximately $203 million on the grounds of federal preemption. The Ninth Circuit affirmed the District Court’s finding that Wells Fargo violated a California state law prohibition on fraudulent representations and remanded the case to the District Court for further proceedings. On August 5, 2013, the District Court entered a judgment against Wells Fargo in the approximate amount of $203 million, together with post-judgment interest thereon from October 25, 2010, and, effective as of July 15, 2013, enjoined Wells Fargo from making or disseminating additional misrepresentations about its order of posting of transactions. On August 7, 2013, Wells Fargo appealed the judgment to the Ninth Circuit.

 

OUTLOOK  When establishing a liability for contingent litigation losses, the Company determines a range of potential losses for each matter that is both probable and estimable, and records the amount it considers to be the best estimate within the range. The high end of the range of reasonably possible potential litigation losses in excess of the Company’s liability for probable and estimable losses was $1.0 billion as of September 30, 2013. For these matters and others where an unfavorable outcome is reasonably possible but not probable, there may be a range of possible losses in excess of the established liability that cannot be estimated. Based on information currently available, advice of counsel, available insurance coverage and established reserves, Wells Fargo believes that the eventual outcome of the actions against Wells Fargo and/or its subsidiaries, including the matters described above, will not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on Wells Fargo’s consolidated financial position. However, in the event of unexpected future developments, it is possible that the ultimate resolution of those matters, if unfavorable, may be material to Wells Fargo’s results of operations for any particular period.

 

Note 12:  Derivatives                                                                                                                                                 

We primarily use derivatives to manage exposure to market risk, including interest rate risk, credit risk and foreign currency risk, and to assist customers with their risk management objectives. We designate derivatives either as hedging instruments in a qualifying hedge accounting relationship (fair value or cash flow hedge) or as free-standing derivatives. Free-standing derivatives include economic hedges that do not qualify for hedge accounting and derivatives held for customer accommodation or other trading purposes.

Our asset/liability management approach to interest rate, foreign currency and certain other risks includes the use of derivatives. Such derivatives are typically designated as fair value or cash flow hedges, or economic hedges. This helps minimize significant, unplanned fluctuations in earnings, fair values of assets and liabilities, and cash flows caused by interest rate, foreign currency and other market value volatility. This approach involves modifying the repricing characteristics of certain assets and liabilities so that changes in interest rates, foreign currency and other exposures do not have a significantly adverse effect on the net interest margin, cash flows and earnings. As a result of fluctuations in these exposures, hedged assets and liabilities will gain or lose market value. In a fair value or economic hedge, the effect of this unrealized gain or loss will generally be offset by the gain or loss on the derivatives linked to the hedged assets and liabilities. In a cash flow hedge, where we manage the variability of cash payments due to interest rate fluctuations by the effective use of derivatives linked to hedged assets and liabilities, the unrealized gain or loss on the derivatives or the hedged asset or liability is generally reflected in other comprehensive income and not in earnings.

We also offer various derivatives, including interest rate, commodity, equity, credit and foreign exchange contracts, to our customers as part of our trading businesses but usually offset our exposure from such contracts by entering into other financial contracts. These derivative transactions are conducted in an effort to help customers manage their market price risks. The customer accommodations and any offsetting derivative contracts are treated as free-standing derivatives. To a much lesser extent, we take positions executed for our own account based on market expectations or to benefit from price differentials between financial instruments and markets. Additionally, free-standing derivatives include embedded derivatives that are required to be accounted for separately from their host contracts.

The following table presents the total notional or contractual amounts and fair values for our derivatives. Derivative transactions can be measured in terms of the notional amount, but this amount is not recorded on the balance sheet and is not, when viewed in isolation, a meaningful measure of the risk profile of the instruments. The notional amount is generally not exchanged, but is used only as the basis on which interest and other payments are determined. Derivatives designated as qualifying hedge contracts and free-standing derivatives (economic hedges) are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value in other assets or other liabilities. Customer accommodation, trading and other free-standing derivatives are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value in trading assets, other assets or other liabilities.

 

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

September 30, 2013 

  

December 31, 2012 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Notional or 

  

  

Fair value 

Notional or 

  

Fair value 

  

  

  

  

  

  

contractual 

  

  

Asset 

Liability 

contractual 

  

Asset 

Liability 

(in millions)

  

  

amount 

  

derivatives 

derivatives 

  

amount 

  

derivatives 

derivatives 

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest rate contracts (1)

$

 91,455 

  

  

 5,022 

 2,409 

  

 92,004 

  

 7,284 

 2,696 

  

Foreign exchange contracts

  

 27,429 

  

  

 1,390 

 597 

  

 27,382 

  

 1,808 

 274 

Total derivatives designated as

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

qualifying hedging instruments

  

  

  

  

 6,412 

 3,006 

  

  

  

 9,092 

 2,970 

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Free-standing derivatives (economic hedges):

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest rate contracts (2)

  

 257,974 

  

  

 1,895 

 1,434 

  

 334,555 

  

 450 

 694 

  

  

Equity contracts

  

 2,396 

  

  

 273 

 154 

  

 75 

  

 - 

 50 

  

  

Foreign exchange contracts

  

 13,052 

  

  

 77 

 307 

  

 3,074 

  

 3 

 64 

  

  

Credit contracts - protection purchased

  

 1 

  

  

 - 

 2 

  

 16 

  

 - 

 - 

  

  

Other derivatives

  

 2,131 

  

  

 - 

 24 

  

 2,296 

  

 - 

 78 

  

  

  

Subtotal

  

  

  

  

 2,245 

 1,921 

  

  

  

 453 

 886 

  

Customer accommodation, trading and other

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

free-standing derivatives:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest rate contracts

  

 3,486,515 

  

  

 49,067 

 51,471 

  

 2,774,783 

  

 63,617 

 65,305 

  

  

Commodity contracts

  

 99,926 

  

  

 3,041 

 2,937 

  

 90,732 

  

 3,456 

 3,590 

  

  

Equity contracts

  

 78,950 

  

  

 5,163 

 5,484 

  

 71,958 

  

 3,783 

 4,114 

  

  

Foreign exchange contracts

  

 176,214 

  

  

 3,629 

 3,432 

  

 166,061 

  

 3,713 

 3,241 

  

  

Credit contracts - protection sold

  

 20,558 

  

  

 302 

 1,776 

  

 26,455 

  

 315 

 2,623 

  

  

Credit contracts - protection purchased

  

 23,652 

  

  

 1,080 

 323 

  

 29,021 

  

 1,495 

 329 

  

  

  

Subtotal

  

  

  

  

 62,282 

 65,423 

  

  

  

 76,379 

 79,202 

Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

  

  

  

  

 64,527 

 67,344 

  

  

  

 76,832 

 80,088 

Total derivatives before netting

  

  

  

  

 70,939 

 70,350 

  

  

  

 85,924 

 83,058 

Netting (3)

  

  

  

  

 (54,567) 

 (61,375) 

  

  

  

 (62,108) 

 (71,116) 

  

  

  

  

Total

  

  

  

 16,372 

 8,975 

  

  

  

 23,816 

 11,942 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

118

 


 

Note 12:   Derivatives  (continued) 

 

(1)  Notional amounts presented exclude $2.7 billion at September 30, 2013, and $4.7 billion at December 31, 2012, of certain derivatives that are combined for designation as a hedge on a single instrument.

(2)  Includes free-standing derivatives (economic hedges) used to hedge the risk of changes in the fair value of residential MSRs, MHFS, loans and other interests held.

(3)  Represents balance sheet netting of derivative asset and liability balances, and related cash collateral. See the next table in this Note for further information.

 

The following table provides information on the gross fair values of derivative assets and liabilities, the balance sheet netting adjustments and the resulting net fair value amount recorded on our balance sheet, as well as the non-cash collateral associated with such arrangements. We execute substantially all of our derivative transactions under master netting arrangements. We reflect all derivative balances and related cash collateral subject to enforceable master netting arrangements on a net basis within the balance sheet. The “Gross amounts recognized” in the following table include $57.3 billion and $63.0 billion of gross derivative assets and liabilities, respectively, at September 30, 2013, and $68.9 billion and $75.8 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2012, with counterparties subject to enforceable master netting arrangements that are carried on the balance sheet net of offsetting amounts. The remaining gross derivative assets and liabilities of $13.6 billion and $7.4 billion, respectively, at September 30, 2013 and $17.0 billion and $7.3 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2012, include those with counterparties subject to master netting arrangements for which we have not assessed the enforceability because they are with counterparties where we do not currently have positions to offset, those subject to master netting arrangements where we have not been able to confirm the enforceability and those not subject to master netting arrangements. As such,we do not net derivative balances or collateral within the balance sheet for these counterparties.

We determine the balance sheet netting adjustments based on the terms specified within each master netting arrangement. We disclose the balance sheet netting amounts within the column titled “Gross amounts offset in consolidated balance sheet.” Balance sheet netting adjustments are determined at the counterparty level for which there may be multiple contract types. For disclosure purposes, we allocate these adjustments to the contract type for each counterparty proportionally based upon the “Gross amounts recognized” by counterparty. As a result, the net amounts disclosed by contract type may not represent the actual exposure upon settlement of the contracts.  

Balance sheet netting does not include non-cash collateral that we pledge.  For disclosure purposes, we present these amounts in the column “Gross amounts not offset in consolidated balance sheet (Disclosure-only netting)” within the  table. We determine and allocate the Disclosure-only netting amounts in the same manner as balance sheet netting amounts.

The “Net amounts” column within the following table represents the aggregate of our net exposure to each counterparty after considering the balance sheet and Disclosure-only netting adjustments. We manage derivative exposure by monitoring the credit risk associated with each counterparty using counterparty specific credit risk limits, using master netting arrangements and obtaining collateral. Derivative contracts executed in over the counter markets are typically bilateral contractual arrangements that are not cleared through a central clearing party and are subject to master netting arrangements. The percentage of derivatives executed in such markets, based on gross fair value, is provided within the next table. In addition to the netting amounts included in the table, we also have balance sheet netting related to resale and repurchase agreements that are disclosed within Note 10.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Gross amounts

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Gross amounts

  

not offset in 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

offset in 

Net amounts in

consolidated 

  

Percent

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

consolidated 

consolidated

balance sheet 

  

exchanged in 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Gross amounts 

balance 

balance 

(Disclosure-only 

  

over-the-counter 

  

(in millions)

  

recognized 

sheet (1) 

sheet (2) 

netting) (3) 

Net amounts 

market (4) 

  

September 30, 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Derivative assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest rate contracts

 55,984 

 (45,955) 

 10,029 

 (963) 

 9,066 

 74 

  

Commodity contracts

  

 3,041 

 (732) 

 2,309 

 (67) 

 2,242 

 47 

  

  

Equity contracts

  

 5,436 

 (2,736) 

 2,700 

 (109) 

 2,591 

 88 

  

  

Foreign exchange contracts

  

 5,096 

 (4,002) 

 1,094 

 (16) 

 1,078 

 100 

  

  

Credit contracts-protection sold

  

 302 

 (259) 

 43 

 - 

 43 

 96 

  

  

Credit contracts-protection purchased

 1,080 

 (883) 

 197 

 (34) 

 163 

 100 

  

  

  

Total derivative assets

 70,939 

 (54,567) 

 16,372 

 (1,189) 

 15,183 

  

  

Derivative liabilities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest rate contracts

 55,314 

 (52,268) 

 3,046 

 (192) 

 2,854 

 73 

  

Commodity contracts

  

 2,937 

 (1,153) 

 1,784 

 - 

 1,784 

 75 

  

  

Equity contracts

  

 5,638 

 (2,995) 

 2,643 

 (134) 

 2,509 

 94 

  

  

Foreign exchange contracts

  

 4,336 

 (2,988) 

 1,348 

 - 

 1,348 

 100 

  

  

Credit contracts-protection sold

  

 1,776 

 (1,688) 

 88 

 - 

 88 

 100 

  

  

Credit contracts-protection purchased

 325 

 (283) 

 42 

 - 

 42 

 92 

  

  

Other contracts

  

 24 

 - 

 24 

 - 

 24 

 100 

  

  

  

Total derivative liabilities

 70,350 

 (61,375) 

 8,975 

 (326) 

 8,649 

  

  

December 31, 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Derivative assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest rate contracts

 71,351 

 (53,708) 

 17,643 

 (2,692) 

 14,951 

 94 

  

Commodity contracts

  

 3,456 

 (1,080) 

 2,376 

 (27) 

 2,349 

 48 

  

  

Equity contracts

  

 3,783 

 (2,428) 

 1,355 

 - 

 1,355 

 89 

  

  

Foreign exchange contracts

  

 5,524 

 (3,449) 

 2,075 

 (105) 

 1,970 

 100 

  

  

Credit contracts-protection sold

  

315 

 (296) 

19 

 (4) 

 15 

 100 

  

  

Credit contracts-protection purchased

  

 1,495 

 (1,147) 

 348 

 (56) 

 292 

 100 

  

  

  

Total derivative assets

 85,924 

 (62,108) 

 23,816 

 (2,884) 

 20,932 

  

  

Derivative liabilities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest rate contracts

 68,695 

 (62,559) 

 6,136 

 (287) 

 5,849 

 92 

  

Commodity contracts

  

 3,590 

 (1,394) 

 2,196 

 - 

 2,196 

 79 

  

  

Equity contracts

  

 4,164 

 (2,618) 

 1,546 

 - 

 1,546 

 95 

  

  

Foreign exchange contracts

  

 3,579 

 (1,804) 

 1,775 

 (55) 

 1,720 

 100 

  

  

Credit contracts-protection sold

  

 2,623 

 (2,450) 

 173 

 - 

 173 

 100 

  

  

Credit contracts-protection purchased

  

 329 

 (291) 

 38 

 - 

 38 

 100 

  

  

Other contracts

  

 78 

 - 

 78 

 - 

 78 

 100 

  

  

  

Total derivative liabilities

 83,058 

 (71,116) 

 11,942 

 (342) 

 11,600 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)

Represents amounts with counterparties subject to enforceable master netting arrangements that have been offset in the  consolidated balance sheet, including related cash collateral and portfolio level counterparty valuation adjustments. Counterparty valuation adjustments were $293 million and $352 million related to derivative assets and $81 million and $68 million related to derivative liabilities as of September 30, 2013, and December 31, 2012, respectively. Cash collateral totaled $4.9 billion and $12.0 billion, netted against derivative assets and liabilities, respectively, at September 30, 2013, and $5.0 billion and $14.5 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2012.

  

(2)

Net derivative assets of $13.4 billion and $18.3 billion are classified in Trading assets as of September 30, 2013, and December 31, 2012, respectively. $3.0 billion and $5.5 billion are classified in Other assets in the consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2013, and December 31, 2012, respectively. Net derivative liabilities are classified in Accrued expenses and other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet.

  

(3)

Represents non-cash collateral pledged and received against derivative assets and liabilities with the same counterparty that are subject to enforceable master netting arrangements. U.S. GAAP does not permit netting of such non-cash collateral balances in the consolidated balance sheet but requires disclosure of these amounts.

  

(4)

Calculated based on Gross amounts recognized as of the respective balance sheet date. The remaining percentage represents exchange-traded derivatives and derivatives cleared through central clearinghouses.

  

119

 


 

Note 12:   Derivatives  (continued) 

 

Fair Value Hedges

We use interest rate swaps to convert certain of our fixed-rate long-term debt to floating rates to hedge our exposure to interest rate risk. We also enter into cross-currency swaps, cross-currency interest rate swaps and forward contracts to hedge our exposure to foreign currency risk and interest rate risk associated with the issuance of non-U.S. dollar denominated long-term debt. In addition, we use interest rate swaps, cross-currency swaps, cross-currency interest rate swaps and forward contracts to hedge against changes in fair value of certain investments in available-for-sale debt securities due to changes in interest rates, foreign currency rates, or both. We also use interest rate swaps to hedge against changes in fair value for certain mortgages held for sale. The entire derivative gain or loss is included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness for all fair value hedge relationships, except for those involving foreign-currency denominated securities available for sale and long-term debt hedged with foreign currency forward derivatives for which the time value component of the derivative gain or loss related to the changes in the difference between the spot and forward price is excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

We use statistical regression analysis to assess hedge effectiveness, both at inception of the hedging relationship and on an ongoing basis. The regression analysis involves regressing the periodic change in fair value of the hedging instrument against the periodic changes in fair value of the asset or liability being hedged due to changes in the hedged risk(s). The assessment includes an evaluation of the quantitative measures of the regression results used to validate the conclusion of high effectiveness.

The following table shows the net gains (losses) recognized in the income statement related to derivatives in fair value hedging relationships.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest rate 

  

Foreign exchange 

Total net 

  

  

  

  

  

  

contracts hedging: 

  

contracts hedging: 

gains 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(losses) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Securities  

Mortgages 

  

  

Securities  

  

on fair 

  

  

  

  

  

  

available  

held for 

Long-term 

  

available  

Long-term 

value 

(in millions)

  

for sale 

sale 

debt 

  

for sale 

debt 

hedges 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Quarter ended September 30, 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income (expense) recognized on derivatives

 (155) 

 (10) 

 413 

  

 (2) 

 69 

 315 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Gains (losses) recorded in noninterest income

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Recognized on derivatives

  

 165 

 45 

 (406) 

  

 (273) 

 687 

 218 

  

Recognized on hedged item

  

 (174) 

 (42) 

 349 

  

 271 

 (678) 

 (274) 

  

  

Net recognized on fair value hedges (ineffective portion) (1) 

$

 (9) 

 3 

 (57) 

  

 (2) 

 9 

 (56) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Quarter ended September 30, 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income (expense) recognized on derivatives

$

 (115) 

 - 

 415 

  

 - 

 55 

 355 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Gains (losses) recorded in noninterest income

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Recognized on derivatives

  

 (19) 

 (7) 

 (67) 

  

 (115) 

 502 

 294 

  

Recognized on hedged item

  

 24 

 4 

 26 

  

 130 

 (515) 

 (331) 

  

  

Net recognized on fair value hedges (ineffective portion) (1)

$

 5 

 (3) 

 (41) 

  

 15 

 (13) 

 (37) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Nine months ended September 30, 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income (expense) recognized on derivatives

 (416) 

 (7) 

 1,205 

  

 (4) 

 206 

 984 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Gains (losses) recorded in noninterest income

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Recognized on derivatives

  

 1,368 

 36 

 (2,800) 

  

 39 

 (693) 

 (2,050) 

  

Recognized on hedged item

  

 (1,352) 

 (43) 

 2,613 

  

 (32) 

 650 

 1,836 

  

  

Net recognized on fair value hedges (ineffective portion) (1)

$

 16 

 (7) 

 (187) 

  

 7 

 (43) 

 (214) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Nine months ended September 30, 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income (expense) recognized on derivatives

$

 (340) 

 1 

 1,281 

  

 (4) 

 186 

 1,124 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Gains (losses) recorded in noninterest income

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Recognized on derivatives

  

 (229) 

 (13) 

 267 

  

 71 

 351 

 447 

  

Recognized on hedged item

  

 222 

 6 

 (186) 

  

 (32) 

 (393) 

 (383) 

  

  

Net recognized on fair value hedges (ineffective portion) (1)

$

 (7) 

 (7) 

 81 

  

 39 

 (42) 

 64 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)  The third quarter and first nine months of 2013 included $(1) million and $(5) million, respectively, and the third quarter and first nine months of 2012 included $(3) million and $(5) million, respectively, of the time value component recognized as net interest income (expense) on forward derivatives hedging foreign currency long-term debt that were excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

121

 


 

      

Cash Flow Hedges

We hedge floating-rate debt against future interest rate increases by using interest rate swaps, caps, floors and futures to limit variability of cash flows due to changes in the benchmark interest rate. We also use interest rate swaps and floors to hedge the variability in interest payments received on certain floating-rate commercial loans, due to changes in the benchmark interest rate. We use forward contracts to hedge our exposure to foreign currency risk associated with certain non-U.S. dollar denominated operating expenses. Gains and losses on derivatives that are reclassified from OCI to interest income, interest expense, noninterest income and noninterest expense in the current period are included in the line item in which the hedged item’s effect on earnings is recorded. All parts of gain or loss on these derivatives are included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness. We assess hedge effectiveness using regression analysis, both at inception of the hedging relationship and on an ongoing basis. The regression analysis involves regressing the periodic changes in cash flows of the hedging instrument against the periodic changes in cash flows of the forecasted transaction being hedged due to changes in the hedged risk(s). The assessment includes an evaluation of the quantitative measures of the regression results used to validate the conclusion of high effectiveness.

Based upon current interest rates, we estimate that $238 million (pre tax) of deferred net gains on derivatives in OCI at September 30, 2013, will be reclassified into net interest income during the next twelve months. Future changes to interest rates may significantly change actual amounts reclassified to earnings. We are hedging our exposure to the variability of future cash flows for all forecasted transactions for a maximum of 5 years for both hedges of floating-rate debt and floating-rate commercial loans.

The following table shows the net gains (losses) recognized related to derivatives in cash flow hedging relationships.  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Quarter

  

Nine months 

  

  

  

  

ended September 30,

  

 ended September 30, 

(in millions)

  

2013 

2012 

  

 2013 

2012 

Gains (losses) (pre tax) recognized in OCI on derivatives

 (7) 

 24 

  

 (10) 

 63 

Gains (pre tax) reclassified from cumulative OCI into net income (1)

  

 69 

 89 

  

 225 

 295 

Gains (losses) (pre tax) recognized in noninterest income for hedge ineffectiveness (2)

  

 (1) 

 (1) 

  

 - 

 (2) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)    See Note 17 for detail on components of net income.

(2)    None of the change in value of the derivatives was excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

 

Free-Standing Derivatives

We use free-standing derivatives (economic hedges) to hedge the risk of changes in the fair value of certain residential MHFS, certain loans held for investment, residential MSRs measured at fair value, derivative loan commitments and other interests held. The resulting gain or loss on these economic hedges is reflected in mortgage banking noninterest income and other noninterest income.  

The derivatives used to hedge MSRs measured at fair value, which include swaps, swaptions, constant maturity mortgages, forwards, Eurodollar and Treasury futures and options contracts, resulted in net derivative gains of $239 million and net losses of $2.2 billion  in third quarter 2013 and first nine months of 2013, respectively and net derivative gains of $1.6 billion and $3.7 billion in third quarter 2012 and first nine months of 2012, respectively, which are included in mortgage banking noninterest income. The aggregate fair value of these derivatives was a net asset of $1.3 billion  at September 30, 2013 and a net asset of $87 million at December 31, 2012. The change in fair value of these derivatives for each period end is due to changes in the underlying market indices and interest rates as well as the purchase and sale of derivative financial instruments throughout the period as part of our dynamic MSR risk management process.

Interest rate lock commitments for residential mortgage loans that we intend to sell are considered free-standing derivatives. Our interest rate exposure on these derivative loan commitments, as well as substantially all residential MHFS, is hedged with free-standing derivatives (economic hedges) such as swaps, forwards and options, Eurodollar futures and options, and Treasury futures, forwards and options contracts. The commitments, free-standing derivatives and residential MHFS are carried at fair value with changes in fair value included in mortgage banking noninterest income. For the fair value measurement of interest rate lock commitments we include, at inception and during the life of the loan commitment, the expected net future cash flows related to the associated servicing of the loan. Fair value changes subsequent to inception are based on changes in fair value of the underlying loan resulting from the exercise of the commitment and changes in the probability that the loan will not fund within the terms of the commitment (referred to as a fall-out factor). The value of the underlying loan is affected primarily by changes in interest rates and the passage of time. However, changes in investor demand can also cause changes in the value of the underlying loan value that cannot be hedged. The aggregate fair value of derivative loan commitments in the balance sheet was a net asset of $222 million and $497 million at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, and is included in the caption “Interest rate contracts” under “Customer accommodation, trading and other free-standing derivatives” in the first table in this Note.

We also enter into various derivatives primarily to provide derivative products to customers. To a lesser extent, we take positions based on market expectations or to benefit from price differentials between financial instruments and markets. These derivatives are not linked to specific assets and liabilities in the balance sheet or to forecasted transactions in an accounting hedge relationship and, therefore, do not qualify for hedge accounting. We also enter into free-standing derivatives for risk management that do not otherwise qualify for hedge accounting. They are carried at fair value with changes in fair value recorded as other noninterest income.

Free-standing derivatives also include embedded derivatives that are required to be accounted for separately from their host contract. We periodically issue hybrid long-term notes and CDs where the performance of the hybrid instrument notes is linked to an equity, commodity or currency index, or basket of such indices. These notes contain explicit terms that affect some or all of the cash flows or the value of the note in a manner similar to a derivative instrument and

122

 


 

Note 12:   Derivatives  (continued) 

 

therefore are considered to contain an “embedded” derivative instrument. The indices on which the performance of the hybrid instrument is calculated are not clearly and closely related to the host debt instrument. The “embedded” derivative is separated from the host contract and accounted for as a free-standing derivative. Additionally, we may invest in hybrid instruments that contain embedded derivatives, such as credit derivatives, that are not clearly and closely related to the host contract. In such instances, we either elect fair value option for the hybrid instrument or separate the embedded derivative from the host contract and account for the host contract and derivative separately.

The following table shows the net gains recognized in the income statement related to derivatives not designated as hedging instruments.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Quarter

  

Nine months

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

ended Sept. 30,

  

ended Sept. 30,

(in millions)

  

  

 2013 

 2012 

  

 2013 

 2012 

Net gains (losses) recognized on free-standing derivatives (economic hedges):

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest rate contracts

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Recognized in noninterest income:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Mortgage banking (1)

 109 

 (1,356) 

  

 1,837 

 (2,182) 

  

  

  

Other (2)

  

 (3) 

 (7) 

  

 95 

 (40) 

  

Equity contracts (3)

  

 (50) 

 - 

  

 (88) 

 1 

  

Foreign exchange contracts (2)

  

 (227) 

 (37) 

  

 (207) 

 (38) 

  

Credit contracts (2)

  

 - 

 (3) 

  

 (6) 

 (13) 

  

  

  

  

  

Subtotal

  

 (171) 

 (1,403) 

  

 1,631 

 (2,272) 

Net gains (losses) recognized on customer accommodation, trading

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

and other free-standing derivatives:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest rate contracts

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Recognized in noninterest income:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Mortgage banking (4)

  

 210 

 2,794 

  

 (696) 

 6,336 

  

  

  

  

Other (5)

  

 (13) 

 136 

  

 568 

 466 

  

  

Commodity contracts (5)

  

 52 

 (72) 

  

 276 

 (116) 

  

  

Equity contracts (5)

  

 (153) 

 99 

  

 (410) 

 20 

  

  

Foreign exchange contracts (5)

  

 69 

 131 

  

 484 

 380 

  

  

Credit contracts (5)

  

 (11) 

 (29) 

  

 (31) 

 (18) 

  

  

  

  

  

Subtotal

  

 154 

 3,059 

  

 191 

 7,068 

  

Net gains recognized related to derivatives not designated

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

as hedging instruments

 (17) 

 1,656 

  

 1,822 

 4,796 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)  Predominantly mortgage banking noninterest income including gains (losses) on the derivatives used as economic hedges of MSRs measured at fair value, interest rate lock commitments and mortgages held for sale.

(2)  Predominantly included in other noninterest income.

(3)  Predominantly included in net gains (losses) from equity investments.

(4)  Predominantly mortgage banking noninterest income including gains (losses) on interest rate lock commitments.

(5)  Predominantly included in net gains from trading activities in noninterest income.

123

 


 

      

Credit Derivatives

We use credit derivatives primarily to assist customers with their risk management objectives. We may also use credit derivatives in structured product transactions or liquidity agreements written to special purpose vehicles. The maximum exposure of sold credit derivatives is managed through posted collateral, purchased credit derivatives and similar products in order to achieve our desired credit risk profile. This credit risk management provides an ability to recover a significant portion of any amounts that would be paid under the sold credit derivatives. We would be required to perform under the noted credit derivatives in the event of default by the referenced obligors. Events of default include events such as bankruptcy, capital restructuring or lack of principal and/or interest payment. In certain cases, other triggers may exist, such as the credit downgrade of the referenced obligors or the inability of the special purpose vehicle for which we have provided liquidity to obtain funding.

The following table provides details of sold and purchased credit derivatives.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Notional amount

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Protection 

  

Protection 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

sold -

  

purchased 

Net 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

non- 

  

with 

protection 

Other 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Fair value 

Protection 

investment

  

identical 

sold 

protection 

Range of 

(in millions)

  

liability 

sold (A) 

grade

underlyings (B)

(A) - (B) 

purchased 

maturities 

September 30, 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Credit default swaps on:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Corporate bonds

 69 

 11,355 

 5,953 

  

 6,120 

 5,235 

 6,759 

2013-2021 

  

Structured products

  

 1,254 

 1,753 

 1,419 

  

 753 

 1,000 

 356 

2016-2056 

Credit protection on:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Default swap index

  

 1 

 3,064 

 303 

  

 2,871 

 193 

 618 

2014-2018 

  

Commercial mortgage-

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

backed securities index

  

 401 

 1,149 

 214 

  

 570 

 579 

 618 

2049-2052 

  

Asset-backed securities index

  

 50 

 57 

 57 

  

 3 

 54 

 88 

2037-2046 

Other

  

 1 

 3,180 

 3,167 

  

 13 

 3,167 

 4,883 

2013-2056 

  

Total credit derivatives

 1,776 

 20,558 

 11,113 

  

 10,330 

 10,228 

 13,322 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

December 31, 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Credit default swaps on:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Corporate bonds

 240 

 15,845 

 8,448 

  

 9,636 

 6,209 

 7,701 

2013-2021 

  

Structured products

  

 1,787 

 2,433 

 2,039 

  

 948 

 1,485 

 393 

2016-2056 

Credit protection on:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Default swap index

  

 4 

 3,520 

 348 

  

 3,444 

 76 

 616 

2013-2017 

  

Commercial mortgage-backed securities index

  

 531 

 1,249 

 861 

  

 790 

 459 

 524 

2049-2052 

  

Asset-backed securities index

  

 57 

 64 

 64 

  

 6 

 58 

 92 

2037-2046 

Other

  

 4 

 3,344 

 3,344 

  

 106 

 3,238 

 4,655 

2013-2056 

  

Total credit derivatives

 2,623 

 26,455 

 15,104 

  

 14,930 

 11,525 

 13,981 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Protection sold represents the estimated maximum exposure to loss that would be incurred under an assumed hypothetical circumstance, where the value of our interests and any associated collateral declines to zero, without any consideration of recovery or offset from any economic hedges. We believe this hypothetical circumstance to be an extremely remote possibility and accordingly, this required disclosure is not an indication of expected loss. The amounts under non-investment grade represent the notional amounts of those credit derivatives on which we have a higher risk of being required to perform under the terms of the credit derivative and are a function of the underlying assets.


We consider the risk of performance to be high if the underlying assets under the credit derivative have an external rating that is below investment grade or an internal credit default grade that is equivalent thereto. We believe the net protection sold, which is representative of the net notional amount of protection sold and purchased with identical underlyings, in combination with other protection purchased, is more representative of our exposure to loss than either non-investment grade or protection sold. Other protection purchased represents additional protection, which may offset the exposure to loss for protection sold, that was not purchased with an identical underlying of the protection sold.

124

 


 

Note 12:   Derivatives  (continued) 

 

Credit-Risk Contingent Features

Certain of our derivative contracts contain provisions whereby if the credit rating of our debt were to be downgraded by certain major credit rating agencies, the counterparty could demand additional collateral or require termination or replacement of derivative instruments in a net liability position. The aggregate fair value of all derivative instruments with such credit-risk-related contingent features that are in a net liability position was $15.3 billion at September 30, 2013, and $16.2 billion at December 31, 2012, respectively, for which we posted $12.3 billion and $14.3 billion, respectively, in collateral in the normal course of business. If the credit rating of our debt had been downgraded below investment grade, which is the credit-risk-related contingent feature that if triggered requires the maximum amount of collateral to be posted, on September 30, 2013, or December 31, 2012, we would have been required to post additional collateral of $3.1 billion or $1.9 billion, respectively, or potentially settle the contract in an amount equal to its fair value.

 


Counterparty Credit Risk

By using derivatives, we are exposed to counterparty credit risk if counterparties to the derivative contracts do not perform as expected. If a counterparty fails to perform, our counterparty credit risk is equal to the amount reported as a derivative asset on our balance sheet. The amounts reported as a derivative asset are derivative contracts in a gain position, and to the extent subject to legally enforceable master netting arrangements, net of derivatives in a loss position with the same counterparty and cash collateral received. We minimize counterparty credit risk through credit approvals, limits, monitoring procedures, executing master netting arrangements and obtaining collateral, where appropriate. To the extent the master netting arrangements and other criteria meet the applicable requirements, including determining the legal enforceability of the arrangement, it is our policy to present derivatives balances and related cash collateral amounts net in the balance sheet. We incorporate credit valuation adjustments (“CVA”) to reflect counterparty credit risk in determining the fair value of our derivatives.  Such adjustments, which consider the effects of enforceable master netting agreements and collateral arrangements, reflect market-based views of the credit quality of each counterparty.  Our CVA calculation is determined based on observed credit spreads in the credit default swap market and indices indicative of the credit quality of the counterparties to our derivatives.

125

 


 

   

Note 13:  Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities                                                                                                        

We use fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures.  Assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis are presented in the recurring table in this Note. From time to time, we may be required to record at fair value other assets on a nonrecurring basis, such as certain residential and commercial MHFS, certain LHFS, loans held for investment and certain other assets. These nonrecurring fair value adjustments typically involve application of lower-of-cost-or-market accounting or write-downs of individual assets.

See Note 1 in our 2012 Form 10-K for discussion of how we determine fair value. For descriptions of the valuation methodologies we use for assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring or nonrecurring basis and for estimating fair value for financial instruments not recorded at fair value, see Note 17 in our 2012 Form 10-K.

 

Fair Value Hierarchy   We group our assets and liabilities measured at fair value in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value. These levels are:

·          Level 1 – Valuation is based upon quoted prices for identical instruments traded in active markets.

·          Level 2 – Valuation is based upon quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market.

·          Level 3 – Valuation is generated from techniques that use significant assumptions not observable in the market. These unobservable assumptions reflect estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Valuation techniques include use of option pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques.

 

Level 3 Asset and Liability Valuation Processes

We generally determine fair value of our Level 3 assets and liabilities by using internally developed models and, to a lesser extent, prices obtained from third-party pricing services or brokers (collectively, vendors). Our valuation processes vary depending on which approach is utilized.

 

INTERNAL MODEL VALUATIONS   Our internally developed models primarily consist of discounted cash flow techniques. Use of such techniques requires determining relevant inputs, some of which are unobservable. Unobservable inputs are generally derived from historic performance of similar assets or determined from previous market trades in similar instruments. These unobservable inputs usually consist of discount rates, default rates, loss severity upon default, volatilities, correlations and prepayment rates, which are inherent within our Level 3 instruments. Such inputs can be correlated to similar portfolios with known historic experience or recent trades where particular unobservable inputs may be implied; but due to the nature of various inputs being reflected within a particular trade, the value of each input is considered unobservable. We attempt to correlate each unobservable input to historic experience and other third party data where available.

Internal valuation models are subject to review prescribed within our model risk management policies and procedures which includes model validation. The purpose of model validation includes ensuring the model is appropriate for its intended use and the appropriate controls exist to help mitigate risk of invalid valuations. Model validation assesses the adequacy and appropriateness of the model, including reviewing its key components such as inputs, processing components, logic or theory, output results and supporting model documentation. Validation also includes ensuring significant unobservable model inputs are appropriate given observable market transactions or other market data within the same or similar asset classes. This ensures modeled approaches are appropriate given similar product valuation techniques and are in line with their intended purpose.

We have ongoing monitoring procedures in place for our Level 3 assets and liabilities that use such internal valuation models. These procedures, which are designed to provide reasonable assurance that models continue to perform as expected after approved, include:

·          ongoing analysis and benchmarking to market transactions and other independent market data (including pricing vendors, if available);

·          back-testing of modeled fair values to actual realized transactions; and

·          review of modeled valuation results against expectations, including review of significant or unusual value fluctuations.

 

We update model inputs and methodologies periodically to reflect these monitoring procedures. Additionally, procedures and controls are in place to ensure existing models are subject to periodic reviews, and we perform full model revalidations as necessary.

All internal valuation models are subject to ongoing review by business-unit-level management. More complex models are subject to additional oversight by a corporate-level risk management department. Corporate oversight responsibilities include evaluating adequacy of business unit risk management programs, maintaining company-wide model validation policies and standards and reporting the results of these activities to management and our Enterprise Risk Management Committee (ERMC). The ERMC, which consists of senior executive management and reports on top risks to the Company’s Board of Directors, monitors all company-wide risks, including credit risk, market risk, and reputational risk.  

 

VENDOR-DEVELOPED VALUATIONS  In certain limited circumstances we obtain pricing from third party vendors for the value of our Level 3 assets or liabilities. We have processes in place to approve such vendors to ensure information obtained and valuation techniques used are appropriate. Once these vendors are approved to provide pricing information, we monitor and review the results to ensure the fair values are reasonable and in line with market experience in similar asset classes. While the input amounts used by the pricing vendor in determining fair value are not provided, and therefore unavailable for our review, we do perform one or more of the following procedures to validate the prices received:

·          comparison to other pricing vendors (if available);

·          variance analysis of prices;

126

 


 

Note 13:   Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities  (continued) 

 

·          corroboration of pricing by reference to other independent market data such as market transactions and relevant benchmark indices;

·          review of pricing by Company personnel familiar with market liquidity and other market-related conditions; and

·          investigation of prices on a specific instrument-by-instrument basis.

 

Fair Value Measurements from Brokers or Third Party Pricing Services

For certain assets and liabilities, we obtain fair value measurements from brokers or third party pricing services and record the unadjusted fair value in our financial statements. The detail by level is shown in the table below. Fair value measurements obtained from brokers or third party pricing services that we have adjusted to determine the fair value recorded in our financial statements are not included in the following table.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Brokers 

  

Third party pricing services 

(in millions)

  

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

  

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

September 30, 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Trading assets (excluding derivatives)

$

 - 

 311 

 6 

  

 1,540 

 918 

 - 

Securities available for sale:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

  

 566 

 5,840 

 - 

  

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

  

 - 

 38,584 

 63 

  

Mortgage-backed securities

  

 - 

 1,491 

 1 

  

 - 

 149,424 

 273 

  

Other debt securities (1)

  

 - 

 15,476 

 3,065 

  

 - 

 27,827 

 70 

  

  

Total debt securities

  

 - 

 16,967 

 3,066 

  

 566 

 221,675 

 406 

  

  

Total marketable equity securities

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

  

 8 

 625 

 - 

  

  

  

Total securities available for sale

  

 - 

 16,967 

 3,066 

  

 574 

 222,300 

 406 

Derivatives (trading and other assets)

  

 - 

 5 

 - 

  

 - 

 481 

 2 

Derivatives (liabilities)

  

 - 

 (18) 

 - 

  

 - 

 (486) 

 - 

Other liabilities

  

 - 

 (140) 

 - 

  

 - 

 (49) 

 - 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

December 31, 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Trading assets (excluding derivatives)

$

 - 

 406 

 8 

  

 1,314 

 1,016 

 - 

Securities available for sale:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

  

 915 

 6,231 

 - 

  

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

  

 - 

 35,036 

 - 

  

Mortgage-backed securities

  

 - 

 138 

 4 

  

 - 

 121,703 

 292 

  

Other debt securities (1)

  

 - 

 1,516 

 12,465 

  

 - 

 28,314 

 149 

  

  

Total debt securities

  

 - 

 1,654 

 12,469 

  

 915 

 191,284 

 441 

  

  

Total marketable equity securities

  

 - 

 3 

 - 

  

 29 

 774 

 - 

  

  

  

Total securities available for sale

  

 - 

 1,657 

 12,469 

  

 944 

 192,058 

 441 

Derivatives (trading and other assets)

  

 - 

 8 

 - 

  

 - 

 602 

 - 

Derivatives (liabilities)

  

 - 

 (26) 

 - 

  

 - 

 (634) 

 - 

Other liabilities

  

 - 

 (121) 

 - 

  

 - 

 (104) 

 - 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)

Includes corporate debt securities, collateralized loan and other debt obligations, asset-backed securities, and other debt securities.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

127

 


 

      

Assets and Liabilities Recorded at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The following two tables present the balances of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(in millions)

  

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

  

Netting 

  

Total 

September 30, 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Trading assets (excluding derivatives)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

 8,443 

 4,319 

 - 

  

 - 

  

 12,762 

  

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

  

 - 

 2,252 

 39 

  

 - 

  

 2,291 

  

Collateralized loan and other debt obligations (1) 

  

 - 

 217 

 543 

  

 - 

  

 760 

  

Corporate debt securities

  

 - 

 8,052 

 36 

  

 - 

  

 8,088 

  

Mortgage-backed securities

  

 - 

 12,623 

 1 

  

 - 

  

 12,624 

  

Asset-backed securities

  

 3 

 768 

 100 

  

 - 

  

 871 

  

Equity securities

  

 4,521 

 76 

 - 

  

 - 

  

 4,597 

  

  

Total trading securities(2) 

  

 12,967 

 28,307 

 719 

  

 - 

  

 41,993 

  

Other trading assets

  

 2,478 

 2,306 

 60 

  

 - 

  

 4,844 

  

  

  

Total trading assets (excluding derivatives)

  

 15,445 

 30,613 

 779 

  

 - 

  

 46,837 

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

  

 566 

 5,840 

 - 

  

 - 

  

 6,406 

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

  

 - 

 38,650 

 3,643 

(3) 

 - 

  

 42,293 

Mortgage-backed securities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Federal agencies

  

 - 

 118,963 

 - 

  

 - 

  

 118,963 

  

Residential

  

 - 

 13,436 

 88 

  

 - 

  

 13,524 

  

Commercial

  

 - 

 18,617 

 188 

  

 - 

  

 18,805 

  

  

Total mortgage-backed securities

  

 - 

 151,016 

 276 

  

 - 

  

 151,292 

Corporate debt securities

  

 113 

 20,851 

 234 

  

 - 

  

 21,198 

Collateralized loan and other debt obligations(4) 

  

 - 

 14,390 

 3,386 

(3) 

 - 

  

 17,776 

Asset-backed securities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Auto loans and leases

  

 - 

 17 

 5,174 

(3) 

 - 

  

 5,191 

  

Home equity loans

  

 - 

 831 

 - 

  

 - 

  

 831 

  

Other asset-backed securities

  

 - 

 6,870 

 3,211 

(3) 

 - 

  

 10,081 

  

  

Total asset-backed securities

  

 - 

 7,718 

 8,385 

  

 - 

  

 16,103 

Other debt securities

  

 - 

 751 

 - 

  

 - 

  

 751 

  

  

  

Total debt securities

  

 679 

 239,216 

 15,924 

  

 - 

  

 255,819 

Marketable equity securities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Perpetual preferred securities (5) 

  

 536 

 622 

 740 

(3) 

 - 

  

 1,898 

  

Other marketable equity securities

  

 1,672 

 10 

 - 

  

 - 

  

 1,682 

  

  

  

Total marketable equity securities

  

 2,208 

 632 

 740 

  

 - 

  

 3,580 

  

  

  

  

Total securities available for sale

  

 2,887 

 239,848 

 16,664 

  

 - 

  

 259,399 

Mortgages held for sale

  

 - 

 20,776 

 2,433 

  

 - 

  

 23,209 

Loans held for sale

  

 - 

 2 

 - 

  

 - 

  

 2 

Loans

  

 - 

 246 

 5,805 

  

 - 

  

 6,051 

Mortgage servicing rights (residential)

  

 - 

 - 

 14,501 

  

 - 

  

 14,501 

Derivative assets:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest rate contracts

  

 33 

 55,363 

 588 

  

 - 

  

 55,984 

  

Commodity contracts

  

 - 

 3,018 

 23 

  

 - 

  

 3,041 

  

Equity contracts

  

 648 

 3,580 

 1,208 

  

 - 

  

 5,436 

  

Foreign exchange contracts

  

 30 

 5,061 

 5 

  

 - 

  

 5,096 

  

Credit contracts

  

 - 

 819 

 563 

  

 - 

  

 1,382 

  

Other derivative contracts

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

  

 - 

  

 - 

  

  

Netting

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

  

 (54,567) 

(6) 

 (54,567) 

  

  

  

Total derivative assets (7) 

  

 711 

 67,841 

 2,387 

  

 (54,567) 

  

 16,372 

Other assets

  

 50 

 4 

 1,038 

  

 - 

  

 1,092 

  

  

  

  

  

Total assets recorded at fair value

 19,093 

 359,330 

 43,607 

  

 (54,567) 

  

 367,463 

Derivative liabilities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest rate contracts

 (47) 

 (54,933) 

 (334) 

  

 - 

  

 (55,314) 

  

Commodity contracts

  

 - 

 (2,918) 

 (19) 

  

 - 

  

 (2,937) 

  

Equity contracts

  

 (332) 

 (4,173) 

 (1,133) 

  

 - 

  

 (5,638) 

  

Foreign exchange contracts

  

 (29) 

 (4,306) 

 (1) 

  

 - 

  

 (4,336) 

  

Credit contracts

  

 - 

 (842) 

 (1,259) 

  

 - 

  

 (2,101) 

  

Other derivative contracts

  

 - 

 - 

 (24) 

  

 - 

  

 (24) 

  

  

Netting

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

  

 61,375 

(6) 

 61,375 

  

  

  

Total derivative liabilities (7) 

  

 (408) 

 (67,172) 

 (2,770) 

  

 61,375 

  

 (8,975) 

Short sale liabilities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

  

 (6,284) 

 (1,934) 

 - 

  

 - 

  

 (8,218) 

  

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

  

 - 

 (18) 

 - 

  

 - 

  

 (18) 

  

Corporate debt securities

  

 - 

 (4,556) 

 - 

  

 - 

  

 (4,556) 

  

Equity securities

  

 (1,728) 

 (25) 

 - 

  

 - 

  

 (1,753) 

  

Other securities

  

 - 

 (42) 

 - 

  

 - 

  

 (42) 

  

  

Total short sale liabilities

  

 (8,012) 

 (6,575) 

 - 

  

 - 

  

 (14,587) 

Other liabilities

  

 - 

 - 

 (41) 

  

 - 

  

 (41) 

  

  

  

  

  

Total liabilities recorded at fair value

 (8,420) 

 (73,747) 

 (2,811) 

  

 61,375 

  

 (23,603) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)  Includes collateralized debt obligations of $5 million.

(2)  Net gains (losses) from trading activities recognized in the income statement for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, include $(215) million and $464 million in net unrealized gains (losses) on trading securities held at September 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

(3)  Balances consist of securities that are predominantly investment grade based on ratings received from the ratings agencies or internal credit grades categorized as investment grade if external ratings are not available. The securities are classified as Level 3 due to limited market activity.

(4)  Includes collateralized debt obligations of $700 million. 

(5)  Perpetual preferred securities include ARS and corporate preferred securities. See Note 7 for additional information.

(6)  Derivatives are reported net of cash collateral received and paid and, to the extent that the criteria of the accounting guidance covering the offsetting of amounts related to certain contracts are met, positions with the same counterparty are netted as part of a legally enforceable master netting agreement.

(7)  Derivative assets and derivative liabilities include contracts qualifying for hedge accounting, economic hedges, and derivatives included in trading assets and trading liabilities, respectively.

 

(continued on following page)

128

 


 

Note 13:   Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities  (continued) 

 

 

(continued from previous page)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(in millions)

  

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

  

Netting 

  

Total 

December 31, 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Trading assets (excluding derivatives)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

 5,104 

 3,774 

 - 

  

 - 

  

 8,878 

  

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

  

 - 

 1,587 

 46 

  

 - 

  

 1,633 

  

Collateralized loan and other debt obligations (1)

  

 - 

 - 

 742 

  

 - 

  

 742 

  

Corporate debt securities

  

 - 

 6,664 

 52 

  

 - 

  

 6,716 

  

Mortgage-backed securities

  

 - 

 13,380 

 6 

  

 - 

  

 13,386 

  

Asset-backed securities

  

 - 

 722 

 138 

  

 - 

  

 860 

  

Equity securities

  

 3,481 

 356 

 3 

  

 - 

  

 3,840 

  

  

Total trading securities(2)

  

 8,585 

 26,483 

 987 

  

 - 

  

 36,055 

  

Other trading assets

  

 2,150 

 887 

 76 

  

 - 

  

 3,113 

  

  

  

Total trading assets (excluding derivatives)

  

 10,735 

 27,370 

 1,063 

  

 - 

  

 39,168 

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

  

 915 

 6,231 

 - 

  

 - 

  

 7,146 

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

  

 - 

 35,045 

 3,631 

(3) 

 - 

  

 38,676 

Mortgage-backed securities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Federal agencies

  

 - 

 97,285 

 - 

  

 - 

  

 97,285 

  

Residential

  

 - 

 15,837 

 94 

  

 - 

  

 15,931 

  

Commercial

  

 - 

 19,765 

 203 

  

 - 

  

 19,968 

  

  

Total mortgage-backed securities

  

 - 

 132,887 

 297 

  

 - 

  

 133,184 

Corporate debt securities

  

 125 

 20,934 

 274 

  

 - 

  

 21,333 

Collateralized loan and other debt obligations (4)

  

 - 

 - 

 13,188 

(3) 

 - 

  

 13,188 

Asset-backed securities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Auto loans and leases

  

 - 

 7 

 5,921 

(3) 

 - 

  

 5,928 

  

Home equity loans

  

 - 

 867 

 51 

  

 - 

  

 918 

  

Other asset-backed securities

  

 - 

 7,828 

 3,283 

(3) 

 - 

  

 11,111 

  

  

Total asset-backed securities

  

 - 

 8,702 

 9,255 

  

 - 

  

 17,957 

Other debt securities

  

 - 

 930 

 - 

  

 - 

  

 930 

  

  

  

Total debt securities

  

 1,040 

 204,729 

 26,645 

  

 - 

  

 232,414 

Marketable equity securities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Perpetual preferred securities (5)

  

 629 

 753 

 794 

(3) 

 - 

  

 2,176 

  

Other marketable equity securities

  

 554 

 55 

 - 

  

 - 

  

 609 

  

  

  

Total marketable equity securities

  

 1,183 

 808 

 794 

  

 - 

  

 2,785 

  

  

  

  

Total securities available for sale

  

 2,223 

 205,537 

 27,439 

  

 - 

  

 235,199 

Mortgages held for sale

  

 - 

 39,055 

 3,250 

  

 - 

  

 42,305 

Loans held for sale

  

 - 

 6 

 - 

  

 - 

  

 6 

Loans

  

 - 

 185 

 6,021 

  

 - 

  

 6,206 

Mortgage servicing rights (residential)

  

 - 

 - 

 11,538 

  

 - 

  

 11,538 

Derivative assets:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest rate contracts

  

 16 

 70,277 

 1,058 

  

 - 

  

 71,351 

  

Commodity contracts

  

 - 

 3,386 

 70 

  

 - 

  

 3,456 

  

Equity contracts

  

 432 

 2,747 

 604 

  

 - 

  

 3,783 

  

Foreign exchange contracts

  

 19 

 5,481 

 24 

  

 - 

  

 5,524 

  

Credit contracts

  

 - 

 1,160 

 650 

  

 - 

  

 1,810 

  

Other derivative contracts

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

  

 - 

  

 - 

  

  

Netting

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

  

 (62,108) 

(6) 

 (62,108) 

  

  

  

Total derivative assets (7)

  

 467 

 83,051 

 2,406 

  

 (62,108) 

  

 23,816 

Other assets

  

 136 

 123 

 162 

  

 - 

  

 421 

  

  

  

  

  

Total assets recorded at fair value

 13,561 

 355,327 

 51,879 

  

 (62,108) 

  

 358,659 

Derivative liabilities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest rate contracts

 (52) 

 (68,244) 

 (399) 

  

 - 

  

 (68,695) 

  

Commodity contracts

  

 - 

 (3,541) 

 (49) 

  

 - 

  

 (3,590) 

  

Equity contracts

  

 (199) 

 (3,239) 

 (726) 

  

 - 

  

 (4,164) 

  

Foreign exchange contracts

  

 (23) 

 (3,553) 

 (3) 

  

 - 

  

 (3,579) 

  

Credit contracts

  

 - 

 (1,152) 

 (1,800) 

  

 - 

  

 (2,952) 

  

Other derivative contracts

  

 - 

 - 

 (78) 

  

 - 

  

 (78) 

  

  

Netting

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

  

 71,116 

(6) 

 71,116 

  

  

  

Total derivative liabilities (7)

  

 (274) 

 (79,729) 

 (3,055) 

  

 71,116 

  

 (11,942) 

Short sale liabilities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

  

 (4,225) 

 (875) 

 - 

  

 - 

  

 (5,100) 

  

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

  

 - 

 (9) 

 - 

  

 - 

  

 (9) 

  

Corporate debt securities

  

 - 

 (3,941) 

 - 

  

 - 

  

 (3,941) 

  

Equity securities

  

 (1,233) 

 (35) 

 - 

  

 - 

  

 (1,268) 

  

Other securities

  

 - 

 (47) 

 - 

  

 - 

  

 (47) 

  

  

Total short sale liabilities

  

 (5,458) 

 (4,907) 

 - 

  

 - 

  

 (10,365) 

Other liabilities

  

 - 

 (34) 

 (49) 

  

 - 

  

 (83) 

  

  

  

  

  

Total liabilities recorded at fair value

 (5,732) 

 (84,670) 

 (3,104) 

  

 71,116 

  

 (22,390) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)  Includes  collateralized debt obligations of $21 million.

(2)  Net gains from trading activities recognized in the income statement include $305 million in net unrealized gains on trading securities we held at December 31, 2012.

(3)  Balances consist of securities that are predominantly investment grade based on ratings received from the ratings agencies or internal credit grades categorized as investment grade if external ratings are not available. The securities are classified as Level 3 due to limited market activity.

(4)  Includes collateralized debt obligations of $644 million. 

(5)  Perpetual preferred securities include ARS and corporate preferred securities. See Note 7 for additional information.

(6)  Derivatives are reported net of cash collateral received and paid and, to the extent that the criteria of the accounting guidance covering the offsetting of amounts related to certain contracts are met, positions with the same counterparty are netted as part of a legally enforceable master netting agreement.

(7)  Derivative assets and derivative liabilities include contracts qualifying for hedge accounting, economic hedges, and derivatives included in trading assets and trading liabilities, respectively.

129

 


 

      

Changes in Fair Value Levels

We monitor the availability of observable market data to assess the appropriate classification of financial instruments within the fair value hierarchy and transfer between Level 1, Level 2, and Level 3 accordingly. Observable market data includes but is not limited to quoted prices and market transactions. Changes in economic conditions or market liquidity generally will drive changes in availability of observable market data. Changes in availability of observable market data, which also may result in changing the valuation technique used, are generally the cause of transfers between Level 1, Level 2, and Level 3. 

Transfers into and out of Level 1, Level 2, and Level 3 for the periods presented are provided within the following table. The amounts reported as transfers represent the fair value as of the beginning of the quarter in which the transfer occurred.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Transfers Between Fair Value Levels

  

  

  

  

Level 1

  

Level 2

  

Level 3 (1)

  

(in millions)

  

In

Out

  

In

Out

  

In

Out

 Total  

Quarter ended September 30, 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Trading securities

 $  

 - 

 (1) 

  

 15 

 (14) 

  

 15 

 (15) 

 - 

Securities available for sale

  

 - 

 - 

  

 12 

 (77) 

  

 77 

 (12) 

 - 

Mortgages held for sale

  

 - 

 - 

  

 177 

 (77) 

  

 77 

 (177) 

 - 

Loans

  

 - 

 - 

  

 48 

 - 

  

 - 

 (48) 

 - 

Net derivative assets and liabilities (2) 

  

 - 

 - 

  

 (188) 

 32 

  

 (32) 

 188 

 - 

Short sale liabilities

  

 - 

 - 

  

 - 

 - 

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

  

Total transfers

 $  

 - 

 (1) 

  

 64 

 (136) 

  

 137 

 (64) 

 - 

Quarter ended September 30, 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Trading securities

 $  

 23 

 - 

  

 6 

 (23) 

  

 - 

 (6) 

 - 

Securities available for sale (3)

  

 - 

 - 

  

 5,417 

 (16) 

  

 16 

 (5,417) 

 - 

Mortgages held for sale

  

 - 

 - 

  

 79 

 (127) 

  

 127 

 (79) 

 - 

Loans (4)

  

 - 

 - 

  

 - 

 (5,851) 

  

 5,851 

 - 

 - 

Net derivative assets and liabilities

  

 - 

 - 

  

 84 

 - 

  

 - 

 (84) 

 - 

Short sale liabilities

  

 (29) 

 - 

  

 - 

 29 

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

  

Total transfers

 $  

 (6) 

 - 

  

 5,586 

 (5,988) 

  

 5,994 

 (5,586) 

 - 

Nine months ended September 30, 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Trading securities (5)

 $  

 - 

 (247) 

  

 483 

 (40) 

  

 41 

 (237) 

 - 

Securities available for sale (5)

  

 17 

 - 

  

 10,853 

 (94) 

  

 77 

 (10,853) 

 - 

Mortgages held for sale

  

 - 

 - 

  

 316 

 (255) 

  

 255 

 (316) 

 - 

Loans

  

 - 

 - 

  

 154 

 - 

  

 - 

 (154) 

 - 

Net derivative assets and liabilities

  

 - 

 - 

  

 (139) 

 32 

  

 (32) 

 139 

 - 

Short sale liabilities

  

 - 

 - 

  

 - 

 - 

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

  

Total transfers

 $  

 17 

 (247) 

  

 11,667 

 (357) 

  

 341 

 (11,421) 

 - 

Nine months ended September 30, 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Trading securities

 $  

 23 

 - 

  

 16 

 (37) 

  

 14 

 (16) 

 - 

Securities available for sale (3)

  

 - 

 - 

  

 9,453 

 (73) 

  

 73 

 (9,453) 

 - 

Mortgages held for sale

  

 - 

 - 

  

 229 

 (298) 

  

 298 

 (229) 

 - 

Loans (4)

  

 - 

 - 

  

 - 

 (5,851) 

  

 5,851 

 - 

 - 

Net derivative assets and liabilities

  

 - 

 - 

  

 97 

 8 

  

 (8) 

 (97) 

 - 

Short sale liabilities

  

 (29) 

 - 

  

 - 

 29 

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

  

Total transfers

 $  

 (6) 

 - 

  

 9,795 

 (6,222) 

  

 6,228 

 (9,795) 

 - 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)  All transfers in and out of Level 3 are disclosed within the recurring Level 3 rollforward table in this Note.

(2)  Consists of net derivative liabilities that were transferred from Level 3 to Level 2 due to increased observable market data. Also includes net derivative liabilities that were transferred from Level 2 to Level 3 in conjunction with a change in our valuation technique from an internal model with significant observable inputs to an internal model with significant unobservable inputs.

(3)  Includes $5.2 billion and $9.1 billion of securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions that we transferred from Level 3 to Level 2 in third quarter and first nine months of 2012, respectively, as a result of increased observable market data in the valuation of such instruments. This transfer was done in conjunction with a change in our valuation technique from an internal model based upon unobservable inputs to third party vendor pricing based upon market observable data.

(4)  Consists of reverse mortgage loans securitized with GNMA which were accounted for as secured borrowing transactions. We transferred the loans from Level 2 to Level 3 in third quarter 2012 due to decreased market activity and visibility to significant trades of the same or similar products. As a result, we changed our valuation technique from an internal model based on market observable data to an internal discounted cash flow model based on unobservable inputs.  

(5)  Consists of $202 million of collateralized loan obligations classified as trading assets and $10.6 billion classified as securities available for sale that we transferred from Level 3 to Level 2 in first quarter 2013 as a result of increased observable market data in the valuation of such instruments.

 

                 

130

 


 

Note 13:   Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities  (continued) 

 

The changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the quarter ended September 30, 2013, are summarized as follows:

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net unrealized 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total net gains 

Purchases, 

  

  

  

gains (losses) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(losses) included in 

sales, 

  

  

  

included in 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Other 

issuances 

  

  

  

income related 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Balance, 

  

compre- 

and 

Transfers 

Transfers 

Balance, 

to assets and 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

beginning 

Net 

hensive 

settlements, 

into 

out of 

end of 

liabilities held 

  

(in millions)

  

  

of period 

income 

income 

net (1) 

Level 3  

Level 3  

period 

at period end  

(2)

Quarter ended September 30, 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Trading assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(excluding derivatives):

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Securities of U.S. states and

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

political subdivisions

 40 

 - 

 - 

 (1) 

 - 

 - 

 39 

 - 

  

  

Collateralized loan and other debt obligations

  

 495 

 10 

 - 

 38 

 - 

 - 

 543 

 7 

  

  

Corporate debt securities

  

 14 

 2 

 - 

 5 

 15 

 - 

 36 

 1 

  

  

Mortgage-backed securities

  

 9 

 - 

 - 

 7 

 - 

 (15) 

 1 

 - 

  

  

Asset-backed securities

  

 109 

 10 

 - 

 (19) 

 - 

 - 

 100 

 20 

  

  

Equity securities

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

  

  

  

Total trading securities

  

 667 

 22 

 - 

 30 

 15 

 (15) 

 719 

 28 

  

  

Other trading assets

  

 63 

 (3) 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 60 

 (1) 

  

  

  

  

Total trading assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(excluding derivatives)

  

 730 

 19 

 - 

 30 

 15 

 (15) 

 779 

 27 

(3)

Securities available for sale:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Securities of U.S. states and

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

political subdivisions

  

 3,759 

 3 

 1 

 (162) 

 53 

 (11) 

 3,643 

 - 

  

  

Mortgage-backed securities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Residential

  

 98 

 8 

 (2) 

 (16) 

 - 

 - 

 88 

 - 

  

  

  

Commercial

  

 194 

 (2) 

 3 

 (6) 

 - 

 (1) 

 188 

 (2) 

  

  

  

  

Total mortgage-backed

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

securities

  

 292 

 6 

 1 

 (22) 

 - 

 (1) 

 276 

 (2) 

  

  

Corporate debt securities

  

 243 

 2 

 (9) 

 (2) 

 - 

 - 

 234 

 - 

  

  

Collateralized loan and other debt obligations

  

 3,227 

 (2) 

 16 

 145 

 - 

 - 

 3,386 

 - 

  

  

Asset-backed securities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Auto loans and leases

  

 4,872 

 1 

 (3) 

 304 

 - 

 - 

 5,174 

 - 

  

  

  

Home equity loans

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

  

  

  

Other asset-backed securities

  

 2,948 

 2 

 29 

 208 

 24 

 - 

 3,211 

 - 

  

  

  

  

Total asset-backed securities

  

 7,820 

 3 

 26 

 512 

 24 

 - 

 8,385 

 - 

  

  

  

  

  

Total debt securities

  

 15,341 

 12 

 35 

 471 

 77 

 (12) 

 15,924 

 (2) 

(4)

  

Marketable equity securities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Perpetual preferred securities

  

 788 

 3 

 (36) 

 (15) 

 - 

 - 

 740 

 - 

  

  

  

Other marketable equity securities

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

  

  

  

  

  

Total marketable

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

equity securities

  

 788 

 3 

 (36) 

 (15) 

 - 

 - 

 740 

 - 

(5)

  

  

  

  

  

Total securities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

available for sale

  

 16,129 

 15 

 (1) 

 456 

 77 

 (12) 

 16,664 

 (2) 

  

Mortgages held for sale

  

 2,641 

 4 

 - 

 (112) 

 77 

 (177) 

 2,433 

 5 

(6)

Loans

  

 5,860 

 (17) 

 - 

 10 

 - 

 (48) 

 5,805 

 (13) 

(6)

Mortgage servicing rights

  

 14,185 

 (638) 

 - 

 954 

 - 

 - 

 14,501 

 (213) 

(6)

Net derivative assets and liabilities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest rate contracts

  

 (561) 

 224 

 - 

 591 

 - 

 - 

 254 

 220 

  

  

Commodity contracts

  

 (12) 

 (4) 

 - 

 (24) 

 (1) 

 45 

 4 

 10 

  

  

Equity contracts

  

 27 

 (13) 

 - 

 (50) 

 (32) 

 143 

 75 

 (7) 

  

  

Foreign exchange contracts

  

 (29) 

 32 

 - 

 - 

 1 

 - 

 4 

 32 

  

  

Credit contracts

  

 (799) 

 (7) 

 - 

 110 

 - 

 - 

 (696) 

 11 

  

  

Other derivative contracts

  

 (36) 

 13 

 - 

 (1) 

 - 

 - 

 (24) 

 - 

  

  

  

Total derivative contracts

  

 (1,410) 

 245 

 - 

 626 

 (32) 

 188 

 (383) 

 266 

(7)

Other assets

  

 731 

 52 

 - 

 255 

 - 

 - 

 1,038 

 (2) 

(3)

Short sale liabilities

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

(3)

Other liabilities (excluding derivatives)

  

 (43) 

 12 

 - 

 (10) 

 - 

 - 

 (41) 

 1 

(6)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)  See next page for detail.

(2)  Represents only net gains (losses) that are due to changes in economic conditions and management’s estimates of fair value and excludes changes due to the collection/realization of cash flows over time.

(3)  Included in trading activities and other noninterest income in the income statement.

(4)  Included in debt securities available for sale in the income statement.

(5)  Included in equity investments in the income statement.

(6)  Included in mortgage banking and other noninterest income in the income statement.

(7)  Included in mortgage banking, trading activities, equity investments and other noninterest income in the income statement.

 

(continued on following page)

131

 


 

      

(continued from previous page)

 

The following table presents gross purchases, sales, issuances and settlements related to the changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the quarter ended September 30, 2013.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(in millions)

  

  

Purchases 

Sales 

Issuances 

Settlements 

Net 

Quarter ended September 30, 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

Trading assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(excluding derivatives):

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Securities of U.S. states and

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

political subdivisions

 2 

 (3) 

 - 

 - 

 (1) 

  

Collateralized loan and other debt obligations

  

 172 

 (135) 

 - 

 1 

 38 

  

Corporate debt securities

  

 5 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 5 

  

Mortgage-backed securities

  

 425 

 (418) 

 - 

 - 

 7 

  

Asset-backed securities

  

 2 

 (9) 

 - 

 (12) 

 (19) 

  

Equity securities

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

  

  

Total trading securities

  

 606 

 (565) 

 - 

 (11) 

 30 

  

Other trading assets

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

  

  

  

Total trading assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(excluding derivatives)

  

 606 

 (565) 

 - 

 (11) 

 30 

Securities available for sale:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Securities of U.S. states and

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

political subdivisions

  

 - 

 (1) 

 21 

 (182) 

 (162) 

  

Mortgage-backed securities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Residential

  

 - 

 (16) 

 - 

 - 

 (16) 

  

  

Commercial

  

 - 

 1 

 - 

 (7) 

 (6) 

  

  

  

Total mortgage-backed

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

securities

  

 - 

 (15) 

 - 

 (7) 

 (22) 

  

Corporate debt securities

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

 (2) 

 (2) 

  

Collateralized loan and other debt obligations

  

 216 

 - 

 - 

 (71) 

 145 

  

Asset-backed securities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Auto loans and leases

  

 750 

 - 

 509 

 (955) 

 304 

  

  

Home equity loans

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

  

  

Other asset-backed securities

  

 496 

 - 

 173 

 (461) 

 208 

  

  

  

Total asset-backed securities

  

 1,246 

 - 

 682 

 (1,416) 

 512 

  

  

  

  

Total debt securities

  

 1,462 

 (16) 

 703 

 (1,678) 

 471 

  

Marketable equity securities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Perpetual preferred securities

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

 (15) 

 (15) 

  

  

Other marketable equity securities

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

  

  

  

  

Total marketable

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

equity securities

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

 (15) 

 (15) 

  

  

  

  

  

Total securities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

available for sale

  

 1,462 

 (16) 

 703 

 (1,693) 

 456 

Mortgages held for sale

  

 55 

 - 

 - 

 (167) 

 (112) 

Loans

  

 1 

 - 

 112 

 (103) 

 10 

Mortgage servicing rights

  

 - 

 1 

 953 

 - 

 954 

Net derivative assets and liabilities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest rate contracts

  

 - 

 (9) 

 - 

 600 

 591 

  

Commodity contracts

  

 (2) 

 2 

 - 

 (24) 

 (24) 

  

Equity contracts

  

 (269) 

 130 

 - 

 89 

 (50) 

  

Foreign exchange contracts

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

  

Credit contracts

  

 - 

 (3) 

 - 

 113 

 110 

  

Other derivative contracts

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

 (1) 

 (1) 

  

  

Total derivative contracts

  

 (271) 

 120 

 - 

 777 

 626 

Other assets

  

 263 

 (1) 

 - 

 (7) 

 255 

Short sale liabilities

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

Other liabilities (excluding derivatives)

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

 (10) 

 (10) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

132

 


 

Note 13:   Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities  (continued) 

 

The changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the quarter ended September 30, 2012, are summarized as follows:

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net unrealized 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total net gains 

Purchases, 

  

  

  

gains (losses) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(losses) included in 

sales, 

  

  

  

included in 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Other 

issuances 

  

  

  

income related 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Balance, 

  

compre- 

and 

Transfers 

Transfers 

Balance, 

to assets and 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

beginning 

Net 

hensive 

settlements, 

into 

out of 

end of 

liabilities held 

  

(in millions)

  

  

of period 

income 

income 

net (1) 

Level 3  

Level 3  

period 

at period end  

(2)

Quarter ended September 30, 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Trading assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(excluding derivatives):

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Securities of U.S. states and

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

political subdivisions

 58 

 2 

 - 

 1 

 - 

 - 

 61 

 - 

  

  

Collateralized loan and other debt obligations

  

 1,273 

 (224) 

 - 

 26 

 - 

 - 

 1,075 

 (246) 

  

  

Corporate debt securities

  

 56 

 - 

 - 

 (14) 

 - 

 - 

 42 

 (2) 

  

  

Mortgage-backed securities

  

 93 

 - 

 - 

 (59) 

 - 

 10 

 44 

 - 

  

  

Asset-backed securities

  

 179 

 18 

 - 

 (9) 

 - 

 (16) 

 172 

 13 

  

  

Equity securities

  

 3 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 3 

 - 

  

  

  

Total trading securities

  

 1,662 

 (204) 

 - 

 (55) 

 - 

 (6) 

 1,397 

 (235) 

  

  

Other trading assets

  

 91 

 (9) 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 82 

 (7) 

  

  

  

  

Total trading assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(excluding derivatives)

  

 1,753 

 (213) 

 - 

 (55) 

 - 

 (6) 

 1,479 

 (242) 

(3)

Securities available for sale:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Securities of U.S. states and

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

political subdivisions

  

 9,505 

 13 

 (6) 

 (136) 

 14 

 (5,178) 

 4,212 

 - 

  

  

Mortgage-backed securities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Residential

  

 15 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 (13) 

 2 

 - 

  

  

  

Commercial

  

 189 

 (3) 

 (2) 

 (5) 

 - 

 - 

 179 

 (3) 

  

  

  

  

Total mortgage-backed

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

securities

  

 204 

 (3) 

 (2) 

 (5) 

 - 

 (13) 

 181 

 (3) 

  

  

Corporate debt securities

  

 286 

 14 

 - 

 (38) 

 - 

 (41) 

 221 

 - 

  

  

Collateralized loan and other debt obligations

  

 9,147 

 27 

 210 

 841 

 - 

 - 

 10,225 

 - 

  

  

Asset-backed securities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Auto loans and leases

  

 6,206 

 - 

 (2) 

 (717) 

 - 

 - 

 5,487 

 - 

  

  

  

Home equity loans

  

 257 

 3 

 (3) 

 - 

 2 

 (162) 

 97 

 - 

  

  

  

Other asset-backed securities

  

 3,074 

 (5) 

 34 

 (157) 

 - 

 (23) 

 2,923 

 (6) 

  

  

  

  

Total asset-backed securities

  

 9,537 

 (2) 

 29 

 (874) 

 2 

 (185) 

 8,507 

 (6) 

  

  

  

  

  

Total debt securities

  

 28,679 

 49 

 231 

 (212) 

 16 

 (5,417) 

 23,346 

 (9) 

(4)

  

Marketable equity securities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Perpetual preferred securities

  

 927 

 14 

 (4) 

 (88) 

 - 

 - 

 849 

 - 

  

  

  

Other marketable equity securities

  

 2 

 1 

 - 

 (3) 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

  

  

  

  

  

Total marketable

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

equity securities

  

 929 

 15 

 (4) 

 (91) 

 - 

 - 

 849 

 - 

(5)

  

  

  

  

  

Total securities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

available for sale

  

 29,608 

 64 

 227 

 (303) 

 16 

 (5,417) 

 24,195 

 (9) 

  

Mortgages held for sale

  

 3,328 

 38 

 - 

 (107) 

 127 

 (79) 

 3,307 

 37 

(6)

Loans

  

 24 

 59 

 - 

 79 

 5,851 

 - 

 6,013 

 59 

(6)

Mortgage servicing rights

  

 12,081 

 (2,298) 

 - 

 1,173 

 - 

 - 

 10,956 

 (1,427) 

(6)

Net derivative assets and liabilities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest rate contracts

  

 906 

 2,879 

 - 

 (2,392) 

 - 

 - 

 1,393 

 1,248 

  

  

Commodity contracts

  

 4 

 48 

 - 

 (21) 

 - 

 (3) 

 28 

 21 

  

  

Equity contracts

  

 (269) 

 25 

 - 

 133 

 - 

 (81) 

 (192) 

 1 

  

  

Foreign exchange contracts

  

 1 

 19 

 - 

 2 

 - 

 - 

 22 

 21 

  

  

Credit contracts

  

 (1,657) 

 (15) 

 - 

 291 

 - 

 - 

 (1,381) 

 (2) 

  

  

Other derivative contracts

  

 (106) 

 15 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 (91) 

 - 

  

  

  

Total derivative contracts

  

 (1,121) 

 2,971 

 - 

 (1,987) 

 - 

 (84) 

 (221) 

 1,289 

(7)

Other assets

  

 225 

 (10) 

 - 

 (22) 

 - 

 - 

 193 

 (8) 

(3)

Short sale liabilities

  

 (9) 

 - 

 - 

 9 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

(3)

Other liabilities (excluding derivatives)

  

 (245) 

 (17) 

 - 

 9 

 - 

 - 

 (253) 

 - 

(6)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)  See next page for detail.

(2)  Represents only net gains (losses) that are due to changes in economic conditions and management’s estimates of fair value and excludes changes due to the collection/realization of cash flows over time.

(3)  Included in trading activities and other noninterest income in the income statement.

(4)  Included in debt securities available for sale in the income statement.

(5)  Included in equity investments in the income statement.

(6)  Included in mortgage banking and other noninterest income in the income statement.

(7)  Included in mortgage banking, trading activities and other noninterest income in the income statement.

 

(continued on following page)

133

 


 

      

(continued from previous page)

 

The following table presents gross purchases, sales, issuances and settlements related to the changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the quarter ended September 30, 2012.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(in millions)

  

  

Purchases 

Sales 

Issuances 

Settlements 

Net 

Quarter ended September 30, 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

Trading assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(excluding derivatives):

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Securities of U.S. states and

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

political subdivisions

 5 

 (4) 

 - 

 - 

 1 

  

Collateralized loan and other debt obligations

  

 271 

 (245) 

 - 

 - 

 26 

  

Corporate debt securities

  

 - 

 (14) 

 - 

 - 

 (14) 

  

Mortgage-backed securities

  

 - 

 (59) 

 - 

 - 

 (59) 

  

Asset-backed securities

  

 6 

 (3) 

 - 

 (12) 

 (9) 

  

Equity securities

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

  

  

Total trading securities

  

 282 

 (325) 

 - 

 (12) 

 (55) 

  

Other trading assets

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

  

  

  

Total trading assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(excluding derivatives)

  

 282 

 (325) 

 - 

 (12) 

 (55) 

Securities available for sale:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Securities of U.S. states and

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

political subdivisions

  

 199 

 (35) 

 65 

 (365) 

 (136) 

  

Mortgage-backed securities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Residential

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

  

  

Commercial

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

 (5) 

 (5) 

  

  

  

Total mortgage-backed

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

securities

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

 (5) 

 (5) 

  

Corporate debt securities

  

 - 

 (37) 

 - 

 (1) 

 (38) 

  

Collateralized loan and other debt obligations

  

 1,188 

 - 

 - 

 (347) 

 841 

  

Asset-backed securities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Auto loans and leases

  

 - 

 - 

 180 

 (897) 

 (717) 

  

  

Home equity loans

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

  

  

Other asset-backed securities

  

 94 

 (38) 

 270 

 (483) 

 (157) 

  

  

  

Total asset-backed securities

  

 94 

 (38) 

 450 

 (1,380) 

 (874) 

  

  

  

  

Total debt securities

  

 1,481 

 (110) 

 515 

 (2,098) 

 (212) 

  

Marketable equity securities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Perpetual preferred securities

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

 (88) 

 (88) 

  

  

Other marketable equity securities

  

 - 

 (3) 

 - 

 - 

 (3) 

  

  

  

  

Total marketable

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

equity securities

  

 - 

 (3) 

 - 

 (88) 

 (91) 

  

  

  

  

  

Total securities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

available for sale

  

 1,481 

 (113) 

 515 

 (2,186) 

 (303) 

Mortgages held for sale

  

 100 

 - 

 - 

 (207) 

 (107) 

Loans

  

 - 

 - 

 129 

 (50) 

 79 

Mortgage servicing rights

  

 - 

 - 

 1,173 

 - 

 1,173 

Net derivative assets and liabilities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest rate contracts

  

 28 

 (22) 

 - 

 (2,398) 

 (2,392) 

  

Commodity contracts

  

 22 

 (8) 

 - 

 (35) 

 (21) 

  

Equity contracts

  

 13 

 49 

 1 

 70 

 133 

  

Foreign exchange contracts

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

 2 

 2 

  

Credit contracts

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

 291 

 291 

  

Other derivative contracts

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

  

  

Total derivative contracts

  

 63 

 19 

 1 

 (2,070) 

 (1,987) 

Other assets

  

 - 

 (5) 

 - 

 (17) 

 (22) 

Short sale liabilities

  

 9 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 9 

Other liabilities (excluding derivatives)

  

 (2) 

 1 

 (8) 

 18 

 9 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

134

 


 

Note 13:   Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities  (continued) 

 

The changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, are summarized as follows:

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net unrealized 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total net gains 

Purchases, 

  

  

  

gains (losses) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(losses) included in 

sales, 

  

  

  

included in 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Other 

issuances 

  

  

  

income related 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Balance, 

  

compre- 

and 

Transfers 

Transfers 

Balance, 

to assets and 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

beginning 

Net 

hensive 

settlements, 

into 

out of 

end of 

liabilities held 

  

(in millions)

  

  

of period 

income 

income 

net (1) 

Level 3  

Level 3  

period 

at period end  

(2)

Nine months ended September 30, 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Trading assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(excluding derivatives):

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Securities of U.S. states and

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

political subdivisions

 46 

 2 

 - 

 (9) 

 - 

 - 

 39 

 (1) 

  

  

Collateralized loan and other debt obligations

  

 742 

 74 

 - 

 (71) 

 - 

 (202) 

 543 

 (6) 

  

  

Corporate debt securities

  

 52 

 4 

 - 

 (36) 

 16 

 - 

 36 

 2 

  

  

Mortgage-backed securities

  

 6 

 1 

 - 

 9 

 - 

 (15) 

 1 

 - 

  

  

Asset-backed securities

  

 138 

 12 

 - 

 (55) 

 25 

 (20) 

 100 

 11 

  

  

Equity securities

  

 3 

 - 

 - 

 (3) 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

  

  

  

Total trading securities

  

 987 

 93 

 - 

 (165) 

 41 

 (237) 

 719 

 6 

  

  

Other trading assets

  

 76 

 (16) 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 60 

 (5) 

  

  

  

  

Total trading assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(excluding derivatives)

  

 1,063 

 77 

 - 

 (165) 

 41 

 (237) 

 779 

 1 

(3)

Securities available for sale:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Securities of U.S. states and

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

political subdivisions

  

 3,631 

 7 

 (66) 

 194 

 53 

 (176) 

 3,643 

 - 

  

  

Mortgage-backed securities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Residential

  

 94 

 5 

 9 

 (19) 

 - 

 (1) 

 88 

 - 

  

  

  

Commercial

  

 203 

 (9) 

 20 

 (14) 

 - 

 (12) 

 188 

 (5) 

  

  

  

  

Total mortgage-backed

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

securities

  

 297 

 (4) 

 29 

 (33) 

 - 

 (13) 

 276 

 (5) 

  

  

Corporate debt securities

  

 274 

 6 

 (18) 

 (25) 

 - 

 (3) 

 234 

 - 

  

  

Collateralized loan and other debt obligations

  

 13,188 

 (6) 

 107 

 710 

 - 

 (10,613) 

 3,386 

 - 

  

  

Asset-backed securities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Auto loans and leases

  

 5,921 

 1 

 (28) 

 (720) 

 - 

 - 

 5,174 

 - 

  

  

  

Home equity loans

  

 51 

 3 

 (1) 

 (5) 

 - 

 (48) 

 - 

 - 

  

  

  

Other asset-backed securities

  

 3,283 

 26 

 29 

 (151) 

 24 

 - 

 3,211 

 (7) 

  

  

  

  

Total asset-backed securities

  

 9,255 

 30 

 - 

 (876) 

 24 

 (48) 

 8,385 

 (7) 

  

  

  

  

  

Total debt securities

  

 26,645 

 33 

 52 

 (30) 

 77 

 (10,853) 

 15,924 

 (12) 

(4)

  

Marketable equity securities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Perpetual preferred securities

  

 794 

 6 

 (13) 

 (47) 

 - 

 - 

 740 

 - 

  

  

  

Other marketable equity securities

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

  

  

  

  

  

Total marketable

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

equity securities

  

 794 

 6 

 (13) 

 (47) 

 - 

 - 

 740 

 - 

(5)

  

  

  

  

  

Total securities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

available for sale

  

 27,439 

 39 

 39 

 (77) 

 77 

 (10,853) 

 16,664 

 (12) 

  

Mortgages held for sale

  

 3,250 

 31 

 - 

 (787) 

 255 

 (316) 

 2,433 

 (51) 

(6)

Loans

  

 6,021 

 (171) 

 - 

 109 

 - 

 (154) 

 5,805 

 (147) 

(6)

Mortgage servicing rights

  

 11,538 

 598 

 - 

 2,365 

 - 

 - 

 14,501 

 2,415 

(6)

Net derivative assets and liabilities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest rate contracts

  

 659 

 (759) 

 - 

 354 

 - 

 - 

 254 

 104 

  

  

Commodity contracts

  

 21 

 3 

 - 

 (55) 

 (1) 

 36 

 4 

 1 

  

  

Equity contracts

  

 (122) 

 (42) 

 - 

 168 

 (32) 

 103 

 75 

 (26) 

  

  

Foreign exchange contracts

  

 21 

 (22) 

 - 

 4 

 1 

 - 

 4 

 (14) 

  

  

Credit contracts

  

 (1,150) 

 (20) 

 - 

 474 

 - 

 - 

 (696) 

 28 

  

  

Other derivative contracts

  

 (78) 

 54 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 (24) 

 - 

  

  

  

Total derivative contracts

  

 (649) 

 (786) 

 - 

 945 

 (32) 

 139 

 (383) 

 93 

(7)

Other assets

  

 162 

 88 

 - 

 788 

 - 

 - 

 1,038 

 (5) 

(3)

Short sale liabilities

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

(3)

Other liabilities (excluding derivatives)

  

 (49) 

 18 

 - 

 (10) 

 - 

 - 

 (41) 

 5 

(6)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)  See next page for detail.

(2)  Represents only net gains (losses) that are due to changes in economic conditions and management’s estimates of fair value and excludes changes due to the collection/realization of cash flows over time.

(3)  Included in trading activities and other noninterest income in the income statement.

(4)  Included in debt securities available for sale in the income statement.

(5)  Included in equity investments in the income statement.

(6)  Included in mortgage banking and other noninterest income in the income statement.

(7)  Included in mortgage banking, trading activities, equity investments and other noninterest income in the income statement.

 

(continued on following page)

135

 


 

      

(continued from previous page)

 

The following table presents gross purchases, sales, issuances and settlements related to the changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the nine months ended September 30, 2013.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(in millions)

  

  

Purchases 

Sales 

Issuances 

Settlements 

Net 

Nine months ended September 30, 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

Trading assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(excluding derivatives):

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Securities of U.S. states and

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

political subdivisions

 125 

 (134) 

 - 

 - 

 (9) 

  

Collateralized loan and other debt obligations

  

 691 

 (760) 

 - 

 (2) 

 (71) 

  

Corporate debt securities

  

 71 

 (107) 

 - 

 - 

 (36) 

  

Mortgage-backed securities

  

 429 

 (420) 

 - 

 - 

 9 

  

Asset-backed securities

  

 14 

 (36) 

 - 

 (33) 

 (55) 

  

Equity securities

  

 - 

 (3) 

 - 

 - 

 (3) 

  

  

Total trading securities

  

 1,330 

 (1,460) 

 - 

 (35) 

 (165) 

  

Other trading assets

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

  

  

  

Total trading assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(excluding derivatives)

  

 1,330 

 (1,460) 

 - 

 (35) 

 (165) 

Securities available for sale:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Securities of U.S. states and

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

political subdivisions

  

 - 

 (68) 

 726 

 (464) 

 194 

  

Mortgage-backed securities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Residential

  

 - 

 (16) 

 - 

 (3) 

 (19) 

  

  

Commercial

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

 (14) 

 (14) 

  

  

  

Total mortgage-backed

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

securities

  

 - 

 (16) 

 - 

 (17) 

 (33) 

  

Corporate debt securities

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

 (25) 

 (25) 

  

Collateralized loan and other debt obligations

  

 989 

 (14) 

 - 

 (265) 

 710 

  

Asset-backed securities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Auto loans and leases

  

 1,102 

 - 

 813 

 (2,635) 

 (720) 

  

  

Home equity loans

  

 - 

 (5) 

 - 

 - 

 (5) 

  

  

Other asset-backed securities

  

 1,018 

 (36) 

 781 

 (1,914) 

 (151) 

  

  

  

Total asset-backed securities

  

 2,120 

 (41) 

 1,594 

 (4,549) 

 (876) 

  

  

  

  

Total debt securities

  

 3,109 

 (139) 

 2,320 

 (5,320) 

 (30) 

  

Marketable equity securities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Perpetual preferred securities

  

 - 

 (20) 

 - 

 (27) 

 (47) 

  

  

Other marketable equity securities

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

  

  

  

  

Total marketable

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

equity securities

  

 - 

 (20) 

 - 

 (27) 

 (47) 

  

  

  

  

  

Total securities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

available for sale

  

 3,109 

 (159) 

 2,320 

 (5,347) 

 (77) 

Mortgages held for sale

  

 258 

 (572) 

 - 

 (473) 

 (787) 

Loans

  

 23 

 - 

 344 

 (258) 

 109 

Mortgage servicing rights

  

 - 

 (583) 

 2,948 

 - 

 2,365 

Net derivative assets and liabilities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest rate contracts

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

 354 

 354 

  

Commodity contracts

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

 (55) 

 (55) 

  

Equity contracts

  

 - 

 (79) 

 - 

 247 

 168 

  

Foreign exchange contracts

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

 4 

 4 

  

Credit contracts

  

 5 

 (4) 

 - 

 473 

 474 

  

Other derivative contracts

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

  

  

Total derivative contracts

  

 5 

 (83) 

 - 

 1,023 

 945 

Other assets

  

 820 

 (2) 

 - 

 (30) 

 788 

Short sale liabilities

  

 8 

 (8) 

 - 

 - 

 - 

Other liabilities (excluding derivatives)

  

 - 

 - 

 (4) 

 (6) 

 (10) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

136

 


 

Note 13:   Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities  (continued) 

 

The changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, are summarized as follows:

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net unrealized 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total net gains 

Purchases, 

  

  

  

gains (losses) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(losses) included in 

sales, 

  

  

  

included in 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Other 

issuances 

  

  

  

income related 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Balance, 

  

compre- 

and 

Transfers 

Transfers 

Balance, 

to assets and 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

beginning 

Net 

hensive 

settlements, 

into 

out of 

end of 

liabilities held 

  

(in millions)

  

  

of period 

income 

income 

net (1) 

Level 3  

Level 3  

period 

at period end  

(2)

Nine months ended September 30, 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Trading assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(excluding derivatives):

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Securities of U.S. states and

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

political subdivisions

 53 

 2 

 - 

 6 

 - 

 - 

 61 

 (1) 

  

  

Collateralized loan and other debt obligations

  

 1,582 

 (206) 

 - 

 (301) 

 - 

 - 

 1,075 

 (261) 

  

  

Corporate debt securities

  

 97 

 (2) 

 - 

 (53) 

 - 

 - 

 42 

 (4) 

  

  

Mortgage-backed securities

  

 108 

 3 

 - 

 (67) 

 - 

 - 

 44 

 (2) 

  

  

Asset-backed securities

  

 190 

 46 

 - 

 (62) 

 14 

 (16) 

 172 

 35 

  

  

Equity securities

  

 4 

 1 

 - 

 (2) 

 - 

 - 

 3 

 - 

  

  

  

Total trading securities

  

 2,034 

 (156) 

 - 

 (479) 

 14 

 (16) 

 1,397 

 (233) 

  

  

Other trading assets

  

 115 

 (33) 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 82 

 (18) 

  

  

  

  

Total trading assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(excluding derivatives)

  

 2,149 

 (189) 

 - 

 (479) 

 14 

 (16) 

 1,479 

 (251) 

(3)

Securities available for sale:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Securities of U.S. states and

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

political subdivisions

  

 11,516 

 8 

 188 

 1,565 

 14 

 (9,079) 

 4,212 

 - 

  

  

Mortgage-backed securities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Residential

  

 61 

 11 

 11 

 (35) 

 28 

 (74) 

 2 

 (1) 

  

  

  

Commercial

  

 232 

 (17) 

 19 

 (55) 

 - 

 - 

 179 

 (1) 

  

  

  

  

Total mortgage-backed

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

securities

  

 293 

 (6) 

 30 

 (90) 

 28 

 (74) 

 181 

 (2) 

  

  

Corporate debt securities

  

 295 

 17 

 (5) 

 (46) 

 1 

 (41) 

 221 

 - 

  

  

Collateralized loan and other debt obligations

  

 8,599 

 112 

 387 

 1,127 

 - 

 - 

 10,225 

 - 

  

  

Asset-backed securities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Auto loans and leases

  

 6,641 

 3 

 5 

 (1,162) 

 - 

 - 

 5,487 

 - 

  

  

  

Home equity loans

  

 282 

 14 

 11 

 (3) 

 29 

 (236) 

 97 

 (4) 

  

  

  

Other asset-backed securities

  

 2,863 

 (28) 

 96 

 14 

 1 

 (23) 

 2,923 

 (26) 

  

  

  

  

Total asset-backed securities

  

 9,786 

 (11) 

 112 

 (1,151) 

 30 

 (259) 

 8,507 

 (30) 

  

  

  

  

  

Total debt securities

  

 30,489 

 120 

 712 

 1,405 

 73 

 (9,453) 

 23,346 

 (32) 

(4)

  

Marketable equity securities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Perpetual preferred securities

  

 1,344 

 85 

 (28) 

 (552) 

 - 

 - 

 849 

 - 

  

  

  

Other marketable equity securities

  

 23 

 2 

 (15) 

 (10) 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

  

  

  

  

  

Total marketable

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

equity securities

  

 1,367 

 87 

 (43) 

 (562) 

 - 

 - 

 849 

 - 

(5)

  

  

  

  

  

Total securities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

available for sale

  

 31,856 

 207 

 669 

 843 

 73 

 (9,453) 

 24,195 

 (32) 

  

Mortgages held for sale

  

 3,410 

 4 

 - 

 (176) 

 298 

 (229) 

 3,307 

 16 

(6)

Loans

  

 23 

 59 

 - 

 80 

 5,851 

 - 

 6,013 

 59 

(6)

Mortgage servicing rights

  

 12,603 

 (5,442) 

 - 

 3,795 

 - 

 - 

 10,956 

 (3,216) 

(6)

Net derivative assets and liabilities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest rate contracts

  

 609 

 6,565 

 - 

 (5,781) 

 - 

 - 

 1,393 

 1,292 

  

  

Commodity contracts

  

 - 

 71 

 - 

 (32) 

 (8) 

 (3) 

 28 

 36 

  

  

Equity contracts

  

 (75) 

 (19) 

 - 

 (4) 

 - 

 (94) 

 (192) 

 (18) 

  

  

Foreign exchange contracts

  

 (7) 

 21 

 - 

 8 

 - 

 - 

 22 

 29 

  

  

Credit contracts

  

 (1,998) 

 96 

 - 

 521 

 - 

 - 

 (1,381) 

 37 

  

  

Other derivative contracts

  

 (117) 

 26 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 (91) 

 - 

  

  

  

Total derivative contracts

  

 (1,588) 

 6,760 

 - 

 (5,288) 

 (8) 

 (97) 

 (221) 

 1,376 

(7)

Other assets

  

 244 

 (6) 

 - 

 (45) 

 - 

 - 

 193 

 (11) 

(3)

Short sale liabilities

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

(3)

Other liabilities (excluding derivatives)

  

 (44) 

 (19) 

 - 

 (190) 

 - 

 - 

 (253) 

 - 

(6)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)  See next page for detail.

(2)  Represents only net gains (losses) that are due to changes in economic conditions and management’s estimates of fair value and excludes changes due to the collection/realization of cash flows over time.

(3)  Included in trading activities and other noninterest income in the income statement.

(4)  Included in debt securities available for sale in the income statement.

(5)  Included in equity investments in the income statement.

(6)  Included in mortgage banking and other noninterest income in the income statement.

(7)  Included in mortgage banking, trading activities and other noninterest income in the income statement.

 

(continued on following page)

137

 


 

      

(continued from previous page)

 

The following table presents gross purchases, sales, issuances and settlements related to the changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the nine months ended September 30, 2012.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(in millions)

  

  

Purchases 

Sales 

Issuances 

Settlements 

Net 

Nine months ended September 30, 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

Trading assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(excluding derivatives):

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Securities of U.S. states and

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

political subdivisions

 73 

 (67) 

 - 

 - 

 6 

  

Collateralized loan and other debt obligations

  

 642 

 (943) 

 - 

 - 

 (301) 

  

Corporate debt securities

  

 151 

 (204) 

 - 

 - 

 (53) 

  

Mortgage-backed securities

  

 44 

 (111) 

 - 

 - 

 (67) 

  

Asset-backed securities

  

 104 

 (130) 

 - 

 (36) 

 (62) 

  

Equity securities

  

 1 

 (3) 

 - 

 - 

 (2) 

  

  

Total trading securities

  

 1,015 

 (1,458) 

 - 

 (36) 

 (479) 

  

Other trading assets

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

  

  

  

Total trading assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(excluding derivatives)

  

 1,015 

 (1,458) 

 - 

 (36) 

 (479) 

Securities available for sale:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Securities of U.S. states and

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

political subdivisions

  

 1,759 

 (37) 

 965 

 (1,122) 

 1,565 

  

Mortgage-backed securities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Residential

  

 1 

 (34) 

 - 

 (2) 

 (35) 

  

  

Commercial

  

 10 

 - 

 - 

 (65) 

 (55) 

  

  

  

Total mortgage-backed

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

securities

  

 11 

 (34) 

 - 

 (67) 

 (90) 

  

Corporate debt securities

  

 - 

 (37) 

 - 

 (9) 

 (46) 

  

Collateralized loan and other debt obligations

  

 2,403 

 (185) 

 - 

 (1,091) 

 1,127 

  

Asset-backed securities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Auto loans and leases

  

 2,040 

 - 

 490 

 (3,692) 

 (1,162) 

  

  

Home equity loans

  

 - 

 (2) 

 - 

 (1) 

 (3) 

  

  

Other asset-backed securities

  

 996 

 (132) 

 1,030 

 (1,880) 

 14 

  

  

  

Total asset-backed securities

  

 3,036 

 (134) 

 1,520 

 (5,573) 

 (1,151) 

  

  

  

  

Total debt securities

  

 7,209 

 (427) 

 2,485 

 (7,862) 

 1,405 

  

Marketable equity securities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Perpetual preferred securities

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

 (552) 

 (552) 

  

  

Other marketable equity securities

  

 - 

 (8) 

 - 

 (2) 

 (10) 

  

  

  

  

Total marketable

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

equity securities

  

 - 

 (8) 

 - 

 (554) 

 (562) 

  

  

  

  

  

Total securities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

available for sale

  

 7,209 

 (435) 

 2,485 

 (8,416) 

 843 

Mortgages held for sale

  

 355 

 - 

 - 

 (531) 

 (176) 

Loans

  

 2 

 - 

 129 

 (51) 

 80 

Mortgage servicing rights

  

 - 

 (293) 

 4,088 

 - 

 3,795 

Net derivative assets and liabilities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest rate contracts

  

 28 

 (22) 

 - 

 (5,787) 

 (5,781) 

  

Commodity contracts

  

 22 

 (8) 

 - 

 (46) 

 (32) 

  

Equity contracts

  

 117 

 (133) 

 1 

 11 

 (4) 

  

Foreign exchange contracts

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

 8 

 8 

  

Credit contracts

  

 (5) 

 2 

 - 

 524 

 521 

  

Other derivative contracts

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

  

  

Total derivative contracts

  

 162 

 (161) 

 1 

 (5,290) 

 (5,288) 

Other assets

  

 17 

 (5) 

 - 

 (57) 

 (45) 

Short sale liabilities

  

 9 

 (9) 

 - 

 - 

 - 

Other liabilities (excluding derivatives)

  

 (3) 

 11 

 (216) 

 18 

 (190) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

The following table provides quantitative information about the valuation techniques and significant unobservable inputs used in the valuation of substantially all of our Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for which we use an internal model.

The significant unobservable inputs for Level 3 assets and liabilities that are valued using fair values obtained from third party vendors are not included in the table as the specific inputs applied are not provided by the vendor (see discussion regarding vendor-developed valuations within the “Level 3 Asset and Liabilities Valuation Processes” section previously within this Note). In addition, the table excludes the valuation techniques and significant unobservable inputs for certain classes of Level 3 assets and liabilities measured using an internal model that we consider, both individually and in the aggregate, insignificant relative to our overall Level 3 assets and liabilities. We made this determination based upon an evaluation of each class which considered the magnitude of the positions, nature of the unobservable inputs and potential for significant changes in fair value due to changes in those inputs  

138

 


 

Note 13:   Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities  (continued) 

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Fair Value

  

  

Significant

Range of

  

Weighted

($ in millions, except cost to service amounts)

Level 3

  

Valuation Technique(s)

Unobservable Input

 Inputs 

Average (1)

September 30, 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Trading and available for sale securities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Securities of U.S. states and

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

political subdivisions:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Government, healthcare and

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

other revenue bonds

$

 3,117 

  

Discounted cash flow

Discount rate

0.4 

-

6.1 

%

1.4 

  

  

  

  

  

  

 63 

  

Vendor priced

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Auction rate securities and other municipal bonds

  

 502 

  

Discounted cash flow

Discount rate

0.4 

-

11.8 

  

4.4 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Weighted average life

1.8 

-

6.6 

yrs

4.7 

  

Collateralized loan and other debt obligations (2)

 904 

  

Market comparable pricing

Comparability adjustment

(18.0)

-

21.7 

%

2.5 

  

  

  

  

 3,025 

  

Vendor priced

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Asset-backed securities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Auto loans and leases

  

 5,174 

  

Discounted cash flow

Default rate

1.9 

-

 8.5 

  

3.1 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Discount rate 

0.5 

-

 2.0 

  

0.8 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loss severity 

50.0 

-

 66.0 

  

52.9 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Prepayment rate 

0.6 

-

 1.4 

  

0.8 

  

  

Other asset-backed securities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Dealer floor plan

  

 1,782 

  

Discounted cash flow

Discount rate

0.7 

-

1.6 

  

0.9 

  

  

  

Diversified payment rights (3)

  

 654 

  

Discounted cash flow

Discount rate

1.8 

-

3.2 

  

2.4 

  

  

  

Other commercial and consumer

  

 782 

(4) 

Discounted cash flow

Discount rate

0.1 

-

21.1 

  

2.8 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Weighted average life

0.8 

-

6.9 

yrs

2.5 

  

  

  

  

  

  

 93 

  

Vendor priced

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Marketable equity securities: perpetual

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

preferred

  

 740 

(5) 

Discounted cash flow

Discount rate

4.8 

-

7.9 

 % 

7.0 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Weighted average life

1.0 

-

15.0 

yrs

12.1 

Mortgages held for sale (residential)

  

 2,433 

  

Discounted cash flow

Default rate

0.6 

-

14.4 

%

3.0 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Discount rate

3.6 

-

7.9 

  

5.5 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loss severity

1.3 

-

33.3 

  

21.6 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Prepayment rate

2.0 

-

9.7 

  

5.5 

Loans

  

 5,805 

(6) 

Discounted cash flow

Discount rate

2.4 

-

3.6 

  

3.1 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Prepayment rate

3.1 

-

39.3 

  

12.2 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Utilization rate

0.0

-

2.0 

  

0.8 

Mortgage servicing rights (residential)

  

 14,501 

  

Discounted cash flow

Cost to service per loan (7)

$ 87 

-

826 

  

198 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Discount rate

5.6 

-

11.1 

%

7.6 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Prepayment rate (8)

6.8 

-

20.0 

  

11.7 

Net derivative assets and (liabilities):

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest rate contracts

  

 35 

  

Discounted cash flow

Default rate

0.2 

-

15.5 

  

5.0 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loss severity

40.9 

-

50.0 

  

50.0 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Prepayment rate

11.0 

-

15.6 

  

15.6 

  

Interest rate contracts: derivative loan

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

commitments

  

 219 

(9) 

Discounted cash flow

Fall-out factor

1.0 

-

99.0 

  

27.6 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Initial-value servicing

(6.8)

-

82.8 

bps

41.5 

  

Equity contracts

  

 199 

  

Discounted cash flow

Conversion factor

(20.2)

-

0.0

%

(17.6)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Weighted average life

0.5 

-

3.5 

yrs

1.6 

  

  

  

  

  

  

 (124) 

  

Option model

Correlation factor

0.0

-

88.0 

%

75.7 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Volatility factor

10.9 

-

68.2 

  

23.2 

  

Credit contracts

  

 (700) 

  

Market comparable pricing

Comparability adjustment

(30.7)

-

34.5 

  

0.4 

  

  

  

  

  

  

 4 

  

Option model

Credit spread

0.1 

-

15.2 

  

1.1 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loss severity

16.5 

-

87.5 

  

43.9 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Other assets: nonmarketable equity investments

  

 911 

  

Market comparable pricing

Comparability adjustment

(30.0)

-

(4.0)

  

(24.8)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Insignificant Level 3 assets,

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

net of liabilities

  

 677 

(10) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total level 3 assets, net of liabilities

$

 40,796 

(11) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)  Weighted averages are calculated using outstanding unpaid principal balance for cash instruments such as loans and securities, and notional amounts for derivative instruments.

(2)  Includes $705 million of collateralized debt obligations.

(3)  Securities backed by specified sources of current and future receivables generated from foreign originators.

(4)  Consists primarily of investments in asset-backed securities that are revolving in nature, in which the timing of advances and repayments of principal are uncertain.

(5)  Consists of auction rate preferred equity securities with no maturity date that are callable by the issuer.

(6)  Consists predominantly of reverse mortgage loans securitized with GNMA which were accounted for as secured borrowing transactions.

(7)  The high end of the range of inputs is for servicing modified loans. For non-modified loans the range is $87 - $339.

(8)  Includes a blend of prepayment speeds and expected defaults. Prepayment speeds are influenced by mortgage interest rates as well as our estimation of drivers of borrower behavior.

(9)  Total derivative loan commitments were a net asset of $222 million, of which $219 million were classified as level 3 at September 30, 2013.

(10)          Represents the aggregate amount of Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis that are individually and in the aggregate insignificant. The amount includes corporate debt securities, mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities backed by home equity loans, other marketable equity securities, other liabilities and certain net derivative assets and liabilities, such as commodity contracts, foreign exchange contracts and other derivative contracts. 

(11)          Consists of total Level 3 assets of $43.6 billion and total Level 3 liabilities of $2.8 billion, before netting of derivative balances.

139

 


 

      

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Fair Value

  

  

Significant

Range of

  

Weighted

($ in millions, except cost to service amounts)

Level 3

  

Valuation Technique(s)

Unobservable Input

 Inputs 

  

Average (1)

December 31, 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Trading and available for sale securities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Securities of U.S. states and

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

political subdivisions:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Government, healthcare and

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

other revenue bonds

$

 3,081 

  

Discounted cash flow

Discount rate

0.5 

-

4.8 

%

1.8 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Auction rate securities and other municipal bonds

  

 596 

  

Discounted cash flow

Discount rate

2.0 

-

12.9 

  

4.4 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Weighted average life

3.0 

-

7.5 

yrs

3.4 

  

Collateralized loan and other debt obligations(2)

  

 1,423 

  

Market comparable pricing

Comparability adjustment

(22.5)

-

24.7 

%

3.5 

  

  

  

  

 12,507 

  

Vendor priced

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Asset-backed securities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Auto loans and leases

  

 5,921 

  

Discounted cash flow

Default rate

2.1 

-

9.7 

  

3.2 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Discount rate

0.6 

-

1.6 

  

1.0 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loss severity

50.0 

-

66.6 

  

51.8 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Prepayment rate

0.6 

-

0.9 

  

0.7 

  

  

Other asset-backed securities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Dealer floor plan

  

 1,030 

  

Discounted cash flow

Discount rate

0.5 

-

2.2 

  

1.9 

  

  

  

Diversified payment rights (3)

  

 639 

  

Discounted cash flow

Discount rate

1.0 

-

2.9 

  

1.8 

  

  

  

Other commercial and consumer

  

 1,665 

(4) 

Discounted cash flow

Discount rate

0.6 

-

6.8 

  

2.7 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Weighted average life

1.0 

-

7.5 

yrs

2.9 

  

  

  

  

  

  

 87 

  

Vendor priced

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Marketable equity securities: perpetual

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

preferred

  

 794 

(5) 

Discounted cash flow

Discount rate

4.3 

-

9.3 

 % 

6.3 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Weighted average life

1.0 

-

7.0 

yrs

5.3 

Mortgages held for sale (residential)

  

 3,250 

  

Discounted cash flow

Default rate

0.6 

-

14.8 

%

5.5 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Discount rate

3.4 

-

7.5 

  

5.4 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loss severity

1.3 

-

35.3 

  

26.4 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Prepayment rate

1.0 

-

11.0 

  

6.2 

Loans

  

 6,021 

(6) 

Discounted cash flow

Discount rate

2.4 

-

2.8 

  

2.6 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Prepayment rate

1.6 

-

44.4 

  

11.6 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Utilization rate

0.0

-

2.0 

  

0.8 

Mortgage servicing rights (residential)

  

 11,538 

  

Discounted cash flow

Cost to service per loan (7)

$ 90 

-

854 

  

219 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Discount rate

6.7 

-

10.9 

%

7.4 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Prepayment rate (8)

7.3 

-

23.7 

  

15.7 

Net derivative assets and (liabilities):

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest rate contracts

  

 162 

  

Discounted cash flow

Default rate

0.0

-

20.0 

  

5.4 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loss severity

45.8 

-

83.2 

  

51.6 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Prepayment rate

7.4 

-

15.6 

  

14.9 

  

Interest rate contracts: derivative loan

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

commitments

  

 497 

  

Discounted cash flow

Fall-out factor

1.0 

-

99.0 

  

22.9 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Initial-value servicing

(13.7)

-

137.2 

bps

85.6 

  

Equity contracts

  

 (122) 

  

Option model

Correlation factor

(43.6)

-

94.5 

%

50.3 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Volatility factor

3.0 

-

68.9 

  

26.5 

  

Credit contracts

  

 (1,157) 

  

Market comparable pricing

Comparability adjustment

(34.4)

-

30.5 

  

0.1 

  

  

  

  

  

  

 8 

  

Option model

Credit spread

0.1 

-

14.0 

  

2.0 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loss severity

16.5 

-

87.5 

  

52.3 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Insignificant Level 3 assets,

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

net of liabilities

  

 835 

(9) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total level 3 assets, net of liabilities

$

 48,775 

(10) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)  Weighted averages are calculated using outstanding unpaid principal balance for cash instruments such as loans and securities, and notional amounts for derivative instruments.

(2)  Includes $665 million of collateralized debt obligations.

(3)  Securities backed by specified sources of current and future receivables generated from foreign originators.

(4)  Consists primarily of investments in asset-backed securities that are revolving in nature, in which the timing of advances and repayments of principal are uncertain.

(5)  Consists of auction rate preferred equity securities with no maturity date that are callable by the issuer.

(6)  Consists predominantly of reverse mortgage loans securitized with GNMA which were accounted for as secured borrowing transactions.

(7)  The high end of the range of inputs is for servicing modified loans. For non-modified loans the range is $90 - $437.

(8)  Includes a blend of prepayment speeds and expected defaults. Prepayment speeds are influenced by mortgage interest rates as well as our estimation of drivers of borrower behavior.

(9)  Represents the aggregate amount of Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis that are individually and in the aggregate insignificant. The amount includes corporate debt securities, mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities backed by home equity loans, other marketable equity securities, other assets, other liabilities and certain net derivative assets and liabilities, such as commodity contracts, foreign exchange contracts and other derivative contracts. 

(10)          Consists of total Level 3 assets of $51.9 billion and total Level 3 liabilities of $3.1 billion, before netting of derivative balances.

140

 


 

Note 13:   Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities  (continued) 

 

The valuation techniques used for our Level 3 assets and liabilities, as presented in the previous table, are described as follows:  

·          Discounted cash flow - Discounted cash flow valuation techniques generally consist of developing an estimate of future cash flows that are expected to occur over the life of an instrument and then discounting those cash flows at a rate of return that results in the fair value amount. 

·          Option model - Option model valuation techniques are generally used for instruments in which the holder has a contingent right or obligation based on the occurrence of a future event, such as the price of a referenced asset going above or below a predetermined strike price. Option models estimate the likelihood of the specified event occurring by incorporating assumptions such as volatility estimates, price of the underlying instrument and expected rate of return.   

·          Market comparable pricing - Market comparable pricing valuation techniques are used to determine the fair value of certain instruments by incorporating known inputs such as recent transaction prices, pending transactions, or prices of other similar investments which require significant adjustment to reflect differences in instrument characteristics. 

·          Vendor-priced  – Prices obtained from third party pricing vendors or brokers that are used to record the fair value of the asset or liability, of which the related valuation technique and significant unobservable inputs are not provided.

 

Significant unobservable inputs presented in the previous table are those we consider significant to the fair value of the Level 3 asset or liability. We consider unobservable inputs to be significant, if by their exclusion, the fair value of the Level 3 asset or liability would be impacted by a predetermined percentage change or based on qualitative factors such as nature of the instrument, type of valuation technique used, and the significance of the unobservable inputs relative to other inputs used within the valuation. Following is a description of the significant unobservable inputs provided in the table.

 

·          Comparability adjustment – is an adjustment made to observed market data such as a transaction price in order to reflect dissimilarities in underlying collateral, issuer, rating, or other factors used within a market valuation approach, expressed as a percentage of an observed price.

·          Conversion Factor – is the risk-adjusted rate in which a particular instrument may be exchanged for another instrument upon settlement, expressed as a percentage change from a specified rate.

·          Correlation factor - is the likelihood of one instrument changing in price relative to another based on an established relationship expressed as a percentage of relative change in price over a period over time. 

·          Cost to service - is the expected cost per loan of servicing a portfolio of loans which includes estimates for unreimbursed expenses (including delinquency and foreclosure costs) that may occur as a result of servicing such loan portfolios. 

·          Credit spread – is the portion of the interest rate in excess of a benchmark interest rate, such as LIBOR or U.S. Treasury rates, that when applied to an investment captures changes in the obligor’s creditworthiness.

·          Default rate – is an estimate of the likelihood of not collecting contractual amounts owed expressed as a constant default rate (CDR). 

·          Discount rate – is a rate of return used to present value the future expected cash flow to arrive at the fair value of an instrument. The discount rate consists of a benchmark rate component and a risk premium component. The benchmark rate component, for example, LIBOR or U.S. Treasury rates, is generally observable within the market and is necessary to appropriately reflect the time value of money. The risk premium component reflects the amount of compensation market participants require due to the uncertainty inherent in the instruments’ cash flows resulting from risks such as credit and liquidity.     

·          Fall-out factor - is the expected percentage of loans associated with our interest rate lock commitment portfolio that are likely of not funding.

·          Initial-value servicing - is the estimated value of the underlying loan, including the value attributable to the embedded servicing right, expressed in basis points of outstanding unpaid principal balance. 

·          Loss severity – is the percentage of contractual cash flows lost in the event of a default. 

·          Prepayment rate – is the estimated rate at which forecasted prepayments of principal of the related loan or debt instrument are expected to occur, expressed as a constant prepayment rate (CPR).

·            Utilization rate – is the estimated rate in which incremental portions of existing reverse mortgage credit lines are expected to be drawn by borrowers, expressed as an annualized rate.

·          Volatility factor – is the extent of change in price an item is estimated to fluctuate over a specified period of time expressed as a percentage of relative change in price over a period over time. 

·          Weighted average life – is the weighted average number of years an investment is expected to remain outstanding, based on its expected cash flows reflecting the estimated date the issuer will call or extend the maturity of the instrument or otherwise reflecting an estimate of the timing of an instrument’s cash flows whose timing is not contractually fixed.

 

Significant Recurring Level 3 Fair Value Asset and Liability Input Sensitivity

We generally use discounted cash flow or similar internal modeling techniques to determine the fair value of our Level 3 assets and liabilities. Use of these techniques requires determination of relevant inputs and assumptions, some of which represent significant unobservable inputs as indicated in the preceding table. Accordingly, changes in these unobservable inputs may have a significant impact on fair value.

Certain of these unobservable inputs will (in isolation) have a directionally consistent impact on the fair value of the instrument for a given change in that input. Alternatively, the fair value of the instrument may move in an opposite direction for a given change in another input. Where multiple inputs are used within the valuation technique of an asset or liability, a change in one input in a certain direction may be offset by an opposite change in another input having a potentially muted impact to the overall fair value of that particular instrument. Additionally, a change in one unobservable input may result in a change to another unobservable input (that is, changes in

141

 


 

      

certain inputs are interrelated to one another), which may counteract or magnify the fair value impact.

 

SECURITIES, LOANS and MORTGAGES HELD FOR SALE  The fair values of predominantly all Level 3 trading securities, mortgages held for sale, loans, other nonmarketable equity investments, and securities available for sale have consistent inputs, valuation techniques and correlation to changes in underlying inputs. The internal models used to determine fair value for these Level 3 instruments use certain significant unobservable inputs within a discounted cash flow or market comparable pricing valuation technique. Such inputs include discount rate, prepayment rate, default rate, loss severity, utilization rate and weighted average life. 

These Level 3 assets would decrease (increase) in value based upon an increase (decrease) in discount rate, default rate, loss severity, or weighted average life inputs. Conversely, the fair value of these Level 3 assets would generally increase (decrease) in value if the prepayment rate input were to increase (decrease) or if the utilization rate input were to increase (decrease).   

Generally, a change in the assumption used for default rate is accompanied by a directionally similar change in the risk premium component of the discount rate (specifically, the portion related to credit risk) and a directionally opposite change in the assumption used for prepayment rates. Unobservable inputs for loss severity, utilization rate and weighted average life do not increase or decrease based on movements in the other significant unobservable inputs for these Level 3 assets. 

 

DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS  Level 3 derivative instruments are valued using market comparable pricing, option pricing and discounted cash flow valuation techniques. We utilize certain unobservable inputs within these techniques to determine the fair value of the Level 3 derivative instruments. The significant unobservable inputs consist of credit spread, a comparability adjustment, prepayment rate, default rate, loss severity, initial value servicing, fall-out factor, volatility factor, weighted average life, conversion factor, and correlation factor.


Level 3 derivative assets (liabilities) would decrease (increase) in value upon an increase (decrease) in default rate, fall-out factor, credit spread, conversion factor, or loss severity inputs. Conversely, Level 3 derivative assets (liabilities) would increase (decrease) in value upon an increase (decrease) in prepayment rate, initial-value servicing, weighted average life, or volatility factor inputs. The correlation factor and comparability adjustment inputs may have a positive or negative impact on the fair value of these derivative instruments depending on the change in value of the item the correlation factor and comparability adjustment is referencing. The correlation factor and comparability adjustment is considered independent from movements in other significant unobservable inputs for derivative instruments.

Generally, for derivative instruments for which we are subject to changes in the value of the underlying referenced instrument, change in the assumption used for default rate is accompanied by directionally similar change in the risk premium component of the discount rate (specifically, the portion related to credit risk) and a directionally opposite change in the assumption used for prepayment rates. Unobservable inputs for loss severity, fall-out factor, initial-value servicing, weighted average life, conversion factor, and volatility do not increase or decrease based on movements in other significant unobservable inputs for these Level 3 instruments.  

 

MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS  We use a discounted cash flow valuation technique to determine the fair value of Level 3 mortgage servicing rights. These models utilize certain significant unobservable inputs including prepayment rate, discount rate and costs to service. An increase in any of these unobservable inputs will reduce the fair value of the mortgage servicing rights and alternatively, a decrease in any one of these inputs would result in the mortgage servicing rights increasing in value. Generally, a change in the assumption used for the default rate is accompanied by a directionally similar change in the assumption used for cost to service and a directionally opposite change in the assumption used for prepayment. The sensitivity of our residential MSRs is discussed further in Note 7.

142

 


 

Note 13:   Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities  (continued) 

 

Assets and Liabilities Recorded at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

We may be required, from time to time, to measure certain assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with GAAP. These adjustments to fair value usually result from application of LOCOM accounting or write-downs of individual assets. For assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in the first nine months of 2013,  and year ended December 31, 2012, that were still held in the balance sheet at each respective period end, the following table provides the fair value hierarchy and the fair value of the related individual assets or portfolios at period end.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

September 30, 2013 

  

December 31, 2012

(in millions)

  

  

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

Total 

  

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

Total 

Mortgages held for sale (LOCOM) (1)

$

 - 

 721 

 922 

 1,643 

  

 - 

 1,509 

 1,045 

 2,554 

Loans held for sale

  

 - 

 39 

 - 

 39 

  

 - 

 4 

 - 

 4 

Loans:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial

  

 - 

 430 

 7 

 437 

  

 - 

 1,507 

 - 

 1,507 

  

Consumer

  

 - 

 3,517 

 7 

 3,524 

  

 - 

 5,889 

 4 

 5,893 

  

  

Total loans (2)

  

 - 

 3,947 

 14 

 3,961 

  

 - 

 7,396 

 4 

 7,400 

Other assets (3)

  

 - 

 402 

 115 

 517 

  

 - 

 989 

 144 

 1,133 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)  Predominantly real estate 1-4 family first mortgage loans.

(2)  Represents carrying value of loans for which adjustments are based on the appraised value of the collateral.

(3)  Includes the fair value of foreclosed real estate and other collateral owned that were measured at fair value subsequent to their initial classification as foreclosed assets.

 

The following table presents the increase (decrease) in value of certain assets that are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis for which a fair value adjustment has been recognized in the periods presented.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Nine months ended Sept. 30,

(in millions)

  

2013 

  

2012 

Mortgages held for sale (LOCOM)

$

 (13) 

  

 45 

Loans held for sale

  

 (1) 

  

 1 

Loans:

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial

  

 (156) 

  

 (788) 

  

Consumer(1)

  

 (1,803) 

  

 (2,813) 

  

  

Total loans

  

 (1,959) 

  

 (3,601) 

Other assets (2)

  

 (191) 

  

 (320) 

  

  

  

Total

$

 (2,164) 

  

 (3,875) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)  Represents write-downs of loans based on the appraised value of the collateral.

(2)  Includes the losses on foreclosed real estate and other collateral owned that were measured at fair value subsequent to their initial classification as foreclosed assets.

143

 


 

      

The table below provides quantitative information about the valuation techniques and significant unobservable inputs used in the valuation of substantially all of our Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis for which we use an internal model.

We have excluded from the table classes of Level 3 assets and liabilities measured using an internal model that we consider, both individually and in the aggregate, insignificant relative to our overall Level 3 nonrecurring measurements. We made this determination based upon an evaluation of each class which considered the magnitude of the positions, nature of the unobservable inputs and potential for significant changes in fair value due to changes in those inputs.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Fair Value

  

  

Significant

  

Range

  

Weighted

  

($ in millions)

  

Level 3

  

Valuation Technique(s) (1)

Unobservable Inputs (1)

  

of inputs

  

Average (2)

  

September 30, 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Residential mortgages held for sale

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(LOCOM)

$

 922 

(3)

Discounted cash flow

Default rate

(4)

1.2 

-

5.6 

%

2.7 

%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Discount rate

  

4.3 

-

12.1 

  

11.1 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loss severity

  

1.9 

-

47.5 

  

5.2 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Prepayment rate

(5)

2.0 

-

100.0 

  

67.1 

  

Insignificant level 3 assets

  

 129 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

  

  

  

 1,051 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

December 31, 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Residential mortgages held for sale

$

1,045 

(3)

Discounted cash flow

Default rate

(4)

2.9 

-

21.2 

%

7.9 

%

  

(LOCOM)

  

  

  

  

Discount rate

  

4.1 

-

11.9 

  

10.9 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loss severity

  

2.0 

-

45.0 

  

6.0 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Prepayment rate

(5)

1.0 

-

100.0 

  

66.7 

  

Insignificant level 3 assets

  

 148 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

  

  

  

 1,193 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)  Refer to the narrative following the recurring quantitative Level 3 table of this Note for a definition of the valuation technique(s) and significant unobservable inputs.

(2)  Weighted averages are calculated using outstanding unpaid principal balance of the loans.

(3)  Consists of approximately $853 million and $942 million government insured/guaranteed loans purchased from GNMA-guaranteed mortgage securitization, at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively and $69 million and $103 million of other mortgage loans which are not government insured/guaranteed at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

(4)  Applies only to non-government insured/guaranteed loans.

(5)  Includes the impact on prepayment rate of expected defaults for the government insured/guaranteed loans, which impacts the frequency and timing of early resolution of loans.

 

144

 


 

Note 13:   Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities  (continued) 

 

Alternative Investments

The following table summarizes our investments in various types of funds, which are included in trading assets, securities available for sale and other assets. We use the funds’ net asset values (NAVs) per share as a practical expedient to measure fair value on recurring and nonrecurring bases. The fair values presented in the table are based upon the funds’ NAVs or an equivalent measure.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Redemption 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Fair 

Unfunded 

Redemption 

notice 

(in millions)

  

value 

commitments 

frequency 

period 

September 30, 2013

  

  

  

  

  

Offshore funds

$

 391 

 - 

Daily - Quarterly

1 - 180 days

Funds of funds

  

 - 

 - 

N/A

N/A

Hedge funds

  

 3 

 - 

Monthly - Semi Annually

5 - 95 days

Private equity funds

  

 740 

 170 

N/A

N/A

Venture capital funds

  

 77 

 16 

N/A

N/A

  

Total

$

 1,211 

 186 

  

  

December 31, 2012

  

  

  

  

  

Offshore funds

$

 379 

 - 

Daily - Annually

1 - 180 days

Funds of funds

  

 1 

 - 

Quarterly

90 days

Hedge funds

  

 2 

 - 

Daily - Annually

5 - 95 days

Private equity funds

  

 807 

 195 

N/A

N/A

Venture capital funds

  

 82 

 21 

N/A

N/A

  

Total

$

 1,271 

 216 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

N/A - Not applicable

 

Offshore funds primarily invest in investment grade European fixed-income securities. Redemption restrictions are in place for these investments with a fair value of $187 million and $189 million at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, due to lock-up provisions that will remain in effect until February 2016.

Private equity funds invest in equity and debt securities issued by private and publicly-held companies in connection with leveraged buyouts, recapitalizations and expansion opportunities. Substantially all of these investments do not allow redemptions. Alternatively, we receive distributions as the underlying assets of the funds liquidate, which we expect to occur over the next twelve years.  

Venture capital funds invest in domestic and foreign companies in a variety of industries, including information technology, financial services and healthcare. These investments can never be redeemed with the funds. Instead, we receive distributions as the underlying assets of the fund liquidate, which we expect to occur over the next five years. 

145

 


 

      

Fair Value Option

We measure MHFS at fair value for prime MHFS originations for which an active secondary market and readily available market prices exist to reliably support fair value pricing models used for these loans. Loan origination fees on these loans are recorded when earned, and related direct loan origination costs are recognized when incurred. We also measure at fair value certain of our other interests held related to residential loan sales and securitizations. We believe fair value measurement for prime MHFS and other interests held, which we hedge with free-standing derivatives (economic hedges) along with our MSRs measured at fair value, reduces certain timing differences and better matches changes in the value of these assets with changes in the value of derivatives used as economic hedges for these assets.

We elected to measure certain LHFS portfolios at fair value in conjunction with customer accommodation activities, to better align the measurement basis of the assets held with our management objectives given the trading nature of these portfolios. In addition, we elected to measure at fair value certain letters of credit and nonmarketable equity securities that are hedged with derivative instruments to better reflect the economics of the transactions. The letters of credit are included in trading account assets or liabilities, and the nonmarketable equity securities are included in other assets.

Loans that we measure at fair value consist predominantly of reverse mortgage loans previously transferred under a GNMA reverse mortgage securitization program accounted for as a secured borrowing. Before the transfer, they were classified as MHFS measured at fair value and, as such, remain carried on our balance sheet under the fair value option.

Similarly, we may elect fair value option for the assets and liabilities of certain consolidated VIEs. This option is generally elected for newly consolidated VIEs for which predominantly all of our interests, prior to consolidation, are carried at fair value with changes in fair value recorded to earnings. Accordingly, such an election allows us to continue fair value accounting through earnings for those interests and eliminate income statement mismatch otherwise caused by differences in the measurement basis of the consolidated VIEs assets and liabilities.

The following table reflects the differences between fair value carrying amount of certain assets and liabilities for which we have elected the fair value option and the contractual aggregate unpaid principal amount at maturity.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

September 30, 2013 

  

December 31, 2012 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Fair value 

  

  

  

Fair value 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

carrying 

  

  

  

carrying 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

amount 

  

  

  

amount 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

less 

  

  

  

less 

  

  

  

  

Fair value 

Aggregate 

aggregate 

  

Fair value 

Aggregate 

aggregate 

  

  

  

  

  

carrying 

unpaid 

unpaid 

  

carrying 

unpaid 

unpaid 

  

(in millions)

  

amount 

principal 

principal 

  

amount 

principal 

principal 

  

Mortgages held for sale:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total loans

$

 23,209 

 22,836 

 373 

(1)

 42,305 

 41,183 

 1,122 

(1)

  

Nonaccrual loans

  

 264 

 460 

 (196) 

  

 309 

 655 

 (346) 

  

  

Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing

  

 36 

 43 

 (7) 

  

 49 

 64 

 (15) 

  

Loans held for sale:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total loans

  

 2 

 9 

 (7) 

  

 6 

 10 

 (4) 

  

  

Nonaccrual loans

  

 2 

 9 

 (7) 

  

 2 

 6 

 (4) 

  

Loans:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total loans

  

 6,051 

 5,689 

 362 

  

 6,206 

 5,669 

 537 

  

  

Nonaccrual loans

  

 141 

 142 

 (1) 

  

 89 

 89 

 - 

  

  

Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing

  

 18 

 17 

 1 

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

  

Other assets  (2)

  

 911 

n/a 

n/a 

  

 - 

n/a 

n/a 

  

Long-term debt

  

 - 

 (199) 

 199 

(3)

 (1) 

 (1,157) 

 1,156 

(3)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)  The difference between fair value carrying amount and aggregate unpaid principal includes changes in fair value recorded at and subsequent to funding, gains and losses on the related loan commitment prior to funding, and premiums on acquired loans.

(2)  Consists of nonmarketable equity investments carried at fair value.  See Note 6 for more information.

(3)  Represents collateralized, non-recourse debt securities issued by certain of our consolidated securitization VIEs that are held by third party investors. To the extent cash flows from the underlying collateral are not sufficient to pay the unpaid principal amount of the debt, those third party investors absorb losses.

146

 


 

Note 13:   Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities  (continued) 

 

The assets and liabilities accounted for under the fair value option are initially measured at fair value. Gains and losses from initial measurement and subsequent changes in fair value are recognized in earnings. The changes in fair value related to initial measurement and subsequent changes in fair value included in earnings for these assets and liabilities measured at fair value are shown, by income statement line item, below.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 2013 

  

 2012 

  

  

  

Net gains 

  

  

  

Net gains 

  

  

  

Mortgage 

(losses) 

  

  

Mortgage 

(losses) 

  

  

  

banking 

from 

Other  

  

banking 

from 

Other  

  

  

noninterest 

trading 

noninterest 

  

noninterest 

trading 

noninterest 

(in millions)

  

income 

activities 

income 

  

income 

activities 

income 

Quarter ended September 30,

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Mortgages held for sale

 771 

 - 

 - 

  

 2,594 

 - 

 - 

Loans held for sale

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

  

 - 

 - 

 4 

Loans

  

 - 

 - 

 (21) 

  

 - 

 - 

 54 

Other assets

  

 - 

 - 

 54 

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

Long-term debt

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

  

 - 

 - 

 (19) 

Other interests held (1)

  

 - 

 (4) 

 - 

  

 - 

 (12) 

 18 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Nine months ended September 30,

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Mortgages held for sale

 1,805 

 - 

 - 

  

 6,915 

 - 

 1 

Loans held for sale

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

  

 - 

 - 

 23 

Loans

  

 - 

 - 

 (175) 

  

 - 

 - 

 81 

Other assets

  

 - 

 - 

 93 

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

Long-term debt

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

  

 - 

 - 

 (23) 

Other interests held (1)

  

 - 

 (17) 

 6 

  

 - 

 (36) 

 33 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)

Consists of retained interests in securitization and changes in fair value of letters of credit.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

For performing loans, instrument-specific credit risk gains or losses were derived principally by determining the change in fair value of the loans due to changes in the observable or implied credit spread. Credit spread is the market yield on the loans less the relevant risk-free benchmark interest rate. In recent years spreads have been significantly affected by the lack of liquidity in the secondary market for mortgage loans. For nonperforming loans, we attribute all changes in fair value to instrument-specific credit risk. The following table shows the estimated gains and losses from earnings attributable to instrument-specific credit risk related to assets accounted for under the fair value option.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Quarter ended Sept. 30, 

  

Nine months ended Sept. 30, 

(in millions)

  

 2013 

 2012 

  

 2013 

 2012 

Gains (losses) attributable to instrument-specific credit risk:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Mortgages held for sale

$

 1 

 (8) 

  

 126 

 (99) 

  

Loans held for sale

  

 - 

 4 

  

 - 

 23 

  

  

Total

$

 1 

 (4) 

  

 126 

 (76) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

147

 


 

      

Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The table below is a summary of fair value estimates for financial instruments, excluding financial instruments recorded at fair value on a recurring basis as they are included within the Assets and Liabilities Recorded at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis table included earlier in this Note. The carrying amounts in the following table are recorded in the balance sheet under the indicated captions.

We have not included assets and liabilities that are not financial instruments in our disclosure, such as the value of the long-term relationships with our deposit, credit card and trust customers, amortized MSRs, premises and equipment, goodwill and other intangibles, deferred taxes and other liabilities. The total of the fair value calculations presented does not represent, and should not be construed to represent, the underlying value of the Company.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Estimated fair value 

  

(in millions)

  

Carrying amount 

  

Level 1 

  

Level 2 

  

Level 3 

  

Total

  

September 30, 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Financial assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Cash and due from banks (1)

 18,928 

  

 18,928 

  

 - 

  

 - 

  

 18,928 

  

  

Federal funds sold, securities purchased under resale

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

agreements and other short-term investments (1)

  

 182,036 

  

 5,327 

  

 176,709 

  

 - 

  

 182,036 

  

  

Mortgages held for sale (2)

  

 2,186 

  

 - 

  

 1,267 

  

 922 

  

 2,189 

  

  

Loans held for sale (2)

  

 202 

  

 - 

  

 182 

  

 24 

  

 206 

  

  

Loans, net (3)

  

 779,525 

  

 - 

  

 56,776 

  

 728,612 

  

 785,388 

  

  

Nonmarketable equity investments (cost method)

  

 7,201 

  

 - 

  

 - 

  

 8,700 

  

 8,700 

  

Financial liabilities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Deposits

  

 1,041,871 

  

 - 

  

 996,869 

  

 45,421 

  

 1,042,290 

  

  

Short-term borrowings (1)

  

 53,851 

  

 - 

  

 53,851 

  

 - 

  

 53,851 

  

  

Long-term debt (4)

  

 151,201 

  

 - 

  

 142,862 

  

 10,678 

  

 153,540 

  

December 31, 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Financial assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Cash and due from banks (1)

 21,860 

  

 21,860 

  

 - 

  

 - 

  

 21,860 

  

  

Federal funds sold, securities purchased under resale

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

agreements and other short-term investments (1)

  

 137,313 

  

 5,046 

  

 132,267 

  

 - 

  

 137,313 

  

  

Mortgages held for sale (2)

  

 4,844 

  

 - 

  

 3,808 

  

 1,045 

  

 4,853 

  

  

Loans held for sale (2)

  

 104 

  

 - 

  

 83 

  

 29 

  

 112 

  

  

Loans, net (3)

  

 763,968 

  

 - 

  

 56,237 

  

 716,114 

  

 772,351 

  

  

Nonmarketable equity investments (cost method)

  

 6,799 

  

 - 

  

 2 

  

 8,229 

  

 8,231 

  

Financial liabilities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Deposits

  

 1,002,835 

  

 - 

  

 946,922 

  

 57,020 

  

 1,003,942 

  

  

Short-term borrowings (1)

  

 57,175 

  

 - 

  

 57,175 

  

 - 

  

 57,175 

  

  

Long-term debt (4)

  

 127,366 

  

 - 

  

 119,220 

  

 11,063 

  

 130,283 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)  Amounts consist of financial instruments in which carrying value approximates fair value.

(2)  Balance reflects MHFS and LHFS, as applicable, other than those MHFS and LHFS for which election of the fair value option was made.

(3)  Loans exclude balances for which the fair value option was elected and also exclude lease financing with a carrying amount of $11.7 billion and $12.4 billion at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

(4)  The carrying amount and fair value exclude balances for which the fair value option was elected and obligations under capital leases of $11 million and $12 million at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

 

Loan commitments, standby letters of credit and commercial and similar letters of credit are not included in the table above.  A reasonable estimate of the fair value of these instruments is the carrying value of deferred fees plus the related allowance. This amounted to $617 million and $586 million at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.


148

 


 

      

Note 14:  Preferred Stock                                                                                                                                          

We are authorized to issue 20 million shares of preferred stock and 4 million shares of preference stock, both without par value. Preferred shares outstanding rank senior to common shares both as to dividends and liquidation preference but have no general voting rights. We have not issued any preference shares under this authorization. If issued, preference shares would be limited to one vote per share. Our total issued and outstanding preferred stock includes Dividend Equalization Preferred (DEP) shares and Series I, J, K, L, N, O, P and Q which are presented in the following two tables, and Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP) Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock, which is presented in the second table below and the table on the following page.         

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

September 30, 2013

  

December 31, 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Liquidation 

Shares 

  

  

Liquidation 

Shares 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

preference 

authorized 

  

  

preference 

authorized 

  

  

per share 

and designated 

  

  

per share 

and designated

DEP Shares

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Dividend Equalization Preferred Shares

$

 10 

 97,000 

  

$

 10 

 97,000 

Series G

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

7.25% Class A Preferred Stock

  

 15,000 

 50,000 

  

  

 15,000 

 50,000 

Series H

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Floating Class A Preferred Stock

  

 20,000 

 50,000 

  

  

 20,000 

 50,000 

Series I

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Floating Class A Preferred Stock

  

 100,000 

 25,010 

  

  

 100,000 

 25,010 

Series J

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

8.00% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock

  

 1,000 

 2,300,000 

  

  

 1,000 

 2,300,000 

Series K

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

7.98% Fixed-to-Floating Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock

  

 1,000 

 3,500,000 

  

  

 1,000 

 3,500,000 

Series L

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

7.50% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Class A Preferred Stock

  

 1,000 

 4,025,000 

  

  

 1,000 

 4,025,000 

Series N

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

5.20% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock

  

 25,000 

 30,000 

  

  

 25,000 

 30,000 

Series O

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

5.125% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock

  

 25,000 

 27,600 

  

  

 25,000 

 27,600 

Series P

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

5.25% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock

  

 25,000 

 26,400 

  

  

 - 

 - 

Series Q

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

5.85% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock

  

 25,000 

 69,000 

  

  

 - 

 - 

  

Total

  

  

 10,200,010 

  

  

  

 10,104,610 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

September 30, 2013

  

December 31, 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Shares 

  

  

  

  

  

Shares 

  

  

  

  

  

issued and 

  

Par 

Carrying 

  

  

issued and 

  

Par 

Carrying 

  

(in millions, except shares)

outstanding 

  

value 

value 

Discount 

  

outstanding 

  

 value 

value 

Discount 

DEP Shares

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Dividend Equalization Preferred Shares

 96,546 

 - 

 - 

 - 

  

 96,546 

 - 

 - 

 - 

Series I (1) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Floating Class A Preferred Stock

 25,010 

  

 2,501 

 2,501 

 - 

  

 25,010 

  

 2,501 

 2,501 

 - 

Series J (1) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

8.00% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock

 2,150,375 

  

 2,150 

 1,995 

 155 

  

 2,150,375 

  

 2,150 

 1,995 

 155 

Series K (1) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

7.98% Fixed-to-Floating Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock

 3,352,000 

  

 3,352 

 2,876 

 476 

  

 3,352,000 

  

 3,352 

 2,876 

 476 

Series L (1) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

7.50% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Class A Preferred Stock

 3,968,000 

  

 3,968 

 3,200 

 768 

  

 3,968,000 

  

 3,968 

 3,200 

 768 

Series N (1) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

5.20% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock

 30,000 

  

 750 

 750 

 - 

  

 30,000 

  

 750 

 750 

 - 

Series O (1) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

5.125% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock

 26,000 

  

 650 

 650 

 - 

  

 26,000 

  

 650 

 650 

 - 

Series P (1) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

5.25% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock

 25,000 

  

 625 

 625 

 - 

  

 - 

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

Series Q (1)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

5.85% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock

 69,000 

  

 1,725 

 1,725 

 - 

  

 - 

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

ESOP

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock

 1,227,182 

  

 1,227 

 1,227 

 - 

  

 910,934 

  

 911 

 911 

 - 

  

Total

 10,969,113 

 16,948 

 15,549 

 1,399 

  

 10,558,865 

 14,282 

 12,883 

 1,399 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)  Preferred shares qualify as Tier 1 capital.

149

 


 

      

In March 2013, we issued 25 million Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/1,000th interest in a share of the Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock, Series P, for an aggregate public offering price of $625 million.

In July 2013, we issued 69 million Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/1,000th interest in a share of the Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock, Series Q, for an aggregate public offering price of $1.7 billion.

See Note 7 for additional information on our trust preferred securities. We do not have a commitment to issue Series G or H preferred stock.

 

ESOP Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock  All shares of our ESOP Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock (ESOP Preferred Stock) were issued to a trustee acting on behalf of the Wells Fargo & Company 401(k) Plan (the 401(k) Plan). Dividends on the ESOP Preferred Stock are cumulative from the date of initial issuance and are payable quarterly at annual rates based upon the year of issuance. Each share of ESOP Preferred Stock released from the unallocated reserve of the 401(k) Plan is converted into shares of our common stock based on the stated value of the ESOP Preferred Stock and the then current market price of our common stock. The ESOP Preferred Stock is also convertible at the option of the holder at any time, unless previously redeemed. We have the option to redeem the ESOP Preferred Stock at any time, in whole or in part, at a redemption price per share equal to the higher of (a) $1,000 per share plus accrued and unpaid dividends or (b) the fair market value, as defined in the Certificates of Designation for the ESOP Preferred Stock.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Shares issued and outstanding 

  

  

Carrying value 

  

Adjustable

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Sept. 30, 

Dec. 31, 

  

  

Sept. 30, 

  

Dec. 31, 

  

dividend rate 

(in millions, except shares)

 2013 

 2012 

  

  

 2013 

  

 2012 

  

Minimum 

Maximum 

ESOP Preferred Stock

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

$1,000 liquidation preference per share

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

2013

  

  

  

 434,007 

 - 

  

 434 

  

 - 

  

 8.50 

 11.00 

  

2012

  

  

  

 224,454 

 245,604 

  

  

 224 

  

 246 

  

 10.00 

  

 11.00 

  

2011

  

  

  

 250,263 

 277,263 

  

  

 250 

  

 277 

  

 9.00 

  

 10.00 

  

2010

  

  

  

 178,511 

 201,011 

  

  

 179 

  

 201 

  

 9.50 

  

 10.50 

  

2008

  

  

  

 61,724 

 73,434 

  

  

 62 

  

 73 

  

 10.50 

  

 11.50 

  

2007

  

  

  

 42,878 

 53,768 

  

  

 43 

  

 54 

  

 10.75 

  

 11.75 

  

2006

  

  

  

 24,244 

 33,559 

  

  

 24 

  

 34 

  

 10.75 

  

 11.75 

  

2005

  

  

 11,101 

 18,882 

  

  

 11 

  

 19 

  

 9.75 

  

 10.75 

  

2004

  

  

  

 - 

 7,413 

  

  

 - 

  

 7 

  

 8.50 

  

 9.50 

Total ESOP Preferred Stock (1)

 1,227,182 

 910,934 

  

 1,227 

  

 911 

  

  

  

  

Unearned ESOP shares (2)

  

  

  

 (1,332) 

  

 (986) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)  At September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, additional paid-in capital included $105 million and $75 million, respectively, related to ESOP preferred stock.             

(2)  We recorded a corresponding charge to unearned ESOP shares in connection with the issuance of the ESOP Preferred Stock. The unearned ESOP shares are reduced as shares of the ESOP Preferred Stock are committed to be released.                                                                                                                                                                                                                           

                                                                                                                                                                                     

150

 


 

      

Note 15: Employee Benefits                                                                                                                                      

We sponsor a noncontributory qualified defined benefit retirement plan, the Wells Fargo & Company Cash Balance Plan (Cash Balance Plan), which covers eligible employees of Wells Fargo. Benefits accrued under the Cash Balance Plan were frozen effective July 1, 2009.

The net periodic benefit cost was:

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 2013 

  

 2012 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Pension benefits 

  

  

Pension benefits 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non- 

Other 

  

  

Non- 

Other 

(in millions)

Qualified 

qualified 

benefits 

  

Qualified 

qualified 

benefits 

Quarter ended September 30,

  

  

  

  

Service cost

 1 

 - 

 3 

  

 - 

 1 

 3 

Interest cost

  

 121 

 7 

 11 

  

 128 

 8 

 15 

Expected return on plan assets

  

 (166) 

 - 

 (9) 

  

 (162) 

 - 

 (9) 

Amortization of net actuarial loss

  

 29 

 4 

 - 

  

 33 

 2 

 - 

Amortization of prior service credit

  

 - 

 - 

 (1) 

  

 - 

 - 

 (1) 

Settlement

  

 27 

 - 

 - 

  

 1 

 - 

 (2) 

  

Net periodic benefit cost (income)

$

 12 

 11 

 4 

  

 - 

 11 

 6 

Nine months ended September 30,

  

  

  

  

Service cost

 1 

 - 

 8 

  

 1 

 1 

 9 

Interest cost

  

 347 

 21 

 35 

  

 384 

 24 

 45 

Expected return on plan assets

  

 (507) 

 - 

 (27) 

  

 (487) 

 - 

 (26) 

Amortization of net actuarial loss

  

 113 

 11 

 - 

  

 99 

 7 

 - 

Amortization of prior service credit

  

 - 

 - 

 (2) 

  

 - 

 - 

 (2) 

Settlement

  

 95 

 4 

 - 

  

 2 

 5 

 (3) 

  

Net periodic benefit cost (income)

$

 49 

 36 

 14 

  

 (1) 

 37 

 23 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

We recognize settlement losses for our Cash Balance Plan based on an assessment of whether our estimated lump sum payments related to the Cash Balance Plan will, in aggregate for the year, exceed the sum of its annual service and interest cost. Settlement losses of $27 million during third quarter 2013 and $95 million as of September 30, 2013  were recognized, representing the pro rata portion of the net loss remaining in cumulative other comprehensive income based on the percentage reduction in the Cash Balance Plan’s projected benefit obligation. Recognizing settlement losses resulted in a re-measurement that decreased the Cash Balance Plan liability by $297 million and $1.1 billion for the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2013, respectively, and with the impact of the settlement, increased other comprehensive income pre-tax by $324 million  and $1.2 billion for the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2013, respectively, and after-tax by $202 million and $726 million for the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2013, respectively. The re-measurement was based on a discount rate of 4.75% at September 30, 2013.

151

 


 

   

Note 16:  Earnings Per Common Share                                                                                                                     

The table below shows earnings per common share and diluted earnings per common share and reconciles the numerator and denominator of both earnings per common share calculations.  See Note 1 for discussion of private share repurchases and the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Quarter ended Sept. 30, 

  

Nine months ended Sept. 30, 

(in millions, except per share amounts)

  

2013 

  

2012 

  

2013 

  

2012 

Wells Fargo net income

 5,578 

  

 4,937 

  

 16,268 

  

 13,807 

Less:

Preferred stock dividends and other (1)

  

 261 

  

 220 

  

 748 

  

 665 

Wells Fargo net income applicable to common stock (numerator)

5,317 

  

4,717 

  

15,520 

  

13,142 

Earnings per common share

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Average common shares outstanding (denominator)

  

 5,295.3 

  

 5,288.1 

  

 5,293.0 

  

 5,292.7 

Per share

 1.00 

  

 0.89 

  

 2.93 

  

 2.48 

Diluted earnings per common share

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Average common shares outstanding

  

 5,295.3 

  

 5,288.1 

  

 5,293.0 

  

 5,292.7 

Add:  

Stock options

  

 34.0 

  

 28.7 

  

 32.6 

  

 28.3 

  

  

Restricted share rights

  

 44.5 

  

 38.6 

  

 43.9 

  

 34.7 

  

  

Warrants

  

 7.9 

  

 0.2 

  

 5.2 

  

 - 

Diluted average common shares outstanding (denominator)

  

 5,381.7 

  

 5,355.6 

  

 5,374.7 

  

 5,355.7 

Per share

 0.99 

  

 0.88 

  

 2.89 

  

 2.45 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)  Includes $261 million and $220 million of preferred stock dividends for third quarter 2013 and 2012, respectively, and $747 million and $659 million for the first nine months of 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

The following table presents the outstanding options and warrants to purchase shares of common stock that were anti-dilutive (the exercise price was higher than the weighted-average market price), and therefore not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per common share.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Weighted-average shares

  

Quarter ended Sept. 30, 

  

Nine months ended Sept. 30, 

(in millions)

2013 

  

2012 

  

2013 

  

2012 

Options

 10.2 

  

 53.5 

  

 11.3 

  

 57.2 

Warrants

 - 

  

 - 

  

 - 

  

 39.2 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

152

 


 

      

Note 17:  Other Comprehensive Income                                                                                                                   

The components of other comprehensive income (OCI), reclassifications to net income by income statement line item, and the related tax effects were:

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Quarter ended September 30,

  

Nine months ended September 30,

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 2013 

  

 2012 

  

 2013 

  

 2012 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Before 

Tax 

  

Net of 

  

Before 

Tax 

Net of 

  

Before 

Tax 

  

Net of 

  

Before 

Tax 

Net of 

(in millions)

  

tax 

effect 

  

tax 

  

tax 

effect 

tax 

  

tax 

effect 

  

tax 

  

tax 

effect 

tax 

Securities available for sale:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net unrealized gains (losses)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

arising during the period

$

 842 

 (199) 

  

 643 

  

 2,892 

 (1,077) 

 1,815 

  

 (5,922) 

 2,331 

  

 (3,591) 

  

 5,597 

 (2,097) 

 3,500 

  

Reclassification of net (gains)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

losses to net income:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net (gains) losses on debt securities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

available for sale

  

 6 

 (3) 

  

 3 

  

 (3) 

 1 

 (2) 

  

 15 

 (6) 

  

 9 

  

 65 

 (25) 

 40 

  

  

  

Net gains from equity

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

investments

  

 (120) 

 45 

  

 (75) 

  

 (38) 

 14 

 (24) 

  

 (212) 

 80 

  

 (132) 

  

 (355) 

 134 

 (221) 

  

  

  

  

  

Subtotal reclassifications

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

to net income

  

 (114) 

 42 

  

 (72) 

  

 (41) 

 15 

 (26) 

  

 (197) 

 74 

  

 (123) 

  

 (290) 

 109 

 (181) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net change

  

 728 

 (157) 

  

 571 

  

 2,851 

 (1,062) 

 1,789 

  

 (6,119) 

 2,405 

  

 (3,714) 

  

 5,307 

 (1,988) 

 3,319 

Derivatives and hedging activities:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net unrealized gains (losses)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

arising during the period

  

 (7) 

 3 

  

 (4) 

  

 24 

 (3) 

 21 

  

 (10) 

 4 

  

 (6) 

  

 63 

 (19) 

 44 

  

Reclassification of net (gains) losses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

on cash flow hedges to net income:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest income on loans

  

 (106) 

 35 

  

 (71) 

  

 (118) 

 48 

 (70) 

  

 (337) 

 122 

  

 (215) 

  

 (370) 

 143 

 (227) 

  

  

  

Interest expense on long-term debt

 19 

 (7) 

  

 12 

  

 24 

 (8) 

 16 

  

 73 

 (27) 

  

 46 

  

 70 

 (26) 

 44 

  

  

  

Noninterest income

  

 18 

 (7) 

  

 11 

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

  

 35 

 (13) 

  

 22 

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

  

  

  

Salaries expense

  

 - 

 - 

  

 - 

  

 5 

 (2) 

 3 

  

 4 

 (2) 

  

 2 

  

 5 

 (2) 

 3 

  

  

  

  

  

Subtotal reclassifications

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

to net income

 (69) 

 21 

  

 (48) 

  

 (89) 

 38 

 (51) 

  

 (225) 

 80 

  

 (145) 

  

 (295) 

 115 

 (180) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net change

 (76) 

 24 

  

 (52) 

  

 (65) 

 35 

 (30) 

  

 (235) 

 84 

  

 (151) 

  

 (232) 

 96 

 (136) 

Defined benefit plans adjustments:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net actuarial gains (losses) arising

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

during the period

  

 297 

 (112) 

  

 185 

  

 (1) 

 - 

 (1) 

  

 1,075 

 (405) 

  

 670 

  

 (18) 

 7 

 (11) 

  

Reclassification of amounts to net

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

periodic benefit costs (1):

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Amortization of net actuarial loss

 33 

 (13) 

  

 20 

  

 35 

 (13) 

 22 

  

 124 

 (47) 

  

 77 

  

 106 

 (40) 

 66 

  

  

  

Settlements and other

  

 26 

 (9) 

  

 17 

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

  

 97 

 (36) 

  

 61 

  

 5 

 (2) 

 3 

  

  

  

  

  

Subtotal reclassifications to

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

net periodic benefit costs

 59 

 (22) 

  

 37 

  

 35 

 (13) 

 22 

  

 221 

 (83) 

  

 138 

  

 111 

 (42) 

 69 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net change

 356 

 (134) 

  

 222 

  

 34 

 (13) 

 21 

  

 1,296 

 (488) 

  

 808 

  

 93 

 (35) 

 58 

Foreign currency translation adjustments:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net unrealized gains (losses) arising

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

during the period

  

 12 

 2 

  

 14 

  

 45 

 (17) 

 28 

  

 (27) 

 (4) 

  

 (31) 

  

 (1) 

 - 

 (1) 

  

Reclassification of net (gains)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

losses to net income:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Noninterest income

  

 3 

 - 

  

 3 

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

  

 (12) 

 5 

  

 (7) 

  

 (10) 

 4 

 (6) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net change

 15 

 2 

  

 17 

  

 45 

 (17) 

 28 

  

 (39) 

 1 

  

 (38) 

  

 (11) 

 4 

 (7) 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

$

 1,023 

 (265) 

  

 758 

  

 2,865 

 (1,057) 

 1,808 

  

 (5,097) 

 2,002 

  

 (3,095) 

  

 5,157 

 (1,923) 

 3,234 

Less:  Other comprehensive income

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

from noncontrolling interests, net of tax

  

  

  

 266 

  

  

  

 2 

  

  

  

  

 266 

  

  

  

 6 

  

  

Wells Fargo other comprehensive

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

income (loss), net of tax

  

  

  

 492 

  

  

  

 1,806 

  

  

  

  

 (3,361) 

  

  

  

 3,228 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)    These items are included in the computation of net periodic benefit cost which is recorded in employee benefit expense (see Note 15 for additional details).

 

153

 


 

      

Cumulative OCI balances were:

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Cumulative 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Derivatives 

  

Defined 

  

Foreign 

  

other 

  

  

  

  

  

Securities 

  

and 

  

benefit 

  

currency 

  

compre- 

  

  

  

  

  

available 

  

hedging 

  

plans 

  

translation 

  

hensive 

(in millions)

  

for sale 

  

activities 

  

adjustments 

  

adjustments 

  

income 

Quarter ended September 30, 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Balance, beginning of period

$

 3,177 

  

 190 

  

 (1,595) 

  

 25 

  

 1,797 

  

Net unrealized gains (losses)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

arising during the period

  

 643 

  

 (4) 

  

 185 

  

 14 

  

 838 

  

Amounts reclassified to net income

  

 (72) 

  

 (48) 

  

 37 

  

 3 

  

 (80) 

  

Net change

  

 571 

  

 (52) 

  

 222 

  

 17 

  

 758 

  

Less:  Other comprehensive income from

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

noncontrolling interests

  

 265 

  

 - 

  

 - 

  

 1 

  

 266 

Balance, end of period

$

 3,483 

  

 138 

  

 (1,373) 

  

 41 

  

 2,289 

Quarter ended September 30, 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Balance, beginning of period

$

 5,939 

  

 384 

  

 (1,749) 

  

 55 

  

 4,629 

  

Net unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period

  

 1,815 

  

 21 

  

 (1) 

  

 28 

  

 1,863 

  

Amounts reclassified to net income

  

 (26) 

  

 (51) 

  

 22 

  

 - 

  

 (55) 

  

Net change

  

 1,789 

  

 (30) 

  

 21 

  

 28 

  

 1,808 

  

Less:  Other comprehensive income (loss) from

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

noncontrolling interests

  

 3 

  

 - 

  

 - 

  

 (1) 

  

 2 

Balance, end of period

$

 7,725 

  

 354 

  

 (1,728) 

  

 84 

  

 6,435 

Nine months ended September 30, 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Balance, beginning of period

$

 7,462 

  

 289 

  

 (2,181) 

  

 80 

  

 5,650 

  

Net unrealized gains (losses)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

arising during the period

  

 (3,591) 

  

 (6) 

  

 670 

  

 (31) 

  

 (2,958) 

  

Amounts reclassified to net income

  

 (123) 

  

 (145) 

  

 138 

  

 (7) 

  

 (137) 

  

Net change

  

 (3,714) 

  

 (151) 

  

 808 

  

 (38) 

  

 (3,095) 

  

Less:  Other comprehensive income from

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

noncontrolling interests

  

 265 

  

 - 

  

 - 

  

 1 

  

 266 

Balance, end of period

$

 3,483 

  

 138 

  

 (1,373) 

  

 41 

  

 2,289 

Nine months ended September 30, 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Balance, beginning of period

$

 4,413 

  

 490 

  

 (1,786) 

  

 90 

  

 3,207 

  

Net unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period

  

 3,500 

  

 44 

  

 (11) 

  

 (1) 

  

 3,532 

  

Amounts reclassified to net income

  

 (181) 

  

 (180) 

  

 69 

  

 (6) 

  

 (298) 

  

Net change

  

 3,319 

  

 (136) 

  

 58 

  

 (7) 

  

 3,234 

  

Less:  Other comprehensive income (loss) from

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

noncontrolling interests

  

 7 

  

 - 

  

 - 

  

 (1) 

  

 6 

Balance, end of period

$

 7,725 

  

 354 

  

 (1,728) 

  

 84 

  

 6,435 

154

 


 

      

Note 18:  Operating Segments                                                                                                                                   

We have three operating segments for management reporting: Community Banking; Wholesale Banking; and Wealth, Brokerage and Retirement. The results for these operating segments are based on our management accounting process, for which there is no comprehensive, authoritative guidance equivalent to GAAP for financial accounting. The management accounting process measures the performance of the operating segments based on our management structure and is not necessarily comparable with similar information for other financial services companies. We define our operating segments by product type and customer segment. If the management structure and/or the allocation process changes, allocations, transfers and assignments may change.

 

Community Banking offers a complete line of diversified financial products and services to consumers and small businesses with annual sales generally up to $20 million in which the owner generally is the financial decision maker. Community Banking also offers investment management and other services to retail customers and securities brokerage through affiliates. These products and services include the Wells Fargo Advantage FundsSM, a family of mutual funds. Loan products include lines of credit, auto floor plan lines, equity lines and loans, equipment and transportation loans, education loans, origination and purchase of residential mortgage loans and servicing of mortgage loans and credit cards. Other credit products and financial services available to small businesses and their owners include equipment leases, real estate and other commercial financing, Small Business Administration financing, venture capital financing, cash management, payroll services, retirement plans, Health Savings Accounts, credit cards, and merchant payment processing. Community Banking also offers private label financing solutions for retail merchants across the United States and purchases retail installment contracts from auto dealers in the United States and Puerto Rico. Consumer and business deposit products include checking accounts, savings deposits, market rate accounts, Individual Retirement Accounts, time deposits, global remittance and debit cards.

Community Banking serves customers through a complete range of channels, including traditional banking stores, in-store banking centers, business centers, ATMs, Online and Mobile Banking, and Wells Fargo Customer Connection, a 24-hours a day, seven days a week telephone service.

 

Wholesale Banking provides financial solutions to businesses across the United States with annual sales generally in excess of $20 million and to financial institutions globally. Wholesale Banking provides a complete line of commercial, corporate, capital markets, cash management and real estate banking products and services. These include traditional commercial loans and lines of credit, letters of credit, asset-based lending, equipment leasing, international trade facilities, trade financing, collection services, foreign exchange services, treasury management, investment management, institutional fixed-income sales, interest rate, commodity and equity risk management, online/electronic products such as the Commercial Electronic Office® (CEO®) portal, insurance, corporate trust fiduciary and agency services, and investment banking services. Wholesale Banking manages customer investments through institutional separate accounts and mutual funds, including the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds and Wells Capital Management. Wholesale Banking also supports the CRE market with products and services such as construction loans for commercial and residential development, land acquisition and development loans, secured and unsecured lines of credit, interim financing arrangements for completed structures, rehabilitation loans, affordable housing loans and letters of credit, permanent loans for securitization, CRE loan servicing and real estate and mortgage brokerage services.

 

Wealth, Brokerage and Retirement provides a full range of financial advisory services to clients using a planning approach to meet each client's financial needs. Wealth Management provides affluent and high net worth clients with a complete range of wealth management solutions, including financial planning, private banking, credit, investment management and fiduciary services. Abbot Downing, a Wells Fargo business, provides comprehensive wealth management services to ultra high net worth  families and individuals as well as endowments and foundations. Brokerage serves customers' advisory, brokerage and other financial needs as part of one of the largest full-service brokerage firms in the United States. Retirement is a national leader in providing institutional retirement and trust services (including 401(k) and pension plan recordkeeping) for businesses, retail retirement solutions for individuals and reinsurance services for the life insurance industry.

 

Other includes corporate items not specific to a business segment and elimination of certain items that are included in more than one business segment, substantially all of which represents products and services for wealth management customers provided in Community Banking stores.

155

 


 

      

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Wealth, 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Brokerage

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Community 

  

Wholesale 

  

  

and 

  

  

  

  

Consolidated

(income/expense in millions,

  

 Banking 

  

Banking  

  

Retirement

  

Other (1) 

  

Company 

average balances in billions)

  

2013 

2012 

  

2013 

2012 

  

2013 

2012 

  

2013 

2012 

  

2013 

2012 

Quarter ended September 30,

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income (2)

 7,244 

 7,247 

  

 3,059 

 3,028 

  

 749 

 680 

  

 (304) 

 (293) 

  

 10,748 

 10,662 

Provision (reversal of provision)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

for credit losses

  

 240 

 1,627 

  

 (144) 

 (57) 

  

 (38) 

 30 

  

 17 

 (9) 

  

 75 

 1,591 

Noninterest income

  

 5,000 

 5,863 

  

 2,812 

 2,921 

  

 2,558 

 2,353 

  

 (640) 

 (586) 

  

 9,730 

 10,551 

Noninterest expense

  

 7,060 

 7,402 

  

 3,084 

 2,908 

  

 2,619 

 2,457 

  

 (661) 

 (655) 

  

 12,102 

 12,112 

Income (loss) before income

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

tax expense (benefit)

  

 4,944 

 4,081 

  

 2,931 

 3,098 

  

 726 

 546 

  

 (300) 

 (215) 

  

 8,301 

 7,510 

Income tax expense (benefit)

  

 1,505 

 1,250 

  

 952 

 1,103 

  

 275 

 208 

  

 (114) 

 (81) 

  

 2,618 

 2,480 

Net income (loss) before

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

noncontrolling interests

  

 3,439 

 2,831 

  

 1,979 

 1,995 

  

 451 

 338 

  

 (186) 

 (134) 

  

 5,683 

 5,030 

Less: Net income from

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

noncontrolling interests

  

 98 

 91 

  

 6 

 2 

  

 1 

 - 

  

 - 

 - 

  

 105 

 93 

Net income (loss) (3)

 3,341 

 2,740 

  

 1,973 

 1,993 

  

 450 

 338 

  

 (186) 

 (134) 

  

 5,578 

 4,937 

Average loans

 497.7 

 485.3 

  

 290.4 

 277.1 

  

 46.7 

 42.5 

  

 (30.0) 

 (28.2) 

  

 804.8 

 776.7 

Average assets

  

 836.6 

 765.1 

  

 500.7 

 490.7 

  

 180.8 

 163.8 

  

 (68.5) 

 (65.3) 

  

 1,449.6 

 1,354.3 

Average core deposits

  

 618.2 

 594.5 

  

 235.3 

 225.4 

  

 150.6 

 136.7 

  

 (63.8) 

 (61.2) 

  

 940.3 

 895.4 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Nine months ended September 30,

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income (2)

 21,614 

 21,879 

  

 9,165 

 9,556 

  

 2,118 

 2,079 

  

 (900) 

 (927) 

  

 31,997 

 32,587 

Provision (reversal of provision)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

for credit losses

  

 2,265 

 5,078 

  

 (320) 

 226 

  

 (5) 

 110 

  

 6 

 (28) 

  

 1,946 

 5,386 

Noninterest income

  

 16,471 

 17,744 

  

 8,927 

 8,543 

  

 7,647 

 6,987 

  

 (1,927) 

 (1,723) 

  

 31,118 

 31,551 

Noninterest expense

  

 21,650 

 22,807 

  

 9,358 

 9,075 

  

 7,800 

 7,380 

  

 (2,051) 

 (1,760) 

  

 36,757 

 37,502 

Income (loss) before income

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

tax expense (benefit)

  

 14,170 

 11,738 

  

 9,054 

 8,798 

  

 1,970 

 1,576 

  

 (782) 

 (862) 

  

 24,412 

 21,250 

Income tax expense (benefit)

  

 4,426 

 3,856 

  

 3,024 

 3,051 

  

 748 

 599 

  

 (297) 

 (327) 

  

 7,901 

 7,179 

Net income (loss) before

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

noncontrolling interests

  

 9,744 

 7,882 

  

 6,030 

 5,747 

  

 1,222 

 977 

  

 (485) 

 (535) 

  

 16,511 

 14,071 

Less: Net income from

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

noncontrolling interests

  

 234 

 259 

  

 8 

 5 

  

 1 

 - 

  

 - 

 - 

  

 243 

 264 

Net income (loss) (3)

 9,510 

 7,623 

  

 6,022 

 5,742 

  

 1,221 

 977 

  

 (485) 

 (535) 

  

 16,268 

 13,807 

Average loans

 498.3 

 485.1 

  

 287.3 

 272.0 

  

 45.3 

 42.5 

  

 (29.8) 

 (28.4) 

  

 801.1 

 771.2 

Average assets

  

 819.2 

 750.1 

  

 498.9 

 479.0 

  

 179.4 

 162.2 

  

 (69.7) 

 (64.9) 

  

 1,427.8 

 1,326.4 

Average core deposits

  

 620.1 

 585.3 

  

 230.0 

 222.4 

  

 148.8 

 135.5 

  

 (64.8) 

 (61.0) 

  

 934.1 

 882.2 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)  Includes corporate items not specific to a business segment and the elimination of certain items that are included in more than one business segment, substantially all of which represents products and services for wealth management customers provided in Community Banking stores

(2)  Net interest income is the difference between interest earned on assets and the cost of liabilities to fund those assets. Interest earned includes actual interest earned on segment assets and, if the segment has excess liabilities, interest credits for providing funding to other segments. The cost of liabilities includes interest expense on segment liabilities and, if the segment does not have enough liabilities to fund its assets, a funding charge based on the cost of excess liabilities from another segment.

(3)  Represents segment net income (loss) for Community Banking; Wholesale Banking; and Wealth, Brokerage and Retirement segments and Wells Fargo net income for the consolidated company.

156

 


 

      

Note 19:  Regulatory and Agency Capital Requirements                                                                                        

The Company and each of its subsidiary banks are subject to regulatory capital adequacy requirements promulgated by federal regulatory agencies. The Federal Reserve establishes capital requirements, including well capitalized standards, for the consolidated financial holding company, and the OCC has similar requirements for the Company’s national banks, including Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (the Bank).

We do not consolidate our wholly-owned trust (the Trust) formed solely to issue trust preferred and preferred purchase securities (the Securities). Securities issued by the Trust includable in Tier 1 capital were $2.1 billion at September 30, 2013. Since December 31, 2012, we have redeemed $2.8 billion of trust preferred securities. Under applicable regulatory capital guidelines issued by bank regulatory agencies, upon notice of redemption, the redeemed trust preferred securities no longer qualify as Tier 1 Capital for the Company. This redemption is consistent with the Capital Plan the Company submitted to the Federal Reserve Board and the actions the Company previously announced on March 13, 2012.

Effective January 1, 2013, the Company implemented changes to the market risk capital rule, commonly referred to as Basel 2.5, as required by U.S. banking regulators. Basel 2.5 requires banking organizations with significant trading activities to adjust their capital requirements to better account for the market risks of those activities. The market risk capital rule is reflected in the Company’s calculation of risk-weighted assets and upon initial adoption in first quarter 2013, negatively impacted capital ratios under Basel I by approximately 25 basis points, but did not impact our ratio under Basel III, as its impact has historically been included in our calculations.

The Bank is an approved seller/servicer, and is required to maintain minimum levels of shareholders’ equity, as specified by various agencies, including the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development, GNMA, FHLMC and FNMA. At September 30, 2013, the Bank met these requirements. Other subsidiaries, including the Company’s insurance and broker-dealer subsidiaries, are also subject to various minimum capital levels, as defined by applicable industry regulations.  The minimum capital levels for these subsidiaries, and related restrictions, are not significant to our consolidated operations.

The following table presents regulatory capital information for Wells Fargo & Company and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Wells Fargo & Company 

  

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. 

  

Well- 

  

Minimum 

  

  

  

  

  

Sept. 30, 

  

Dec. 31, 

  

Sept. 30, 

  

Dec. 31, 

  

capitalized 

  

capital 

(in billions, except ratios)

  

 2013 

  

 2012 

  

 2013 

  

 2012 

  

ratios (1) 

  

ratios (1) 

Regulatory capital:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Tier 1

$

 137.5 

  

 126.6 

  

 110.2 

  

 101.3 

  

  

  

  

Total

  

 171.3 

  

 157.6 

  

 137.3 

  

 124.8 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Assets:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Risk-weighted

$

 1,135.1 

  

 1,077.1 

  

 1,046.3 

  

 1,002.0 

  

  

  

  

Adjusted average (2)

  

 1,408.5 

  

 1,336.4 

  

 1,262.8 

  

 1,195.9 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Capital ratios:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Tier 1 capital

  

 12.11 

 11.75 

  

 10.53 

  

 10.11 

  

 6.00 

  

 4.00 

Total capital

  

 15.09 

  

 14.63 

  

 13.12 

  

 12.45 

  

 10.00 

  

 8.00 

Tier 1 leverage (2)

  

 9.76 

  

 9.47 

  

 8.72 

  

 8.47 

  

 5.00 

  

 4.00 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)  As defined by the regulations issued by the Federal Reserve, OCC and FDIC.

(2)  The leverage ratio consists of Tier 1 capital divided by quarterly average total assets, excluding goodwill and certain other items. The minimum leverage ratio guideline is 3% for banking organizations that do not anticipate significant growth and that have well-diversified risk, excellent asset quality, high liquidity, good earnings, effective management and monitoring of market risk and, in general, are considered top-rated, strong banking organizations.

157

 


 

 

 

Glossary of Acronyms

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

ACL

Allowance for credit losses

HAMP

Home Affordability Modification Program

ALCO

Asset/Liability Management Committee

HPI

Home Price Index

ARM  

Adjustable-rate mortgage

HUD

Department of Housing and Urban Development

ARS  

Auction rate security

LHFS  

Loans held for sale

ASC  

Accounting Standards Codification

LIBOR  

London Interbank Offered Rate

ASU

Accounting Standards Update

LIHTC

Low-Income Housing Tax Credit

AVM

Automated valuation model

LOCOM

Lower of cost or market value

BCBS

Basel Committee on Bank Supervision

LTV  

Loan-to-value

BHC

Bank holding company

MBS

Mortgage-backed security

CCAR

Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review

MHA

Making Home Affordable programs

CD

Certificate of deposit

MHFS  

Mortgages held for sale

CDO  

Collateralized debt obligation

MSR  

Mortgage servicing right

CDS

Credit default swaps

MTN

Medium-term note

CLO  

Collateralized loan obligation

NAV  

Net asset value

CLTV

Combined loan-to-value

NPA

Nonperforming asset

CPP  

Capital Purchase Program

OCC

Office of the Comptroller of the Currency

CPR

Constant prepayment rate

OCI

Other comprehensive income

CRE

Commercial real estate

OTC

Over-the-counter

DPD

Days past due

OTTI  

Other-than-temporary impairment

ESOP

Employee Stock Ownership Plan

PCI Loans

Purchased credit-impaired loans

FAS

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards

PTPP

Pre-tax pre-provision profit

FASB  

Financial Accounting Standards Board

RBC

Risk-based capital

FDIC  

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

ROA

Wells Fargo net income to average total assets

FFELP

Federal Family Education Loan Program

ROE

Wells Fargo net income applicable to common stock

FHA  

Federal Housing Administration

  

to average Wells Fargo common stockholders' equity

FHFA

Federal Housing Finance Agency

RWA

Risk-weighted assets

FHLB  

Federal Home Loan Bank

SEC

Securities and Exchange Commission

FHLMC  

Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation

SEC

Securities and Exchange Commission

FICO

Fair Isaac Corporation (credit rating)

S&P

Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services

FNMA  

Federal National Mortgage Association

SPE

Special purpose entity

FRB

Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System

TARP

Troubled Asset Relief Program

FSB

Financial Stability Board

TDR

Troubled debt restructuring

FTC

Federal Trade Commission

VA

Department of Veterans Affairs

GAAP

Generally accepted accounting principles

VaR  

Value-at-Risk

GNMA

Government National Mortgage Association

VIE

Variable interest entity

GSE

Government-sponsored entity

WFCC

Wells Fargo Canada Corporation

158

 


 

      

PART II – OTHER INFORMATION

 

Item 1.            Legal Proceedings

 

                       Information in response to this item can be found in Note 11 (Legal Actions) to Financial Statements in this Report which information is incorporated by reference into this item.

 

Item 1A.         Risk Factors

 

                       Information in response to this item can be found under the “Financial Review – Risk Factors” section in this Report which information is incorporated by reference into this item.  

 

Item 2.            Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

 

The following table shows Company repurchases of its common stock for each calendar month in the quarter ended September 30, 2013.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Maximum number of 

  

  

  

  

  

Total number 

  

  

shares that may yet 

  

  

  

  

  

of shares 

Weighted-average 

be purchased under 

Calendar month

repurchased (1) 

price paid per share 

the authorization 

July

 3,551,862 

  

 43.76 

  

 150,860,583 

August (2)

 38,999,686 

  

  

 42.08 

  

 111,860,897 

September

 8,299,531 

  

  

 41.68 

  

 103,561,366 

  

Total

 50,851,079 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)

All shares were repurchased under an authorization covering up to 200 million shares of common stock approved by the Board of Directors and publicly announced by the Company on October 23, 2012. Unless modified or revoked by the Board, this authorization does not expire.

(2)

Includes two private repurchase transactions: 12,545,981 shares at a weighted-average price per share of $39.85 and 11,608,847 shares at a weighted-average price per share of $43.07.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

The following table shows Company repurchases of the warrants for each calendar month in the quarter ended September 30, 2013.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total number 

  

  

Maximum dollar value 

  

  

  

  

  

of warrants 

Average price 

of warrants that 

Calendar month

repurchased (1) 

paid per warrant 

may yet be purchased 

July

 - 

  

 - 

  

 451,944,402 

August

 - 

  

  

 - 

  

 451,944,402 

September

 - 

  

  

 - 

  

 451,944,402 

  

Total

 - 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1)

Warrants are purchased under the authorization covering up to $1 billion in warrants approved by the Board of Directors (ratified and approved on June 22, 2010). Unless modified or revoked by the Board, this authorization does not expire.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

159

 


 

 

Item 6.            Exhibits

 

A list of exhibits to this Form 10-Q is set forth on the Exhibit Index immediately preceding such exhibits and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

The Company’s SEC file number is 001-2979. On and before November 2, 1998, the Company filed documents with the SEC under the name Norwest Corporation. The former Wells Fargo & Company filed documents under SEC file number 001-6214.

 

SIGNATURE

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

Dated:  November 6, 2013                                                                WELLS FARGO & COMPANY

 

 

By:      /s/ RICHARD D. LEVY                                    

Richard D. Levy

Executive Vice President and Controller

(Principal Accounting Officer)

160

 


 

      

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit

Number

 

                                         Description 

 

                                      Location 

 

3(a)

Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and in effect on the date hereof.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(a) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2013.

3(b)

By-Laws.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 28, 2011.

4(a)

See Exhibits 3(a) and 3(b).

 

4(b)

The Company agrees to furnish upon request to the Commission a copy of each instrument defining the rights of holders of senior and subordinated debt of the Company.

 

12(a)

  

Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges:

  

Filed herewith.

 

  

  

  

  

Quarter

  

Nine months

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

ended Sept. 30,

  

ended Sept. 30,

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

2013 

  

2012 

  

2013 

  

2012 

  

  

 

  

  

Including interest

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

on deposits

8.29 

  

6.50 

  

7.82 

  

5.99 

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

Excluding interest

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

on deposits

11.17 

  

9.05 

  

10.65 

  

8.29 

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

12(b)

  

Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Dividends:

  

Filed herewith.

 

  

  

  

  

Quarter

  

Nine months

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

ended Sept. 30,

  

ended Sept. 30,

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

2013 

  

2012 

  

2013 

  

2012 

  

  

 

  

  

Including interest

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

on deposits

6.18 

  

5.22 

  

5.95 

  

4.83 

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

Excluding interest

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

on deposits

7.57 

  

6.66 

  

7.38 

  

6.13 

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

                               

161

 


 

 

 

Exhibit

Number

Description

Location

   31(a)

Certification of principal executive officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Filed herewith.

  31(b)

Certification of principal financial officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Filed herewith.

   32(a)

Certification of Periodic Financial Report by Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and 18 U.S.C. § 1350.

Furnished herewith.

  32(b)

Certification of Periodic Financial Report by Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and 18 U.S.C. § 1350.

Furnished herewith.

101

XBRL Instance Document

Filed herewith.

101

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

Filed herewith.

101

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

Filed herewith.

101

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

Filed herewith.

101

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

Filed herewith.

101

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definitions Linkbase Document

Filed herewith.

 

162